TG201

r5.0
Steam Turbine Generator
. .
Fundamentals
HPC Technical Services
500 Tallevast Road - Suite 101
Sarasota, FL 34243
USA
Tel: 941-747-7733
Fax: 941-746-5374
www.hpcnet.com
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS
© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 3/1/11
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
Chapter 1
STEAM TURBINE THEORY
Chapter 2
STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
Chapter 3
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
Chapter 4
STEAM TURBINE VALVES
Chapter 5
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
Chapter 6
GENERATOR THEORY
Chapter 7
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Chapter 8
GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEM
Chapter 9
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
Chapter 1
TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:
The goal of this chapter is to provide an understanding of the Power Plant Thermodynamics Principles.
ENABLING OBJECTIVES:
At the completion of this section the participant should be able to:
1. List the energy conversions which take place in the power plant cycle.
2. Explain the First Law of Thermodynamics.
3. Explain the Second Law of Thermodynamics.
4. Describe the difference between an Open System and a Closed System.
5. Explain the phases of water.
© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 12/1412010
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 3
1.1 Energy ......................................................................................................................................... 3
1.1.1 Types of Energy ...................................................................................................................... 3
1.2 Units of Energy and Work ........................................................................................................... 7
1.3 Work and Power .......................................................................................................................... 8
1 .3 .1 Work ....................................................................................................................................... 8
1.4 Energy Conversion in a Power Plant.. ......................................................................................... 9
2.0 LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS ...................................................................................................... 10
2.1 The First Law of Thermodynamics ........................................................................................... 11
2.2 The Second Law of Thermodynamics ....................................................................................... 14
2.3 T -S Diagrams ............................................................................................................................ 15
3.0 WATER AND STEAM ......................................................................................................................... 16
3.1 Properties of Water ................................................................................................................... 17
3.2 Steam Tables and the Mollier Diagram ..................................................................................... 18
_v -1-2
~ HPC Technical Services
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Thennodynamics is the science that describes and defines the conversion of one fonn of energy into
another. Examples include the conversion of chemical energy into thennal energy, which occurs during the
combustion process, and the transformation of thermal energy into mechanical energy, which takes place in the
turbine. Each step in the conversion of energy is termed a "process" and several processes constitute a
thermodynamic system or cycle. The thennodynamic cycle that is used in conventional power plants is used to
produce work to turn a generator that make the final conversion of energy into electrical energy.
The water and steam used in the conventional power plant is the working fluid of the thennodynamic cycle.
The working fluid conveys energy between different components and is used in each process. The steam undergoes
several changes in the conversion of energy.
This chapter relates energy, work, and heat with the working fluid of a power plant. The concepts presented
in this module will provide a better understanding of power plant operation and efficiency.
1.1 ENERGY
Energy is a fundamental aspect of all fonns of matter and all systems. One of the most important aspects of
energy is expressed as a physical law; the Law of Conservation of Energy. This law states that energy can be
changed from one type to another, but it cannot be created or destroyed.
Energy can be thought of as the ability or capacity to do work. When work is done, energy is frequently
changed from one type to another in accordance with the Law of Conservation of Energy.
1.1.1 Types of Energy
A power plant may be thought of as an "energy conversion factory" that converts one type of energy to
another type. There are many different types of energy. Four types of energy used in the power plant cycle are
chemical energy, mechanical energy, heat energy, and electrical energy.
Chemical Energy
Chemical energy is the energy locked in the molecular bonds of a chemical compound (fuel in the case of a
power plant). The chemical energy is released by a chemical reaction, such as that which occurs when oxygen and
heat are supplied to bum the fuel. The chemical structure of the fuel is changed and the combustion products that
result are at a lower energy level. The difference in the chemical energy level of the fuel and the combustion
products is converted to heat energy.
Mechanical Energy
Mechanical energy is made up of two different components, potential energy and kinetic energy. Potential
energy is the energy an object has as a result of its distance from the center of the earth, or its elevation. The higher
the elevation of an object the more potential energy it has.
Kinetic energy is the energy that a substance has as a result of its velocity. The higher the velocity of a
substance the more kinetic energy it has. In fact, kinetic energy in a substance is proportional to the square of its
velocity. Thus, if one were to double the velocity of an object like a bal1, its kinetic energy would increase by a
factor of four.
An object, such as a bal1, may have both potential and kinetic energy. This is true, for instance for a bal1
that has been thrown into the air and is 20 feet above the ground and has a velocity of 40 feet per second. The sum
of the potential and kinetic energy of the ball is its mechanical energy.
1_3-'t.J -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
There are changes in both potential and kinetic energy in the power plant cycle. The role that potential
energy plays in the overall energy conversion, however, is relatively unimportant when compared to the other types
of energy used in the power plant cycle. Accordingly, kinetic energy is usually the only type of energy considered in
mechanical energy.
Heat Energy, Temperature and Enthalpy
Heat energy is the energy in a substance that is caused by temperature and pressure. Heat energy is actually
made up of two different types of energy; internal energy and pressure-volume (P-v) energy.
Internal energy in a substance depends upon its temperature. The motion of molecules of a substance is
internal energy. The molecules of a substance are constantly rotating, vibrating, and moving from place to place at
high velocity. The amount of motion is determined by the temperature of the substance. The higher its temperature,
the greater the molecular motion and thus the greater its internal energy.
Temperature can be expressed in many different scales. In the English system, the Fahrenheit scale is
defmed with the freezing point for water at 32°F and the boiling point (at sea level) at 212°F. Another scale
important in thermodynamics that is significant with regard to internal energy is called the Rankine scale. The "zero
point" for the Rankine temperature scale is "absolute zero. " Absolute zero is the temperature at which, in theory, all
molecular motion stops (-459 .67°F). The internal energy of any substance at absolute zero would be zero since
internal energy is determined by molecular motion. The Rankine temperature scale must be used in some areas of
thermodynamics that are described later in this module. Temperature can be converted from degrees Fahrenheit to
degrees Rankine by adding459.67 to the temperature in Fahrenheit. Thus, for example, 1000°F is 1459.67°R.
In the English system internal energy is expressed in a unit called the British Thermal Unit (BTU). The
BTU is defmed as the amount of heat required to change the temperature of one pound of water one degree
Fahrenheit. Increasing the temperature of a pound of water by 1°F, therefore, increases its internal energy by 1 BTU.
Different substances have different amounts of internal energy at the same temperature. For example, to
increase the temperature of 1 pound of steel at 60°F by 1°F, it takes 0.118 BTU; 1 pound of petroleum, 0.5 BTU.
Therefore, 1 pound of water has more internal energy than 1 pound of steel or petroleum at the same temperature.
The state of a substance, solid, liquid, or gas, also has considerable influence on its heat energy. For
instance, water at the freezing point has much more heat energy than ice at the freezing point. As heat energy is
added to ice and the ice changes state to water, the molecular structure of the ice becomes more random. One way of
considering this change is to say that the ice molecules must fmd room to move. Similarly, steam at the boiling
temperature has more heat energy than water at the same temperature. The molecules of steam are in motion and
freer to move than those of a liquid.
Because the gas molecules are at a higher energy level and are free to separate and move, gases like air or
steam are compressible. This means that their volume can be greatly reduced if put under pressure. Compression of
a gas increases its internal energy. This P-v energy can be put to work by expanding the gas. Since gases are
compressible and can retain P-v energy, they also have a greater enthalpy (total energy) than a solid or liquid.
P-v energy in a substance depends upon its pressure and specific volume. The higher the pressure of a fluid,
such as steam for instance, the greater its energy. A substance at a given pressure and temperature occupies a fixed
volume that can be determined by the parameter-specific volume. Specific volume is the volume occupied by one
pound mass of a substance. Specific volume in the English system is expressed in terms of cubic feet per pound
mass. Specific volume is also the inverse of density. The product of the pressure and specific volume ofa substance
is a measure of the P-v energy.
Pressure in the English system is measured in pounds per square inch. There are two variations in pressure
units. The most common of these is expressed in pounds per square inch gauge (psig). Atmospheric pressure is
defined as zero psig. Most pressure measurements in everyday situations, including power plants, are made in psig
(the pounds gauge scale).
_1.1 ~ 1-4
~ HPC Technical Services
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
The other variation in pressure measurement is pounds per square inch absolute (psia). The difference
between psig and psia is the zero point of the scale. For psia zero is a perfect vacuum. Thus, atmospheric pressure
(which is zero psig) is 14.69 psia. To convelt from psia to psig, atmospheric pressure (14.69 psia) is added to the
reading in psia. The absolute pressure scale is much less common than the pounds gauge scale, however it is
important because it is used for most thermodynamic calculations.
The amount of heat energy in a substance is usually measured as its enthalpy. The enthalpy ofa substance
is the sum of its internal energy and its P-venergy. This is expressed by the equation:
Equation 1-01
where h = enthalpy (BTU/lb)
u = internal energy (BTU/lb)
Pv = the pressure-volume energy (pressure x specific volume)
778 = conversion factor (778 ft-lb/BTU)
The specific volume expression used in calculating the P-v energy above is defined as the volume per unit
mass of a substance. A foot-pound (ft-Ib) is the unit of work. However, because both heat and work are forms of
energy, a conversion factor 778 ft-lb/BTU, can be used to convert the units.
Figure 1-01 illustrates the concept of heat energy. Energy from the burning candle is transferred to the air .
in the sealed container. The candle converts energy from the combustion ofparaffm and air. The air in the container
absorbs this energy in two forms: (I) the internal energy of the air in the container increases as its temperature
increases, and (2) the pressure-volume energy increases because its pressure increases. This example illustrates that
while heat energy is thought of as two different types of energy, these two types of energy are closely related. The
reason that the pressure of the air in the sealed container in the example increases is due to the increase in
temperature.
THERMOMETER
-
AIR
Figure 1-01 Heat Energy
CONTAINER
./
HEAT TRANSFER
1_5-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
Heat energy is difficult to use to do work. Heat energy is usually converted to mechanical energy because
mechanical energy can be used more easily. Figure 1-02 shows heat energy being converted to mechanical energy
using steam in a piston and cylinder arrangement. The steam is under pressure. Pressure is produced by the steam's
molecules colliding with the cylinder walls and piston. The steam does work by exerting a force on the piston, which
causes the piston to move. As the piston moves out, the volume of the steam increases as the pressure and heat
energy decrease. The temperature of the steam also decreases, also causing a decrease in heat energy. This process is
called expansion. The difference in the heat energy of the steam before and after the expansion is the energy that
was converted to mechanical energy. . .
Expanding
Steam
Figure 1-02 Conversion of Heat Energy to Mechanical Energy
Expansion of steam for energy coiwersion is used in power plant steam turbines. Steam enters the turbine at
high pressure (typically around 2400 psig) and is expanded to a very low pressure, nearly a vacuum. The
temperature of the steam also falls considerably in expansion through the turbine; typically from lOOO°F to about
80°F to lOO°F. In the steam turbine expansion process, the heat energy in the steam is converted to mechanical
energy to do the work of turning the generator rotor.
Electrical Energy
Electrical energy is a result of electrons flowing through a conductor. The amount of electrical energy
flowing through a conductor is determined by the amount of electron flow, or current (measured in amps) and the
"electrical pressure," or voltage, against which the electrons must flow.
There are two types of electricity used in power plants, direct current (DC) and alternating current (AC). In
DC electricity, the electrons always flow in the same direction. In AC electricity, the direction of the flow of
electron changes continuously, reversing itself 60 times per second for 60 HZ power.
There is a relationship between the current and voltage in a conductor for DC electricity called Ohm' s Law.
Ohm's law may be written as:
1-6
HPC Technical Services
E=I X R
Equation 1-02
Where: E = voltage in volts
I = Current in amps
R = Resistance in Ohms
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
The greater the current for a given voltage, the greater the electrical energy flowing through an electrical
conductor. Similarly, the greater the voltage for a given current, the greater the electrical energy. Units of electrical
energy are watts. Electrical power (for direct current circuits) can be detennined from the following circuits using
the following equation
p= E x I
Equation 1-03
Where: P = Power in watts
E = Voltage in volts
I = Current in amps
The two equations above apply only to DC electricity. Similar relationships exist for AC electricity and
these are explained later in this course.
Electrical energy is usually expressed in terms of watt-hours. Watt-hours are the product of power and the
time for which it is generated. This is true for both AC and DC electricity.
Electrical power can be produced using mechanical force through the use of magnetism. When a magnetic
field is moved near a conductor, voltage is induced in the conductor. This voltage results in current to the load. In
most power plant generators the rotor is a large electromagnet. It is rotated inside the stationary armature which has
many conductors. As the torque that is exerted on the generator rotor increases, current increases and thus power
electrical generation is increased. The details of generators and how they work are covered in detail later in this
course.
1.2 UNITS OF ENERGY AND WORK
Units are used to describe the size and magnitude of various properties of matter. In the discussion of
temperature earlier in this Section, for example, it was explained that the unit degree Fahrenheit can be used to
express the temperature of a substance.
Work, energy and properties of substances are expressed in many different units. Many quantities and
properties can be expressed using more than one type of unit. As an example, temperature can be expressed in
degrees Fahrenheit or degrees Rankine. The choice of units often depends on the discipline being considered. When
working with electrical equipment it is convenient to use electrical units such as volts, amps and watts. When
working with mechanical components, it is convenient to work in mechanical units such as pounds, feet, foot-
pounds, and BTUs.
Since the same parameter may be expressed in different units, it is often necessary to "conveli" the units
through the use of conversion factors. An example of a conversion factor is that used to convert temperature from
degrees Fahrenheit to degrees Rankine. The conversion factor 459.67 is added to degrees Fahrenheit to obtain
degrees Rankine. In many cases conversion factors must be used by multiplying or dividing rather than adding or
subtracting. Conversion factors are published in many different places.
Prefixes are also commonly used with units. Common examples of prefixes are "kilo," which means one
thousand, and "mega" which means million. A conversion factor is implied when these prefixes are used. For
example one kilowatt is equal to 1 ,000 watts. The conversion factor in this instance is 1000 watts per kilowatt.
It is also common to use abbreviations with units. Examples of common abbreviations are "OF" for degrees
Fahrenheit, "KW" for kilowatts and "BTU" for British Thermal Units. Conversion tables usually provide these
abbreviations as well as the conversion factors .
1_7-
V
-
HPC Technical Services T
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
Conversion factors are used in the following example in which the efficiency of a power plant is
determined. A power plant bums coal that has a heating value of 13,000 BTU/lb at a rate of220,000 pounds per
hour and produces 250,000 KW of electricity. It produces 2.86 billion BTU per hour through the conversion of
chemical to heat energy. The power plant also produces 250,000 KW -hours (KWH) of electrical energy per hour.
The efficiency of the plant is defined as the ratio of the energy supplied to the plant to the useful energy produced. It
is necessary to express the energy supplied and the useful energy produced in the same units in order to make this
calculation. Since the energy is expressed in BTUs and the energy produced is expressed in different units, the
conversion factor 3413 BTUIKWH must be used as shown ill the following equation. .
2jO,OOOKWH - :( - J 4 1 ~ IHV I KWH
E.lJldem:v--------------x - I om{' = 29.8%
2.860,000,000- BTU
Eauation 1-04
1.3 WORK AND POWER
A full understanding of energy conversion in power plants requires that various concepts related to energy
be understood as well. Among these concepts are work, energy and entropy.
1.3.1 Work
Energy can be defined asthe capacity to do work. Another way to defme work is in terms of mechanical
energy. Work in terms of mechanical energy is the action of a force moving an object over a distance. In fact, work
is often considered as energy in motion since moving an object increases its kinetic energy. Work can also be
thought of as a way to convert one type of energy to another. The turbine, for example does work on the generator
by exerting a force (torque) on the generator as it moves (rotates). The generator then converts the mechanical
energy from this work to electrical energy.
Figure 1-03 illustrates a small steam turbine that being used to lift a weight. The steam turbine converts the
heat energy of the steam into mechanical energy to lift the weight. The weight has more potential energy after it has
been lifted to a higher elevation through the work of the turbine. The turbine has converted heat energy to potential
energy by working.
1-8
HPC Technical Services
TURBINE
STEAM
IN
l
l
STEAM
OUT
WEIGHT
Fi::ure 1-03 Wei::ht Lffted by Small Steam Turbine
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
Another example of work involved in conversion of energy occurs In a pump. A prime mover, such as a
motor or a turbine, transforms energy (electrical or heat) to mechanical energy to rotate the pump. The pump uses
this mechanical energy to do work on the fluid, increasing the energy of the fluid. The result of the increase in the
fluid's energy is generally seen as an increase in the pressure of the fluid. There may be other changes in energy as
well, such as an increase in the velocity of the fluid or an increase in its temperature. The increase in velocity results
in an increase the kinetic energy of the fluid, whereas, the increase in temperature results in an increase in the
internal energy of the fluid. Typically, this temperature increase is very small.
1.3.2 Power
It is useful to know how much energy is necessary to make a process occur. The amount of energy alone is
not enough to describe many processes, however. The rate at which the energy is delivered to or generated from a
process is also important. Power is the rate at which work is done. For example, in Figure 1-03, if the weight is lifted
at a speed that is twice the original speed, then twice as much power is being used. Regardless of the rate, however,
the same amount of work is performed and the same amount of energy is used if the weight is lifted the same
distance.
1.4 ENERGY CONVERSION IN A POWER PLANT
A power plant receives fuel and burns it to convert the chemical energy of the fuel into heat energy. In a
gas turbine, this energy is converted directly to mechanical energy as the hot gases expand to drive the turbine.
Some of the mechanical energy of the turbine is transferred through the shaft to the compressor to increase the
pressure and temperature of the air used in the gas turbine. The rest of the mechanical energy is transmitted through
the shaft to the generator where it is converted to electrical energy.
In a combined cycle plant,hot gases from the gas turbine are exhausted to a heat recovery steam generator
(HRSG) where additional energy conversion takes place. The heat energy of the gases is transfelTed to the water in
the HRSG, steam is formed and then superheated. The heat transfer takes place in the tubes inside the HRSG. The
internal energy of the steam is increased through the absorption of heat. The pressure increases because the volume
of the gaseous steam is limited.
The heat energy in the steam from the HRSG is converted to mechanical energy in the steam turbine. The
turbine uses the mechanical energy from the steam to turn the generator, which then converts the mechanical energy
to electrical energy.
The steam expands and cools in the energy conversion in the steam turbine. A small fraction of the steam
condenses in the steam turbine and appears as small water droplets. The mixture of steam and water exhausts from
the steam turbine to the condenser where the remaining steam is condensed into water, usually refelTed to as
condensate. The heat required to change state between steam and water, called the heat of vaporization, is rejected to
the circulating water through heat transfer in the condenser. The condensate is then pumped back to the HRSG
through heat exchangers designed to capture more heat through heat transfer. The process is then repeated.
1-
9
.l1k
HPC Technical Services , ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
2.0 LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS
The conversion of heat to work is based on two fundamental principles generally referred to as the First and
Second Laws of Thermodynamics. The First Law is simply a restatement of the Law of Conservation of Energy that
describes the relationship between heat and work. The Second Law describes the availability of heat energy to do
work.
Regardless of the type of work or the type of energy under consideration, the terms heat, work, and energy
have practical significance when viewed in terms of systems, processes, cycles and their surroundings. In the case of
expansion work in a steam turbine, the system is a fluid (water/steam) capable of expansion or contraction as a result
of pressure, temperature or chemical changes. The way in which these changes take place is referred to as the
process. A cycle is a sequence of processes that produces net heat flow or work when placed between an energy
source (fuel) and an energy sink (condenser).
When dealing with energy and the means of converting energy from one form to another, it is convenient to
draw a boundary around the system. Everything within the system boundaries is part of the system, and everything
outside of the boundaries is called the surroundings. Energy can be transferred across the system boundaries
between a system and its surroundings.
There are two types of systems: closed systems and open systems. A closed system, as shown in Figure 1-
04, has no transfer of mass to or from its surroundings. For example, the feedwater/steam piping in a power plant is
the boundary of a closed system. It is used to collect water (mass) and isolate it from the surroundings. Energy is
transferred into the system in the HRSG and out of the system in the turbine and condenser. The mass of the
working fluid in the system (steam/water) stores the energy.
oundary
Energy'n Energy Out
Figure 1-04
Closed Svstem
An open system, as shown in Figure 1-05, transfers both mass and energy to or from its surroundings. An
example of an open system is a cogeneration power plant where some steam produces electrical power in a closed
loop process, but some steam is extracted from the turbine and used in some other process (say building heating) and
is not returened.
Mass In •
Energy In

• Mass Out
Energy Out
¥ BOUndary
Fif.!ure 1-05 Open Svstem
1-10
HPC Technical Services
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
The conventional power plant steam/water cycle (often called the Rankine cycle) is a closed system used to
convert the heat of combustion into mechanical work. The mass of the system is water, and the system boundary
consists of the boiler tubes, turbine casing, condenser tubes, pump casings, and the interconnecting piping.
2.1 THE FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS
From the principle of conservation of energy, whenever there is any net transfer of energy inward across
.the boundary ofa system, the stored energy of the system increases by an amount equal to the net energy
transferred. Conversely, if there is a net transfer of energy out of the system during any process, the stored energy of
the system decreases by an amount equal to the net energy removed. This principle relates to the First Law of
Thermodynamics which states that the sum of all energy entering a system must equal the sum of all energy exiting,
recall that energy can neither be created nor destroyed.
In the case of a closed system, the first law of thermodynamics can be applied by using an energy balance,
as shown in Figure 1-06. From this energy balance the following equation can be written:
where Q
w
E
J
E2
I Q - W == E2 - EI I
Equation 1-05
= net heat transferred to the system
= net work done by the system
= stored energy of the system at the stmi of a process
= stored energy of the system at the end of the process
Figure 1-06 Energy Balance
(Closed System)
Q - ~
This equation states that the difference between the net heat energy added to a closed system and the net
work done by the system is seen as a change in the amount of energy stored in the system. This general "energy"
equation is one form of the First Law of Thermodynamics. Application of this equation to a system is called writing
the energy balance for the system.
An energy balance is written by evaluating the three terms of the general energy equation. These include
the heat Q and work Wadded to or removed from the system, as well as change in total energy possessed by the
system. The energy in the system includes potential energy, kinetic energy, internal energy and P-v energy.
The changes in potential and kinetic energy in' most closed systems are very small compared to other
changes and so to sirnplify the equation, they are assumed to be zero. Thus, the change in the total energy equals the
sum of the changes in internal energy and pressure-volume (P-v) energy, which equals the change in enthalpy. This
can be represented by the following equation:
Where: Q
W
HJ
H2
I Q - W = Hr HI = DH
Equation 1-06
= net heat transferred to the system
= net work done by the system
= enthalpy of the system at the start of a process
= enthalpy ofthe system at the end of the process
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
It is important in using this equation that the energy units used are the same. It is also important to adopt
"sign conventions" for heat and work are used in applying these relationships. Usually the following sign convention
is used. Ifheat is added to the system, a positive value (plus sign) is used for Q; ifheat is removed from the system,
a negative value (minus sign) is used. If work is done by the system, a positive value is used for W; if work is done
on the system, a negative value is used.
The general energy equation also applies to open systems, as shown in Figure 1-07. The type of open
system most frequently encountered in practical systems is called a steady flow system.
Energy - - - 1 = ~ ~ - - - - - - - 1
In -
Q - - ~ :
..
-
Figure 1-07 General Energy Equation in Open Systems
Energy
Out
In this case, the mass flow into the system equals the mass flow out. Thus, no mass is collected by the
system. In addition, the potential and kinetic energy changes of the working fluid can be eliminated since they are
essentially the same at the inlet and outlet conditions. Thus, the change in the total energy equals the sum of the
changes in internal energy and P-v energy entering and leaving the system. This equals the change in enthalpy of the
working fluid.
The general energy equation can be rewritten as follows:
where Q
W
Hi
Ho
Q+Hi = W+Ho
Equation 1-07
= net heat transferred to the system
= net work done by the system
= enthalpy of the working fluid entering the system
= enthalpy of the working fluid leaving the system
This equation can be applied to the entire power plant without examining the details of the process within
the plant. The equation can also be applied to individual components and processes in the power plant such as the
HRSG, steam and gas turbines, boiler feed pumps and so on.
For example, a turbine is designed to extract energy from the working fluid to do work in the form of
turning a shaft. This shaft work is converted to electrical energy by the generator. Figure 1-08 shows a simplified
diagram of a turbine. A simple turbine is a steady flow system in which, ideally, no heat is transferred to or from the
system
(Q = 0). The general equation for a simple turbine is written as follows:
H; = W + Ho Equation 1-08
Because the turbine in this example is a steady flow system, the energy equation must be written for some
selected time interval. This is accomplished by writing the equation in terms of rates of energy transfer, in BTU per
unit time, as follows : (Note: the· above the letter is an engineering designation for a rate. In other words, m=mass,
where M is mass flow.
Equation 1-09
1-12
HPC Technical Services
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
This form of the general energy equation is particularly impOitant because the rate of work
done by the system w is the power output of the system. The other terms in this form of the equation,
namely the mass flow M rate and the enthalpies, hi and ho, are measured quantities. The lower case "h" is used
rather than the upper case "H" as in the previous equation because the specific enthalpy, BTU per pound, is used
rather than the "gross" enthalpy.
Hln---.
Figure 1-08 Simplified Turbine Diagram
Wt
Another example of a heat transfer system is a boiler (or HRSG) of a power plant which is used to take
high pressure, low temperature water and generate high pressure, high temperature steam. Figure 1-09 shows a
simple boiler as open boundaries. Applying the general energy equation to the boiler, the following equation can be
written:
Q+H;=W+H
o
Q is the amount of heat transferred through the boiler tubes and absorbed by the water and steam. Since the
boiler does not do work, the work term W in the equation is zero.
Thus, the equation can be simplified and written for a steady flow system:
where Q is the rate of heat transferred to the working fluid.
Qb (FUEL)
COMBUSTION
HIGH PRESSURE
_HIGH TEMPERATURE
STEAM mho
EXIT GAS
HIGH PRESSURE
LOW TEMPERATURE
L.:=:::::=-_______ .....:::::::::si=" WATER mhj
• •
Q = m(h
o
-hJ
Figure 1-09 Simple Boiler
1-13-
V
-
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
2.2 THE SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS
The First Law of Thermodynamics describes the relationship between he(1.t, energy and work. While the
First Law is useful in describing, for example, how much heat is required to produce a given amount of work, it is
not sufficient by itself to describe all aspects of conversion of energy.
For example, consider a rotating flywheel which is brought to rest by friction in its bearing. The
temperature of the bearing rises. The increase in the internal energy is equal to the original energy of the rotating
flywheel. Can the flywheel start rotating as the bearing cools down until the bearing temperature is restored to its
original value and the flywheel once again has its original kinetic energy? There is nothing in the First Law that
helps to answer this question, none the less, the answer is no. It 'is evident that there must be some natural principle,
in addition to the First Law of Thermodynamics, which determines the direction of a process. This is where the
Second Law of Thermodynamics applies.
The First Law is a statement of the equivalence of various forms of energy and says that energy must be
conserved in a process; however, it gives no indication of whether or not difficulties will be encountered in making
the conversion from one energy form to another. The Second Law of Thermodynamics is not restricted to
interchanges of heat and work, but rather is a broad philosophy on the behavior of energy and energy
transformations. The Second Law concentrates on the feasibility of energy conversion processes.
Consider a power plant cycle as shown in Figure 1-10 which consists of the boiler, turbine, condenser, and
feedwater systems. Heat is added to this cycle in the boiler. Energy leaves the system in the form of work done by
the turbine. However, not all ofthe energy is removed from the steam in the turbine, and the steam that enters the
condenser must be condensed. In order to condense the steam in the condenser, the latent heat of vaporization of the
steam must be rejected from the system. If this heat were not rejected, the condenser pressure and temperature
would begin to increase lowering the work output of the turbine. This rejected heat is more than half of the total heat
added to the cycle in the steam generator.
Q added
SECONDARY
FLANT
CYCLE
SYSTEM
...
Q rejected
w
Figure 1-10 Power Plant Cycle
This cycle appears to be very inefficient. It would seem that the cycle could be made more efficient by
using the heat rejected in the condenser rather than "throwing it away." Unfortunately, the heat rejected from the
condenser is at a relatively low temperature; typically around 100°F. Most thermodynamic processes used in power
generation, such as generating steam in the HRSG, require much higher temperatures. In fact, apart from using
warm circulating water from the condenser for heating greenhouses and melting snow from sidewalks, there are very
few ways in which it is practical to use the heat rejected in the condenser. In thermodynamics, the heat rejected from
the condenser is said to have low availability.
1-14
HPC Technical Services
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
The example of the power plant cycle in Figure 1-10 illustrates a fundamental consequence of the Second
Law of Thermodynamics. It is impossible to convert all ofthe energy supplied to a thermodynamic system to useful
work. Some of the energy is lost or rejected. The more energy that can be converted to useful work, the more
efficient the system. In thermodynamics, the opposite view is often taken; a thermodynamic cycle can be made more
efficient by minimizing the heat rejected.
The example of the power plant cycle in Figure 1-10 also demonstrates that, when dealing with energy
conversion; it is not enough to know the amount of heat transferred to describe a thermodynamic process. The
temperature at which heat is transferred is also impOitant because the availability if heat energy in a substance
depends upon its temperature. The lower the temperature of a substance, the less the availability of its heat energy to
do work. This concept is so important that another property is defined to describe both the amount of heat
transferred and the temperature at which it is transferred.
This property, entropy, represented by S is defined as the ratio of heat transfelTed to the absolute
temperature at which it is transferred. This can be written in the following equation:
where ~ S == change in entropy of a system during some process (BTU/oR)
amount of heat added to the syStem during the process (BTU)
= absolute temperature (OR)
Q
T
Entropy is a property as is pressure, temperature, volume or enthalpy. Because entropy tells so much about
the usefulness of an amount of heat transferred in performing work, the steam tables include values of specific
entropy as part of the information tabulated.
2.3 T-S DIAGRAMS
The definition of the change in entropy can be visualized by considering a process in which heat is added to
a substance. If this process is carried out at a constant temperature, the change in entropy(DS) equals the heat added
(Q) divided by the absolute temperature (Tabs) .
The usefulness of entropy can be illustrated by describing thermodynamic processes on a diagram called a
T-S diagram and using the defmitionof entropy. The following equation can be written by rearranging the equation
that defines entropy:
where ~ S
Q
T
Q = T x ~ S
= change in entropy of a system during some process (BTU/oR)
= amount of heat added to the system during the process (BTU)
= absolute temperature (OR)
The amount of heat required for a thermodynamic process can be thought of as the area under a curve
plotted on a T-S diagram. That area can be determined through a mathematical process called integration.
1-15-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
Figure 1-11 shows a T -S diagram for two different thermodynamic processes in which the temperature T and
the entropy S of a substance both change as heat is added.
ENTHROPY
Figure 1-11 T-S Diagram
PATH ·
B
The heat required for the process represented by path A can be found by determiriing the area under the
'curve A between the limits of SI and S2. The second thermodynamic process, represented by path B has the same
endpoints but is different from path A; because all of the points on curve B are lower than those on curve A.
Accordingly, the area under curve B is less than that under curve A and so the heat required for the process
represented by curve B is less than that for the process represented by curve A. Thus, as this example demonstrates,
it is not enough to know the endpoints of a process in order to determine the.amount of heat required for that
process; the path must also be known.
The work done by or on a thermodynamic system and the heat added to or removed from the system can
be easily visualized on the T-S diagram. T-S diagrams are, therefore, frequently used to analyze energy transfer
cycles. In the following Chapter, two cycles that are used in power plants, the Brayton and Rankine Cycles, are
depicted on a T-S diagram to determine efficiency. The Brayton and Rankine Cycles thermodynamically represent
the gas turbine and water/steam cycle of a combined cycle power plant.
3.0 WATER AND STEAM
Water is the primary substance used to transfer energy in a power plant. The steam is used to drive the
steam turbine-generator which produces electrical power. Water is a key resource because of its wide availability,
nontoxic nature, and favorable properties. The properties discussed in this section are:
• States or phases
• Heat capacity (specific heat)
• Heat of fusion
• Heat of vaporization
• Saturation temperature
• Saturation pressure
• Superheat
1-16
HPC Technical Services
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
3.1 PROPERTIES OF WATER
Water can exist in any of the three states: solid, liquid, and gas. These three states are also called phases.
The state or phase of water depends on its temperature and pressure. At atmospheric pressure, water below 32°F is
solid (ice), water above 32°F and below 212°F is liquid, and water above 212°F is gaseous (steam). Heat must be
transferred to or from water to change both its temperature and state. Figure 1-12 shows the amount of heat at
atmospheric pressure needed to change OaF ice to 212°F steam and beyond.
When heat is transferred to ice, its temperature increases until the ice reaches the freezing point of 32°F.
The amo.!lot of heat required to change the temperature of ice is determined by a parameter called specific heat. The
specific heat of ice is 0.505 BTU/lboF and so one pound of ice must absorb 0.505 BTU of heat to raise its
temperature by 1°F. In Figure 1-12, OaF ice is heated to 32°F by adding approximately 16 BTU of energy.
500·_------------------------..,
HEAT OF
VAPORIZATION
'SATURATION POINT/
16 -144- 1- 18o- J------970------,--138-
BTU
Figure 1-12 Water Phase Diagram
When more heat is added beyond this point, however, the temperature of the ice does not change.
Additional heat energy instead melts the ice. The process of melting ice to water is called a phase transformation or
change of state. The heat required for the change of state from ice to water is called the heat of fusion or latent heat.
The heat of fusion is the difference in internal energy of ice and water. The amount of heat needed to change 1
pound of ice at 32°F to water at 32°F is 144 BTU.
Once all of the ice changes state to water, as more heat is added, the temperature of the water increases.
The increase in temperature occurs at a rate of about I OF rise for each BTU added, since the specific heat of water is
about 1 BTU/ lb- OF. In fact, the specific heat of water changes slightly as its temperature changes. The specific heat
is exactly 1 BTU/lb-oF when the temperature of the water is at 60°F. To increase the temperature of 1 pound of
water from 32° to 212°F, 180 BTU of heat are required. This heat addition is called sensible heat, since the heat
addition can be "sensed" as a temperature change. At 212°F, another phase transformation begins. If more heat is
added, the water starts to boil. Boiling is the change of state from water to steam. The temperature at which water
boils, for a given pressure, is called the saturation temperature. Water at the saturation temperature is called
saturated liquid, and steam at the saturation temperature is called saturated steam. At saturation temperature, water
as a liquid and a gas exist together. The heat required for the change of state from water to steam is called the heat of
vaporization. The heat of vaporization is the difference in internal energy of water and steam. The amount of heat
needed to change I pound of water at 212°F to steam at 212°F is 970.3 BTU.
1-17-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
The saturation temperature (boiling point) of water depends on its pressure. At atmospheric pressure, the
saturation temperature is 212°P. The saturation temperature of water decreases as its pressure decreases and
increases as its pressure increases. Por example, if the pressure is lowered to 1 psi a (compared to atmospheric
pressure of 14.69 psia) the saturation temperature of water is 10 l. 7°P. If the pressure is increased to 100 psia, the
saturation temperature of water is 327.8°P.
There is a unique relationship between pressure and temperature of water at saturation conditions. That is,
for any given saturation pressure, there is one and only one saturation temperature. Thus; at saturation if the pressure
is known, the temperature is also known and vice versa.
Once all of the water changes state to steam, further addition of heat to the steam increases its temperature
above the saturation temperature. Steam that is above saturation temperatUre is called superheated steam. The
specific heat of steam is 0.490 BTU/lb-oP at saturation at atmospheric pressure and so 0.490 BTU is needed for each
degree of superheat for 1 pound of steam. The specific heat of steam changes as its pressure and temperarure change.
The difference in the temperature of superheated steam and the saturation temperature for its pressure is
called the superheat or degrees of superheat of the steam. P or example, steam at atmospheric pressure that has been
heated to 222°P has 10 degrees of superheat.
As water boils and changes to steam, a mixture of steam and water at the same temperature exists. A new
parameter, steam quality (often referred to simply as quality), is necessary to describe the mixture of steam and
water. Steam quality is defmed as the mass percentage of steam present in the steam-water mixture at saturated
conditions. If, for example, 90% of the water in a mixture of steam and water were steam, the quality of this mixture
would be 90%. Quality is only useful in saturation. This is because water that is below the saturation pressure (and
thus has no steam) has zero quality and superheated steam has a quality of 100%.
3.2 STEAM TABLES AND THE MOLLIER DIAGRAM
The properties of water have been studied more than those of any other substance. The properties of water
that are most useful in thermodynamics of power plants are specific volume, enthalpy and entropy. Tables have been
developed listing the changes of each property with changes in pressure and temperature. The two tables most used
in power plant work are the saturated steam tables and superheated steam tables. The saturated steam tables provide
the values of properties of steam and water at saturation conditions while the superheated steam tables provide the
values of properties of steam above saturation temperature. Some steam tables also provide the values of properties
of water below saturation temperature (called subcooled water). All of these tables of properties are, together,
referred to as steam tables. These tables are commonly published as a book.
The saturated steam tables give the values of properties of saturated water and saturated steam for
temperatures from 32°P to 705.47°P and for the corresponding pressures from 0.08865 to 3208.2 psia. Water below
32°P and 0.08865 psia is ice rather than saturated steam or water. Water at 705.47°P and 3208.2 psia is at the critical
point. At the critical point there is no difference in the density or other properties of water and steam and thus
saturation no longer has meaning.
1-18
HPe Technical Services
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
Normally, two sets of saturated steam tables are provided, temperature tables and pressure tables.
Temperature tables list values of properties according to saturation temperature in even increments of temperature.
Pressure tables list values of properties according to saturation pressure in even increments of pressure. Both the
temperature and pressure tables have the same information, however the information is organized differently for
convenience. The temperature tables are easiest to use when the temperature is known, and the pressure tables are
easiest to use when the pressure is known. Table 1-01 shows a portion of a saturated steam temperature table. Table
1-02 shows a portion of a saturated steam pressure table.
Temp. Press. Volume, ft3nbm Enthalpy, Btunbm Entropy, Btunbm x R Temp.
of
I psia Water I Evap. ISteam Water I Evap. ISteam Water I Evap. ISteam
of
v,
V'g
Vg
hr h'g
hg 8,
8'g
8
g
560.0 1133.38 0.02207 0.36607 0.38714 562.4 625.3 1187.7 0.7625 0.6132 1.3757 560.0
558.0 1115.36 0.02201 0.37230 0.39431 559.8 628.8 1188.4 0.7600 0.6177 1.3777 558.0
556.0 1097.55 0.02194 0.37966 0.40160 557.2 632.0 1189.2 0.7575 0.6222 1.3797 556.0
554.0 1079.96 0.02188 0.38715 0.40903 554.6 635.3 1189.9 0.7550 0.6267 1.3817 554.0
552.0 1062.59 0.02182 0.39479 0.41660 552.0 638.5 1190.6 0.7525 0.6311 1.3837 552.0
550.0 1045.43 0.02176 0.40256 0.42432 549.5 641.8 1191.2 0.7501 0.6356 1.3856 550.0
548.0 1028.49 0.02169 0.41048 0.43217 546.9 645.0 1191.9 0.7476 0.6400 1.3876 548.0
546.0 1011.75 0.02163 0.41855 0.44018 544.4 648.1 1192.5 0.7451 0.6445 1.3896 546.0
544.0 995.22 0.02157 0.42677 0.44834 541.8 651.3 1193.1 0.7427 0.6489 1.3915 544.0
542.0 978.90 0.02151 0.43514 0.45665 539.3 654.4 1193.7 0.7402 0.6533 1.3935 542.0
540.0 962.79 0.02146 0.44367 0.46513 536.8 657.5 1194.3 0.7378 0.6577 1.3954 540.0
538.0 946.88 0.02140 0.45237 0.47377 534.2 660.6 1194.8 0.7353 0.6621 1.3974 538.0
536.0 931.17 0.02134 0.46123 0.48275 531.7 663.6 1195.4 0.7329 0.6665 1.3993 536.0
534.0 915.66 0.02129 0.47026 0.49155 529.2 666.6 1195.9 0.7304 0.6708 1.4012 534.0
532.0 900.34 0.02123 0.47947 0.50070 526.8 669.6 1196.4 0.7280 0.6752 1.4032 532.0
Table 1-01 Saturated Steam Temperature Table
1-19-
M
-
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
Press. Temp. Volume, ft3nbm Enthalpy, Btunbm Entropy, Btunbm x R Energy,Btullbm
psia
r
F
Iwater IEVap. ISteam Iwater I Evap. ream I Water IEva
p
. I Steam Iwater Isteam
V,
V'g
Vg h,
h'g h9 S, Sfg S9 U, U
g
1200.0 567.19 0.02232 0.34013 0.36245 571.9 613.0 1184.0 0.n14 0.5969 1.3683 566.9 1104.3
1190.0 566.13 0.02228 0.34371 0.36599 570.5 614.8 1185.3 O.n01 0.5993 1.3694 565.5 1104.7
1180.0 565.06 . 0.02254 0.34734 0.36958 569.0 616.6 1185.7 0.7688 0.6017 1.3705 564.2 1105.0
1170.0 563.99 0.02221 0.35103 0.37324 567.6 618.5 1186.1 0.7674 0.6042 1.3714 562.8 1105.3
1160.0 562.91 0.02217 0.35478 0.37695 566.2 620.3 1186.6 0.7661 0.6066 1.3727 561 .4 1105.6
1150.0 561.82 0.02214 0.35869 0.38073 564.8 622.2 1187.0 0.7647 0.6091 1.3738 560.1 1106.0
1140.0 560.73 0.02210 0.36247 0.38457 563.3 624.1 1187.4 0.7634 0.6115 1.3749 558.7 1106.3
1190.0 559.63 0.02206 0.36641 0.38847 561.9 625.9 1187.8 0.7620 0.6140 1.3760 557.3 1106.6
1120.0 558.52 0.02203 0.37041 0.39244 560.5 627.6 1188.2 0.7606 0.6165 L3nl 555.9 1106.9
1110.0 557.40 0.02199 0.37449 0.39648 559.0 629.6 1188.7 0.7592 0.6190 1.3783 554.5 1107.2
1100.0 556.28 0.02195 0.37863 0.40056 557.5 631 .5 . 1189.1 0.7678 0.8216 1.3794 553.1 1107.6
1090.0 555.14 0.02192 0.38285 0.40476 586.1 633.4 1189.5 0.7564 0.6241 1.3805 551.7 1107.8
1080.0 554.00 0.02188 0.38714 0.40902 554.6 635.3 1189.9 0.7550 0.6266 1.3817 550.2 1108.1
1070.0 552.86 0.02184 0.39150 0.41335 553.1 837.1 1190.3 0.7536 0.6292 1.3828 548.8 1108.4
1060.0 . 551.70 0.02181 0.39694 0.41n5 551 .6 639.0 1190.7 0.75"..2 0.6318 1.3840 547.4 1108.7
1050.0 550.53 0.021n 0.40047 0.42224 550.1 640.9 1191.0 0.7507 0.6344 1.3851 545.9 1109.0
1040.0 549.36 0.02174 0.40507 0.42681 548.6 642.8 1191.4 0.7493 0.6370 1.3663 544.5 1109.3
1030.0 548.18 0.02170 0.40967 0.43146 547.1 644.7 1191.8 0.7478 0.6396 1.3874 543.0 1109.6
1020.0 546.99 0.02166 0.41454 0.43820 545.6 646.6 1192.2 0.7463 0.6423 1.3886 541 .5 1109.9
1010.0 545.79 0.02163 0.41941 0.44103 544.1 646.5 1192.6 0.7449 0.6449 1.3898 540.0 1110.1
1000.0 544.56 0.02159 0.42436 0.44596 542.6 650.4 1192.9 0.7434 0.8476 1.3910 538.6 1110.4
m.o 543.36 0.02155 0.42942 0.45097 541.0 652.3 1193.3 0.7419 0.8503 1.3922 537.1 1110.7
980.0 542.14· 0.02152 0.43457 0.45609 539.5 654.2 1193.7 0.7406 0.6530 1.3934 535.6 1111 .0
970.0 540.90 0.02148 0.43982 0.46130 537.9 658.1 1194.0 0.7389 0.6557 1.3946 534.0 1111 .2
960.0 539.65 0.02145 0.44518 0.46882 536.3 658.0 11£4.4 0.7373 0.6584 1.3958 532.5 1111.5
950.0 538.39 0.02141 0.45054 0.47205 534.7 860.0 1194.7 0.7358 0.8812 1.3970 531.0 1111 .7
940.0 537.13 0.02137 0.45621 0.4n59 533.2 881 .9 1105.1 0.7242 0.8840 1.3982 52S.4 1112.0
930.0 535.85 0.02134 0.46190 0.48324 531 .6 683.8 1195.4 0.7327 0.6688 1.3995 527.9 1112.2
920.0 534.66 0.02130 O.48nO 0.48901 530.0 685.8 1196.7 0.7311 0.8696 1.4007 526.3 1112.5
910.0 533.26 0.02127 0.47363 0.49490 528.3 667.7 1198.1 0.7295 0.6724 1.4019 524.8 1112.7
900.0 531 .95 0.02123 0.47968 0.50091 526.7 669.7 1196.4 0.7279 0.6753 1.4032 523.2 1113.0
890.0 530.63 0.02119 0.48586 0.50706 526.1 671.6· 119B.7 0.7263 0.6762 1.4045 521.6 1113.2
880.0 529.30 0.02116 0.49218 0.51333 523.4 673.6 1197.0 0.7247 0.6811 1.4057 520.0 1113.4
870.0 527.96 0.02112 0.49883 0.51975 521.8 675.6 1197.3 0.7230 0.8840 1.4070 518.4 1113.7
860.0 526.60 0.02109 0.50522 0.52631 520.1 6n.6 1197.7 0.7214 0.6869 1.4083 516.7 1113.9
850.0 525.24 0.02105 0.51197 0.53302 518.4679.5 1198.0 0.7197 0.8889 1.4094 515.1 1114.1
840.0 523.86 0.02101 0.51886 0.53988 516.7681.5 1198.2 0.7160 0.6920 1.4109 513.4 1114.3
830.0 522.46 0.02098 0.52592 0.54889 615.0683.5 1198.5 0.7183 0.6959 1.4122 611.8 1114.5
820.0 521.06 0.02094 0.53314 0.55408 513.3685.6 1196.8 0.7146 0.8990 1.4138 610.1 1114.8
810.0 519.64 0.02091 0.54052 0.56143 611 .6687.6 1199.1 0.7129 0.7020 1.4149 508.4 1115.0
800.0 518.21 0.02087 0.54809 0.58896 509.6889.6 1199.4 0.7111 0.7051 1.4183 506.7 1115.2
790.0 516.76 0.02083 0.55894 0.57667 508. 1 691 .5 1199.7 0.7094 0.7082 1.4176 505.0 1115.4
780.0 515.30 0.02080 0.563n 0.58457 506.3693.6 1199.9 0.7076 0.7114 1.4190 503.3 1115.5
no.o 513.34 0.02076 0.57191 0.59267 504.6695.7 1200.2 0.7058 0.7146 1.4204 501.5 1115.7
760.0 512.34 0.02072 0.58025 0.60097 502.7697.7 1200.4 0.7040 0.7178 1.4218 499.8 1116.9
750.0 510.84 0.02069 0.56860 0.60949 500.9699.8 1200.7 0.7022 0.7210 1.4232 498.0 1116.1
740.0 509.32 0.02065 0.59757 0.61822 499.1701 .9 1200.9 0.7003 0.7243 1.4246 496.2 1116.3
730.0 507.78 0.02061 0.60657 0.62719 497.2703.9 1201.2 0.6985 0.7176 1.4260 494.4 1116.4
720.0 506.23 0.02058 0.61581 0.63639 495.4706.0 1201.4 0.6966 0.7309 1.4275 492.6 1116.6
710.0 504.67 0.02054 0.62530 0.64585 493.5706.1 1201 .6 0.6947 0.7343 1.4290 490.8 1116.8
Table 1-02 Saturated Steam Pressure Table
Both variations ofthe saturated steam tables are tabulations of pressure P, temperature T, specific volume
v, specific enthalpy h, and specific entropy s. The term "specific" means that the value of the property is given as
"per pound." Subscripts are used to distinguish between water in different phases. The subscript " f ' (for fluid) is
used for water. The subscript "g" (for gas) is used for steam. The subscript "fg" is used to denote the difference
between the same property for water and steam. Thus hfis the enthalpy of water at a given pressure/temperature, hg
is the enthalpy of steam at the same temperature, and hfg is the difference between hf and hg. It should be evident
that hfg is the heat of vaporization.
1-20
HPC Technical Services
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
Table 1-03 is a summary of the notation used in steam tables. Both saturated tables list the values of
properties of water as a saturated liquid and a saturated vapor for the specified temperature/pressure condition. They
also list the change in each property between the liquid and vapor states. For example, referring to the saturated
steam temperature table (Table 1-01), the saturation pressure for steam at 540°F is 962.79 psia. On the same line, the
specific volume, enthalpy and entropy for water and saturated steam at this temperature can be found.
T - Temperature
P Pressure (psi)
v - Specific volume of saturated liquid (cu ftIlb
m
vf
- Specific volume of saturated liquid (cu ftIlb
m
Vg - Specific volume of saturated vapor (cu ftIlb
m
Vfg
- Specific volume change of vaporization (cu ftllb
m
h - Specific enthalpy (BTU/Ibm)
hr
- Specific enthalpy of saturated liquid (BTU/Ibm)
~
- Specific enthalpy of saturated vapor (BTUllb
m
)
htg
- Specific enthalpy of change ofvaporization (BTUllb
m
)
S - Specific entropy (BTU/Ibm-OF)
Sf - Specific entropy of saturated liquid (BTUllbm-OR)
Sg - Specific entropy of saturated vapor(BTU/Ibm-OR)
SCg
- Specific entropy of change of vaporization (BTU/Ibm-OR)
Sh - Number of degrees of superheat (OF)
Table 1-03 Steam Table Notation
Tables I-Oland 1-02 show values for three properties of steam, enthalpy, entropy and specific volume. The
values for enthalpy are given in units of BTU/Ibm' The values for entropy are given in units of BTU/oR-Ibm'
The specific volume, v, of steam is the inverse of its density p at a given temperature and pressure:
1
Specific volume v = -
p
Density is the amount of weight a substance has per unit of volume, usually expressed in Ib/f3. Specific
volume is the volume of a unit mass of a substance or ft3/1b. Understanding that the density and specific volume of
water change with temperature and pressure is impOliant because some steam plant equipment takes advantage of
this characteristic of water. For example, the steam drum, water tube, and downcomer arrangement shown in Figure
1-13 uses density changes in water for natural circulation. Since this portion of the boiler (or HRSG) boils or
evaporates water to form steam, it is often referred to as the evaporator in HRSG's. In a conventional fired boiler,
this portion of the boiler is called the water walls because the boiler tubes make up the walls of the furnace.
1 - 2 1 ~
"PC Technical Services om
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
In Figure 1-13, saturated water at 548°F from the steam drum ( 1 ) flows through the downcomer (2).
Saturation pressure for this temperature is 1028.49 psia. The saturated steam temperature table (only a portion was
shown in Table 1) gives the specific volume for saturated water at 548°F as v = 0.02169 x cu ft/lb
m

HEAT FROM
COMBUSTION (Qb)
t
HEADER
~ : = - _ ~ STEAM 548°
1028 psia
STEAM DRUM (1)
l
DOWNCOMER,
OUTSIDE OF
BOILER WALL (2)
Figure 1-13 Boiler Water Circuit
The water from the downcomer is distributed to the water wall tubes by the header (3), then flows up the
water wall tubes (4) located in the walls ofthe boiler. The water in the tubes absorbs heat from combustion in the
boiler. However, since the water is already at saturation temperature, the heat added causes some of the water to
boil, making saturated steam. From the saturated steam temperature table, the specific volume for saturated steam at
548°F is 0.43217 x cu ft/lb
m
• The ratio of the specific volume of water to steam at this temperature is about 19.9. In
other words, the water is about 19.9 times more dense that the steam. As a result of this difference in density, the
steam bubbles rise in the tubes.
Thus, there is a mixture of steam bubbles and water in the evaporator tubes. There is only water in the
downcomer, however, since the mixture of water and steam in the evaporator tubes is less dense that the water in the
downcomer, there is greater pressure at the bottom of the downcomer than the bottom of the evaporator tubes. The
pressure difference causes water to circulate from the drum to the downcomer, upward through the evaporator tubes
and back to the drum. This phenomenon is called natural circulation.
Mixtures of saturated water and steam like that in the waterwall or evaporator tubes occur often in a power
plant. Another example is the steam leaving a turbine and entering a condenser. This steam is actually a mixture of
water that has condensed in the turbine steam path. steam quality x is the property used to express that amount of
steam present in a steam-water mixture. As an example, if the steam at the turbine exhaust has a quality of 87%,
each pound of the steam-water mixture leaving the turbine contains 0.87 pounds of steam and 0.13 pounds of water.
1-22
HPC Technical Services
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
Superheated steam tables give values of properties of superheated steam for a given pressure and
temperature. Table 1-04 is a pOition of a superheated steam table.
Abs. Pras. Sat Water Sat Water Tcmperature - DcgRCS Fahrenheit
IbISq in.
(Sat TCql) 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 1000
sb 11.61 61.61 111.61 161.61 211.61 261.61 311.61 361.61 461.61
950
y .
0.02141 0.4721 0.4883 0.5485 0.5993 0.6449 0.6871 0:7272 0.7656 0.7656 0:8753
(538.39)b 534.74 1194.7 1207.6 1255.J 1294.4 1329.3 1361.5 1392.0 1421.5 1450.3 1507.0
s 0.7358 1.3970 1.4098 1.4557 1.4921 1.5228 1.5500 1.S748 1.S977 1.6193 1.6595
Sh 5.42 55.42 105.42 155.42 205.42 255.42 305.42 455.42 465.42
1000
y
0.02159 0.4460 0.4535 0.5137 0.5636 0.6080 0.6489 0.6875 0.7245 0.7603 0.8295
(514.58) b 542.66 1192.9 1199.3 1249.3 1290.1 1325.9 1358.7 1389.6 1419.4 1448.5 1505.4
s 0.7434 1.3910 1.3973 1.4457 1.4833 1.5149 1.S426 1.S677 1.S908 1.6530 1.6530
Sb 49.47 99.47 149.27 199.47 249.47 299.47 299.47 449.47
1050
y
0.02177 0.4222 0.4821 0.5312 0.5745 0.6142 0.6515 0.6872 0.6872 0.7881
(650.53) b 550.15 1191.0 1243.4 1285.7 1322.4 1355.8 1387.2 1417 .. 3 1417.3 1403.9
s 0.7507 1.3851 1.4358 1.4748 \..S072 1.5354 1.S608 1.5842 1.6062 1.6469
Sb 43.72 93.72 143.72 193.72 243.72 293.72 343.72 433.72
1100
y
0.02195 0.4006 0.4531 0.S017 0.S440 0.5826 0.6188 0.6S33 0.6865 0.7S0S
(SS8.28) b SS7.SS 1189.1 1237.3 1281.2 1318.8 1352.9 1384.7 141S.2 . 1444.7 1502.4
s 0.7S78 1.3794 1.4259 1.4664 1.4996 1.5284 1.S542 1.5779 1.6000 1.6410
Table 1-04 Superheat Steam Table
There are two differences between the saturated and superheated steam tables. First, there is only one
superheated steam table, not two as with the saturated tables. Second, both the pressure and temperature of the steam
are required to determine the values of properties of superheated steam. With saturated steam, either the pressure or
the temperature was sufficient to find the values of properties of water or steam. The superheated steam tables are
organized as a grid with pressure along the vertical axis and temperature on the horizontal axis.
As with the saturated tables, specific volume v, enthalpy h, and entropy s are tabulated in the superheated
steam tables. Also given is the saturation temperature for each incremerit of pressure and number of degrees of
superheat, shown as Sh, for each temperature and pressure. Not all tables give values for Sh. To calculate this value,
the saturation temperature T is subtracted from the temperature of the superheated steam.
I Sh = T - Tsat
where Sh = number of degrees of superheat eF)
T = temperature of superheated steam (OF)
T
sat
= temperature of saturated steam at the same pressure as the superheated steam.
1-23-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
Another method of making the values of properties of steam available is the Mollier Diagram (also called
the Mollier chart). Figure 1-14 is a Mollier Diagram. The Mollier Diagram is a graphical presentation of the
properties of saturated and superheated steam. It is a graph of specific enthalpy h versus specific entropy s. On this
h-s diagram, there is a line that curves downward like a hill or a dome. Above this saturation dome, as it is often
called, the steam is superheated. Below the saturation dome, there is a mixture of saturated steam and water. In the
superheated area, there are lines of constant temperature (called isotherms), lines of constant pressure (called
isobars), and lines of constant superheat. In the saturated area of the Mollier diagram, there are lines of constant
pressure and constant quality (moisture) percent. .
ENTROPY (Btunb -OF)
1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.B 2.0 2.2
1600
1500
1400
1300
1>
I
~ 1 2 0 0
;i
~
ifi 1100
toOO 1000
900
BOO
1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.B 2.0 2.2
ENTROPY (Btu/lb -OF)
Figure 1-14 Mollier Diagram
The values of properties of steam can be determined directly from the Mollier Diagram. In many cases, the
diagram can be easier to use than the steam tables because the values can be read directly from it, rather than
interpolated or calculated. The accuracy of steam properties from a Mollier diagram is not always as good as that
from the steam tables, especially if small versions ofthe Mollier chart are used.
1-24
HPC Technical Services
HPC Technical Services
500 Tallevast Road· Suite 101
Sarasota, FL 34243 USA
(941) 747-7733 • FAX (941) 746-5374
www.hpcnet.com
STEAM TURBINE THEORY
Chapter 2
TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:
To familiarize the student with the theory of Steam Turbine Operation.
ENABLING OBJECTIVES:
At the completion of this section, the student should be able to:
1. Describe the Impulse Principles.
2. Describe the Curtis Stage of a Turbine.
3. Describe the Reaction Principles.
© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 12/1412010
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 3
1.1 Turbine Principles ....................................................................................................................... 3
1.1.1 Nozzles and Their Principles .................................................................................................. 4
1.2 Basic Turbine Types and Their Principles ................................................................................... 4
1.2.1 Impulse Turbine ...................................................................................................................... 5
1.2.2 Reaction Turbines ................................................................................................................... 7
_v . 2-2
~ HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE THEORY
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Steam turbines are used to convert the heat energy in the steam into mechanical energy. Ifthe steam turbine
drives a generator, then this mechanical energy will be further converted. and then into electrical energy. The steam
turbine is, by itself, a very simple machine with few moving parts. This is desirable because it allows the steam
turbine-generator to have very good reliability. It is not unusual for a steam turbine to run for more than a year
without shutdown. Current practice in some areas calls for steam turbine to have major maintenance outages about
once every five years. On some equipment, the interval between major overhauls has been extended to more than ten
years.
While very reliable, the large steam turbine-generator is a complex machine with many components and
supporting systems. This chapter covers the following:
• Turbine main steam valves
• Turning gear
• Turbine lube oil system
• Turbine EHC fluid system
• Turbine gland steam system
• Turbine controls
Operation of the steam turbine requires consideration of many aspects including thermal stress,
requirements for generator synchronization, and values ofcritical parameters such as the lube oil header temperature
and gland steam header pressure. The turbine manufacturer provides detailed starting and loading instructions to
provide the operator with guidance on all of these aspects of operation.
This chapter describes the principles used in the steam turbine, the centerline components and supporting
systems of the turbine.
1.1 TURBINE PRINCIPLES
The power plant is often described as an energy conversion factory in which the chemical energy in the fuel
is transformed in a series of steps into electrical energy, with the turbine-generator as one part of the power plant.
The function of the steam turbine is to convert the energy in the high pressure and temperature steam from the boiler
or HRSG into mechanical energy. It is common to refer to the energy conversion that occurs in the turbine as
happening in a single step. The conversion of energy in the turbine actually occurs in two steps.This Section
describes both of these processes.
• First, the heat energy in the steam is converted into kinetic energy of a steam jet by nozzles.
• Second, the steam jets are used with buckets or blades mounted on a rotor to produce a
mechanical force and torque.
2_3-1.f -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
1.1.1 Nozzles and Their Principles
A steam turbine nozzle is a device that converts heat energy of
steam into kinetic energy (energy of motion) by expanding the steam. A
simplified, convergent nozzle of the type most often used in steam turbines is P1, T1
shown in Figure 2-01
Figure 2-01 Simplified, Convergent Nozzle V
1
Assume that steam at temperature T1 and pressure P1 enters a convergent nozzle. The higher the pressure
and temperature, the more thermal energy is in the steam. The steam is moving at velocity Vlbefore entering the
nozzle. The steam leaves the nozzle at a lower pressure and temperature, T
z
and P
2
but at a higher velocity, V
z
. This
is because some of the heat energy in the steam has been converted into energy of motion, called kinetic energy.
Kinetic energy is a function of the square of velocity; therefore, as the velocity increases, so does the kinetic energy.
The ratio of the pressure upstream and downstream of the nozzle is critical in the efficient operation of the
nozzle. It is designed to operate with a constant pressure ratio for best efficiency in energy conversion. If turbine
conditions change the pressure ratio, inefficiency results. Also, if changes to the nozzle such as erosion occur, the
design is upset and inefficiency results. Common problems with nozzles which occur in operation are erosion from
debris in the steam and deposits from contamination of the steam
1.2 BASIC TURBINE TYPES AND THEIR PRINCIPLES
The kinetic energy in a jet of steam is not useful as it is. The nozzle by itself cannot convert the energy in
the steam to useful mechanical energy. There are two basic turbine types: impulse and reaction. Both use nozzles
and rotor buckets (also called blades), but in different ways.
2-4
HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE THEORY
1.2.1 Impulse Turbine
Figure 2-02 illustrates the operating principles of an impulse turbine. Steam enters an impulse turbine
through a stationary nozzle that expands the steam and creates a steam jet. The steam jet strikes the rotor buckets.
Note that the terms bucket and blade are synonymous, however the term buckets is used most often for impulse
turbines.
Flowing Steam ___ -I
Turning
(Mechanical Energy)
Figure 2-02 Impulse Turbine Operating Principles
H .. t
H ..
In an ideal impulse turbine, the steam expansion occurs through the
stationary nozzle; the buckets change only steam velocity. Ideal impulse
turbines do not exist in practice, however turbines that are nearly ideal
impulse turbines are often used.
Figure 2-03 shows axial and radial views of an ideal impulse
turbine stage. Each set of nozzles and rotor buckets is called a stage. The
graph in Figure 2-03 shows that all the pressure drop in the stage occurs at
the nozzles, and the velocity and volume of the steam increase in the nozzles.
The expanded steam strikes the buckets, forcing them to rotate and
reducing the velocity of the jet of steam. The force of the steam on the
buckets produces the mechanical energy needed to turn the generator. This
mechanical energy comes from the jet of steam which has its velocity
reduced considerably.
Buckets
:
Nozzle ;"t::o", I
i
:
, :V: : Buckets
Steam Chest"-...
Equal/zing Hoie
,':"-' ; I
, ,
, , ,
" .
Velocity and Pressure
Relationships
Figure 2-03 Ideal Impulse Stage
In large modern power plants, there is considerable thermal energy in each pound of steam delivered to the
turbine. It is impractical and inefficient to build a single nozzle and rotor large enough to convert all the steams
thermal energy into useful work. Therefore, large modern turbines are usually multi-staged, with each stage
converting part of the steams thermal energy to mechanical energy. In a basic multi-staged steam turbine, steam
enters through the first-stage nozzle, which converts part of the thermal energy in the steam into kinetic energy.
2_S-V.
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
The steam jet from the first-stage nozzle strikes the first-stage rotor buckets. After leaving the first-stage
rotor buckets, the steam passes through the second-stage nozzle. Some of the remaining thermal energy is then
converted to kinetic energy. The second-stage rotor buckets are forced to rotate by the steam jet leaving the second-
stage nozzles.
Impulse turbines can be multi-staged in two ways. The first
is the Curtis (or velocity compounded) stage shown in Figure 2-04.
A velocity compounded stage has one set of nozzles with two or
more rows of moving buckets. There are stationary buckets between
each row of moving buckets. Each set of nozzles and buckets makes
up one stage. In passing from the nozzle exit through one set of
buckets, the velocity of the steam decreases because of the work it
does on the buckets. The steam then passes through a row of
stationary buckets that change the direction of the steam without
changing its pressure or speed. The new steam direction is
approximately parallel to the original steam direction leaving the
nozzles. The steam then strikes a second row of buckets that are
attached to the same wheel as the first row. This process may be
repeated through as many as four rows of moving buckets in one
stage. Most Curtis stages, however, are limited to two rows of
moving buckets.
Figure 2-04 also shows that in an ideal Curtis stage, the
e.ntire pressure drop occurs through the nozzle, and the pressure
remains constant across the buckets. This is a characteristic of
impulse turbines. The velocity, on the other hand, drops in steps as it
passes through the moving buckets.
Absolute Pressure
LB. I SQ. IN
Absolute Velocity
Nozzle
Steam Chest
Equalizing Hole
Figure 2-04 Ideal Curtis Stage
In a sense, Curtis staging is not multi-staging. This is because, as pointed out above, no matter how many
rows of moving buckets a Curtis stage has, it is still only one stage. It is possible, however, to have a second Curtis
stage behind the fust.
Absolute Pressure
Absolute Velocity
Steam Chest
Equalizing Hole
2-6
'~ ' : ' : I : I I I : :
I I Itt I I I t
I t ,I I I t I I
I I II I I It·
t I I t i if Ii. [ J
,
ttl I
~ I : ~ I I : ~ l i : ~ J I : ~
~ I ~ I ~ I ",="", I ~
I I I I I' t t
. ,",=""" I ~ ' I'"'="" • • '"'="".
Itt I It t I
, "==""i ,"=='"'. ,'O!:;::::lo'j ,'<:;:::10',
t, I t I I t I
Velocity and Pressure
Relationships
Nozzles
HPC Technical Services
The second way that impulse turbine stages may be arranged is
the Rateau (or pressure compounded) stage. A Rateau turbine consists of
a series of nozzles and buckets. Each set of nozzles and buckets makes
up a stage. Figure 2-05 shows a four stage, pressure compounded,
impulse turbine. The steam pressure in a series of Rateau stages drops in
steps through each set of nozzles.
Figure 2-05 Arrangement of Typical Rateau Stages
Many old, multistage, impulse turbines consist of
both Rateau (pressure compounded) and Curtis (velocity
compounded) stages. Usually, the fIrst stage (and
sometimes the second stage) is a velocity compounded
stage with two rows of moving buckets on its wheel. The
remaining stages are then pressure compounded stages as
shown in Figure 2-06. Newer turbines seldom use Curtis .
staging, however, otherwise the multi-staging is the same.
It is not unusual to have as many as 20 stages in an impulse
turbine.
Figure 2-06 Combination of Curtis and Rateau Staging
1.2.2 Reaction Turbines
STEAM TURBINE THEORY
Absolute """' ,,-- : --,-----'-.
___ ---:.-c-:;-.:--;.._---,-,---,===
Nozzle
Figure 2-07 illustrates the basic operating principles of an ideal reaction turbine. The turbine rotor is forced
to turn by the active force of the steam jet leaving the nozzle. In an ideal reaction turbine, the moving buckets would
be the only nozzles. Therefore, all the steam expansion would occur in the moving buckets. This is impractical in
large turbines because it is diffIcult to admit steam to moving nozzles. Thus, large turbines use fIxed nozzles to
admit steam to moving nozzles. Therefore, practical, large reaction turbines use a combination of impulse and
reaction principles.
HEAT HEAT
HEAT
'--HOT 1
Figure 2-07 Reaction Turbine Operating Principles

FIRE
2_7-
V
.
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
The typical impulse-reaction turbine has stationary nozzles
and moving nozzles. The moving nozzles are created by varying the
cross section of the openings between adjacent buckets (usually called
blades in such turbines) as shown in Figure 2-08. Reaction turbines
can be classified by the percentage ofthe energy conversion that
occurs in the moving nozzles. Typically, turbines that are called
reaction turbines have about 50% reaction and 50% impulse. Turbines
which use a combination of impulse and reaction principles are often
referred to simply as reaction turbines to distinguish them from the
impulse turbines.
Figure 2-08 Reaction Turbine Blading
Flow
Seal
Rotating
Blade
STEAM
INLET
FI XED
NOZZLES
:
EXHAUST
MOVING
NOZZLES
FIXED -' """- J """- J """- J """- J """- MOVING
Figure 2-09 shows a series of reaction turbine
stages. Each stage consists of a set of fixed nozzles and a
set of moving nozzles. Thepressure drop occurs over both
the fixed and moving nozzles. Reaction turbines are multi-
staged by alternating sets of fixed and moving nozzles and
are basically pressure compounded turbines with reaction.
Each pair of fixed and moving nozzles makes up one stage.
Many times, reaction turbines have one Curtis impulse
stage as the first stage of the turbine. Figure 2-10 shows a
typical arrangement.
NOZZLES ">--./' J , J NOZZLES
-'"",,-J"",,-J"",,-J"""----".Y
'-""""-J"""-J"""-J"",,-J""'<
-,"""-J"""-J ,J"""- J,
2-8
/r
J
/r
J
,
,
VOLUME
, ---- _.
F\ l\ f\ ,/0. r\ VELOCITY
i 'v' \'ir : "V: .. -
. __ j , -----"-' PRESSURE
HPC Technical Services
Figure 2-09 Arrangement of Reaction Turbine Stages
STEAM TURBINE THEORY
REACTION STAGES
___ 01_""_5 _5T_AG£ __
EXHAUS'
ST£MJ '
INLET
VOLUME
/""-----
---'
,.--'
Figure 2-10 Combination of Curtis and Reaction Staging
.;-,,"""/
/-'
"\ ,--,'
/ /'
I
11/ '-_--II V
v'
PRESSURE
CHECK YOUR UNDERSTANDING
Questions:
1. The two components that make up a turbine stage are:
2. Describe the function of the components in a steam turbine stage.
3. The three things that happen to steam as it flows through a turbine stage are:
2_9-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
Chapter 3
TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:
To familiarize the student with steam turbine unit description.
ENABLING OBJECTIVES:
At the completion of this section, the student should be able to:
1. Describe the various designs of steam turbines.
2. Describe steam flow through various steam turbines.
3. Describe different ways of prewarming starting and loading steam turbines.
© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 12/14/10
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 CLASSIFICATION OF STEAM TURBINES ........................................................................................ 3
1.1 Condensing versus Non-condensing ........................................................................................... 3
1.2 Extraction versus Non-extraction ................................................................................................ 4
1.3 Single pressure versus mUltiple pressure .......................... ; .......................................................... 4
1.4 Reheat versus Non-reheat ............................................................................................................ 5
1.5 Single Casing versus Compound ................................................................................................. 5
1.6 Exhaust Flows ............................................................................................................................ 6
2.0 COMPARISON OF TURBINE TYPES AND MANUFACTURERS .................................................... 7
2.1 Aerodynamic Efficiency .............................................................................................................. 7
2.2 Number of Stages ........................................................................................................................ 7
2.3 Stage Design ................................................................................................................................ 7
3.0 UNIT DESCRIPTIONS .......................................................................................................................... 8
4.0 TURBINE OPERATION ...................................................................................................................... 15
4.1 Prewarming ............................................................................................................................... 15
4.2 Starting and Loading ................................................................................................................. 15
4.3 Full Arc Admission ................................................................................................................... 16
4.4 Partial Arc Operation ................................................................................................................. 16
4.5 Turbine Supervisory Instruments (TSI) ..................................................................................... 17
4.6 Overspeed Protection ................................................................................................................. 17
~ 3-2
~ HPe Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
1.0 CLASSIFICATION OF STEAM TURBINES
In the previous section, turbine theory, the two basic turbine types were described. Impulse and reaction
turbines can be further divided into a large variety of types using important characteristics. Each of the six
characteristics discussed below is applicable to both impulse and reaction turbines. These characteristics are:
• . Condensing vs. non-condensing
• Extraction vs. non-extraction
• Single pressure vs. multiple pressure
• Reheat vs. non-reheat
• Single casing vs. compound
• Exhaust flows
1.1 CONDENSING VERSUS NON.CONDENSING
One characteristic for classifying steam turbines is whether they are condensing or non-condensing. In a
condensing turbine, the steam is exhausted into a condenser. By condensing the steam, the turbine exhaust pressure
and temperatures can be very low. Low exhaust pressure allows the turbine to make maximum use of the thermal
energy in the steam and makes the power plant more efficient. Nearly all large steam turbines are of this type.
In non-condensing turbines, the exhaust steam is not condensed. The steam may simply be allowed to blow
into the atmosphere or (more often) it may be used for some useful purpose such as heating buildings. If a non-
condensing turbine exhausts to a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, it is called a backpressure ·unit. This
type of turbine is most often seen in process plants such as steel mills, refmeries and paper mills. Sometimes the
non-condensing turbine is referred to as a "topper". It reduces the pressure from a high pressure boiler output to a
lower usable value. In the process, electricity may be produced as a by-product. Figure 3-01 illustrates a
comparison of these two classifications ..
LEGEND
-*-
-H-
.1-
,,-
BEARING
COUPUNG
SHAFT PACKING
STEAM FLOW
CONTROL VALVE
,
,
\
,

EXHAUST
S T E A I ~ TO CONDENSER
Figure 3-01 Condensing versus Non-Condensing
EXHAUST
STEAM TO
PROCESS
. ~
3-3
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
1.2 EXTRACTION VERSUS NON-EXTRACTION
A second way turbines Can be classified is by extraction or non-extraction. Extraction turbines are
sometimes called ;'bleeder"tui-bines. An extraction turbine is a multi-stage turbine where some of the steam is
exhausted, or bled, from between turbine stages at extraction points. This extraction steam may be used for
regenerative feedwater heating or other purposes. In most power plant applications the extraction steam is
uncontrolled. In industrial applications the extracted steam may be controlled (this difference will be highlighted
later). See Figure 3-02 for the differences.
EXTRACTION TO
FEEDWATER HEATER
EXHAUST EXHAUST
Figure 3-02 Extraction versus Non-Extraction
1.3 SINGLE PRESSURE VERSUS MULTIPLE PRESSURE
Most turbines have a significant variation of steam pressure in the steam path. This pressure variation has a
direct impact upon construction technique. The result is separately defmed sections as illustrated in Figure 3-03.
- High - Pressure Section
,
I
I
I
-------

Section
--- -- -- - --'\
t
I
...
, __ .. __ ,\ ,', ,'\,". __ 1I
,,', 1
Figure 3-03 Single Pressure versus Multiple Pressure
3-4
T. mc Technical Services
Low-
Pressure-
Section
...
...
...
,
\
t
I
To Condenser
STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
1.4 REHEAT VERSUS NON-REHEAT
, A third way that turbines can be classified is reheat or non-reheat. A reheat turbine is a multistage turbine
in which the steam is directed from some intermediate stage of the turbine back to the boiler. In the boiler; the steam
is reheated and then piped back to the turbine. Some large turbines return the steam to the boiler to be reheated a
second time. This is called a double reheat turbine. There are two advantages to reheating steam. First it makes the
power plant more efficientthermodynamically. Second, it delays the start of steam condensation in the turbine.
Nearly all modem power plant large steam turbines use reheat. See Figure 3-04 for a figure highlighting the
differences. " ' , ' , ' ,
STEAM FROliIlAIN BOItB! ----+--,
BOILER REHEATER
IP EXHAUST OR
CROSSOVER STEAM
STEAM FLOW TO
IIAIN CONDENSER
LEGEND
~
-if-
.L
~
Figure 3-04 Reheat versus NOll-Reheat
1.5 SINGLE CASING VERSUS COMPOUND
BEARING
COUPLING
SHAFT PACIIING
STEAM FLOW
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
EXHAUST
STEAM
Another way to classify turbines is as single casing or compound turbines. A single casing turbine has all
the stages of the turbine in one casing as shown schematically in Figure 3-05(a). As turbines become larger, it is not
practical to have all the stages in one casing. Therefore, they are divided into two or more casings. These machines
are known as compound turbines. There are two different types of compound turbines, tandem-compound and cross-
compound.
A tandem-compound turbine is shown in Figure 3-05(b). The turbine sections are in line with one another
and the sections are on the same shaft. The tandem compound turbine shown has two different sections. Large ,
modem units may have as many as five separate sections.
3_S-1.{ -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
A cross-compound turbine is shown in Figure 3-05 (c). In this
case, the different turbine sections are on different shafts. For power
plants, this means that two separate generators are used. This can be an
advantage for very large turbine generators since it may be easier to
build and ship two half-size generators than one very large generator.
Some large cross-compound units have two or more turbine sections on
each shaft, and thus they are a combination of cross-compound and
tandem"cOInpound . . .
Nearly all large steam turbines are multiple casing units. The
tandem-compound arrangement is most common. Cross-compound
turbines are often designed for large units and in cases where the
advantage in efficiency of a cross-compound unit over a tandem-
compound cim be justified.
(a) SINGLE CASING
STEAM IN
(b) TANDEM - COMPOUND
STEAM EXHAUST
STEAM EXHAUST
STEAM IN - -+-+1+1-+;.<.,.]
Figure 3-05 Comparison of Turbine Arrangements
(e) CROSS - COMPOUND
1.6 EXHAUST FLOWS
Condensing turbines can be further classified by the exhaust flow. A single-flow condensing turbine passes
. all of its exhaust steam to the condenser through one exhaust opening. However, the low pressure sections of a large
compound turbine become so large that they must be split up into more than one section because of design
limitations. Turbines with as many as six flows are not uncommon. See Figure 3-06 for an illustration of a four-
flow unit. Notice four (4) parallel paths to the condenser.
1 ___ LOW-PRESSURE SECTION ____ LOW-PRESSURE SECTION
(TURBINE END) (GENERATOR END)
-y - 3-6
~ HPC Technical Services
f ' ~ " - '
1\
,
,
I
..
,
\
I
I
,
,
I
I
-I?ZI- •
Figure 3-06 Four (4) Exhaust Flows
\
I
I
STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
2.0 COMPARISON OF TURBINE TYPES AND MANUFACTURERS
There are as many different variations in steam turbines as there are manufacturers, and many
manufacturers build different types of turbines as well. This Section describes some of those differences with
reference to the two large steam turbines manufacturers that have historically dominated the market in the United
States, Westinghouse and General Electric. There are some key differences in the design of impulse and reaction
staging that are important in understanding other design features of the turbine.
General Electric (GE) turbines are mostly impulse turbines while Westinghouse turbines are principally
reaction turbines. The reason for this is historical. In the early history of the turbine-generator business in the United
States, GE bought rights to the patent for the impulse turbine from C.G. Curtis and Westinghouse bought rights to
the reaction turbine from Sir Charles Parsons. Those patents have, of course, long since expired. Both Westinghouse
and GE now build turbines that incorporate both reaction and impulse features. It is still true, however, that GE
turbines are principally of the impulse design and most Westinghouse turbines are principally the reaction design. A
comparison of the two designs is useful in understanding how steam turbines work.
2.1 AERODYNAMIC EFFICIENCY
The fIrst difference between the two designs is in aerodynamic efficiency. The aerodynamic efficiency of
the impulse stage is less than that of the reaction stage but the reaction stage efficiency falls off sharply when it is
not in operation at its design point. Aerodynamic effIciency becomes more important as a design consideration as
the stage becomes longer (as is the case in the low pressure turbine).
A consequence ofthese differences in effIciency is seen in the fIrst stage of many Westinghouse turbines.
The fIrst stage of the turbine is one in which the conditions under which the turbine conditions change considerable
over the range of operation because the valves used to control the flow of steam to the turbine open just ahead of the
fIrst stage nozzles. The fIrst stage turbine buckets (or blades) are the shortest in the turbine. Accordingly it is
common for Westinghouse turbines, that are principally reaction otherwise, to have a Curtis stage (also sometimes
referred to as the control stage) as the fIrst stage in the turbine.
In GE turbines, on the other hand, the last stage buckets are as long as those in Westinghouse turbines.
Since, for long buckets, a pure impulse design would have a performance penalty due to aerodynamic losses, most
GE turbines have a signifIcant degree of reaction in the long buckets of the LP turbine.
2.2 NUMBER OF STAGES
Another difference between the impulse and reaction designs is the amount of energy that can be absorbed
in a single stage. The impulse design can absorb more energy than the reaction stage. The consequence of this fact is
that more stages are required in a reaction turbine as compared to the impulse design. For units that have the same
initial steam conditions more stages are required in a reaction turbine than a comparable impulse turbine. For
example, in a plant with two sister units, one Westinghouse and the other GE, both rated at about 300 MW and both
operating with the same steam conditions, the GE unit has 22 stages while the Westinghouse unit has 37 stages.
2.3 STAGE DESIGN
As described earlier, all of the pressure drop in the impulse turbine is (ideally) across the stationary nozzles.
In the reaction design, the pressure drop is split between the stationary and moving nozzles. The consequence of this
fact is the nozzles in the GE design are rather massive while the buckets are relatively less massive. In the
Westinghouse design the stationary and rotating blades are of roughly equal strength. This is illustrated in Figure 3-
07. Figure 3-07 (a) shows the reaction stage while Figure 3-07(b) shows the impulse stage. The stationary nozzles of
the impulse design are in fact rather massive. In fact, when one looks down at the horizontal joint of the impulse
turbine, the buckets appear to be running in a compartment formed by adjacent nozzles. The impulse turbine is
sometimes said to be "compartment design" as a result.
3_7-1.{ -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
There are two other differences in design illustrated in Figure 3-07. First, note that the labyrinth seals for
the impulse design are concentrated at the inside diameter of the nozzle with relatively little at the tips of the
buckets. This is consistent with the fact that there is little tendency for steam to leak past the tip of the bucket since
there is little pressure drop there. On the other hand there is a large pressure drop across .the nozzle and so seals with
many teeth are required to seal the inside diameter of the nozzle.
The second difference in the two designs illustrated by Figure 3-07 is the balance hole in the wheel of the
impulse turbine. Labyrinth packing does not prevent all leakage; it can only control and reduce leakage. Thus, there
is some leakage of steam into the wheel space. Also, there is some steam which leaks by the root of the bucket. If
there were no balance hole, the steam would build up pressure on the upstream side of the wheel. This would
produce axial force on the wheel (discussed below). The steam would also tend to flow from the wheel space
through the bucket at a right angle compared to the rest of the steam flow, thus disturbing the steam flow and
reducing efficiency. The balance hole prevents this flow from occurring.
There is no balance hole in the reaction
stage, of course, since there is a pressure
difference across the moving blades by design. A
balance hole in the reaction stage would bypass
steam from its normal flow path.
Figure 3-07 Comparison of Reaction
and Impulse Stage Designs
3.0 UNIT DESCRIPTIONS
(a) Reaction Stage Design
BUCKET
LABYRINTH
PACKING
(b) Impulse Stage Design
As stated earlier in this text, steam turbines are custom designed by the OEM to the meet the oWners'
application. It is not unusual to [md a wide range of turbine designs within one utility or even one plant. Each plant
is constructed to fit a particular need. Recognize, also, that a power plant built in the 1960's may have been
upgraded during the last decade to meet the increased demand.
A utility may decide to upgrade an existing power plant or build a brand new one. The utility makes this
decision based on projected power requirements into the future as well as many permitting and environmental
, issues .. The projected megawatt requirement will dictate what size generator(s) will be installed. The selection of the
steam turbine to drive the generator will be based on:
• Boiler Capacity (lbs. per hour)
• Steam Conditions (pressure-temperature)
• Environmental Conditions
• Turbine Efficiency
• Size Limitations
It should be noted that size limitations can come about based upon unit length or area (square feet of
foundation) as an example.
What follows in this section are illustrations and descriptions of steam turbine arrangements. The data
given in the description on steam conditions and generator output are only examples .
. ~ .
3-8
~ HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
_HIGH PRESSURE ____ LOW PRESSURE __ _
LEGEND
X JOURNAL BEARING
181
-i I- COUPL1N"
SECTION SECTION
TO
CONDENSER
,.
,
SCALE IN FEET
" 1
2.
1
Figure 3-08 illustrates a tandem
compound double flow turbine. This is a non-
reheat turbine. This design has some unique
characteristics.
Figure 3-08 Tam/em Compound
Double Flow Turbine
• The high pressure and low pressure rotors are coupled together and contained in a single shell arrangement.
• The turbine rotors are supported on three journal bearings. The bearing arrangement is unique. The # 1 and
#2 bearings support the HP rotor. The #3 bearing supports the attached generator. The LP turbine section
coupled to the HP turbine and generator does not require bearing Sl,lpport.
• Steam inlet valves are mounted top and bottom of the turbine shell.
• Steam flows through the HP section, over and into the LP section and exhausts to the condenser.
• Typical rated operating steam conditions is 850 psi at 900°F.
• Typically these turbines would drive generators producing 55 MW.
Figure 3-09 illustrates another
non-reheat tandem compound double flow
unit. Note the differences between this
design and the previous one.
Figure 3-09 Tandem Compound
Double Flow Turbine
• High pressure rotor coupled to a
low pressure rotor contained in a
single shell arrangement.
• Three bearing locations to support
the turbine shafts. Bearing #1 and
#2 locations are similar to the
LEGENO
X JOURNAL BEAR.ING

-II- COUPLING
,.
SCALE IN FEET
15
1
Figure 3-08. Bearing #3 supports the aft end of the LP rotor, inboard of the generator coupling.
• Steam inlet valves mounted. top and bottom.
• Steam flows through the HP section, over and into the LP section and exhausts to the condenser.
• Typical rated operating steam conditions are 850 psi at 700°F.
• Typically this turbine would drive a generator producing 60 MW.
2.
J
• The fabricated internal crossover is a very common and fundamental feature of older units ofthis type .
.
3-9
HPC Technical Services -
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
Figure 3-10 illustrates another non-
reheat tandem compound double flow unit
similar to the previous two designs but with
the following changes:
Figure 3-10 Tandem Compound
Double Flow Turbine
legend
X Joumal Bearing
rgJ Combined Journal and Thrust Bearing
I-Coupllng
,
To
Condenser
10
Scale In Feet
• The first few stages of the HP section are enclosed in a separate inner shell.
• Higher rated operating steam conditions: 1450 psi at 1050°F.
• Driving higher output generators: 70 MW to 100 MW.
Figure 3-11 illustrates a tandem compound double flow condensing reheat turbine.
I"
- ; .
Intercept Valve .
_____ _ _ ... IP Rotor
: 't· ..
: !
LP
, r

,
To
Condenser
15
I
Figure 3-11 Tandem Compound
20
I
.
:
To
Condenser
To
Condenser
Double Flow Condensing Reheat Turbine

3-10
HPe Technical Services
Legend
x

-0-
Joumal Bearln;
Combined Joumal
and Thrust Bearing
Coupling
Steam Path
STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
Characteristics of this design are:
• Three separate turbine sections: the high pressure, intermediate or reheat section, and the low
pressure section.
• Three bearings to supportthe rotors.
• Separate steam control and intercept valves.
• Inner and outer turbine shell arrangements for the HP turbine.
• HP and IP turbine rotors share a common shaft.
• Steam flow enters the HP turbine through the control valves. Steam exhausted from the HP section
enters the reheater (located in the boiler) then flows through the intercept valves to the inlet of the .
IP or reheat turbine section. Exhausted from this section, it flows over and into the double flow LP
turbine section and exhausts to the condenser.
• Typical operating steam conditions are 1800 psi at 1000°F.
• Typically driving generators rated at 60 to 125 MW.
• Fabricated external crossover.
Figure 3-12 illustrates a tandem compound, triple flow, condensing, reheat design. The scale shows how much
larger this design is as compared to the previous ones. The design characteristics of this unit are:
Legend
x
~
-11-
-
High Pressure
Section -
,
I
'-./\/VV'- - - - - - - --
Reheater
Jouml!l Bearing
Combined Joumal
and Thrust Bearing
Coupling
Steam Path
Bearings
Reheat Low Pressure
Sectlon:....,·---- Section - ---+-
o
I
S 10 15
I I I
Scale In Feet
Figure 3-12 Tandem Compound, Triple Flow, Condensing, Reheat Turbine
• There are three separator rotors coupled together.
• There are two bearings per rotor making this a six bearing machine.
20
I
• The high pressure section has an inner and outer shell arrangement. The control valves are shell mounted.
• The intermediate pressure (reheat) section is enclosed in a shell separate from the HP section.
• The rotor is divided into two sections, an intermediate pressure and a low pressure section.
. J.k
3-11
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
• The low pressure section contains a double flow low pressure rotor.
• Steam flow enters the HP section through the control valves and exhausts to the reheater located in the
boiler. Reheated steam enters the IP section through the intercept valves. Some steam from the IP turbine
flows directly into the LP turbine aft of the IP. The remaining steam flows through the crossover into the
double flow turbine section. Steam from all LP sections exhausts into the condenser.
• Typical operating steam conditions are 2400 psi at 1000°F.
• Typically driving generators rated at 150 to 200 MW.
Figure 3-13 illustrates a large complex design known as a tandem compound, four flow, condensing, reheat
turbine. The scale shows how large this machine is. The characteristics of this design are:
High
. r Pressure -+-
'\ ",""
\:\ ve I
.
rttt
.: : :: .
•• • •• _ _ _ _ • • J _ o · ·_.". -- --- ---1
1 '
t
' ........ ..... ...... . ........ ..

I Section
_ Low Pressure
I Section A
I I
I
Low Pressure
SectlonB
t
-.•.. . . __ . __ .• . '.,- -_._-_. _-- _. ! •. _-- -_._- _._-_._-
,
:· · .... .... l1 .. · .. · ...... ··j
To Condenser
!.ntercept
Valve
o 5 10 15 20
! ! ! I I
Scale in Feet
LEGEND
X
o
-il-
JOURNAL BEAR.ING
TliRUST DEARlNG
COUPUHG
STfAH PATH
Figure 3-13 Tandem-Compound, Four Flow, Condensing, Reheat Turbine
• Four separate rotors coupled together.
• There are two bearings per rotor making this an eight bearing machine.
• The high pressure section has an inner and outer shell arrangement. The control valves are mounted
separately off the shell.
• The intermediate pressure (reheat) section has an inner and outer shell arrangement. The rotor is of the
double flow design.
• There are two separate low pressure sections. Each LP section contains a double flow LP rotor.
• Steam flow enters the HP through the control valves and exhausts to the reheater located in the boiler.
Reheated steam enters the IP section through the intercept valves.
• Steam exhausted from the IP section flows through the crossover into the two LP sections. Steam from the
LP sections exhausts through two separate openings to the condenser.
• Typical operating steam conditions are 2400 psi at 1000°F.
• Typical application would be driving generators rated at 500 to 800 MW.
3-12
HPe Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
Figure 3-14 illustrates a tandem compound, six flow, nuclear turbine design. The scale provided gives a
reference on how large this machine is. Nuclear turbines operate at 1800 rpm driving four pole generators.
Because of the way water is heated to produce steam in a nuclear plant, the steam is of a lower value than
in a fossil fuel plant. The characteristics of this design are:
r
l
Section
Steam
.. -(" .... f"'- ..
,
"
,
,
t
t
Main Stop
... 0 .... ': ci"':""b- ': a ': Valve .. ... _______ _______ ... _____ ... Intercept Valve
,',',!( 6 i . ! " j'mo",
-..:.-- -' '-- -:. ___ (--- , .... , ..... ,: '
I I I I
l + + +
,
.
T + T + T +
I I ',, ___ __ _ ________ _ .. .. A ___ I .. _____ + __ _ ::.. .. __ ___
.. ____ .... --- -.. ' l A I ...
, I I +
I I I I
T I : : :
.. j --.... --, : --.... -, ;
Moisture : r Oo .... -... i .... 110--" .. [ ....... - .. "
Separator(s) :
,

To Condenser
LEGEND
. , ,
.... .. .. ............... ... ...... .... - .. .. .. - . """ ........ .. .... .. .......... ...
X JOURNAl BEARING
OJ THRUST BEARING o 5 10 15 20
I I ! I I
-I ... COUPUNG
Scale in Feet
- - - STEAM PATH
Figure 3-14 Tandem Compound, Six Flow, Nuclear Turbine
• One high pressure section, three separate low pressure sections. No intermediate (reheat) section.
• Four separate rotors coupled together, two bearings per rotor making this an eight-bearing machine.
• The high pressure section has a single turbine shell arrangement. The high pressure rotor is a double flow
.
• Each low pressure section contains a double flow LP rotor. Each LP section is equipped with an opening
into the condenser.
• Control and intercept valves are not shell mounted. The control valves are mounted on separate steam
chests adjacent to the turbine. The reheat intercept valves are located in the piping from the reheater near
the turbine.
• Steam flow enters the HP section through the control valves. Exhaust steam from the HP section enters a
moisture separator(s). From the moisture separator(s) it flows through the intercept valves for each LP
section. Steam exhausted from the LP sections flows into the condenser.
• Typical operating steam conditions are 800 psi at525°F.
• Typical application would be driving a generator rated at 800 to 1000 MW.
3-13-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
Figure 3-15 illustrates a cross-compound unit. This arrangement is designed to drive two generators. The
lIP-IP element operates at 3600 rpm and drives a two-pole generator. The LP element operates at 1800 rpm and
drives a four-pole generator. The characteristics of this design are:
LP element
operates at
1800 rpm
and drives a
four-pole
generator
L. EGEND
-t ~ COUPliNG
t
+
I H ~ h " " " ~
Section-
Intercept
, __ __ .... __ __ .... _ ~ Vallie .
: y- -,
I Control Valve :
i Inner Shell
I HP Section
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I ,
I I
~ - __ .... -"NN#-- _' 1
t Reheaters :
-----.... ----.. ,--"
T
I
I
I
I
I I
+ +
To Condenser
HP/IP
element
operates at
3600 rpm
and drives a
two-pole
generator
1------- Low Pressure ______ ... 1
Element
07_M...150_esnOl
Figure 3-15 Tandem Compound, Six Flow, Nuclear Turbine
• The lIP-IP rotor is a single rotor. The rotor is supported on two bearings with the forward journal bearing
combined with the thrust bearing.
• The lIP & IP sections are contained in separate inner shells. These two sections together create an opposed
flow turbine.
• The lIP section is equipped with shell mounted control valves, top and bottom. The IP section is equipped
with separate mounted intercept and reheat stop valves.
• The LP section or element is an opposed flow design. Four bearings support this arrangement with the
indicated middle journal bearing combined with a thrust bearing. The LP section is equipped with a single
opening to the condenser.
• Steam flow enters the HP section through the control valves and flows axially through the turbine. Exhaust
lIP steam flows through a reheater and enters the IP section through intercept and reheat stop valves. IP
exhaust steam exits through a single crossover which splits and flows the steam to opposite ends of the LP
section. One side of the LP rotor is a mirror image of the other. Steam flows from the ends of the LP
section to the center and exhaust to the condenser.
• Typical operating steam conditions are 2000 psi at 1000°F.
• Typical application would be drivrng generators rated at 200 MW total output.
3-14
HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
4.0 TURBINE OPERATION
The initial start-up and loading of a turbine involves many steps that must be performed in sequence. A
major concern during starting and loading is the level ofthermal stress imparted on the rotor. Thermal stress occurs
when an object is heated or cooled. The greater the rate of heating (or cooling), the greater the thermal stress.
Excessive thermal stress can cause cracks, either on the surface or the bore of the rotor.
4.1 PREWARMING
Before a steam turbine is started (rolled on steam to a high speed) it is very important that the turbine rotor
temperatures be some minimum value (often 300°F). The most important concern is the rotor bore temperature. It
must be at some minimum value before the turbine is brought to rated speed. 300°F is typically the transition point
where the turbine rotor metal changes from brittle to ductile. A ductile rotor is more capable of withstanding
temperature change and corresponding thermal stress. Getting the rotor bore temperature up to this value may
require rotor prewarming on turning gear. Another approachis to have a very slow roll up to turbine speed.
Different manufactures approach this need differently.
Prewarming the rotor is accomplished by admitting main boiler steam into the HP section. Main stop (GE)
or throttle (W) bypass valves are throttled to control the flow of warming steam. The main control valves are fully
opened to allow the steam flow into the HP section. On a reheat machine the intercept(or) and the reheat stop valves
would be fully closed to prevent steam flow through the IP section. During prewarming, the rotor is spinning slowly
(3 to 4 rpm) on turning gear. Prewarming continues until the rotor bore temperature has achieved a preset minimum
value. Prewarming can be accomplished by:
I. adjusting throttle steam temperature according to turbine metal temperature;
2. roll time;
3. speed and load holds (soaks) and
4. load changing rates.
4.2 STARTING AND LOADING
With the prewarming of the turbine complete, starting of the turbine can begin. Initially the steam flow is
controlled by the main stop (GE) or throttle (W) valves. As steam flows through the entire turbine, it will roll off
turning gear and begin to accelerate. Throughout this process the turbine will be operated under specific "Starting
and Loading Procedures". The rotor speed will be held at specific values to allow temperature differentials to
normalize. Rotor axial growth and vibration will be monitored. Shell expansion will be monitored. At each speed
hold, the heat transfer process should be complete before allowing the turbine to accelerate to the next speed hold.
Temperature increases are controlled against a time line as dictated by the operating instructions. By following the
"Starting and Loading" procedures, the thermal stresses endured by the rotor are controlled.
With the rotor spinning at 3600 rpm and the heat soak completed, the generator can now be synchronized.
Steam flow through the turbine is still being controlled by the main stop or throttle bypass valves. The main control
valves are still wide open allowing full arc (or single-valve) admission. The stop valve bypass valves are only
allowing a small percentage of the main boiler steam to drive the turbine at full speed - no load. Just after generator
synchronization the steam flow to the turbine should be slightly increased. This will insure a positive load on the
turbine. Steam load increase is accomplished by the bypass valve disk opening a little further. No other valve
settings change.
3-15-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
4.3 FULL ARC ADMISSION
Throughout the prewarming and starting and loading phases of operation, main steam has been admitted
into the turbine through all segments of the nozzle. Known as full arc admission, the benefit to the nozzle and rotor
is that they are evenly heated, thus reducing thermal and vibrating $tresses during this phase of operation. See Figure
3 -16 for an illustration of this full arc admission mode of operation.
Full Arc Admission
Throttled
Bypass or
Pilot Valves
STOP
VALVES
Wide Open
F I I I I ~ c
AdmisSioll
' - - - - - ' CONTROL
VALVES
Figure 3-16 Full Arc Admission
4.4 PARTIAL ARC OPERATION
Valve Legend
I--
As the generator approaches one third of its rated output, steam turbine valve settings begin to change. At .
this point the bypass valve has nearly reached the full open position and cannot increase steam flow through the
turbine. At this transition point, the control valves begin to close sequentially. As they close they throttle the steam
flow. The main stop or throttle valve will then be allowed to open. Main steam to the turbine is now controlled by
the control valves;
3-16
HPC Technical Services
Partial Arc Admission
VALVES
WlOE
OPEN
STOP
VALVES
VALVES
PARTIALLY
OPEN
' - - - - ~ I CONTROL
VALVES
Figure 3-17 Partial Arc Admission
t:><:J Valve Open
~ valve Oosed
~ Valve Partlaly
V""'IIII OpenJCIosed
V,,1ve legend
I--
STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
The control valves are designed to open or close sequentially. A typical arrangement would include four
valves each controlling steam flow to one of four sections of the nozzle. During normal turbine operation steam flow
to all four quadrants of the nozzle is not required. Therefore the valve opening arrangement opens only the valves
required to allow steam flow to meet turbine demand. Flowing steam through part of the nozzle only is called partial
arc admission.
4.5 TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENTS (TSI)
Thermocouples are assembled into the HP turbine shell or cylinder cover. These thermocouples are used to
detect and transmit the inner surface shell or cover temperature to the control room. This is just one of many
locations where thermocouples are installed on the turbine. Thermocouples, expansion and vibration detectors are
part of the turbine supervisory instrumentation (TSI). TSI readouts are found in the control room where the turbine
operator uses the information throughout turbine operation. Adjustments are made to the turbine control system by
the operator as required based on information read through the TSI system. Figure 3-18 illustrates approximately
where these instruments will be found.
SHELL
EXPANSION
DETECTOR
4.6
THRUST BEARING
WEAR DETECTOR
Figure 3-18 Typical TSI Instrument Locations
OVERSPEED PROTECTION
TO CONDENSER
ROTOR
EXPANSION
DETECTOR
Turbine overspeed protection is provided by the overspeed trip system. The functions of the overspeed and
emergency trip system is to limit and control shaft rpm during conditions of potential overspeed, and to close steam
valves automatically when necessary during emergencies. The turbine-generator will overspeed whenever the
electrical load on the generator disappears suddenly. The tendency to overspeed will be greater when there is more
load on the generator.
3-17·
V
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
The control system is built to take care of this situation. When it works properly it will limit the overspeed
to a safe value and when conditions have stabilized, leave the unit running with no load and in a condition where it
could be synchronized and re-loaded quickly and easily if desired. This kind of an event is called a "normal
overspeed" .
Ifthe control system does not work properly when the load is lost, the speed will approach a dangerously
high level. Then the overspeed trip will work, closing all the steam valves through the trip system. The system will
need to be reset before normal operation can begin again. This kind of an event is called and "emergency .
overspeed" .
The overspeed trip system is often testable. These tests should be conducted routinely during unit operation
(most units allow this test to be conducted without a unit trip). This test actually exercises components to help make
it more like the device(s) will function properly.
_v .. 3-18
T HPC Technical Services
HPC Technical Services
500 Tallevast Road· Suite 101
Sarasota, FL 34243 USA
(941) 747-7733 • FAX (941) 746-5374
www.hpcnet.com
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
Chapter 4
TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:
To familiarize the student with identifications and functions of steam turbine major components.
ENABLING OBJECTIVES:
At the completion of this section, the student should be able to:
1. Given the identity ofa steam turbine component, describe the function of that component.
2. Describe the steam flow through the turbine.
3. Identify the four areas where steam is sealed and describe how each area functions.
4. Define the terms "opposed flow" and "double flow" in relation to steam turbine design.
© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 6/23/2009
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 TURBINE SECTIONS ............................................................................................................................ 3
1.1 Turbine Section Components ...................................................................................................... 3
1.1.1 High Pressure - Intermediate Pressure Sections ..................................................................... 3
1.1.2 Low Pressure Section ............................................................................................................. 5
2.0 TURBINE ROTORS .............................................. , ................................................................... : ............. 7
3.0 BLADE RINGS AND DIAPHRAGMS ................................................................................................ 11
·4.0 STEAM EXTRACTIONS ..................................................................................................................... 13
5.0 STEAM SEALS .................................................................................................................................... 14
6.0 BEARINGS ........................................................................................................................................... 16
7.0 TURBINE THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION ........................................................... 23
.M - 4-2
T HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
. .
1.0 TURBINE SECTIONS
Large steam turbines are divided into pressure sections to take full advantage of the entire range of
operating steam conditions. Each section contains the turbine stages designed to operate under steam conditions
unique to that section. A turbine with three separate pressure sections is shown in Figure 4-01 .
The first section of the turbine is the high pressure (HP) section. This section contains the stages that will
see the highest pressure and temperature steam from the main boiler.
The second section is known as the intermediate pressure (IP) or reheat section. The steam flowing through
this section is of a lower pressure but at a similar temperature to the steam in the high pressure section. This is
accomplished by directing the steam exhausted from the HP section through a reheater in the main boiler. Notice
also that this turbine has an HP & IP section on the same rotor. Steam flow is in opposite directions through each
section giving the name of this design "opposed flow" .
The last section of the turbine is the low pressure (LP) section. The steam flowing 'through this section is
lower in pressure and temperature than it is in the IP section;
Not all turbine designs have a reheat section (e.g., smaller units and nuclear units). Turbines without an IP
section are classified as non-reheat turbines. Turbines are also classified by section arrangement. Figure 4-01
illustrates a "tandem compound" arrangement. All of the turbine rotors are coupled together to drive one generator.
The steam path through the turbine shown in Figure 4-01 would be as follows :
Intermediate
Pressure
Steam from Main Boil er - - - - ~ - _ _ ,
High Pressure
HP Exhaust (Cold Reheat)
Boil er Reheater
IP Exhaust or
Crossover Steam
low
Steam Flow to Main Condenser
Figure 4-01 Three Pressure Section Steam Turbine
1.1 TURBINE SECTION COMPONENTS
1.1.1 High Pressure - Intermediate Pressure Sections
Steam from the main boiler enters
and expands through the high pressure HP
section.
Exhausted steam from the HP section
(called "cold reheat" steam) is returned to the
boiler reheater section for additional heating.
Steam from the boiler reheater
(called "hot reheat" steam) enters and expands
through the IP turbine section.
Steam exhausted from the IP turbine
flows to the LP section via a crossover pipe,
cross around pipe or casing. The low pressure
section exhausts the steam down into the
condenser.
Steam from the main boiler enters the high pressure section through a set of control valves. Typically, the
control valves are mounted on a steam chest. The steam chest may be an integral pm1 of the HP turbine shell or a .
separate forging. Specific steam valve designs, their function and how they mounted on or off the turbine will be
discussed later in this chapter.
4_3-
M
-
HPC Technical SCI'vices ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The function of these valves is to control the flow of main boiler steam into the HP turbine. General
Electric and Westinghouse call these valves control valves. The operiing and closing of these valves is a function of
the turbine control system.
The steam chest directs the flow of steam into the HP section nozzle box, which directs the flow of high
pressure steam into the first turbine stage. The nozzle box is a circular assembly made up of an inner and outer ring
with the nozzle vanes supported between them. The nozzle bog is an extremely rigid and durable assembly designed
to withstand the high steam pressures and temperatures.
The nozzle box ring assembly is qivided into four to six segments. Steam flow to each segment is
controlled by one or more control valves and steam chest arrangement.
A typical HP tUrbine section will contain six or seven stages. As steam flows through the HP turbine, it
expands and loses pressure. The steam path through the HP section accommodates this expansion. The stationary
and rotating blades in the first stage of the HP section are smaller than the blading in the last stage.
The high pressure turbine section is enClosed in a shell. The shell is made in two halves, an upper and lower
half and are. held tightly together with bolts assembled through the horizontal bolting flanges . .some HP shell designs
include an inner and outer shell. GE calls these parts shells; Westinghouse calls these parts cylinder covers. Refer to
Figure 4-02.
4-4
from
CONTROL
VALVES
to
N2SEALS CROSSOVER
Figure 4-02 HP-IP Section Components
BEARING
Figure 4-02 illustrates a typical opposed flow HP-IP turbine. Refer to this figure and note:
• Shell mounted control valves. In this figure the steam chest is an integral part of the outer turbine
shell. The valve components which control steam flow into the turbine are located in the steam
chest.
• The HP and IP sections are designed with inner shells.
• The nozzle box and partitions
• The shell is fitted with seals located over the rotating blades or buckets. These seals prevent steam·
from escaping the steam path over the rotating parts. Wheel space seals are located between the
turbine wheels to prevent steam leaks around the rotor body.
HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
• There are steam seals located around the rotor shaft at each end where it exits the shell. These
seals prevent steam from escaping along the rotor shaft to the turbine room atmosphere.
• The rotor journals and bearings are outside the turbine shell. The forward or # 1 bearing is a
combined journal and thrust bearing arrangement.
• The forward bearing assembly is located and supported in the front bearing standard. The aft
bearing assembly is located and supported in the mid standard. Standard is a GE term.
Westinghouse refers .to these supports as pedestals.
• The lower half of the outer shell is bolted to and suspended by the upper shell.
• The upper outer shell is supported at the forward end by the front standard and at the aft end by
the mid standard. The supports are designed to allow the shell assembly to grow along the turbine
axial centerline during thermal expansion.
• The outer shell is designed with openings for steam admission into the turhine, HP exhaust steam
out to the reheater, admission of reheated steam into the IP section, IF exhaust steam to the
crossover, and extraction steam ports.
So far the components have been described as a combined H P ~ I P section contained in a single outer shell
arrangement. In some turbine designs the IP or reheat section will be contained in an entirely separate shell
arrangement. The IP section components will be similar to what has been described thus far but are designed
specifically for the steam conditions they must operate under.
The rotor will be supported by two bearings located at each end of the HP-IP turbine shell. The steam path
components become progressively larger from inlet to exhaust to accommodate the expanding steam. The turbine
shell may be a single or an inner and outer arrangement. The shell will be equipped with seals which prevent steam
from escaping along the rotor shaft. Seals are also installed over the turbine buckets or blades and between the wheel
spaces to maintain the steam within the steam path. The lower half shell is bolted to and suspended by the upper half
shell. The upper half shell is supported by two mid standards, one at each end. The shell supports axe designed to
maintain the turbine location and weight and also allow it to grow along the axial centerline during thermal
expansion. In a tandem compound turbine design, the IP turbine section is coupled to the HP section and, the LP
section.
Steam flow from the reheater to the IP section passes through a set of valves prior to entering the turbine.
GE and Westinghouse call these valves reheat and intercept stop valves. The function of these valves is to cut off the
steam flow to the lP section should there be a turbine trip. Actuation of these valves is through the turbine control
system.
1.1.2 Low Pressure Section
Figure 4-03 is a cross sectional view ofa typical double flow low pressure section. Refer to Figure 4-03
and note:
• The turbine rotor is supported by two bearings.
• Steam enters at the center of the turbine and flows in equal proportions to both sides. One side of the
turbine is a mirror image of the other.
• . The steam path components grow progressively larger to accommodate the expanding steam.
• Where the first stage HP turbine buckets (or blades) may be 2 or 3 inches in height, the last stage LP
buckets (blades) could be as large as 52 inches from root to tip.
4_S·1.i -
HPC Technical Services T'
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
4-6
• Steam exhausted from the LP section flows directly into the condenser.
• The entire LP seCtion is contained in an outer casing called an exhaust hood by GE, cylinder cover by
Westinghouse.
• The steam path stationary components are located and supported by the inner casing (GE) or inner LP
cover (Westinghouse).
• The hood, casing or covers are made in upper and lower halves which bolt together at the horizontal joint.
Flow to Condenser Flow to Condenser
F i ~ u r e 4-03LP Section Components
• Shown in Figure 4-04,
the upper exhaust hood ·
or cylinder cover is
equipped with rupture or
atmospheric relief
diaphragms. This device
consists of a flexible
material stretched under
a knife edge around its
circumference. Should
the situation arise where
condenser vacuum is lost
and steam pressure
builds in the LP section,
the flexible material is
pushed up against the
knife edge and ruptures.
The steam is released
into the turbine room.
Figure 4-04 Rupture Diaphragm
• The LP section is
supported by pads which
are an integral part of the
lower exhaust hood (OE)
or lower cylinder cover
(Westinghouse). The
pads run the full length
of both sides of the LP
section. They sit on sole
plates which are grouted
into the plant foundation.
Atmosphere Rel ief
or Rupture Diaphragm
HPC Technical Services
·Steam'
Seal
2.0
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
Flow to
Condenser
Atmosphere Relief
or Rupture Diaphragm
Bearing .
Figure 4-05 Seals & Tuming Gear
TURBINE ROTORS
• Steam seals are installed in the
inner casing or cylinder cover
where the rotor shaft exits.
These seals prevent air from
entering the turbine along the
rotor shaft.
• Seals are located over the top of
the rotating blades or buckets to
prevent steam from escaping the
steam path.
• In a tandem compound turbine
the LP rotor is coupled to the IP
rotor and to the generator. The
LP rotor-to-generator coupling
is the location for the turning
gear drive mechanism. A large
gear sandwiched between the
coupling face engages with a
gear driven by the turning gear
motor as can be seen in Figure
4-05.
The rotor is one of the major components inside a steam turbine. It is through the rotor that thermal energy
is conve11ed to mychanical energy. Compared to the other major components within a turbine, the rotor is quite
simple. GE refers to this component as a rotor; Westinghouse calls it a spindle.
Figure 4-06 illustrates an HP section turbine rotor assembly. This rotor was machined from a single
forging. The journal bearing surfaces, steam seal areas and wheel sections were all configured during the machining
process.
Bearing
Journal
'" /
~
Wheel Sections
Figure 4-06 Steam Turbine Rotor
Bearing-l ___ 1
Journal
This rotor has two journal surfaces, one at each end. During the machining process, the journal surfaces are
machined and ground to an extremely smooth surface finish. This is necessary to eliminate as milch friction in the
bearings as possible.
4_7·
M
-
"PC Technical Services T
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The area adjacent to the journal surface is of a slightly larger diameter. The bearing oil seals, which are part
of the bearing housing, ride on this surface. Their function is to keep the lube oil in thejoumal bearing area.
Moving in from the journal surfaces is another larger diameter area on the rotor shaft. This area has steps
machined into it. The name for these steps is lands. These lands spin within the stationary steam seals assembled in
the turbine casing or cylinder cover. The steam seal and lands work together to effectively eliminate steam leaks
along the rotor shaft.
Moving alongthe rotor body we come to the wheel sections. The wheels of the rotor shown in Figure 4-06
are an integral part of the rotor body. Some rotor designs will have the wheels machined as separate discs, shrunk on
and keyed to the rotor shaft. Other designs may have a combination of integral and shrunk on wheels.
Figure 4-08 illustrates the circumferential
assembly method. A dovetail profile is machined
around the turbine wheel circumference and a
"notch" is machined into the wheel fit to allow
assembly of the buckets to the wheel. A
corresponding dovetail profile is machined into the
base of the bucket. This bucket assembly method is
found on General Electric HP, IP and the shorter
stages of the LP rotors.
4-8
Figure 4-08 GE Circumferential
Entry Bucket Assembly
HPC Technical Services
Attached to the circumference of the
wheels are the turbine blades or buckets as shown
in Figure 4-07. Turbine manufacturers use a.
variety of methods for attaching buckets or blades
to the rotor or spindle.
Figure 4-07 Turbine Rotor
Figure 4-09 illustrates the
. finger dovetail. The bucket dovetail is
really a row of fingers which fit into
corresponding grooves machined
circumferentially into the turbine wheel.
Pins assembled through the dovetail
area lock the buckets to the turbine
wheel. This fmger dovetail is the
method used for attachment of the last
stages of buckets and GE LP rotors.
Figure.4-09 GEFillger Dovetail
Bucket Assembly
Figure 4-11 illustrates a dovetail
commonly referred to as the "Christmas Tree."
This dovetail is machined axially on the turbine
wheel permitting side entry of the turbine blades
to the wheel. This blade attachment method is
found on Westinghouse HP and IP spindles and
the last stage of the LP spindle.
Figure 4-/1 W Axial Elltly Blade Assembly
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
Wheel
Dovetail
Finger
Figure 4-10 illustrates finger dovetail turbine buckets
loaded on a turbine wheel
Figure 4-10 GE Dovetail Buckets
Assembled onto Wheel
. 4_9-1.1·
HPC Technical Services T
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS- TG201
Figure 4-12 illustrates the blade assembly method found on Westinghouse "drum" type rotors. The dovetail
groove is machined circumferentially into the rotor body. A corresponding dovetail patterIi on the turbine blade
(called the blade root) locks the blade to the rotor.
Shroud Strips
L - - ~ I 0
I
Figure 4-12 W "T-Root" Blade Assembly
Fastening
Some rows of buckets or blades will have shrouds connecting their tips as shown in Figure 4-13. Turbine
efficiency is maintained by keeping the moving buckets as rigid as possible. High steam velocity and pressure
causes a great amount ofturbulence around the buckets.
This turbulence causes the moving buckets to
vibrate. Bucket vibration is decreased by tying each
row together at their tip 'with shrouds. The shrouding is
a metal band that surrounds the bucket outer
circumference.
Figure 4-13 Shrouding Over Bucket Tips
4-10
HPC Technical Services
The shrouding is usually fitted over "tenons" (small
raised knobs on the top of the bucket) as shown in Figure 4-
14, and then welded or riveted in place. Thus, both ends of
the buckets are secured. The bottom (root or dovetail) is
secured by the rotor and the tip by the shrouding.
Figure 4-14 Shrouding & Tennons
Not all bucket groups are
shrouded. The last stage in the LP
sections is too large for shrouding to
be effective. As shown in Figure 4-
15, tie wires (used on GE LP
buckets) are fitted between each
bucket to reduce vibration. The
wires are laced through holes
machined into the airfoil section of
the buckets and welded in place.
Another method of making
the large airfoil section of an LP
blade more rigid is a lashing lug.
The lashing lug is T.I.G. welded on
the airfoil section. With the blades
assembled in the rotor, the lashing
lugs contact each other and work to
keep the large airfoil sections rigid.
Lashing lugs are found on
Westinghouse LP last stage blades.
3.0 BLADE RINGS AND DIAPHRAGMS
Outer Ring - - ~ - - , ~
Horizontal Joint ---!==:
Figure 4-16 Diaphragms
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
Figure 4-15 Tie Wires
Shown in Figure 4-16, the
stationary steam path components in a
GE turbine are called diaphragms.
These steam path components are an
assembly of an inner ring and an outer
ring with blades or partitions supported
between theni .
The stationary assemblies are
split at the horizontal centerline. Each
assembly is located and supported by
the turbine shell or cylinder cover. The
outer ring of the assembly is machined
to fit a corresponding groove in the
turbine shell or cylinder cover.
Nozzles or partitions convert
the thennal energy contained in the
steam into kinetic energy in the form of
steam at high velocity.
The diaphragms are constructed of a strong inner and outer ring, with the nozzle partitions in between.
They can either be of cast or welded construction. A "T". slot is machined on the inner ring 10 to accommodate a
. spring-loaded seal ring or·"packing." · . .
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Each diaphragm is mounted in a
groove, and supported by its associated
lower shell. The position can be
individually adjusted to compensate for
misalignment between the rotor and the
diaphragm. The diaphragms are split in
half at the horizontal joint and are either
bolted or keyed together. This is
illustrated in Figure 4-17 .
. Figure 4-17
Diaphragms In Shell
Westinghouse turbines have their nozzles or blades fitted into blade rings. The blade ring assembly
consists of stationary, nozzle shaped blades fitted into grooves machined into the blade ring as shown in Figure 4-
18.
The stationary blades are locked in place in the grooves with "L" shaped caulking strips that are rolled into
place. The tips of the stationary blades will have either integral shrouds or, in some cases, shroud strips similar to
those used on the rotating blades.
Figure 4-18
Westinghouse Blade Rings
GENERATOR END
4-12
HPC Technical Services
Stationary Blades
GOVERNOR END
As can be seen in Figure 4-
19, there may be several rows of
nozzles in each blade ring. In the
LP turbine, the last couple of rows
of stationary blading may be fixed
in the inner casing instead of a blade ·
ring.
Figure 4-19 Rotor & Blade Rings
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
GENERATOR END GOVERNOR END
Sealing of the nozzles is
accomplished by either "T" shaped
seal rings inserted in the ends of the
stationary blading or seal strips
caulked into shallow grooves in the
rotor. These strips ride in close
proximity to the shrouds on the
. stationary blades. These seal are
illustrated in Figure4-20.
Figure 4-20 Se{il Rings
Retaining Screw
at Horizontal Joi nt
(l- ll )
Rotating Bl ade
4.0 STEAM EXTRACTIONS
In earlier discussions it is implied that all the boiler steam that enters the turbine at the HP inlet will
eventually leave the turbine at the LP turbine exhaust. This is not actually the case. Steam is extracted at various
locations along the turbine steam path. This extracted steam is put to work elsewhere within the plant and does not
do any more work within the turbine.
Reheater
Superheater
The extraction steam is
used mainly to heat the
condensate/feedwater going to the
boiler in closed type feedwater
heaters. Although most of the
extraction steam is used for closed
feed water heating, extraction steam
is also used in the plant deaerators.
The steam is extracted from all
three of the turbine sections (HP,
reheat, and LP) described
previously.
Figure 4-21 Steam
Extraction Points
The extraction outlets are referred to as "uncontrolled" extraction points. By uncontrolled we mean that
there is no pressure control. The extraction line pressure will be whatever the pressure is at the turbine stage where
the steam was extracted. As the turbine load changes, the extraction pressure changes.
These extractions take away from the mechanical energy being transmitted by the turbine. More
· impOltantly, however, ·these extractions increase the overall efficiency of the power plant. Thus, while turbirie power
is lost, moreBTUs are gained in the overall plant heat rate. This result is more efficient use of fuel.
4-13'
V
HPC Technical Services T
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
5.0 STEAM SEALS
Spring
Figure 4-23 Wheel Space Seals
As stated earlier, the function of the
stealll seals is to prevent steam from escaping the
steam path. This is necessary for maintaining
turbine efficiency. Figures 4-22and 4-23 illustrate
steam path and wheel space seals. .
The seal strip mounted in the outer
diaphragm ring blocks steam from escaping over
. the top of the buckets. A seal tooth is located on
the forward side of the inner diaphragm ring. It
rides over a seal surface, which is an integral part
of the bucket casting. This seal area prevents
steam from escaping below the steam path.
Figure 4-22 Sieam Path Seals
Seal Teeth
The wheel space seals shown in Figure 4-23 provide an additional barrier against steam escaping the steam
path. The seal teeth on the packing segments work with the lands machined on the rotor to effectively stop any
steam flow through this area.
Shaft seals are located where the rotor exits the turbine shell or cylinder cover. The seals are part of the
turbine steam sealing system. In the HP or IF section of the turbine, the steam sealing system prevents the high
pressure steam from escaping into the atmosphere. In the low pressure section, the sealing system prevents air from
entering the turbine.
4-14
"PC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
A typical arrangement for HP or IP shaft seals is shown in Figures 4-24 and 4-25. The arrangement for an
LP section is shown in Figure 4-26.
Shaft Seal
Castellations
Steam from Seals at
Higher Loads ~
E
A
M
Steam Seal Header
E
X
H
1\
U
S
T
E
R
The systems works like this; the lands machined on
the HP or IP rotor shaft ride adjacent to the steam packirig seal
teeth. As the steam travels the difficult path between teeth and
lands, it loses pressure. The more teeth and lands, the greater
the pressure drop. With the pressure reduced to 1 psig, the
steam encounters an opening in the packing where a constant
flow of sealing steam is introduced at 3 psig. With the sealing
steam present at a greater pressure, it has blocked the main
steam from leaking. Just beyond the opening where the sealing
steam is introduced is another opening. This second opening,
very close to the end of the packing, has a negative pressure or
vacuum on it. The sealing steam and any air that may have
entered the seal area are drawn off here and vented to
atmosphere.
T
0
G
L
A
5 N
T 0
E
A E
M X
H
I A
N U
5
@ T
E
R
Figure 4-26 LP Steam Seals
Figure 4-24 HP Steam Paths
Fif!ure 4-25 N-J Packinf!
This description of the HP-IP
stearn seal operation is typical of start-up
and low load turbine operation. At full load
operation, the main steam that travels
through the seals is drawn off at the first
opening it encounters and is piped through
the steam seal system to the LP shaft seals.
In the LP section, slanted seal
teeth and a smooth rotor surface, as shown
in Figure 4-26, work with the steam seal
system to prevent air from entering the
turbine, which is under vacuum.
The steam seal description here is
very basic. The steam seal system in fact is
rather complex. It is equipped with valves
and controls for regulating steam seal
header pressure throughout the turbine
operating range. This system will be
discussed in greater detail later in this text.
lIPe T,,',k.1 s ~ ; , ~ ~ ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
6.0 BEARINGS
Each turbine rotor is supported at its journals by a set of bearings. The journal is a section of the rotor that
is machined to very fme tolerance. This finely machined area rides within the bearings. Journal bearings keep the
rotor from moving excessively up or down (vertical movement) and from side to side (transverse movement).
The journal bearings function to support and
position the rotor in the radial direction. The bearings
are positioned in the standards or pedestal or in a
housing made integral to the turbine casing. The rotor
journal rides in the elliptical bearing on either a thin
oil film or an oil wedge, depending on the speed of the
rotor. A typical journal bearing is illustrated in Figure
4-27.
Figure 4-27 Typical
Journal Beating Installation
Bear!ng Ring
In Figure 4-28 we see the rotor at slow speed, maybe on
turning gear. The rotor rides on a thin film of oil. The film
thickness is typically about two-thousandths of an inch.
Figure 4-28 Slow Speed Oil Film
07J .. 1I676l701
As the speed of the rotor increases, the rotor will
carry more oil into the converging area between the bearing
surface and the journal. This converging area causes a high-
pressure oil wedge to fonn as shown in Figure 4-29, and
physically lifts the rotor so that it is no longer riding on a thin
(.002) oil film.
The thickness ofthe oil wedge will be determined
by the amount of oil in the bearing, the viscosity of the oil;
and the weight the rotor exerts on the wedge. Under nonnal .
operating conditions, the thickness of the oil wedge will be
no more than .005 thousandths of an inch.
4-16
HPC Technical Services
!
,
,
w
.005 Thick
t
Slight
Negative
Pressure
Figure 4-29 High Speed/Pressure Oil Wedge
Ring
Babbitt lined
Steel Pads
Figure 4-30 Two (2)
Bearing Types
The tilt pad gets its name from the pads
pivoting to create multiple oil wedges, as seen in
Figure 4-31 . This design surrounds and better controls
radial movement of the turbine shaft and are usually
found at the #1 and/or #2 bearing position(s). Tilt pad
bearings consist of from 4 to 6 Babbitt lined steel pads,
depending on the manufacturer and application.
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
There are two primary types of
journal bearings as illustrated in Figure 4-30.
One is the tilt pad bearing and the other is the
plain or elliptical type.
Bearing Ring
Bearing Support
Ring Upper Half
Dowel Pin j
Bearing Ring
Upper Half
Babbitt Lined
Steel Pads
Figure 4-31 Multiple Pad (4), Tilt Pad Bearing
Bearing Support
Ring Lower Half
The RED shaded areas in Figure 4-32 show the oil
wedges formed at each of the six (6) pad in this example.
Note that while all of the pads have oil wedges, the lowermost
pad still carries the heaviest load as can be seen by the longer
"force" arrows.
Figure 4-32 Multiple Oil Wedges (6)
IIPCT«',,'''' s ~ : L ~ " ' k :
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Elliptical bearings (Figure4-34) split at
the horizontal joint. The term elliptical applies to
the bearing clearances in the assembled state.
Bearing liner to rotor journal clearance is greater in
the horizontal position (HI & ill) then in the
vertical (VI). Elliptical bearings are used at the
remaining turbine-generator bearing positions.
Figure 4-34 Elliptical Journal Bearing
HPC Technical Services
Tilt pad bearings are typicallY only used
on rotors that are expected to experience a
. significant elevation change, like those found on
HP and IP turbine rotors. By having a tilt-pad in
this type application, the pads maintain parallelism
with the rotor during transient operation.
A five pad, tilt pad bearing is illustrated
in Figure 4-.33.
Figure 4-33 Tilt Pad Bearing
Adjusting Pad
Elliptical bearings are used in numerous
turbine-generator applications. As a matter of fact,
if a plain or elliptical bearing will do the job, it is
the preferred bearing as it is the simplest by design.
Figure 4-34 Elliptical Bearing Half
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
All bearings must be continuously lubricated and cooled. This is done by the bearing oil that constantly
. flows through the small space between the bearing and the rotor journal surface. This oil is constantly recycled by
the lube oil system. The oil cannot be allowed to leak out along the rotor surface. Therefore, oil deflectors are
assembled to prevent the escape of oil on the rotor from the bearing housings. Pumps are used to maintain the flow
of oil at a minimum pressure, filters to keep the oil clean, and coolers to maintain the proper temperatme.
Steam turbines require some way of controlling the axial forces that are applied to them by the flow of
steam through the steam path. This is accomplished through the use of a thrust bearing. Figure 4-35 illustrates two
different thrust bearing configurations as well as the axial thrust forces generated by the direction of steam flow
through the turbine. · . .
The thrust bearing absorbs
in Ii
ill I i
'- -_. -
Turbine
Rotor
axial forces and positions the rotor ·
axially in relation to the stationary
components of the turbine. The thrust
bearings consist of a rotating collar or
collars on the rotor and stationary pads
positioned in thethrust bearing housing .
in either the front Uournal bearing #1)
Thrust
Bearing
....... IIiIII_ Axial Forces ____ _
or mid Uournal bearing #2) standard.
Cage
Radial
Journal
R Bearing R
Figure 4-35 Thrust
u u
Bearing Configurations
n
Shaft
n
n n
e e
-,-,--."..--.,--,;;=---,--=----. - - - - -
Radial
Journal
R Bearing
u
R
u
n
n
e
J Bearing

I ·
The thrust bearing in Figure 4-36 consists of two thrust
runners. This is a typical arrangement when the bearing is
actually a combined journal-thrust bearing as shown in the figure.
n
n
e
Copper Thrust
Plates
Shaft
Figure 4-36 Double Runnel' Thrust
Figure 4-37 shows a typical single runner type
thrust bearing. This type of thrust is usually found on units
where the thrust is housed in the front standard or pedestal.
Figure 4-37 Single Runnel' Thrust
I Beari ng

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
.016
n
Shaft
- .016
n
n
Typical axial thrust
clearances might be about 16
thousandths (.016) of an inch.
Also, regardless of the
thrust collar configuration, the
thrust bearing will have an
"active" and "inactive" thrust face
with Babbitted surfaces.
Copper Thrust
Plates
Thrust Spacer
Plates
Figure 4-38 Thrust Clearances
As with the journal bearings,
there is more than one thrust bearing
design to meet the needs of various
turbine types. These are "tapered
land" and "tilt pad" or "Kingsbury" ®
type bearings which are illustrated in
Figure 4-39.
Figure 4-39 Thrust Bearing Types
------
Rotation

Tilt Pad

A -A
Tapered Land
Ri ng
Stati onary View
Rotating View
Figure 4-40 is and illustration of the "tapered land" thrust bearing. The stationary bearing surface is divided
into an equal number of pads separated by oil feed grooves. Each pad is tapered in a circumferential and radial
direction. The motion of the runner will wipe oil into the contracting wedge shaped area and build up load carrying
oil pressures.
4-20
Oil
Groove
HPC Technical Services
-
Rotation
Tapered Land Thrust
Land
A -A
Figure 4-40 Tapered Land Thrust Bearing
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
. .
T B
S H A
T R B
A U B
T 5 I
0
1
R
0
1
T
T
H
R
U
5
T
Illustrated in Figure 4-41, the motion of the thrust runner and the shape
of the thrust land, forces the oil into a "wedge" shape that separates the runner
from the lands during normal operating conditions. This type of thrust bearing is
quite common, ifnot exclusive, on GE "fIxed speed" steam turbines. By fIxed
speed we mean turbines that drive generators.
I T T
I
A
0 T T
N P
l
I
R
A L F N
U
·N
R A A G
N
Y T C
E
E E
!
R
Figure 4-41 Tapered Land Oil Wedge Formation
'----
Figure 4-42 is an illustration of the
tilt pad or "Kingsbury" thrust bearing. The
individual pads are mounted on a series of
blocks designed to permit the pads to pivot.
This pivoting action allows the force
transmitted by the runner to be applied
equally to all of the pads. The pivoting
action also allows for some misalignment.
Between the thrust runner and the thrust
bearing assembly.
Figure 4-42 Tilt Pad Thrust
Si ngle Runner
T
H
R
U
5
T
R
U
N
N
E
R
Thrust Collar

Double Runner
Ring
Stationary View
Rotating View
hrust Runne
Tilt Pad Thrust
As stated previously, thrust bearings are
arranged to carry the axial load of the rotor in both
directions. One arrangement is to locate the thrust
bearings on each side of the runner. Another
arrangement is to use two thrust runners several
inches apmt with the bearings assembled between
and facing each runner surface. Both types are
illustrated in Figure 4-43. The thrust pads are
carried in a thrust casing, which can be moved
axially. The casing is shimmed initially to position
the rotor within the shell. The goal is to obtain
correct clearances between moving and stationary
parts during normal operation.
Figure 4-43 Tilt Pad
Bearing Types
STEAM FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The thrust bearing is flooded with bearing
oil under pressure at all times with the turbine in
service. In addition; Figure 4-44 illustrates a thrust
bearing wear detector (trip device) that is installed
to trip the turbine automatically if there is
excessive rotor movement in either axial direction.
Figure 4-44 Thrust Wear Detector
Figure 4-46 is one (1) pad of the many pads
used in a tilt pad bearing. The pad itself is constructed
from steel with the Babbitt material brazed to it as the
bearing surface.
Figure 4-46 Tilt Pad Bearing, Pad
4-22
HPC Technical Services
Test
IjTLI

Connections for
Test Gages for
Setting of
Pressure Switches
I
Follower Piston .
;.. :. Strainer
Rotating Collar on . '.'
Turbine Shaft ___
Figure 4-45 is a tapered land thrust plate. The
plate itself is constructed from copper with a Babbitt
material (silver colored material) brazed to it as the
bearing surface.
Figure 4-45 Tapered Land Thrust Plate (Bearing)
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
7.0 TURBINE THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION
We have all seen examples ofmatetials, especially metals that expand and
contract when they are heated or cooled. This type of expansion explains why the
running of hot water on ajar lid can help you get the jar open. This is illustrated in
Figure 4-47.
Figure 4-47 Expalldillg Jar Lid

A steam turbine is heated to temperatures up to the 1000°F range. The temperature is 1 OOO°F at the HP
turbine inlet (as well as the reheat turbine inlet). Way down on the other end (at the LP turbine exhaust), the
temperature is a lot lower, aroundJ 00 -120°F, as shown in Figure 4-48.
Crossover Pi ing
LP Turbine exhaust temperature
is 100 to 120
0
F
Figure 4-48 Temperature Differences
The turbine sees these extreme
temperature differences during normal
operation, and also going through rapid
temperature transitions during start ups, load
swings, and shut downs. This can cause
problems because of the thermal expansion and
contraction of the various turbine components.
The larger turbine assemblies may
expand as much as two inches. If not controlled,
turbine damage can occur from excessive
stresses and contact of the moving and
stationary parts.
Most of the axial growth occurs as
shown by the green arrow on the lower turbine
diagram in Figure 4-49.
Figure 4-49 Thermal Expansion
Crossover Piping
Crossover Piping
/
. 4-23 _1.1 -.
"PC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Part of the problem is created by the different rate
of thermal expansion between the stationary and moving
components. The stationary components (shells) are for the
most part dense (thick), and take a while to obtain a
uniform metal temperature. On the other hand, the moving
rotor assembly (Figure 50) does not have as much mass and
heats and cools more rapidly.
Figure 4-50 Different Expansion Rates
Thus the two (stationary and moving) components will expand and contract at different rates. When the
rotor is growing at a more rapid rate than the shell we refer to this condition as being rotor long. When the rotor is
contracting at a more rapid rate than the shell we refer to it as going rotor short. A rotor long condition should then
be expected when the unit is being loaded. A rotor short situation might be expected when the unit is being cooled.
See Figure 4-51.
Crossove r Piping
Figure 4-51Rotor Long andlor Short
Expansion and contraction
movement problems are partially avoided
by good turbine design. As for turbine
stationary components design, side to side
(transverse) and up and down (vertical)
movements are maintained within
acceptable limits by the use of bolts,
anchors, keys, and dowels at critical
locations like the ones shown in Figure 4-
52. The turbine LP casings are keyed to
prevent back and forth (axial) movements.
Thus the adjacent HP-IP shell with its
components is free to slide away from the
generator towards the front standard.
4-24
HPC Technical Services
HP/IP Shell Rests at Centerline
on Front and Mid Standards
Front Standard
Sole Plate
Crossover Pi ing
Axial Keys Hold
LP Casings in Place
Figure 4-52 Axial Keys
STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
. .
Notice the term "slide." The HP-IP shell moves axially
from the LP anchor. The shell expands as it is heated and
contracts when cooled. The standards, which are attached to the
shell for support, slide freely on metal plates upon the turbine
foundation as seen in Figure 4-53. This arrangement allows the
turbine to grow or shrink axially without restriction. Heavy grease
is used between a sliding standard and the metal plate that it slides
. on.
Figure 4-53 S(and(lI'(/ Slide
That takes care of the stationary components, but what about the rotating assembly? The journal bearings
maintain side to side and up and down rotor position in bearing housings. The thrust bearing is used to set the
correct axial position of the rotor in the shell using thrust bearing shims. Rotor axial expansion is away from the
thrust bearing. However, the turbine rotor expands and contracts at a different rate than the shellsicasings that
surround it, especially during a unit startup or shutdown.
What must be done is to manage the two rates of axial expansion so that the rotor, while spinning at high
speeds, will not contact stationary parts.
This problem is avoided partly by design and partly by proper operation procedures. The designers, in
consideration of these problems, allow the thrust bearing to locate the rotor at an optimum point, and thereby allow
ample clearances between the rotating and stationary elements during normal conditions. If it were possible to
control expansion and contraction so that all parts of the turbine expanded and contracted at the same rate, the
turbine internal clearances would remain the same during all phases of operation. However, since this type of control
is not always possible, there are established rates at which the turbines can be heated and cooled. These rates ensure
that the internal clearances within the turbines are properly maintained. These rates are both temperature limits (rate
of rise, etc.) and roll times.
STEAM TURBINE VALVES
Chapter 5
TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:
The goal ofthis section is to familiarize the participant with steam valve maintenance procedures and
cautions.
ENABLING OBJECTIVES:
At the successful completion ofthis section the participant should be able to:
1. Identify the various steam valves on a steam turbine .
. 2. Describe the operation of the various steam valves on a steam turbine.
3. Describe the Auxiliary Valves on a steam turbine.
© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 12/14/10
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 3
2.0 GE TYPE VALVES ................................................................................................................................ 4
3.0 WESTINGHOUSE VALVES ............................................................................................................... 19
4.0 AUXILIARY VALVES ................... ; ....................................................................................... ; ............. 25
.1.1 - 5-2
T HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Controlling the flow of steam through the tw-bine is a function of the steam valves. All steam turbines will
be equipped with a valve arrangement for controlling steam.flow into the HP section. Turbines with a reheat section
will be equipped with an additional set of valves for controlling the reheat steam flow.
As with other components studied thus far, GE and Westinghouse use different names for valves serving
similar functions.
Figw-e 5-01 is a
simplified schematic diagram of
the valve arrangement for a multi-
section reheat tw-bine.
Main boiler steam enters
the steam chest through the main
stop (GE) or throttle (W) valves.
These valves serve two functions,
control the flow of steam into the
chest and completely shut off the
flow of steam during a turbine
trip.
Depending on tw-bine
design, the steam chest may be an
integral part of the HP turbine
shell or separate castings mounted
adjacent to the HP turbine.
Intermediate ·
Pressure
Steam from M.ain Boiler ----.... - - ~
IP Exhaust or
Crossover Stea m
Low
Control
High Pressure
HP Exhaust
Boiler Reheater
Intercept
Valve
Steam Flow to Main Condenser
Figure 5-01 Valve LOClltiOils
Mounted on the steam chest are the main control valves. The function of these valves is to control the flow
of steam from the chest into the HP nozzle assembly. These valves are grouped and opened sequentially to admit
steam to certain sections of the nozzle.
Reheat steam enters the IP tw-bine section through combined reheat or separate reheat stop and intercept
valves on a GE unit, separate reheat stop and interceptor valves on a Westinghouse unit. Valve operation is through
the turbine control system. The mechanical hydraulic or electro-hydraulic (MHC or EHC) control systems use
hydraulic cylinders to operate the valves. These control systems, for both GE and Westinghouse, are described later
in this text.
The following pages illustrate and describe steam valves found on steam turbines of General Electric and
Westinghouse manufacture.
NOTE: Through the production history of Westinghouse turbines, the control and intercept valves have
been called governor and interceptor respectively.
5_3-
V
.
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
2.0 GE TYPE VALVES
..
The purpose of the Main Stop
Valve is to shut off steam flow, to the
turbine, in an emergency. To facilitate this
positive closure, the Main Stop Valve is an
unbalanced valve. By being an unbalanced
valve, the steam flow, being shut off by the
main stop valve, will assist in the closure of
the main stop valve.
Steam
Flow

)
\
\
An exceIJent example of an
unbalanced valve, although not
representative of most modern stop valves, is
a swing-check valve as illustrated in Figure
5-02.
Cover
Cover Spacer
Cover
Steam Strainer
Steam Dam
Partition)
Inlet
Val ve Seat
Coupling Assembly
Actuator Assembly
Pressure
Seal Head
Stem
Val ve stelJ Stop Valve
Bypass Disk
,.' . Steam Path
.
Section A-A
Main Valve Di sk
with Bypass
Val ve Open
A bypass valve within the main valve disk opens and
controls steam flow during turbine start-up and loading. The main
disk remains seated at this time. As more steam is required, the
main disk is raised through the internal contact between the main
disk and bypass valve. Refer to internal detail in Figure 5-04.
1/

Swing Check Valve
Figure 5-02 Unbalanced Valve
Figure 5-03 illustrates a GE main stop
valve assembly. The primary function of this
valve is to quickly shut off main steam flow to
the turbine under emergency conditions. Refer
to the figure and note:
Figure 5-03 Main Stop & Bypass Valve
Valve Ste
Stop Valve
Bypass Disk
Path
Section A-A
Figure 5-04 Bypass Valve
Main Valve Disk
with Bypass
Valve Open
5-4
HPC Technical Services
The steam strainer (Figure 5-05) is in place to
remove palticles of boiler slag (114 inch and larger) from
the steam.
Coupling Assembly
Actuator Assembly
Figure 5-05 Steam Strail1er
Steam 'Dam
(Anti-Swi rl Partition)
Pressure
Seal Head
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
Valve action is through the actuator assembly
coupled to the valve stem as shown in FigW'e 5-06. Oil
pressW'e from the tW'bine control system works a
hydraulic piston in the actuator against the valve closing
spring.
Figure 5-06 Actuator Assembly
07_K_ I0'CeST202 Cap
As shown in FigW'e 5-07, a backseat
located in the pressure seal head prevents steam
from escaping down the valve stem when the valve
is in the full open position.
Figure 5-07 Stem & Seal Head Backseat
Bypass
Disk
Main
Di sk
Closed Position
Cap bolt
Stem Seat Areas
(Back Seat )
Bushings
Pressure
Seal Head
Open Position
"'"
Stem
Against
Backseat
" , _ ~ I ~ : ~ _ V .
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
This is a separately mounted valve. It is welded into the
main boiler steam pipe upstream and adjacent to the main control
valves.
Figure 5-08 shows a set of GE Main Stop Valves in place on
a unit and concentrates on the right hand (RH) valve. The large
steam lead in the upper right hand position is the main steam inlet to
the valve.
Figure 5-08 Main Stop Valve Set In-Place
Cover Nut-_ _ _
Cover
Cover
Steam Strainer
Inlet
Valve Seat
Coupling Assembly
Steam Dam
(Anti-Swirl Partition)
Pressure
Seal Head
Stem
A steam dam or anti-swirl partition
prevents the steam from circulating within the
valve body as shown in Figure 5-09.
Figure 5-09 Allti-Swirl Dam
Actuato< Assembly
5-6
HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
. .
The purpose of the control valves is to regulate steam flow to the steam turbine. Their position in the steam
path is shown in Figure 5-10.
Steam from Main Boiler
Stop Valve
Control Valve
Boiler Reheater
IP Exhaust or
Crossover Steam
Steam flow to
Main Condenser
Figure 5-10 Steam Path Location ojControl Valve(s)
Valve CloSi ng
Steam
Valve Disc
Val ve Seat
Seat Pi n - "m_-I<>'7,,-
Steam Inlet
Tension
Push Rod link
(Compression)
Act uator
Assemblv
Control Valves Plan View
Figure 5-11 Separate Moul1ted COlltrol Valves
Steam Inlet
A GE, separate steam chest
mounted control valve is shown in
Figure 5-11. The plan view of a typical
arrangement of separate mounted
control valves illustrates how they are
grouped and assembled to the steam
chest. The valves and their steam chest
are located just below the turbine deck
alongside of the HP turbine. Steam
enters at both ends of the steam chest
after leaving the Main Stop valves.
5_7-1) .
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The function of these valves is to control steam to meet turbine load demands. Valve operation is as
follows: (Refer to Figure 5-12.)
Valve Closing :o. prmg-- - - -f!f.""'TH
Tensi on
Rod
Crosshead Guide
Pressur.e Head
Steam Chest
Valve Di sc
Figure 5-12 Control Valve Assembly
Some control valves are designed with an
internal pilot valve as shown in Figure 5-13.
Opening of the pilot valve within the control valve
main disk equalizes the steam pressure on both
sides of the main disk. With the pressure balanced,
less force is required to lift the main disk off the
seat.
Push Rod link
Actuator
Assembly
Figure 5-13 Piloted (Balanced Pressure) Control Valve
5-8
HPC Technical Services
The operating mechanism utilizes a
spring assembly which acts directly on top of the
valve crosshead assembly to keep the valve
Closed.
The valve is opened by the hydraulic
cylinder lifting the end of the lower lever. The
other end of the lower lever is linked to the upper
lever. The upper lever is supported on the spring
housing. The opposite end of the upper lever is
held down by tension rods attached to the
hydraulic cylinder. The crosshead connects the
valve stem to the lower lever.
High pressure oil through the control
system acts on the actuator assembly. The actuator
assembly and hydraulic cylinder maintain valve
opening allowing steam flow to meet turbine load
demands.
The valve disk is raised and lowered
within the steam flow chamber of the valve chest.
The valve seat is pinned in place in the lower half
of the valve chest. Seals in the pressure head
assembly prevent steam from escapmg up the
valve stem.
Valve Open
Steam
Chest
A GE combined reheat (CRY) valve is
shown in Figures 5-\4 and 5-\5. As the name
implies, there is two valves in one, the intercept
valve and the reheat stop valve. The primary
function of this valve is to provide emergency
trip protection to the turbine by shutting off the
steam supply from the reheater. These valves
are located in the reheat steam piping leading to
the lower half shell of the IPturbine; one per
each side and very close to the turbine shell.
Crosshead
Steam In
Figure 5-14 CRV, Intercept Valve Portion
Cross head
Steam I n
Reheat Stop Valve Disk
Pressure Seal Head
Intercept Valve
Actuator
Assembly
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
Intercept Valve
Actuator .
Assembly
Figure 5-15 CRV, Reheat Stop Valve Portion
Reheat Stop Valve
Hydraulic Actuator
Assembly
The reheat stop valve disk is lifted
from the seat through the action of the
hydraulic actuator coupled to the valve stem.
The reheat stop valve is an
unbalanced valve. Asa result this reheat stop
valve has to be opened before the intercept
valve. The intercept valve keeps the steam
. pressure off the top of the reheat stop valve
disk.
Springs in the actuator close the
valve upon loss of hydraulic oil pressure due
to a turbine trip.
Balance
Reheat Valve Closed Reheat Valve Open
Figure 5-16 Reheat Stop Valve Positions
5-9 ,V
HPC Technical Services T
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
During normal operation of the turbine-generator under load, the intercept valve is wide open. The same is
true of the reheat stop portion of the valve. .
The reheat stop valve disk (Figure
5-17) is lifted from the seat through the
action of its hydraulic actuator coupled to
the valve stem. Springs in the actuator close
the valve upon loss of hydraulic oil
pressure due to a turbine trip. As shown in Steam In
Figure 5-17, seals in the lower pressure seal
head prevent steam from escaping along the
reheat stop valve stem.
Figure 5:'17 Open Valves
Upper Pressure Head
Steam In
5-10
HPC Technical Services
)
Reheat Stop Valve
Hydraulic Actuator
Assembly
Stem Backseated
CRV Closed Position
Valves Open 0 1 ~ l . . 1 1 9 e5rnl1
Intercept Valve
Actuator
Assembly
The intercept valve disk is lifted from
the seat through the action of its hydraulic
actuator connected by push rods with the upper
lever as shown in FIgure 5-18. The upper lever
lifts the disk through the' crosshead and valve
stem assembly. The lower lever working with
the upper lever eliminates high hydraulic
cylinder forces to be transmitted to the valve
casing or upper pressure head bolting.
Figure 5-18 Intercept Valve Actuator
95
The steam strainer shown in
Figure 5-19 eliminates any particles (114
inch or larger) of reheater tube or steam
pipe slag from entering the turbine.
Depending on the vintage of the
unit, the Intercept valve stem mayor may
not have a stem leakoff line. If it has a
stem leakoff line it directs any leakoff
steam to a closed feedwater heater or the
condenser .. Ifit does not have a stem
leakoffline it will be equipped with seals
that prevent steam from leaking past the
stem and into the turbine room.
Crosshead
Steam I n
Intercept Valve
Pressure Seal Head
Stem Leakoff - - - ~ - ~ ' I : l 1
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
. .
Figure 5-19 Steam Strai11er & Upper Pressure Head .
Reheat Stop Valve
Hydraul ic Actuator
Assembly
In either case once the valve is in the fully open position, a backseat on the valve stem and a cOITesponding
seating surface on the upper pressure head, prevent steam from leaking out into the turbine room.
Valve
Position
100 105
Turbine Speed (% Rated)
107
Figure 5-20 Valve Operati0l1{l1 Graph
The intercept valves throttle close in an
overspeed. The setting, however, is such that the
intercept starts closing after the control valves have
started to close (or are closed) as shown in Figure 5-
20.
RHSV These intercept valves are pmt of what is
110
known as the I st line of defense. Should they fail to
shut off steam flow sufficiently to control the turbine
in an overs peed, then the reheat stop valve will close
as pmt of turbine trip scheme.
In a recovery from an overspeed (where a
trip did not occur), the intercept opens, prior to the
main control valve, to blow down the reheater before
the control valves admit steam from the superheat
section of the boiler.
5-11'
V
.
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The intercept valve is equipped
with a balance chamber as shown in Figure
5-21(see enlarged detail view) that has
sealing rings and balance holes in the disk
such that the pressure above the disk is
always equal to the pressure below the disk
(downstream from the valve seat). This
allows the intercept valve to be positioned
accurately anywhere in its travel, regardless
of the upstream pressure. The intercept
valve is a balanced valve.
The reheat stop valve, being
unbalanced, must be opened before the
intercept valve is opened.
Figure 5-21 Intercept Valve Balance Chamber
5-12
HPC Technical Services
Balance
Chamber
Detail View
Reheat Stop Valve Disk
Reheat
S ~ e a m
Intercept
Val ve Disk
Reheat Steam Path Through
Balance Chamber
}
Reheat Stop Valve
. Hydraulic Actuator
Assembly
Some of the newer GE units are equipped with .
combined main stop and control valves that are a smaller
version of the CRY valves described here and an example of
these valves is shown in Figure 5-22.
Figure 5-22 New Design Main Stop
& Control Valve Combination
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
Cover
Bushing
A GE separately mounted reheat stop valve is
shown in Figure 5-23. The function of this valve is to shut
off the steam flow to the IP turbine on a turbine trip. This
valve is located in the reheat steam pipe adjacent to and
upstream of the intercept valve. This valve is fully open
during normal turbine operation. Refer to the figure and
note:
Valve Holder
Pin Flange
Link
Clevis Nut
Pin
, Pressure Head
Valve Casing
,Disk
The view in the figure is looking downstream
through the valve with the disk fully closed.
Stem
Coupling Bolt
Steam (Water) Shield
Coupling ,
Hydraulic
Actuator
Under normal operating conditions
the disk is maintained open by the actuator
coupled to the valve stem pushing up and
rotating the disk around the valve holder pin.
Loss of hydraulic oil pressure to the
actuator piston will allow the spring in the
actuator to lower the valve stem and rotate the
disk into the closed position. This is shown in
Figure 5-24
Figure 5-23 Sepal'([te Mounted
Reheat Stop Valve
Valve Holder
Pin Flange
Link
Clevis Nut
Pin
Pressu re Head
Stem
Figure 5-24 Closed and Opened
Positions ojthe Valve Disk
Hydraulic
Actuator
Cover
Closed
Opened

HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Valve Holder
Pin Flange
Link
Clevis Nut
Pin

Pressure Head
Hydraulic
Actuator
Cover
Bushing
. Leakoff
Figure 5-26 illustrates a GE separate
mounted intercept valve assembly. The function of
this valve is to control the flow of reheat steam to the
IP turbine section in a pre-emergency overspeed
condition. Unlike the open or shut reheat stop valve,
this valve has some throttling capability and is
governor controlled. The valve will also trip closed
on a turbine trip.
This valve is located in the reheat steam
piping between the reheat stop valve and the turbine
shell. Operation ofthis valve is as follows : (Refer to
the figure.)
The valve is designed with a bypass valve
identified as the middle sleeve. During normal
turbine operation the main valve is wide open.
Should an overspeed situation develop, the valve
begins to close. With the main disk seated, an
unequal pressure is created on each side of the valve
disk.
5-14
HPC Technical Services
A backseat located in the pressure seal
head and a corresponding one on the valve stem,
prevent steam from escaping down the valve stem
when the valve is in the fully open position.
While the valve is moving from the fully
closed to the fully opened position, a stem leakoff
line directs any leakoff steam to a closed
feedwater heater or the condenser.
As with the reheat stop valve associated
with the CRY, this separate reheat stop valve
cannot open against full reheat steam pressure.
Figure 5-25 Backseat & Stem
Leakojj
Balance Chamber
Piping
..... Middle Sleeve
Main Valve Disk
Hydraulic
Actuator
Figure 5-26 Separate Mounted Intercept Valve
Steam Inlet
Coupling
Balance Chamber
Piping
+.fH H---i'S-lftt-t---M 'OOlle Sleeve
- Steam Out
Hydraulic
Actuator
Figure 5-27 Sepal'{lte Intercept Valve
The balance chamber piping shown in
Figure 5-27, allows for smooth operation of the
. valve over the complete range of its travel once
the main disk is off its seat.
Steam Inlet
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
Valve action is through the
actuator assembly coupled to the valve
stem. Oil pressure from the turbine
control system works a hydraulic
piston in the actuator. Loss of oil
pressure allows the actuator valve
closing spring to overcome the
hydraulic piston and close the valve.
As the actuator pushes up the
valve stem, the middle sleeve pilot
valve unseats first. This allows
immediate pressure equalization on
both sides of the main valve disk.
Continued upward valve stem
movement raises the main valve disk to
the fully opened position
Balance Chamber
Piping
~ . ~ ~ I I - - - - t A t _ - - Middle Sleeve
Steam Out
Main Valve 0
Stern------...
Coupling
Figure 5-28 Balallce Chamber Pipillg
Hydraulic
Actuator
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Coupling
Figure 5-29 illustrates a GE shell
mounted control valve and a valve
arrangement. As shown, the valves ·are
mounted directly over the steam chest which
is an integral part of the HP turbine shell. One
set of valves is located on the upper shell,
another set on the lower shell.
The function of these valves is to
control the flow of the main boiler steam into
the HP turbine. Refer to the figure as the valve
is described here.
The valve disk is assembled to the
end of the valve stem located within the steam
chest. The opposite end of the valve stem is
connected to a crosshead arrangement, which
is raised by the upward motion of the lifting
lever.
5-16
HPC Technical Services
- Steam Out
. A steam strainer eliminates particles of
reheater tube or steam pipe slag V-t" or larger
from entering the turbine
A backseat located in the pressure seal
head and a corresponding one on the valve
stem, prevent steam from escaping down the
valve stem when the valve is in the fully open
position. These items are shown in Figure 5-
28.
Figure 5-29 Strainer & Backseat
Plan View
Multiple Control Valve
Arrangement
Spring
Val ve Closing
Spring
lift Pin
Lifting Lever
Pivot Pin
Lever Support
Pin
Ever Support
C, Bolts
Valve Stem -----rr.;om.
Control Valve
Val ve Seat
Valve Stand
Pressure Head
HP Turbine
Shell and
Steam Chest
Figure 5-30 Shell Mounted Control Valves
Spring Retainer
Crosshea
Valve Stem
Control Valve Disk
Va Ive Seat
Lifting Lever
Pivot Pin
Lever Support
Valve Stand
Pressure Head
HPTurbine"
Shell and
Steam Chest
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
Pressure on the lifting lever to keep the
valve closed is provided by the valve closing
springs shown in Figure 30. Rotation of the cam
raises the lifting lever against spring pressure,
opening the valve. Thus the amount of valve
opening is directly related to cam rotation.
Figure 5-3/ Valve Closing Springs,
Li/ting Lever & Cam
Upper
Control
Valve(s)
As shown in Figure 5-31, a
hydraulic cylinder located in the turbine
front standard through a lever called the
"D" rod rotates the camshaft and cams thus
controlling valve position. Another lever
called the "E" rod operates the valves
located on the lower shell for those units so
equipped.
Located at the end of both rods is a
rack gear that engages and turns a pinion
gear attached to the outboard end of the
valve camshafts.
Figure 5-32 Control Valve Operating Mechanism
5-17-
V
.
HPC Technical Services T
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The plan view in Figure 5-32 shows a three-
valve arrangement on the top of the turbine shell.
Many units also have an equal amount of valves on
the bottom half of the turbine shell as indicated in
Figure 5-25. The number of valves can vary from
. unit to unit with the configuration ofthe valves
dependant on both the size and/or vintage of the unit.
. Each valve opens over a steam path in the
turbine shell that directs the flow of steam to a
specific area of the nozzle. The valves control the
flow of steam to each of their designated areas of the
nozzle.
Figure 5-33 Control Valve Plan View
Plan View
Multiple Control Valve
Arrangement
As shown in Figure 5-33, the valves
pressure head is equipped with high and low
pressure stem leakoff lines that direct steam leaking
past the valve stem to different locations in the
steam system depending on pressure.
The high pressure stem leakoff may go to
the steam seal system while the low pressure stem
leakoff is directed to either the condenser or a
Low Pressure feedwater heater.
2nd Leakoff
High Pressure
1st Leakoff ---+!=
Valve
Figure 5-34 Stem Leakoff
5-18
HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
3.0 WESTINGHOUSE VALVES
For the initial admission of steam, a typical Westinghouse turbine generator unit is provided with two
throttle valve-steam chest assemblies. Each assembly is located along each side of the HP turbine cylindei·. A typical
steam chest has one throttle valve and three to four governor valves. Four governor valves are shown in Figure 5-
34.
The throttle and governor valves provide redundant protection at the high pressure steam inlet of the
turbine.
Throttle
-Valve-
Actuator
Throttle Governor Valves
1--- (Control) ---
Figure 5-35 Combined Throttle Valve & Governor Valve Steam Chest Arl'{lllgemellt
Figure 5-35 illustrates a
Westinghouse throttle valve. The
valve is horizontally mounted at
one end of the steam chest. The
purpose of the throttle valve is to
provide emergency shut down of
the steam turbine in an overspeed
or any threatening condition. The
throttle valve is hydraulically
opened and spring closed.
Figure 5-36 Throttle Valve
Spring Housing
Springs (4)
Steam Chest
Valve Bushing
Valve (Main)

.

Valve Stem Bushing
Valve Stem

""
' f'
operating'

Stop --;':-::-3
o
===C:: .
Operating Levers
(In Pairs) Valve Stem
Guide
Steam Outlet
Throttle Valve Seat
5-19Ji:
HPC Technical Services '"
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Link
operating'

Spring Housing
Springs (4) .
Stop BLr
o -

Operating - - S
(In Pairs) Valve tern

Bonnet
. Valve Guide
Steam Chest

Valve Stem Bushing
Val ve Stem
. Valve Bushing
Valve (Main)
Pilot Valve
II
Seal Ring
Steam Outiet
V
As shown in Figure 5-36, the
throttle valve main disk is designed
with a sealing ring so that, in the wide-
open position, the seal ring reduces
steam leakage through the stem
leakoff lines to a minimum when it
enters the provided chamber in the
valve bonnet.
Figure 5-37 Seal Rings &
Stem Leakoff
Guide
Stem Leak Off Lines
The throttle valve is an
unbalanced steam valve, meaning
the steam flow it is shutting off will
assist in the valve closure as shown
in Figure 5-37.
As shown in Figure 5-38,
the throttle valve has an integral
pilot valve that can open against full
boiler pressure. By doing so, the
pressure is equalized across the
throttle valve disk and the throttle
valve can then be opened.
Pilot Valve Spring
Steam In
Figure 5-38 Unbalanced Main Valve Disk
On some machines, this pilot valve is also used for turbine start up.
Fif:ure 5-39 Pilot Valve
5-20
HPC Technical Services
As can be seen in
Figure 5-39, a permanent
steam strainer prevents
foreign objects 14" or larger
from entering the turbine.
During initial operation or
after boiler re-tubing, an
additional "temporary" fine
mesh strainer is added to
the OD of the permanent
strainer.
Figure 5-40 Steam Strainer
Link
Spring Housing
Springs (4)
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
Valve Stem Bushing
Valve Stem
Valve Bushing
Valve (Main)
~
S t e a m Chest
Pilot Valve
"" Steam
Strainer
Steam Outlet
Figure 5-40 illustrates one type of a Westinghouse governor valve assembly. In this type of arrangement
the valves are mounted on the steam chest in parallel sequence and are lifted or positioned by a single lift bar and a
single servomotor (actuator) or hydraulic cylinder.
Throttle
-Valve-
Actuator
Throttle
Valve-
Steam Flow to
Nozzles
Figure 5-41 Single Actuator Valve Arrangement
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Figure 5-41 illustrates another type of
governor valve that is lifted or positioned by an
individual servomotor or hydraulic cylinder.
This valve is of the single-seated plug type and
is controlled by the servomotor that responds to
oil pressure signals from the control system.
Figure 5-42 IndividualActuator Valve Arrangement
Spring Housing
Assembly
Crosshead Pin
Bonnet
Leak Off Lines
Bracket
Valve
Motor
I I
LJJ
Single.:. seated plug
Spring Housing
Assembly
Cross head Bushing
Crosshead Pin
Bonnet
Leak Off Lines
Steam Chest
Valve Stem Bushing __ -J / . / /..-.
Stem
Valve Nut
Disk --¥7'77>:J
Bracket
Valve
_ [ ctuator1servo Motor
I
The valve operating lever is connected
through the crosshead and pin to the valve stem. The
lever is fulcrummed so that upward movement of the
servomotor raises the lever opening the valve while
downward movement of the servomotor lowers the
lever closing the valve. This can be seen in Figure 5-
42.
Figure 43 Governor Valve Operation
Heavy springs, shown in Figure 5-43, are provided
to assist in the closing of the valve.
Figure 44 Governor Valve
Closing Springs
Ji: 5-22
.• HPC Technical Services
Spring Housing
Assembly
Bracket
Another (smaller) spring (Figure 5-44) ensures
the operating lever moves down as the hydraulic cylinder
moves down, and independent of the valve closing
springs.
Figure 45 Govel'1lor Valve
Control Level' Spring
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
Spring Housing
Assembly
Crosshead Bushing
Bonnet
Leak 'OFf Lines
Steam Chest
Valve Stem Bushing
Valve Nut
Disk -..,..,..,...,..,""
__ -m,ovy Springs
__ 0

The function of the different types of Governor Valves is to precisely regulate the speed and load of the
turbine by controlling the steam flow to the turbine.
Figures 5-45 & 5-46 illustrate a Westinghouse interceptor valve. These valves are located in the steam
piping between the reheat stop valve and the reheat turbine.
The function of the interceptor valve is to limit the flow of steam to the reheat turbine in the event of a
turbine overspeed, where the turbine has not tripped.
Bonnet
Stem
Steam Str;'lne!r-++----+l1
Steam In'E''''''''''''-
Valve
_---- Actuator
,-'_--Switch
"
=
-Leakoff
Pressure
Seal Rings
r-w --lf1I*1---- Stem
Figure 5-46 Interceptor Valve (Closed)
Spring
Stem
Steam Str;'ine!r-++----+ll
Steam inle,t++-
Valve
E:::':l _----Actuator
1 __ --Switch
Leakoff
Pressure
Seal Rings

Figure 5-47 Interceptor Valve (Opened) Jrk
5-23
HPC Technical SCl'Vices Om
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Spring Adjust
Spring
Steam
Steam Inle,t++--
Valve
E:::!:I _-----Actuator
,_---- Switch
:
,
Leakoff
Pressure
Seal Rings
Stem
Ive
07_I'C1SLeSTl02
Steam leakage up the valve stem is limited
by a closing fitting stem bushing.
This valve is of the single seat plug-type
design. Each valve is operated by a separator
actuator.
The valve is surrounded by a permanent
steam strainer to keep foreign material from entering
the turbine.
Refer to Figures 5-47 & 5-48 while the valve
operation is described here:
During normal turbine-generator operations
under load,the valve is wide open.
The valve disk is lifted from the seat through
the action of the hydraulic actuator coupled to the
valve stem. . .
The interceptor valve disk is a balanced
design. Pressure equalization holes in the valve disk
ensure the pressure on top of the valve will be equal to
the pressure downstream of the operating valve.
Springs in the housing above the valve bonnet
close the valve upon loss of hydraulic oil pressure due
to a turbine trip
Figure 5-48 Interceptor Valve Operation I
e;:::;J .... =----Actuator
_-- Switch
Pressure
Seal Rings
Steam Strainer·--1H---+I
--=§f.H+*---Stem
Steam Tnl,·t -l--I--
Figure 5-49 Interceptor Valve Operation IJ
Valve
Steam
5-24
HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE VAL VES
4.0 AUXILIARY VALVES
The following valves discussed here function to protect the turbine from overspeed after a trip or to
reestablish turbine operation after a trip. Not all GE turbines have all of the valves listed here. Though this
description is specific to GE turbines, similar valves are found on the Westinghouse units.
The EqualizerValve, as shown in
Figure 5 ~ 4 9 , is mounted on one combined
reheat stop valve on units equipped with
the trip anticipator. Upon generator load
. rejection, the reheat stop valves will close,
thus stopping the flow of reheat steam into
the reheat turbine section. Reopening the
reheat stop valve against full reheater
pressure would take some effOlt. The
equalizer valve will automatically open and
. direct to the condenser, the reheat steam
that has been trapped between the intercept
valve and reheat stop valve disk. When
reheat steam pressure has been reduced to
approximately 15% of full load, the reheat
stop valves are capable of reopening, at
which point the equalizer valve will close.

,
Figure 5-51 BloJlldoJIII1 Valve
Intercept Valve
Reheat Stop Valve
Figure 5-50 Equalizer Valve
The Slowdown Valve is shown in
Figure 5-50. The function of this valve is to
release the steam that will be bottled up in the
HP turbine section and reheater should a full
load trip or load rejection occur. In this
situation, the steam will be trapped between
the closed main control valves and intercept
valves. The vacuum existing in the IP and LP
turbine sections will draw the bottled up steam
through the steam seals between the HP-IP
Blowdown Valve sections. If the steam seal packing is worn, this
would allow the trapped HP steam to enter the
reheat section and drive the turbine to
overspeed. The blowdown valve opens the
steam sealleakoff annulus directly to the
condenser so as to divert most of the steam
leakage.
. S-2S-
V
.
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS ~ TG201
The Ventilator Valve shown in
Figure 5-51 is provided to protect the
HP turbine from overheating. Serious
heating of the HP turbine would result
from windage losses should it be
allowed to spin in high pressure bottled
up steam. This valve connects the main
steam lead direCtly to the condenser
and automatically opens when the main
stop and control valves close in a
turbine trip situation.
When opened the ventilator
valve will draw steam from the reheater
backwards, through the HP turbine and
to the condenser. This reverse flow of
Steam from Main Boller ----__ ------. Intermediate
Pressure
Ventilator Valve
X lf------I
HP Exhaust (Cold Reheat)
Boi l er Reheater .
Intercept
. Valve
IP Exhaust or
Crossover Steam
Steam Fl ow to Main Condenser
.. steam keeps the HP turbine cooler and
helps bleed down the reheat pressure.
...... - .... --------...... - - - - - - - I ~ T o Condenser
5-26
HPC Technical Services
Figure 5-52 Ventilator Valve
HPC Technical Services
500 Tallevast Road· Suite 101
Sarasota, FL 34243 USA
(941) 747-7733 • FAX (941) 746-5374
www.hpcnet.com
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
Chapter 6
TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:
To familiarize the reader with the steam turbine auxiliary systems and their operation.
ENABLING OBJECTIVES:
At the completion of this section the student should be able to:
1. Identify the steam turbine auxiliary systems.
2. Describe the function of the steam turbine auxiliary systems.
© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 12/14/2010
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 3
2.0 LUBE OIL SYSTEMS ............................................................................................................................ 3
2.1 Basic Principles ............. : ...................................................................................... , ....................... 3
2.2 GE MHC Systems ....................................................................................................................... 5
2.3 GE Schenectady EHC Lube Oil System ...................................................................................... 7
2.4 Westinghouse MHC Lube Oil Systems ....................................................................................... 8
2.5 Westinghouse EH Lube Oil System .......................................................................................... 10
3.0 TURBINE SHAFT SEAL SYSTEMS .................................................................................................. 11
3.1 Introduction .......................................................... ; .................................................................... 11
3.2 Basic Principles ......................................................................................................................... 11
3.3 Steam Packing ........................................................................................................................... 12
3.4 Water Seals ................................................................................................................................ 15
3.5 System Descriptions .................................................................................................................. 16
3.5.1 Steam Seal Systems .............................................................................................................. 16
3.5.2 Water Seal System ................................................................................................................ 19
4.0 EH FLUID SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................. 21
4.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 21
4.2 Hydraulic Fluid .......................................................................................................................... 21
4.3 Westinghouse System ................................................................................................................ 22
4.4 GE System ................................................................................................................................. 24
_1.f - 6-2
~ HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
In this section we will study two "auxiliary systems" that are needed for every steam turbine generator, and
a third that is needed for some units. These are the lubrication or lube oil and the turbine shan't seal systems, and the
electro-hydraulic or "EH" fluid system. We will study each of these in tum.
In each ofthese systems there are some basic principles that apply to all units, and some principles and
construction details that are not the same in GE and Westinghouse units, and even in different units built by the
same manufacturer. As we study each system, we will start with the basic principles that apply to all units and then
explain the main differences between manufacturers and units.
2.0 LUBE OIL SYSTEMS
2.1 BASIC PRINCWLES
The purpose ofthis system is to supply clean oil at the proper pressure and temperature for:
• lubricating and cooling the thrust andjoumal bearings.
• lubricating and cooling the turning gears and the exciter reduction and governor drive gears,
if any.
• the generator shaft seal system.
• cooling couplings on some units.
• the turbine control and/or emergency trip system on some units.
Cooling and lubricating the thrust andjoumal bearings takes much more oil than all the other uses
combined.
The main parts of the system are a tank or reservoir, pumps, ejectors (Westinghouse), coolers, pressure
regulating devices, connecting piping, and test devices, instruments, etc.
All modem turbine-generator lube oil systems have these main features:
• The main oil tank is at or near the lowest level of the power plant, below the high pressure
turbine section. This is usually at least ten feet and often more than twenty feet below the
turbine-generator centerline elevation. The tank is at this location because:-
Oil will drain back to the tank easily.
The tank will be well away from and below hot steam pipes, valves, etc. so leaks are less
likely to be a fire hazard.
The space close under the turbine is usually very crowded with steam pipes and valves,
which must be placed as close to the turbine as possible.
The largest oil pipes connect to the front and mid standards of the turbine, so the tank should
be as close to that area as possible considering the other limits.
6-3 _1.1 -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
• The main pump that supplies all the oil during normal operation is a centrifugal pump driven
directly by the main turbine shaft. This is because:
The main shaft is the most efficient and reliable drive there is.
The discharge pressure of a centrifugal pump running at a set speed changes very little even if
the flow changes quite a lot. This is good in a system where the flow can change due to leaks,
control system actions, etc.
A centrifugal pump is simple, easy to maintain and cheap to build.
• On the other hand, a centrifugal pump built to run at a set speed puts out very little pressure if
its speed is much below normal. Also, they are not very good at lifting liquid to their suction;
they really need a positive pressure at the suction to work well.
• The above means that on all turbine oil systems there must be:
An auxiliary pump to supply oil at speeds below the. operating range of the main shaft
pump - usually about 90% of rated speed.
A way to pump oil up from the tank to the main pump so its suction will be at a positive
pressure.
• There would be very serious damage to the turbine generator if the bearing lube oil supply
should fail when the shaft was turning. In fact, the unit could be destroyed if it should fail at
full speed. Therefore, there must be one or more back up supplies that would start
automatically to guard against this danger.
• The main source of heat in the lubricating oil is heat from the shaft and friction. The primary
function ofthe lube oil passing through the bearing is for heat removal and not for lubrication.
• The oil pressure must be kept in a set range so the amount flowing to all parts of the system
will be correct.
• Older turbine control systems ("MBC" or mechanical hydraulic controls) use lube oil at a
pressure much higher than the pressure needed for lubrication, etc. Modem "ERC" (electro-
hydraulic) controls use a separate high-pressure fluid system. This means there are important
differences in the lube oil system ofMBC units compared to ERe.
With these principles in mind, let us study some actual lube oil systems.
_1J ~ 6-4
T HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
2.2 GE MHC SYSTEMS
This description is typical of GE MHC systems and uses regular lube oil for its working fluid.
High pressure oil is needed from the lube oil system in order to start the turbine-generator, because the
control system uses it to open the steam valves. This oil comes from the auxiliary oil pump which also supplies the
oil needed by all other parts of the system whenever it is in operation. The auxiliary oil pump is normally driven by
an AC motor of75 to 200 horsepower depending on unit size. Some large units use two AC motor driven pumps in
parallel and some small, old units use a small steam turbine to drive the auxiliary pump. The turbine/pump assembly
is often called the "turbo pump".
Figure 6-01 shows part of the system during a start up. As shown, the pump itself is inside the tank below
the oil level. The driving motor or turbine is on top of the tank.
10
B .... RINGS
OIL
COOLER
10 MAIN
OIt.PUMP
fROM MAIN SUCTlON
011. PUMP
DISCHARGE
AUK.
OIL PUMP
- - TOP_""_TAM!.. - __ - __
AH.... D"" B .... RING
REUEFVALVE
.. ;/
Figure 6-01 GE Auxiliary Oil and Booster Pumps
The auxiliary pump draws oil from the tank and pumps it at about 200 psi into a "T" connection. The upper
branch of the T goes to the control system hydraulic header. Beyond that, the branch is closed off by a closed check
valve in the main shaft pump discharge.
The lower branch of the T divides. One branch goes through the "bypass baffler" valve, past the bearing
relief valve and to the transfer valve. The transfer valve sends oil to one of the two oil coolers (the other being in
reserve) and on to the bearings. The other branch goes through the "booster baffler" valve into the "submerged oil
driven booster" pump.
6-5 _M -
HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The "booster" is a centrifugal pump driven by an oil-powered turbine. The high pressure oil drives the
turbine and in so doing, loses much of its pressure. The "used" oil goes into the bearing header, joining the other oil
that came through the bypass baffler.
The bypass baffler and the booster baffler are adjusted to drive the oil turbine at the correct speed while
also supplying more than enough oil for the bearings. The bearing relief valve discharges oil as needed to keep the
correct bearing header pressure. There is no way to adjust the oil pressure in the control system. It is set by the pump
construction.
The centrifugal pump that is driven by the oil turbine, draws oil out of the tank and pumps it up to the
suction of the main shaft pump in the turbine front standard.
When the shaft pump speed gets high enough (about 90% of normal), it will begin to pump. Its full output
pressure is about 50 psi higher than the auxiliary pumps', so it will force open the check valve in its discharge and
force the check valve in the auxiliary oil pump discharge closed. At this point the main pump has "taken over" and
the system is in the normal on-line running condition.
The auxiliary pump is then shut down but put in standby, ready to start automatically if the high pressure
oil supply should fall below normal.
Figure 6-02 shows more details of the system.
L-... ____ :........ ........
Figure 6-02 GE Oil System
It shows everything that was on Figure 6-01 plus the main shaft pump itself, two more motor-driven
pumps, and the electrical controls for all three motor driven pumps.
One of the "new" pumps is the "AC T.G." or AC turning gear pump. It draws oil directly from the tank and
as shown, pumps it directly into the bearing header upstream of the transfer valve. This pump is used when the unit
is on turning gear and high pressure oil is not needed. The bearings take less oil on turning gear than they do while
running; this, plus the much lower discharge pressure, means that the AC T.G. needs only about one-tenth the power
of the auxiliary pump. When the AC T.G. is not needed, it is put in standby as an automatic back up to the auxiliary
pump.
_1.! - 6-6
~ HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
The other "new" pump in Figure 6-02 is the DC pump. It is like the AC T.G. pump except driven by a DC
motor. It backs up all the other pumps in case the AC electric power supply fails .
. Not shown on Figure 6-02 is a "vapor extractor." It is a small motor-drivel;l fan qr blower mounted on top
. of the oil tank. It constantly draws air out of the tank from above the oil surface and discharges it out a vent pipe to
the outdoors. This draws off water vapor and oil fumes. The slight vacuum drawn by the vapor extractor goes up all
the bearing drain pipes and draws in air through all the oil deflectors, where the turbine-generator shafts pass out of
. their housings and into the turbine room. This keeps oil vapor from coming out Qfthese clearance spaces. Refer to
Figure 6-03.
OIL RETURN
OIL GUARD PIPING
Figure 6-03 Bearing Header
BEARING METAL
THERMOCOUPLE
I
The bearing header itself is simply a long
feed pipe that runs the length of the turbine-generator.
It starts out at the oil tank quite large in size and
narrows as it precedes the length of the unit: A branch
leads off to the header to each bearing or other device
that uses oil. There is an orifice in each of the
individual bearing feed lines that control the rate of
flow to the individual bearing. The orifice is sized
based on the oil requirement of that bearing.
On the drain side of the bearing there is an oil
drain line that feeds back into the bearing drain
system. The bearing drain system is an even larger
pipe thatfully encloses the oil feed line inside it. This
is protection against fire should the feed line break or
leak. Also, located on the bearing drain side are a
thermometer and a telltale. The thermometer shows
the oil drain temperature. The telltale draws off part of
the drain oil as visible evidence that there is flow to
the bearing. All of the drained oil returns hack to the
Tube oil tank. At the bearing itself, there is often a
thermocouple, which monitors bearing metal
temperature.
The lube oil system supplies oil for other purposes, depending on the unit. These may include the governor
drive and exciter reduction gears, the turning gear, coupling cooling sprays, generator shaft seal system, etc.
2.3 GE SCHENECtADY EHC LUBE OIL SYSTEM
The lube oil system for GE units with an EHC control system is the same as it is for MHC units except for
one substitution of pumps, as follows:
• There is no auxiliary oil pump, since high pressure oil is not needed to start the unit.
• There is a "new" pump, the "motor suction pump." It is driven by an AC motor and is physically
much like the AC turning gear pump but about 50% larger.
• The motor suction pump draws oil directly from the tank and pumps it into the pipe that connects
the booster pump and the main shaft pump suction.
The motor suction pump is turned on when the unit is being started up. When the turbine-generator speed is
6-7 _1.1 -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
low, the motor suction pump pressure closes the check valve on the booster pump discharge and supplies oil to the
main shaft pump suction.
As the main shaft pump comes up to speed and begins to pump, the booster pump will be driven by its oil
turbine and begin to build up discharge pressure. At about 90% speed, the booster pump discharge pressure
overcomes that of the motor suction pump. The booster pump discharge check valve opens, the motor suction pump
discharge check valve is forced closed, and the unit is in normal operation. The motor suction pump is then shut
down and put in automatic standby. .
Figure 6-04 shows the system. It is the same as Figure 6-02, except that:
• The auxiliary oil pump is now titled "motor suction pump."
• MHC system piping that does not exist in EHC units is shown like this
+++++.
• EHC system piping that is NOT in MHC systems is shown as a heavy RED line.
10
BEARINGS
OIL COOLER
Figure 6-04 GE Oil Systems
•• ••





..
.-
..

..
..


..
..


.-





'!"•• ••• t t ... . . . ..
Figure 6-05 shows a simplified Westinghouse system. Note, the "eductor" and the three motor driven oil
pumps are in the main oil tank and draw oil from it.
• There is no oil driven booster pump as in the GE system. Instead, one or more "eductors" are used.
These work on the same principle as a steam jet air ejector. That is, ajet of high pressure oil passes
_1.-i - 6-8
HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
through a carefully shaped passage (called a 'Venturi section") which creates a vacuum. The vacuum
draws in oil from the tank which mixes with the high pressure jet oil. The combined flow then passes
on down a pipe at a pressure much below the original jet pressure but still high enough to do the job.
The eductor has no moving parts. The eductor uses a small quantity ofHP oil to move a large quantity
of LP oil required for the shaft pump suction and LO header.
• As the figure shows, the oil from the eductor supplies both lubricating oil and main shaft pump
suction.
• The AC auxiliary oil pump has exactly the same purposes as in the GE system; to supply lube oil and
high pressure oil during start up. In both systems, the high pressure oil is needed for the control
system. Also, the high pressure oil drives the booster pump in the GE system and the eductor in the
Westinghouse system.
• The Westinghouse auxiliary oil pump is really two pumps on one shaft driven by the same motor, as
the figure shows.
• Bearing header pressure is adjusted with the relief valve in the Westinghouse system. You will recall,
coordinated adjustments are needed in the GE system. Neither system has any adjustment for the high
oil pressure.
OIL COOLERS
Figure 6-05 Westinghouse Oil System
6-9 _1.1 -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
2.5 WESTINGHOUSE EH LUBE OIL SYSTEM
Westinghouse units with the EH turbine control system, like the GE EHC units, have a separate high
pressure fluid system for working the steam valves. They do not need high pressure oil from the lube oil system for
start up so there is no auxiliary oil pump. However, during start up, oil at about 100 psi is needed for the emergency
trip system and as back up for the generator shaft seal system. This oil comes from the "seal oil back up pump." The
flow needed is not very large; the seal oil back up pump is a positive displacement pump much smaller than the .
other motor driven pumps. However, it is in the same place, on the oil tank top.
The rest ofthe system is very much like the Westinghouse system for MH units already explained. Figure
6-06 is a schematic diagram.
OIL RETURN
SCREEN
HP t
OIL
BEARING OIL
HEADER
CONTROL
DEVICES
1--. SEALOIL
SEAL OIL BACK
UP PUMP
L.. ___________________________________ .....
Figure 6-06 Westinghouse Oil System - EH Units
_M - 6-10
~ HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
3.0 TURBINE SHAFT SEAL SYSTEMS
3.1 INTRODUCTION
As we will explain, there are two main types of turbine shaft seal systems, but both have the same purpose
and most of the basic principles are the same. One type uses only steam for sealing. It is used on all Westinghouse
turbines and the newer GE turbines. It is called the "steam gland sealing" system on the W units and the "steam seal"
system on GE units.
Older GE units use a system called the "water seal" system. It is actually a combination of a steam seal
system and a "water seal", which works on an entirely different principle. Older Westinghouse units also used
combination steam and water seal systems.
The purpose of the system is to seal the clearance space between the turbine shaft and casings where the
shaft passes through the outer walls of the casing. Also, the clearance space between the stem and the body of some
of the main steam valves must be sealed. The system must keep steam from leaking out when the pressure inside the
casing is above atmospheric, and it must keep air from leaking in when the internal pressure is below atmospheric.
These clearance spaces must be sealed because:
Steam escaping out into the room is unpleasant ifnot dangerous. Also, it might get into nearby bearing
housings thus getting water into the lube oil system.
Escaping steam is a waste of energy and demineralized water.
• Escaping steam can cut or erode the shaft or valve stem and other parts.
• Air entering the turbine will increase the exhaust pressure (lower the vacuum) thus hurting
efficiency.
• Air entering the turbine could cause harmful cooling of hot turbine ports.
The principles of operation and the main features of the system will be explained in the following pages.
3.2 BASIC PRINCIPLES
The following principles are basic to all turbine shaft sealing systems:
• There is no practical way to make a "steam" seal that will completely stop the flow of steam or air
through the clearance space between the turbine shaft and casing outer walls. The best that can be
done is to make a seal that will greatly restrict or reduce the flow, and then to capture and control
this flow in a way that will suit our purposes.
• "Water" seals can completely stop the flow of air or steam, but they are not practical in all
locations.
• The inside of the turbine low pressure sections is always under vacuum when the unit is running;
air is always trying to leak ill.
• The pressure inside the HP and IP turbine sections and the main steam valves changes with
operating conditions. When the unit is being prepared for start up and running below rated speed,
6-11 _1.1_
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
the pressure inside is below atmospheric and air tries to leak in. As power output (load) increases,
the steam pressure inside each seal rises, fIrst becoming equal to atmospheric and then going
above it so steam will try to leak out. Also, the load where each seal "goes through zero" pressure
and the highest internal pressure that is reached, may be different for each point. However, the
internal pressures always rise as load increases.
• There is always a waste of energy whenever steam leaks or flows from a higher to a lower
pressure without doing useful work. Therefore, whenever this happens in the steam sealing
system, we should try to keep the waste as low as possible by reducing the amount of flow and/or
the pressure drop. · . .
3.3 STEAM PACKING
Steam "packings" are used to reduce or restrict the flow of steam through the clearance spaces of the
turbine. This is true in those places where the shaft passes through the outer casing walls and also, many other places
inside the turbine where the shaft passes through a dividing wall that has a pressure difference from one side to the
other (such as diaphragms). However, only those packings in the outer casing walls are part of the seal system.
Figure 6 ~ 0 7 shows a typical packing, simplifIed. Note how the steam must zigzag around the teeth to work
its way downstream.
- - - - - t ~ STEAM FLOW
Figure 6-07 Steam Packing
Across each tooth there is a pressure drop. In order to explain why this is true we will look at a different
type of a restriction to flow, an "orifIce." This is simply a hole through which a fluid (liquid or gas) will flow if there
is a pressure difference across the hole.
Figure 6-08 shows a pipe with an orifIce in it. If fluid flows in the pipe, the orifIce will cause the pressure
to decrease as the fluid flows through the orifIce. In this fIgure the pressure at P2 is less than the pressure at Pl. The
pressure drop from PI to P2 depends on three things: (1) the rate of fluid flow, (2) the size of the orifIce and (3) the
shape of the orifIce. For the time being we will assume all three to be fIxed.
Figure 6-0.8 An Orifice
-y - 6-12
~ HPC Technical Services
P2
P1
V0 2 n EDDIES AND TURBULENCE
------------------' :-I FLOW
/\ (.) . (.) VELOCITY DISSIPATED
r - - - - - ~ I
PRESSURE TO VELOCITY
CONVERSION
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
Just suppose, for example, each orifice causes a pressure drop of 50%. In other words, if P 1 was measured
to be 800-psig then P2 will be 400-psig. The pressure at P2 is 50% of the pressure measured at PI.
Now consider a series of orifices, one right after the other as shown in Figure 6-09. There are eight orifices
in a row. Also, we will continue to assume a 50% pressure drop across each orifice. Our pressure begins after the
previously assumed 800-psig. Let us see what the fmal pressure will be (note the rounding to simplifY the numbers).
Orifice Number Pressure Before Pressure After
1 400 psig 200 psig
2 200 psig 100 psig
3 100 psig 50 psig
3 50 psig 25 psig
5 25 psig 12 psig
6 12 psig 6 psig
7 6 psig 3 psig
8 3 psig 1 psig
Table 6-01
PRESSURE
PRESSURE TO VELOCITY
Figure 6-09 Multiple Orifices
The pressure of the fluid was decreased from 400 psig to 1 prig by passing through eight orifices in series.
That is a great pressure drop! The fmal pressure is only 0.25% of the original pressure.
However, there was still some pressure at the end of the last orifice. We could add many more orifices and
there would still be a positive pressure at the end. In other words, there will still be flow through the pipe, though it
will be much less because of the orifices.
We have just explained the principle of steam packing. It can greatly reduce the flow through the space
where a shaft passes through a stationary part, but it cannot stop it completely. Of course, there is a practical limit to
the number of "orifices" (or packing teeth) we can put into real machines.
We noted earlier, the flow through an orifice (or a set of packings) depends on three things (1) the pressure
drop across the packing (2) "the size ofthe orifice" (the clearance) and (3) "the shape of the orifice."
6-13 _\J -
HPe Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Figure 6-10 shows how the flow through an
orifice depends on its shape. The figure shows water flow
but the principle is the same for steam or any liquid or
gas.
Figure 6-10 Nozzle and Orifice
(A'
NOZZLE


(8'
SHARP EDGED.
ORIFICE
In (A) the orifice has a well-rounded opening so the fluid flows smoothly and the water jet has the same
diameter as the orifice or hole.
In (B) the orifice has sharp edges. This causes the flow to "neck down" as shown so the water jet is smaller
than the hole and flow will be less than in (A). In fact, an orifice like (B) will pass less than 2/3 as much flow
(theoretically, 61 % as much) as one like (A).
Orifices can have edges rounded by any amount so the flow can vary from 61 % to 100% of the amount
that would go through a well rounded, full flow orifice like (A).
You can see why it is important for turbine efficiency to keep all the packing clearances as small as
possible and to keep the teeth sharp. During maintenance outages all the teeth should be sharpened, even jfthe
clearances are not reduced and may even be increased very slightly.
Figure 6-11 shows a typical shaft packing assembly and the nearby parts.
The shaft usually has grooves in it as shown in the detail, with matching high and low teeth on the packing
rings. This forms a more zigzag path for the steam flow, increasing the restriction. This construction is called
"labyrinth" ("lab-ee-rinth") which means "an intricate structure of passages through which it is difficult to fmd one's
way."
The packing rings are usually
made of a rather soft bronze alloy that
will wear away without damaging the
shaft in case there is rubbing. They are
made in segments; two, three or more
in both the upper and lower half of the
packing casing.
The springs shown in the
figure are flat leaf-type springs that
press the segments radially inward, but
they will "give" in case the rotor
should rub the packing.
. .
_1.1. - 6-14
HPC Technical Services
OIL
DEFLECTOR
BEARING
Figure 6-11 Shaft Packing
ROTOR


ROTOR ·
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
3.4 WATER SEALS
Many GE turbines built before the early 1960s had water seals as part of their shaft sealing system, in
addition to the steam seal packings we have studied so far.
Water seals, like the one shown in Figure 6-12, work on an entirely different principle than steam seals.
This type is called a "non-circulating" water seal and is used in the turbine exhaust hood, usually the #3 and #4 seals.
The "impeller" is simply a ring on the shaft, made
of bronze: It turns inside the casing much like a centrifugal
pump impeller turns inside a pump casing and it works
something like a pump with the discharge shut off.
Condensate is piped into the casing, filling the
space around the impeller. When the shaft is stopped or
turning slowly, the water leaks through the clearances
between the teeth and the shaft, in both directions. The water
that leaks in simply joins the rest of the condensate inside
the exhaust hood. The water that leaks out goes into a drain
and is lost from the system.
As the unit speeds up the impeller begins to work
better, throwing the water outward against the impeller
casing and building up a pressure - just like a centrifugal
pump. Finally, the pressure is great enough to "seal." That
is, water will no longer leak outward to drain. Also, the flow
into the exhaust hood is greatly reduced because the "pump"
pressure is high enough to overcome the pressure difference
between the outside air and the condenser vacuum.
EXHAUST
HOOO
/ CONOENSA110111
, - - - ~ ~ - - , ~
I
~ - - - - ~ ~ ~ ' M ~ ~ ~ ~ - - - - - - ~
P
TURBINE L SHAFT
L
~ - - - - ~ ~ , E r . ~ ~ ~ - - - - - - ~
R
OIWN
Figure 6-12 Water Seal
Water seals work very well when they are "sealed." Also, they are very simple, inexpensive, and do not
take up much space (keeping the turbine shaft short). Temperature differences are not a problem in the low-pressure
parts ofthe turbine.
However, water seals do not seal well until the shaft is up to about half speed, making it harder to pull
vacuum on start up. Also, the outward flow of water at low speeds may erode the shaft; this is expensive to repair.
The non-circulating water seal just explained will not work where the surrounding temperatures are too
high, because the water will boil and spoil the sealing action. A somewhat different style, called the "circulating"
water seal is used instead. ' , ,
The circulating seal has a discharge pipe coming out of the casing, with a hand-operated valve in it. The
inlet and discharge valves are regulated to keep water flowing through the seal fast enough so it will not boil. The
flow must also be regulated to keep the pressure inside the casing high enough for the pumping action to work, and
also keep the flow low enough to keep the assembly from running too cool. There is a sight glass and a thermometer
in the discharge pipe and a casing pressure gauge, which the operator uses to regulate the inlet and discharge valves.
Also, the drain on circulating seals has a sight glass in it, unlike the non-circulating seals.
6-15 _1.1 -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
3.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
Now that we have studied the purpose of the turbine shaft sealing systems, the basic principles, and the
three main types of seals (steam; non circulating water and circulating water), we will study how they are used in the
two types of systems named in the Introduction- "steam seal" and "water seal" systems.
3.5.1 SteaJIl Seal Systems
The steam seal system description that follows is typical of both GE and Westinghouse units. The main
differences are in the terminology and in some mechanical parts. In this section we will use GE terminology and a
typical GE system for a model. We will point out important terminology and hardware differences as we come to
them.
Recall how a set of steam packings breaks down the pressure and reduces the amount of the steam flowing
through the clearance space between the shaft and the turbine casings.
Refer to Figure 6-13. Suppose there
were enough packing teeth on the left so that at
a certain pressure inside the casing, the pressure
was reduced to 4 psig at the point shown. If we
then pipe steam from the steam seal supply into
the space "X" at 4 psig, there will be no steam
flowing out of the turbine. This would take care
of one main task of the system - stopping steam
from leaking out of the turbine.
Figure 6-13 Sealing Steam Supply
1
FROM
STEAM SEAL
SUPPLY
Of course, the problem is not really solved. We still have steam leaking from the turbine. Only, now it is
coming from the steam seal supply instead of the turbine. This does not yet eliminate any of those problems that we
were discussing earlier.
SEALING t STEAM
l
EXHAUST
Figure 6-14 Steam Supply & Exhaust
_1J. - 6-16
~ HPC Technical Services
Refer to Figure 6"14. We have added an
exhaust outlet between the steam seal header and
the atmosphere. The pressure in this outlet will be
slightly less than atmospheric. In other words, we
are going to draw a slight vacuum on this
particular annulus. Steam from the steam seal
header now escapes via the exhaust. It can no
longer enter the atmosphere. Air is also being
pulled in to the exhaust. Air flow inward
guarantees against any possible steam flow
outward. A mixture of steam from the left and air
from the right is being drawn out of the exhaust.
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
Enough on the orifices. Look at what we really have in a typical turbine. Figure 6-15 shows the shaft
packings that were mentioned in earlier paragraphs. On this drawing you should also locate the steam seal header
and the exhaust.
The steam seal header pressure is controlled
at 4 psig. Those packing teeth between the inside of
the turbine and the inlet of the sealing steam are
designed such that the header pressure of 4 psig can,
indeed, seal the turbine against leakage.
The steam seal header pressure, however,
should not be allowed to exceed 4 psig by much. The
pressure must not over-pressure the exhaust header.
Since the steam pressure inside the turbine varies
with turbine load we must be able to adjust the
system accordingly. At higher loads this high
pressure steam is great enough to cause the pressure
at the steam seal header to increase above the 4 psig.
So we need a device that will actually remove steam
from the header.
The above statement about the excess steam
holds true only on the high pressure and I.P. turbine
sections. On the low pressure turbine we will have to
add steam at the header at all times. These other
devices that we are about to begin studying will not
only remove steam from that high pressure element
but they will also redirect some of it to the low
pressure elements. In effect, they will make the
turbine self -sealing at the higher loads.
F ~
, OLANO
CONDENSATE ;::::jl
l EXHAUSTERS ill
.. _. ~ . , .... , , , .. , ~ .. ~ ... " .. . ....... " .... 'f .... ¥ : " ~ " ....... ,.", ........ ,
EXTRACTION
STEAM SEAL HEADER
LIVE STEAM
VALVE
UNLOADER
VALVE
STEAM SEAL
REGULATOR
Figure 6-16 SSH Low Load Operation
STEAM FLOW
@LOWLOAD
STEAM FLOW
@HIGHLOAD
EXHAUST HEADER
SEAL STEAM HEADER
INLET
REGULATOR
EXHAUST
REGULATOR
TOLP.
FWHEAOER
Figure 6-15 Gland Seals
Figure 6-16 illustrates some of these
devices we just referred to. These are the
devices that control the steam seal header
pressure. They not only control the pressure
but they also direct the steam as the pressure
varies. Steam enters the header from two
different sources.
One source is used during low load
operation and is external to the turbine. The
other source is used at high load operation and
is coming directly from the high pressure
turbine. Figure 6-16 illustrates the system at
low load operation only.
During low load operation steam is
directed into the steam seal header from the
main boiler, through the steam seal regulator
live steam valve. On more modem units this
valve is simply called the steam seal feed
valve. In order for the boiler to be used it must
have enough pressure to supply the required
steam, about 114 of rated. During low load
operation the live steam valve regulates steam
flow into the header.
6-17 _1.1 -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Steam flow is from the source through S3 and Sl to the live steam valve. The live steam valve regulates
pressure (flow to the header). S2 on the diagram is the manual bypass valve. It is used if
1. the live steam valve should fail closed, or
2. if additional flow were required to maintain steam seal header pressure (i.e., due to low boiler
pressure).
Some turbines can get steam from an auxiliary boiler and/or from the HP turbine exhaust (cold reheat) as
well as from the main steam supply.
At high loads there is an excess
amount of steam in the high pressure and IP
sections. This steam finds its way into the
steam seal header. There is so much steam
flowing into the header that the steam seal
header pressure will begin to raise. In
Figure 6-17 the live steam valve closes to
try to control pressure but it cannot. It
winds up being full closed and the header
pressure is still rising. The unloader valve
will begin to open as a result of the rising
pressure. This valve will dump the excess
steam from the header, thereby reducing the
pressure back to 4 psig. On newer units,
this valve is known as the steam packing
unloading valve.
Figure 6-17 SSH at High Load
EXTRACTION
STEAM SEAL HEADER
STEAM SUPPLY
UNLOADER
VALVE
STEAM SEAL
REGULATOR
TOLP.
FWHEAOER
This unloader valve directs the steam to a, low pressure feedwater heater and to the condenser. By doing
this the steam will continue to do useful work as far as the plant heat rate is concerned. Valve B is a manual bypass
valve used to increase flow from the header to the LP extraction, if necessary.
Before going further, let us point out two main differences between the typical GE system we have been
explaining and a typical Westinghouse system.
1. The normal Westinghouse steam seal header pressure is about 18 psig rather than 4 psig.
2. Most Westinghouse units have a "desuperheater" in the gland steam feed to the LP turbine glands.
This is simply a temperature-controlled valve that sprays cool condensate into the gland sealing steam if its
temperature goes above a set limit. This is needed because the steam temperature at the glands can go higher than in
the GE system because of (a) the higher header pressure and (b) the GE sealing steam is cooled by running the
uninsulated steam piping inside the cool exhaust hood for some distance before it connects to the seal.
The exhaust header vacuum we were discussing earlier is created by a steam packing or gland exhauster. The gland
exhauster is a blower fan and condenser arrangement as shown in Figure 6-17. This fan, as mentioned previously,
pulls a mixture of air and steam from the steam packings.
_1.lt - 6-18
~ HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE A UXILIARY SYSTEMS
The steam is condensed across the condenser tubes. Air is vented. The amount of vacuum can be adjusted
by the repositioning of the butterfly valves found before and around the fans.
These are all of the primary components that make up the steam seal system. For the most part, the
operation is automatic once placed into service.
3.5.2 Water Seal System
As already noted, the GE units use a combination of steam seals, circulating water seals and non circulating
water seals to make up their turbine shaft seal system.
Non-circulating seals are used in the turbine exhaust hood, where the pressure inside the seal varies
between atmospheric and full condenser vacuum. These are the #4 and #5 packings.
Whenever the steam pressure inside the seal goes above atmospheric during operation, the seal assembly
consists of a steam seal on the inside and a circulating water seal on the outside. The steam seal breaks down the
pressure of the steam trying to leak out (to about 1 or 2 psig) and this leakage steam is then piped away.
The circulating water seal keeps the 1 or 2 psig steam from coming out of the seal.
The pressure inside the combined steam and circulating water seal assembly goes below atmospheric
during start up and low load operation, so air tries to leak in. In this condition, steam is piped into the space between
the steam and the water seal, and the water seal works (more or less) nor
These combination seals are used at each end of the HP turbine casing. That is, one seals the place where
the shaft comes out of the front of the casing and goes into the front standard. The other combined seal is between
the crossover and the #2 turbine bearing, inside the exhaust hood structure.
These two combined assemblies are numbered #1 and #2.
Figure 6-18 shows these locations. Note, the #2 bearing is vented to the outside and sealed off from the
turbine steam path even though it is inside the exhaust hood structure. This means the pressure across the #2 seal
assembly is always atmospheric on the bearing side, and varies during operation from full condenser vacuum up to
full crossover steam pressure.
IPROTOR
,- - - - - - _.r=t"
I\':::-- - -.- --,
I I
I
I
I r
I STEAM_ -5P> Y I
: MAIN STOP -' r.- '
I VALVE I
I I

, REHEATER
I
:
0"...---->-- ..
INTERCEPT
VALVE
INTERNAL FABRICATED
CROSSOVER
.
I
V
TO
CONDENSER
I
V
TO
CONDENSER
Figure 6-18 GE Steam Turbine Design Code D2
6-19 _1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The pressure across the #3 seal (non-circulating) is always atmospheric on the side towards #2 bearing, and
varies from atmospheric to full condenser vacuum on the other side. Thus, the #3 seal sees the same conditions as
the #4 in the turning gear end of the exhaust hood.
Figure 6-19 is a schematic ofthe"steam seal" part of the combined system.
HP LEAKOFF 10
DEAERATOR
PRESS
GAUGE
. VENT
Figure 6-19 Steam Seal System
I ? = = < I : : : I ~ = = - T019lt1STAGE
UNLOADING HEATER
VALVES
As we have explained, the steam packing teeth break down the pressure and greatly reduce the flow of the
steam leaking through. The # 1 steam packing has an "HP leakoff" which takes the steam that has passed through
the highest-pressure sets of teeth, to an extraction. This improves efficiency by putting this steam to use rather than
making it "leak through" all the way.
The steam that passes through the lower-pressure teeth of the #1 steam packing, and all the steam that
passes through the #2 steam packing, is piped outside the turbine. The two leakoffs are joined in a manifold.
The figure shows two other connections to the manifold. One comes from the main steam supply just ahead
of the main stop valve. A manual valve in this line is opened to pressurize the manifold during start up and low load
operation.
The other manifold connection goes to two unloading valves in parallel. These unloading valves are simply
spring loaded valves something like a relief valve, that open as much as they have to in order to maintain a set
upstream pressure.
One unloading valve is set to hold 1 to 2 psig upstream pressure. It discharges into a low pressure heater.
Some useful energy is recovered from this steam.
The other unloading valve is set to hold 2 to 3 psig upstream pressure. It discharges directly into the
exhaust space at condenser pressure. Since it is set higher, it only opens after the first unloading valve is wide open
and still not able to keep the pressure below 2 psig.
Not shown in the figure are connections to the manifold from the valve steam leakoffs of the main stop and
control valves .
. \it . 6-20
~ HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
4.0 EH FLUID SYSTEM
4.1 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of the EH Fluid System is to supply high pressure fluid directly to the turbine main steam
valves. This high pressure hydraulic fluid is used to position the steam valves. In addition to the positioning of these
valves, the hydraulic fluid relays trip signals to the valves from the devices in the turbine trip and overspeed
protection system.
As already noted, the modem GE and W turbines have an "EHe" (electro-hydraulic control) system. These
systems do not use lube oil as the working fluid as the older units do. Rather, they use a special hydraulic fluid that
comes from a separate auxiliary system.
The system has a reservoir or tank, pumps, filters, pressure regulating devices, oil coolers and heaters,
servo and dump valves, and piping connecting all parts of the system. Most of the main parts are on or in the tank
which is usually one or two levels below the HP turbine section. The normal fluid working pressure is about 1800
psig.
All the systems are basically the same. The main differences are in some of the hardware. All the systems
must have the features listed below in order to maximize the system reliability:
• Temperature and cleanliness is continuously controlled.
• The fluid chemical properties are maintained by active filters.
• Two independent pumping systems allow the turbine to operate while maintenance work is being
performed on the system.
• Various alarms and pressure switches are built into the system which will auto-start the standby
pumping system, trip the turbine should a major loss of pressure occur, or simply provide you the
necessary feedback on the system's safe operation.
• The system allows for both steady-state and transient flow requirements.
The pages that follow will cover the EH fluid itself, a typical Westinghouse system, and a very brieflook at
the GE system compared to the Westinghouse system.
4.2 HYDRAULIC FLUID
The fluid is synthetic; you will not find it in a natural state like you would a normal oil. Its chemical name
is phosphate ester. This synthetic fluid has good lubricating properties and good stability.
The normal operating pressure of the system varies between 1600 and 1900 psig. This fluid has to be routed
to all of the turbine steam valves in order to operate those valves. This brings some very high-pressure fluid very
close to some very hot turbine components. A ruptured pipe near the turbine could be very hazardous. This synthetic
fluid has the advantage of having a very high flash point. The flash point is so high that one could say that the fluid
is fire resistant.
There are a few facts that you should understand before working on these systems:
1. This fluid is harmful if swallowed. Smoking or eating should not be allowed in work areas where
this fluid is in use.
6-21 _M -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
2. Contact with the eye is dangerous. Eye protection should be worn as a means of preventing eye
injuries. Any contact should be flushed with water.
3. Skin.irritation may occur as a result of contact with this fluid. Any contact area should be washed
with water.
4. Fumes, produced when fluid is in contact with hot surfaces, are irritating and mildly toxic.
Combustion products from a fITe can cause lung damage after prolonged exposure.
5. Finally, this fluid seems to take a great dislike to rubber. The fluid will attack and soften ordinary
rubber material. Workers should be aware that this fluid may destroy their rubber soled shoes.
The bottom line is that the hydraulic fluid, like any fluid that you may work with, deserves its own special
consideration. Be aware of the fluid that you are dealing with and respect it.
4.3 WESTINGHOUSE SYSTEM
Refer to Figure 6-20 as you read the following thumbnail sketch. We will be discussing the normal
operation of the EH Fluid System
DRAIN
RETURN
SUC""'"
sTRAINER
Res R
---,-------8-
1
• .-- --------i><l---t1!R
• •
, a _________________ _
D
ACCUMULATOR
U.lGa1_OS_H
Figure 6-20 Westinghouse EH System
The EH reservoir contains all the hydraulic fluid. The fluid pumps take their suction from this reservoir.
The fluid is fITst strained and then pumped to its high operating pressure. The hydraulic fluid then passes through a
10 micron filter, to an unloading valve, a check valve and on to the main header. The hydraulic header at this point
branches off in two directions, one to the turbine valves hydraulic cylinders and the other to a polishing filter. This
polishing filter provides for the proper cleanliness of the fluid.
We must keep the hydraulic fluid at the proper temperature. This is done by two heat exchangers that are
located on the drain return. The temperature in the tank is held between 110 and 130 degrees. A manually operated
control valve regulates the cooling water flow through the coolers in order to meet this temperature requirement.
The fluid is pumped from the reservoir through one of two AC motor driven constant displacement pumps.
Each pump is capable of meeting 100% of the system requirements.
-y - 6-22
~ HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
One pump is in service at a time. The pump that is not in service is in standby. It should be ready to operate
if the running pump fails to maintain pressure. The discharge pressure of each pump is monitored by a pressure
gage. There is also a pressure switch that monitors the header pressure and will start the standby pump if the
pressure falls below 1350 psig. Once started, the pump will stay in service until you turn it off. These pumps should
be alternated on a once per week schedule.
Variations in system demand are handled by the unloading valve which directs pump discharge back to the
ERC reservoir when system pressure rises to about 1950 psi and directs pump discharge to the HP ERC header
when pressure falls to about 1600 psi.
Another component of the EH Fluid System is the accumulators. The pressure side accumulators are
connected to the RP fluid header. They provide an immediate available reserve of fluid if there should be a sudden
flow requirement. Drain side accumulators maintain a positive drain pressure to push the drain return fluid through
the coolers and back to the reservoir.
The high pressure accumulators are the piston type, having a free piston in a closed cylinder. The cylinder
is connected to the high pressure fluid pipe on one side of the piston; the other side is full of nitrogen gas under a
pressure near the fluid pressure. As fluid pressure rises, it forces the piston to the nitrogen side, compressing the gas.
As fluid pressure falls, the nitrogen pushes the piston back, forcing fluid back out into the pipe. In this way, the
accumulator dampens pressure surges and also acts as a reserve supply of fluid.
The low pressure accumulators have the same purpose as the high pressure ones, but they work in the fluid
drain piping at a pressure of about 30 psi. Instead of a piston, there is a "bladder" - a flexible diaphragm in the
piston.
The fmal output of the parts we have explained so far, is a supply of high pressure hydraulic fluid to the
valve actuators and trip or dump valve. Each of the steam valves has on it, an actuator that controls its position -
basically a hydraulic cylinder and pilot valve assembly. The dump valves are "on-off" type valves and are in the
turbine control system. When "on" (closed) they allow fluid pressure to build up in the system. When off, they
"dump" fluid from the system. No pressure can build up and the steam valves cannot open .
.................. """""c ___ ,, ___ •• 8 8
1 - AU. PORtS CLOSfD
I: - C<lt*t£CT PORT' 10 PORT 2:
l - CCHHECT PORT , 10 POftT 1
• - COtMCT PORT , 10 PORt "

r-- ::;::===::
."' ...
SlAAttR STMlER
Figure 6-21 GE EHe System
6-23 _1J -
HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
4.4 GE SYSTEM
The GE system is very much like the Westinghouse system just explained. The main differences are:
• The GE system operates at 1600 psi.
• The pumps are a variable displacement type that have an internal pressure compensator. There is
no unloading valve.
• There are no low pressure accumulators.
The system has a small reservoir (tank), AC motor driven pumps, filters, pressure regulating devices,
coolers and piping.
Normal fluid working pressure is in the order of 1600-psig (110 mpa). Some units regulate this pressure
constantly while others make use ofunloader valves which allows this pressure to cycle. Temperature and
cleanliness is continuously controlled and monitored. Fluid chemical properties are maintained by active filters.
See Figure 6-21 as we proceed (or examine your own system drawing). Typically, there are two
independent pumping systems providing redundancy. Each pump is driven by an AC motor with auto start pressure
switches starting the standby pump with a loss of pressure. On the suction side of the pump there is a strainer to
protect the pump. On the discharge side of the pump there is another high pressure (usually non-collapsible) strainer
that protects the system from pump failure. Often times there is differential pressure switch across this discharge
strainer to alarm should it plug.
On some type units the pressure is regulated by a pressure compensator internal to the variable
displacement pump. On other units an unloading valve in the pump discharge regulates downstream pressure. In
either case the pump typically cannot meet short term transient demands generated by large valve movements. An
accumulator is required for thIS purpose (the number and size of accumulators is a function of the hydraulic system
demand). These accumulators may be of the piston or bladder type and are pre-charged with nitrogen to a pressure
approximately 60% hydraulic pressure.
Return flow from the turbine valves is through a cooler to the reservoir. There is a relief valve in the line to
the cooler to relieve excess pressure should there be resistance to the flow to drain.
CHECK YOUR UNDERSTANDING
Questions
1. The turbine-generator main lube oil pump is driven by __________ _
A. an electric motor
B. the generator shaft
C. the turbine shaft
D. an air motor
2. In some power station arrangements, the turbine lube oil system will also serve the:
A. generator bearings
B. gland seal system
C. boiler feed pump turbine
D. generator hydrogen seals
E. MIlC system
_1.1 - 6-24
~ IIPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
3. The function of the shaft steam seals on the HP or IP turbine is to_______ the turbine.
A. prevent air from entering
B. maintain vacuum in
C. prevent steam from escaping
4. The combination of rotor lands and seal packing teeth work together effectively in
_______ of the escaping steam.
A. lowering the temperature
B. reducing the pressure
C. completely stopping the flow
D. reversing the direction
5. The flow of escaping turbine steam is completely stopped in the seals by the introduction of
A. sealing steam
B. sealing air
C. a vacuum seal
6. The primary function of the ERC system is to ________ _
7.
8.
A. trip the turbine
B. synchronize the generator
C. back up the MRC system
D. position the steam control valves
The normal operating fluid pressure in the EHC system is maintained at ______ psig.
A. 1000
B. 1600
C.700
D.500
Unlike the MHC system, the ERC system uses ______ as the hydraulic system fluid.
A. a synthetic fluid
B. water
C. turbine lube oil
D. condensate
6-25 _1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T
GENERATOR THEORY
Chapter 7
TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:
Upon completion ofthis chapter, the student will be able to discuss the principles and fundamentals
associated with the generation of AC power.
ENABLING OBJECTIVES:·
At the completion of this section, the reader should be able to:
1. State the purpose of a generator.
2. Describe inputs/outputs of an operating generator.
3. List three (3) variables that determine the voltage in a conductor as it passes through a magnetic field.
4. Of those three (3) variables listed in objective #3 above, state which is controllable by an operator.
5. Describe how an alternating current is derived as a 2-pole magnetic field rotates.
6. Describe how a 3-phase generator is typically wound.
7. State the difference between induced voltage and generator terminal voltage.
8. Given the # of poles ofa generator, state the speed this generator operates at to generate a 6O-Hertz
output.
9. Describe how armature reaction is derived.
10. Describe how the magnetic fields interact in the air gap, given a change in load.
11. Define the term power factor and describe its components.
© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 12/14/10
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF GENERATOR DESIGN ..................................... : ... " ........................................ 3
1.1 Purpose of the Generator ... ..... ... ..... ...... ..... ......... .. ......... ..... .......... .... ........ ........ .. ...... .. ................. 3
1.2 Air Gap .......................... : ... ......... .... ...... .... ,' ....................................... ...... .... ........ .... : ...................... 4 .
1.3 Magnetic Field .......... ............................ .... ....... ........ .. ....................... ........................................... 5
1.4 Rotor Electromagnet ....... ... .... ...... ..... ; ...... ........... .. ........ .... ... ..... ... ............................................ ; ... 6
1.5 'Speed - Frequency Relationship ................................................................................................. 7
1.6 Stator Winding ...................................................................................................................... ...... 8
1. 7 Three-Phase Generator ...... ........................... ..... ......... ................................................ ........ ... .. .... .... 9
1.8 . Induced Generator Voltage .. .......... .. .......... ........ ........ .. ........................................... .. .................. 11
1.9 Armature Reaction ......... ....................................................... ..................................................... 12
2.0 SYNCHRONISM (OR, WHAT IS HAPPENING IN THE AIR GAP) ................................................ 13
2.1 Air Gap Magnetic Fields ..................................................................................... : ........ .. ...... .. ... 13
2.2 Active Power (Watts) ......... ... ....... ............. .. ... ........... .. ................ .. ........ .... .. .............................. 15
2.3 Reactive Power (VARs) ...................................................................... : ............ .. ....................... 16
2.3.1 . Inductive Loads .... ........................................................ ....... ... ........ ........ ......... ...................... 16
2.3.2 Capaciti ve Loads ... .... ......... ........ ....... .. ............. .. ..... ... ........ .. .... ..... .... : .... ...... ....... ...... ...... ..... 17
2.3.3 Mechanical Analogy ....... ............ ....................................... ..... ................. ... ........... ... ..... ....... 18
2.3.4 Active / Reactive Power Flow .................................................. .. .. : ....................................... 19
3.0 POWER FACTOR ......... .... ..... ..................................................... ... .............. ............ ...................... ... ... 21
_1.1 - 7-2 .
~ HPC Technical Services
1.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF GENERATOR DESIGN
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE GENERATOR
The purpose of your generator set is to take
mechanical energy input from the prime mover and
produce electrical energy for consumers' use. The
generator transforms mechanical energy to electrical
energy. Inputs to the generator, from the prime mover, are:
• Speed
• Torque
Mechanical energy is the product of speed times torque as
illustrated in Figure 7-01. Outputs from the generator are:
• Volts
• Amperes
Electrical energy is the product of volts times amperes.
Figure 7-02 Generator Nameplate
GENERATOR THEORY
Figure 7-01 Generator Power Conversion
Look at the nameplate of your
generator. You will see, as in Figure 7-02, the
output of the generator is rated in volt-amperes
(kVA or MVA on larger units). In this
particular situation the unit is rated at 204,500-
kV A. 204,500-kV A is the design output ofthe
generator.
7-3 _M -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
1.2 AIR GAP
The author has often asked: "Where does your power plant connect to the grid?" Almost 1 00% of the
time, the answer is in the switchyard orat the generator breaker. We'd like to take exception to that answer, even
though it is most certainly understandable.
Consider this answer to the question asked: "Your power plant connects to the grid in the air-gap of the
generator." Think about the argumept that follows. The generator stator, or armature, is hardwired and/or
magnetically connected to the load. When one thinks of the grid, one thinks about your generator "connected" to
and being part of that grid. The generator rotor, on the other hand, is coupled to the prime mover that is driven by
the fuel, water, or steam thatis an integral part of the power plant. This argument is illustrated in Figure 7-03. In
order to accomplish this energy transforrilation we are going to need a medium, something in between that "ties" the
speed/torque of the turbine (or prime mover) to the Voltage/current of the generator. That something is magnetic
energy. This "tie" is magnetism. We need a magnetic field so we can transform speed/torque from the prime mover
to voltage/current on the generator. This magnetism is located between the generator rotor driven by the turbine (or .
prime mover) and the generator stator. So the argument is that the power plant connects to the grid at the generator
air-gap.
Reheater
FOSSil
Fuol ·
Air
r-+-t--..... .....,.....,
Furnace
_1.1 - 7-4
HPe Technical Services
Generator
..... Magnetism:
Rotor '- Transforms
Stator
Cooling Water
SpHdlTorquo
Into
VoltagolCur",nl
L--.!::::;----;;:1 Cond,nuta
QQQOOOOO
-r -
Feedwlter
Pump
Pump
..•• ••
..... Q ... :......... ::
• Coal : :
: ::: Station '00" - \ \ \ \ 011 Station
,'-- .. : \
,' --
,'--
,'--
,'--
:::: o Hydro Station
,'--
.'--
I' --
I I -- 0 North.111
• f -- Substation
,, -- , ,,,
,,= " .. '
,' -- .... ..
I' ':, '" .... ": ..
" ':, : ....... ':: ..
:: ': : , I I I
jf ,: ::::;::, ;
:: ':::, :: : :
I' I ::
I' "
:: ::
Southern 11e
__ 500-kV
•••••• 230-kV
• • ••••• 138-kV
Southeast
Substation
Figure 7-03 Generator Air Gap
GENERATOR THEORY
Figure 7-04 provides us a more pictorial view of this transformation of energy. This is a picture of a large
turbine driven generator. Notice the stationary windings (stator), the rotor windings (in the partially removed rotor),
and the air gap. It is in this air gap where the magnetic fields interact and energy is transformed. We will be
discussing all these components in detaila$ we proceed through the materials.
1.3 MAGNETIC FIELD
VOLTAGE
CURRENT
(Output)
Figure 7-04 Generator Major Components
We are all well acquainted with what we can do with the horseshoe magnet. The atoms that make up all
matter can be considered tiny magnets. In some materials, such as iron, these tiny magnets can easily be made to
align themselves all in the same direction. When this is done, the magnetic strengths are added to one another, and
the bar is considered to be "magnetized." The region
within the influence of the magnet is called a magnetic
field.
It will be noted that magnetism appears to
leave at one end and enter at the other end. These ends
are called poles, north and south poles. See Figure 7-
0S .
Now, if we were to move a conductor through
the magnetic field we would induce a voltage in that
conductor. The magnitude of the induced voltage
within that conductor will be a function of these
variables:

Strength of the magnetic field,

Direction of
Fixed Conductor
Motion
Figure 7-05 Generation of Electricity


Speed of the magnetic field over the conductor (or conductor through the magnetic field), and the
Length ofthe fixed conductor.
7-5 _1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
1.4 ROTOR ELECTROMAGNET
SLOTS (WHERE THE
COPPER WINDINGS GO)
Earlier it was mentioned that we
needed magnetism to "tie" the turbine
speed/torque input to the generator
voltage/current output. To do this, we need to
create a magnetic field. (Only very small
generators make. use of a permanent magnet).
We will use an electromagnet. First, we need
(l rotor that can support copper windings (see
the top drawing of Figure 7-06). Notice how
these slots are machined into the rotor surface
longitudinally. The copper windings are laid
into these slots and connected in series so that
we have one continuous winding that wraps
around the generator rotor. This continuous
winding is represented in the lower drawing,
except in this drawing we see only one
winding (coil) per slot. This was to simplify
the drawing for educational purposes.
POLAR
AXIS
Figure 7-06 Rotor Electromagnet
Current is passed through these
copper windings (in the slots). The result of
this current is that the rotor becomes an
electromagnet. The strength of this
electromagnet is a function of two things:
1. Number of turns within the windings (in other words, how many times the copper is wrapped around
the forging), and
2. The amount of current within these windings.
The resultant magnetic field is measured as ampere-turns. The strength of the magnetic field is described as
the amount of current, times the number of turns of copper windings wrapped around the generator rotor.
Figure 7-07 Path of Magnetic Field
-y - 7-6
T HPC Technical Services
This rotor magnetic field flows from the
North-pole to the South-pole as seen in Figure 7-
CORE 07. In the path of the magnetic field we place a
conductor (the conductor is the darker rectangle
above the North-Pole). That conductor is
contained inside the core. The core provides an
efficient ~ e t u r n path for the magnetic, field flow
from the North-Pole to the South-Pole.
In a 6O-Hertz system, it is required that
this electromagnetic field be rotating at some
speed such that the North and South Poles pass
the same point every 1/60th of a second. This
single point on our drawing is represented by the
dark dot (conductor) above the N-Pole. To meet
this requirement, rotor speed is dependent upon
the number of poles within the rotor. For a two- .
pole rotor, this speed will be 3600 RPM;
whereas, for a four-pole rotor, the speed will be
1800 RPM.
GENERATOR THEORY
1.5 SPEED - FREQUENCY RELATIONSHIP
The essential feature that makes a generator different from other electrical machines is the synchronous link
that exists between the stator and rotor magnetic fieldS. Because of this synchronous link, there is a fixed .
relationship between rotor speed and the frequency of induced electromotive force (voltage) in the stator. They can
be related by this equation (as we seen before):
N = (120* IX ...................... .. ......................................... ... .............. .. .. .. ................ Equation 1.01
where,
N = speed of the rotor in rpm;
f = frequency of induced emf in the stator in Hz; and
P = number of poles
4-, S-, and 24-pole machines are illustrated in Figure I-OS.
4·POLE
1800.rpm 60·Hertz
1500'rpm 50·Hertz
24·POLE
Figure 7-08 Multiple Pole Units
a·POLE
gOO·rpm 60·Hertz
750·rpm 50·Hertz
7-7 _1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
1.6 STATOR WINDING
Now, for the sake of our education, we will assume
a single phase of out generator stator armature winding
has 24 conductors brazed together to form a coil, as seen
in Figure 7-09. Every loop in the shown coil represents
one pass of an armature bar. We will also assume that as
the rotating electromagnetic field passes through one of
these conductors we induce l-kV. Since these conductors
are all in series with one another, we have induced 24-kV
in our generator windings. This is our generator voltage,
E
g

Figure 7-09 Sum of Induced Voltages
Compare this to a set of DC batteries (Figure 7-10). If you take two 12VDC batteries and connect the (-)
terminal of one to the (+) terminal of the other, you will have 24VDC across the remaining two terminals.
Figure 7-10 also illustrates why you cannot measure the induced voltage. If you were to put an instrument
at the end ofconductor-lO, you would see (maybe) lO-kV. We have 24-kV, however, at the terminals.
1 kV per conductor
Figure 7-10 Voltages in Series
_1.1 - 7-8
T. HPC Technical Services
1.7 THREE-PHASE GENERATOR
In the actual generator the voltage generated
is built up to a practical amount by connecting a
number of conductors in series. The conductors are so
joined together to make up what is called a phase
winding. In the modem generator, there are usually
three such groups of conductors spaced symmetrically
in the slots of the stationary core, from which the
generator gets its name, "three-phase" generator. It has
been found most economical to generate and distribute
large blocks of electric power with three phase circuits.
Figure 7-11 illustrates a simple 3-phase generator
winding.
PHASE A
PHASE B
PHASE C
I
I

Figure 7-12 Three-Phase Generator Voltage Wave Forms
GENERATOR THEORY
Figure 7-11 Three-Phase Winding
As the rotor revolves through 360°, a
voltage is induced in each of the three-stator
windings. Because the windings are 120° apart,
the three waveforms also are 120° apart. (See
Figure 7-12). The poWer output of each
winding consists of two pulses of power each
cycle as the current and voltage reach their two
maximums and minimums. The combined
three-phase power output consists of six pulses
and is much smoother and more efficient than a
single-phase generator. Note that the voltage
maximums in the three waveforms are 120°
apart, and all three voltages are equal.
.
7-9
HPC Technical Services
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Figure 7-13 shows the three stator (armature) windings and the six leads from the armature. The windings
are labeled A-AI, B-Bb and C- C
I
and are 120° apart. AI, Bb and C
I
are connected together to form the "neutral".
The generator is "Wye" connected (the windings are shaped like the letter "Y"). This results in higher voltage (less
current) for a given kVA rating . ..
NEUTRAL
B
Figure 7-13 Three-Phase Generator wlLoads
The voltages in a three-phase generator are 120° apart. The three-phase waveforms show that Phase Band C
voltages exactly balance Phase A voltage (Figure 7-14a and Figure 7- 14b). The net effect is a large voltage between
A, Band C coil ends, but no voltage between AI, B I and C
I
coil ends. The sum of all the voltages (or currents) is
zero in a balanced three-phase circuit.
+ A
o ~ l ~
t
...
... I
" I ,,"
... ..J;. ;
(a) (b)
Figure 7-14 Balanced Three-Phase Generator Voltages
A three-phase system requires much less wire than a single-phase system. Three phase systems permit large
amounts of power to be transmitted at lower cost than single-phase systems. When single-phase power is required, it
is available from a three-phase system. Large three-phase motors and inductive devices, such as transformers, are
more efficient and less costly than single-phase equipment with the same power ratings. All large power systems are
designed as three-phase systems with customer loads balanced across the phase systems as closely as possible. No
current exists in the neutral unless something happens to disturb the balance. It is customary to connect the neutral to
a "ground" such as the earth.
_1.1 - 7-10
T. HPC Technical Services
1.8 INDUCED GENERATOR VOLTAGE
In Figure 7-15 we combine our
rotating 2-pole electromagnetic field with
our 3-phase generator windings. It is still
simplified but far more representative of
what these two devices actually look like.
In the figure shown, we see the north pole
directly underneath phase-A, meaning we
are inducing the maximum voltage in that
phase. The rotor is turning clockwise,
therefore the voltage will be on the rise in
phase-B, and be decreasing in phase-C.
Voltage is a function of the speed
that the rotor magnetic field cuts through the
stationary armature windings (we discussed
this earlier).
GENERATOR THEORY
120'
Fi/.lure 7-15 Rotatill/.l Maj(lletic Field thru 3-Plwse WilUlb'j(S
We will refer to the voltage we induced within the generator windings as the Generator Voltage and will
label the generator voltage as E
g
• We will refer to the voltage measured at the generator terminals as the "Terminal
Voltage" and will label this terminal voltage as E
t
• See Figure 7-16.
Examine this figure and it would appear that the induced and terminal voltages are equal, but we will
demonstrate that the induced and terminal voltages are NOT the same as we continue through the materials.
It is also worth noting that we cannot measure the generator voltage E
g
. Any physical measurements we
take are what we see at the terminals, E
t
• Control room instrumentation does not indicate E
g
, they indicate the
terminal voltage only, E
t
!
Eg
........
Not Measurable
GENERATOR
Figure 7-16 Induced versus Terminal Voltage
Et
Terminal
Voltage
........
Monitored in
Control Room
. ~
7-11
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
1.9 ARMATURE REACTION
The next step in our study is to connect the 3-phase generator winding to a load. With a load being applied
there will be current. Often it is said that "cUrrent comes from the generator". This is true, but is very important to
recognize that this load current, in fact, goes through the generator. The generator stator windings are part of the
circuit.
If there is load current going through the windings there will be a voltage drop (will be .looked in
more detail in later paragraphs).
Current in any conductor will produce a magnetomotive force (MMF) about that conductor. The current in
each phase coil will, therefore, produce a time varying magnetomotive force (MMF) within that coil. The
magnetomotive force is a property that gives rise to magnetic fields. The standard unit of mea"surement is the
ampere-turn (AT) .. This stator magnetic field (magnetomotive force) is referred to as the "Armature Reaction" as
the magnetic field is in reaction to the armature current in the windings. The strength of this Armature Reaction is a
function of the number of turns within the coil and the amount of current through the coil.
Armature Re action = NxI .... .... .... .... ....... .... .... ....... .... ..... .. ........ .... ... ..... .... .... . Equation 1.02
where,
N = number of turns, and
I = current
The load current will be 3-phase as is the generator voltage. 3-phase, alternating current is shown in Figure 7
-17, the current in each of the three phases, peaks 120
0
apart from each of the other phases.
_1.1 - 7-12
HPC Technical Services
+1
+.5
;--- .... , .......... .
? , ....... \ .
Ib ' .... Ie JJ
.. ,
... ,
... ,
,

270'
-.5
-1
'. ,
... ,
'.,
, t ••
, '.
, ....
.-..._--,' ............. .
,
Figure 7- 17 Three-Phase Generator Sine Waves
GENERATOR THEORY
In Figure 7-18 we see the 2-Pole rotor
with the rotor magnetic field extending from the
North-Pole. Superimposed on this image is the
magnetic force (Armature Reaction) that exists in
the air gap as aresult of the load current. Look
closely in the air-gap and there is an Armature
Reaction operating at some angle. This Armature
Reaction is broken into its components (making a
right triangle). One component is tangent to the
rotor surface and at a right angle to the rotor
magnetic field. The other component is vertical
(downward) in the direction opposite that ofthe
rotor magnetic field coming out of the North-Pole.
The rotor is driven by the prime-mover,
this rotating torque is the output of the power plant.
The Armature Reaction is a reaction to current
being pulled off of the generator stator due to the
load applied. When these two forces are equal
(they are always opposite) the generator speed will
be constant.
Your understanding of the interaction of
these magnetic fields and prime mover torque is
critical to understanding how a generator functions.
Armature
Figure 7-181nteraction of Mflgnetic Fieltls
III tfle Air Gap
2.0 SYNCHRONISM (OR, WHAT IS HAPPENING IN THE AIR GAP)
2.1 AIR GAP MAGNETIC FIELDS
CORE
We now have two rotating fields in our air gap. The first is generated by us, operators of our power plant.
We provide current through the rotor windings to generate a magnetic field. Then we drive that rotor by what we
refer to as a prime mover. Figure 7-19 illustrates this rotor magnetic field being driven by a small steam turbine.
MASS FLOW
INTO TURBINE
Figure 7-19 Turbine Driven Magnetic Heltl
We have seen that this magnetic field induces a voltage on the stationary windings. When we close the
circuit breaker we have current to the load. This current results in a rotating magnetic field, in the air gap (this has
been the subject of discussion for the last few pages). The strength and orientation of this rotating stator magnetic
field (Armature Reaction) is a result of the type of load applied (we will study this a little later). Let's freeze the
rotation of our two magnetic fields. Now we can examine a little better exactly what is happening.
7-13 _M -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The horizontal component of the
Armature Reaction (that opposes rotation of
the rotor) distorts the magnetic field
. emanating from the rotor windings. See
Figure 7-20. This distorted rotor magnetic
field is forced to run "out-of' its preferred
. magnetic center. The distorted magnetic
field will, therefore, exert a force on the
conductor (the rotor forging) to try to back
the rotor up (this force is much like the force
exerted on a conductor by a horseshoe
magnet that is in the path ofthe magnetic
field). This tangential force trying to back-
up the rotor is opposed by the torque
delivered by the prime mover. If these two
forces are equal, Armature Reaction and
torque, then the speed.ofthe rotor is
constant.
TORQUE
FROM·
PRIME
MOVER
Recognize that, in this figure, we have
shown the Armature Reaction (AR) as if it is from a
single stator bar. The AR is actually the some of the .
forces Armature Reactions from each of the three
phases. We show the AR at the air gap as this is
where it is forcing the rotor magnetic field out of its
desired magnetic center. This "Armature Reaction" is
rotating at the same speed as the rotor. So, in Figure
7-20, we are looking at a snapshot in time, a stopped
motion.
A mechanical analogy of these air gap forces
is illustrated in Figure 7-21. In this figure the
Armature Reaction analogy is a spring that is exerting
a synchronizing torque, trying to get the rotor to
backup, to return to a load angle of zero. Torque
applied on the rotor via the prime mover, opposes this
synchronizing force. So, again, when the forces in
the air gap are equal, the speed of the rotating rotor is
constant.
_1.1 - 7-14 .
T. HPC Technical Services
- TORQUE FROM
PRIME MOVER
)
SUM OF TANGENnAl
FORCES FROM STATOR
THUS SPEED IS CONSTANT
Figure 7-20 Air Gap Forces on Rotor
TANGENTIAL
ORCEOUETO
AR ATURE
REACTION (ARJ
SYNCHRONIZING
TORQUE
TURBINE TORQUE
LOAD ANGLE
Figure 7-21 Mechanical Analogy of Synchronous
Forces in Air Gap
2.2 ACTIVE POWER (WATTS)
Active power is that generator output that does
work. This is energy that is transformed into light, heat, or
motion. Active power is the result of current through the
resistive component of the load applied (copper in the
motor copper windings). We have seen that the current to
the load results in an Armature Reaction (AR) within the
generator windings. This armature current is in-phase with
the generator terminal voltage, as seen in Figure 7-22.
This in-phase current results in the Armature
Reaction being at a right angle to the magnetic field
emanating from the rotor North-Pole. Torque from the
prime mover is driving the rotor. These forces are all
illustrated in Figure 7-23.
Looking at the figure one should recognize that if
the prime mover torque and the generator armature reaction
were to be equal, then the speed of the prime mover and
generator will be constant.
If the load were to be increased (someone,
somewhere, turned on a light), then the armature reaction
would increase. The generator speed would slow. It is up
to the governor of the prime mover to adjust mass flow
through the prime mover to halt the speed decay.
GENERATOR THEORY
I V
RESISTIVE CIRCUIT .
Figure 7-22 Resistive Load Characteristics
TORQUE
~ 1 I I l - - - A R
Figure 7-23 Armature Reaction Jill Active Load
7-15 _M -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
2.3 REACTIVE POWER (V ARS)
There are two types of reactive power that need to be studied. One is due to the application of inductive
loads (motors and transformers) and the other is due to the application of capaCitive loads (transmission lines).
2.3.1 Inductive Loads
when a pure inductive load is connected to the armature windings; the load causes the phase current to lag
behind the voltage by 90°. The reader should recognize that there is no pure inductive load. All coils found in
motor windings, for example, are made of copper. Copper has resistance. This copper results in a resistive load,
discussed in the previous paragraphs on active loads. Here, we are examining, only the inductance aspects of this
load, so for these purposes it can be considered to be pure.
Because of the effect of the inductive load,
the phase voltages is 90° ahead, or, stated differently,
the current lags the voltage by 90°. This means that
the current is 90° out of phase from where it was
when a resistive load was applied! See Figure 7-24
for the orientation ofthe load current and terminal
voltage.
If the current phase changes by 90°, then the
angle of the armature reaction, AR, must also shift
by 90°, AR is the result of current. We can represent
this effect in a model by merely rotating the AR 90°
back from the position shown for an active load.
Figure 7-25 shows the relative positions ofthe rotor
MMF and armature reaction for the case of the
generator loaded with pure inductance.
Notice that the Armature Reaction (AR)
directly opposes the rotor MMF. As a result the
"Net Air Gap" magnetic field strength will decrease,
the induced generator voltage will decrease, meaning
the terminal voltage will decrease as well. It will be
the role of the voltage regulator to detect and
compensate for this voltage decrease.
V ~ L - ~ ___ . _1_ ---'1 X.
INDUCTIVE CIRCUIT
Figure 7-24
Phase CurreIU wi Pure Inductive Load ""-'-"
TORQUE
AR
Figure 7- 25
AR wi Pure Inductive Load
This current is 90° out of phase with the terminal voltage because of the inductive element of the load
windings. A magnetic field is created within these windings and it takes current out-of-phase with the voltage to
create this magnetic field.
_1.1 - 7-16 .
~ HPC Technical Services
The term "VAR" (seen in a meter shown in
Figure 7-26) is used to describe the "reactive power"
flow to create this magnetic field in the winding. A
V AR is a unit of myasure of "reactive power", a
. V AR is the current, that is 90° out of phase with the
terminal voltage, times the voltage. This current is
90° out of phase with the voltage as it must "create
and sustain" this magnetic field within the inductive
device (motor or transformer) so that device can do
work . .
GENERATOR THEORY
The function of REACTIVE
POWER is to establish mid
sustain a magnetic field in
(lit inductive device, or an
electric fieldin a
capacitive device, such
that the stated device can
perform useful work! .
By convention, inductive V ARs are assigned a ·
positive (+) sign. These are VARs that must be
supplied by the generators to meet the system
demand. Positive V ARs are referred to as flowing
"Out" of the generator to the system. These inductive,
or lagging, V ARs are used to excite the magnetic
fields of transformers, motors and transmission lines.
Sometimes we referred to this as over-excitation.
Without these Lagging/ Inductive/Positive V ARs,
these magnetic devices would not function as
designed; they would not work. Inductive elements in
a power system are usually referred to as "sinks" of
Figure 7-26 VARs
V ARs, in other words, V ARs flow to them. See Figure 7-27.
(+)
· VAR •
VAR's "Out"
Lagging Power Factor
Figure 7-27 Inductive V ARs
2.3.2 Capacitive Loads
When a pure capacitive load is
connected to the stator windings, the phase
current is made to lead the phase voltage.
With a pure capacitive load, the current leads
the voltage by 90°. This is illustrated in V)\ - I 1
Figure 7-28. '-(''- _______ --1T Xc
CAPACITIVE CIRCUIT
Figure 7-28 Capacitive Circuits
7-17 _1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Because of the effect of the capacitive load, the phase voltages is
90° behind, or, stated differently, the current leads the voltage by 90°.
This means that the current is 90° out of phase from where it was when a
resistive load was applied, only in the other direction from the inductive
loading. As we have seen, the angle of the armature reaction, AR, must
also shift by 90° as AR is the result of current. Figure 7-29 shows the
relative positions ofthe rotor MMF and armature MMF for the case of the
generator loaded with pure capacitance. .
Notice that the Armature Reaction (AR) "adds-to" the rotor MMF.
Torque
eG20'_004 .
As a result the "Net Air Gap" magnetic field strength will increase, the
induced generator voltage will increase, meaning the terminal voltage will
increase as well. It will be the role of the voltage regulator to detect and
compensate for this voltage increase.
Figure 1-29 Capacitive Loading
By convention, capacitive V ARs are assigned a negative (-) sign. Negative V ARs are referred to as flowing
"In" toward the generator. Capacitive loads, such as capacitive banks and lightly loaded transmission lines, are
referred to as sources of V ARs. This may also be referred to as under-excitation. See Figure 7-30 for an illustration.
(-)
VAR ..... .-11- . _-
VAR's "IN"
Leading Power Factor
Figure 7-30 Capacitive V ARs
2.3.3 Mechanical Analogy
The mechanical analogy to a V AR would be a
"wheel barrel". See Figure 7-31. The purpose of a
wheel barrel is to do work more efficiently. In
comparison, the purpose of a motor is to do work more
efficiently. To do work with a wheel barrel one first
puts a load into a wheel barrel, then lifts up on the
handles to acquire a comfortable leverage. Lifting up on
the wheel barrel puts "potential energy" into the wheel
barrel, but in the casual defmition of wanting to do
work, no work was done, the load was not moved
toward its destination. As the operator of the wheel
barrel, however, one can feel the energy in one's arms
and shoulders. Again, there was energy exerted, but no
work was done by our defmition of wanting to move a
load across the room.
Now that a comfortable leverage has been
achieved, the operator can move the load to its
destination. Workhas been accomplished.
_1.1 - 7-18 .
~ HPC Technical Services
Transmission Lines
Figure 7-31 Wheel Barrel
GENERATOR THEORY
We would argue that the lifting ofthe wheel barrel to a comfortable leverage is analogous to a VAR
flowing to a motor winding. Reactive current to the motor winding results in the creation of a magnetic field within
the motor .air gap. This magnetic fielq is necessary for the motor to function, the magnetic field requires current to
be created, that current to create a magnetic field is 90° out-of-phase with the voltage supply. No work has been
done.
Now that a magnetic field exists within the motor, active current (current that is in-phase with the voltage --
watts) can exist to cause the rotor to rotate. Once the rotor turns, work is being performed.
2.3.4 Active / Reactive Power Flow
When both inductance and capacitance exist in a
circuit, and they usually do, some or all the V ARs required by
the inductive elements will be supplied by the capacitive
elements. In other words, the capacitive V ARs compensate for
the inductive VAR loading. If there were exactly the same
amount of inductive and capacitive loads, then the capacitive
load would meet the inductive load requirement, and the
inductive load would meet the capacitive load requirement. The
generator reactive power flow would be zero. Zero reactive
power flow is illustrated in Figure 7-32.
(+) M W ~
VAR=Q
t
VAR
,
Generator
Figure 7-33 Motor Load
Figure 7-32 Zero Reactive Power
Active power now to
motor results In
torque ouiput of
motor rotor.
We will now consider a situation
where there is, in fact, a combination of
active and reactive loads. A simple
example would be a motor. We require
reactive power to the motor to create and
sustain the magnetic field in the motor air
gap. Then we require active power to the
motor to do the work. This is illustrated in
Figure 7-33.
7-19 _M -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Figure 7-34 represents the MFR and AR in this active/reactive loading demonstration. Notice that, the AR is
no longer on the horizontal axis. It is configured to be slightly higher on the right hand side of the drawing. This
configuration of the armature reaction (or AR) means there is a horizontal and a vertical component. The horizontal
component is pushing from right to left. The vertical component is pushing from top down.
The horizontal component of armature reaction (AR) opposes the motion of the rotor - meaning prime
mover torque is required to maintain stability. Again, when the horizontal component ofthe armature reaction is
exactly equal to the torque applied, the rotor frequency will be constant · .
The vertical component or amiature reaction (AR) opposes the rotor field strength (MFR). This will result
in a lesser voltage being induced in the generator A lesser voltage will be realized at the generator terminals as a
result
OPPOSESMFR
(decreasing net
/ air gap magnetic
field strength)
\ OPPOSES MOTION
of ROTOR (Torque)
Figure 7-34 Active/Reactive Induction Loading
Ifwe were to examine a case where there is a capacitive load (see Figure 7-35), the difference would be that
the vertical component of armature reaction would add to the rotor magnetic field strength, causing a rise in
generator terminal voltage.
OPPOSES MOTION
of ROTOR ~ " ' U ' I
Figure 7-35 Active/Reactive Capacitive Loading
_M - 7-20
~ HPC Technical Services
ENHANCES MFR
(increasing net
air gap magnetic
field strength)
GENERATOR THEORY
3.0 POWER FACTOR
... Figure 7-36 illustrates all the components of the
power triangle for your inspection. Take note of the
following items as you proceed.
• . The hypotenuse is the "Apparent Power"
and its measurement is in Kilo-Volt-
Amperes.
• The horizontal is the "Real Power" and its
units are Kilo Watts.
• Finally, there is the vertical, labeled
"Reactive Power" with units in Kilo V ARs.
• Now lets proceed at understanding this
power triangle.
Kilo Watts
REAL POWER
Figure 7-36 Power Trifmg/e
We have seen that inside the generator we have a rotating magnet that is created by current passing through
the field windings. This rotating magnet "cuts" through the stationary armature bars and "induces" a voltage in
these armature bars (Figure 7-37). Now, when a load is applied across the armature bars, there will be current
passing through that load. .
Figure 7-37 Gellerator Load
We have stated it before, and will state it again: "Voltage" and "Current" is what is the output of the
generator. "Voltage" is induced by the rotating magnet, and "Current" is passes through the applied load.
We have seen that the load could be resistive, like the copper in the wire. The load could be inductive; motor
and transformer windings are an example. The load could be capacitive; transmission lines capacitance to Earth is
an example. The current through that load may be with the voltage, how much out-of-phase and in
which direction, depends upon the load applied.
7-21 _1.1. -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Let's just say that the load applied is some large motor
through some transformers. This means the current will "lag" the
voltage as illustrated in Figure 7-38.
The vector relationship of the voltage applied across the
motor windings and the current through the motor windings is
illustrated in this figure on the screen. Notice the current and
voltage are not in-phase.
I
CURRENT
VOLTAGE
N •
o I
T I
~ I
I
P I
H I
A .
S I
E
V 10&3014
Figure 7-38 Voltage and Current Load Vectors
We want to study this current in more detail. Let's take our
"Current" vector and move it over so we can analyze it a bit. See
Figure 7-39. Notice we did not change direction or magnitude, no laws
of vectors were violated. The current is now standing alone for our
analysis.
Figure 7-39 Current Vector •. ~ , __
In Figure 7-40 we see the "Current" vector
reduced to its components. Notice the "horizontal
vector" plus the "vertical vector" equal the "original
current vector". Since this is true we can relate this
. statement algebraically. The "current vector - I" is equal
to the sum of the "horizontal current vector - IH" plus
the "vertical current vector - Iv". Study this triangle to
satisfy yourself that this is true.
Now that we've broke this down into an algebraic
statement let's apply another law of algebra. Now this
other algebraic law is that you can multiply one side of
the equation by anything, "providing" you mUltiply the
other side of the equation by the same thing. For
example we could multiply both sides by two, or
eighteen, if we desire. In our case, we're going to
mUltiply both sides of the equation by "V". "V" for
voltage, assumirig the voltage output of our ' generator
is fixed (a valid assumption for our purposes). The
fmal expression is shown on Figure 7-41.
The expression reads: "Current" times the
voltage is equal to "Horizontal Component of Current
times the voltage" plus the "Vertical Component of
Current times the voltage".
Notice, that the "horizontal component of the
current, times the voltage" is parallel to the original
voltage vector outputting our generator. ' Also, the
"vertical component of the current vector, times the
voltage" is perpendicular to the voltage vector
outputting our generator.
_1.1. - 7-22
~ HPC Technical Services
Iv
Figure 7-40 Current Vector Components
Figure 7-41 Current times Voltage Vectors
GENERATOR THEORY
This is pretty meaningful. If you' 11 recall from your study of alternating current circuits, in a purely
inductive circuit, the current lags the voltage by 90 degrees. In a purely resistive circuit, the current is exactly in
phase with the voltage.
Why is this important? Think about it. There is no
device in the control room that directly controls generator
kVA output. Instead, we control the vectorial components
that make up the generator output. We have one controller
that "controls the horizontal component of the current, times
the voltage", this is the prime-mover "Governor". We have
another controller that controls the "vertical component of
the current, times the voltage", this is the Automatic
Voltage Regulator (A VR). So lets give the horizontal and
vertical components a name. See Figure 7-42.
The horizontal component we will call "real
power" and its units is kiloWatts. One kiloWatt (kW) is of
course 1,000 watts. A Watt, is the "voltage" TIMES the
"current that is in-phase with the voltage". This output is
controlled by the governor. This "real power" component
represents that portion of the generat<.>r output that is doing
"real work". The output is being transformed into heat,
light, or motion. Output is adjusted in response to
frequency deviation.
APPARENT
POWER .
REAL POWER
KW
~
IV
REACTIVE
POWER
KVAR
IV
V
( Governor)
Automatic
Voltage
Regul ator
(AVR)
Figure 7-42 Power Triangle
The vertical component we will call "reactive power" and its units is kiloV ARs (kV ARs). A V AR is an
acronym for Volts-Ampere-Reactive, and is the "Voltage" TIMES the "Current that is 90 degrees out-of-phase with
the voltage". This output is controlled by the voltage regulator. This "reactive power" component represents that
portion of the generator output that is required to magnetize inductive circuits or to generate an electric field in
capacitive circuits. By controlling the components of the generator output, we, in-effect, control the generator
output.
Before we conclude, lets do a little housekeeping regarding our explanation of the power triangle. We use
the term "power factor" quite regularly. Let's define it in our schematic on the screen.
POWER
FACTOR
PF -
-
Kilo Watts
KW
KVA
Figure 7-43 Power Factor
"Power Factor." What does this term mean? Well, in the
electric power industry, what we are often most concerned
about, is the generation of "real power", kiloWatts. Yet the
generator output is "apparent power", or Kilo-Volt-Amperes. It
might be useful to know what is the relationship between this
"real power" and "apparent power". It might be useful, and it is!
We call this relationship the "Power Factor".
The "Power Factor" describes the ratio between Kilo
Watts and KilO-Volt-Amperes. See Figure 7-43.
7-23 _1.1. -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Kilo Watts
A more mathematical term used for "Power Factor" is that
it is the cosine of the angle between the "adjacent side" and the
"hypotenuse" ofthe "Power Triangle". For those with
trigonometric backgrounds you will recall that the cosine of an
angle is the "adjacent side" divided by the "hypotenuse". It is
. the "Power Factor". See Figure 7-44. .
KW
cos (angle) =KVA = Power Factor
As we have seen in our studies, the "Power Factor" may
be lagging or it may be leading, usually it lags. A lagging power
factor means that the current lags the voltage in order tomeet the
requirement of inductive loading. A leading "Power Factor"
means the current leads the voltage in order to meet the demand
of a capacitive circuit. A unity "Power Factor" means the
current is in-phase with the voltage, reactive power output is
zero.
Figure 7-44 PF Derivation
_1.l - 7-24
~ HPe Technical Services
HPC Technical Services
500 Tallevast Road· Suite 101
Sarasota, FL 34243 USA
(941) 747-7733 • FAX (941) 746-5374
www.hpcnet.com
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Chapter 8
TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:
To better acquaint the participant wIth how a generator is constructed so that we develop a better
understanding of how components are placed at risk during normal/abnormal operations.
ENABLING OBJECTIVES:
At the completion of this section, the student should be able to:
l. Given a cross sectional drawing of the generator, be able to identity the major components.
2. Describe the primary function of each major component of the stator assembly.
3. Describe the primary function of each major rotor assembly component.
4. Provide a basic description of the material that is used for the construction of each major component.
5. Describe how heat is removed from the generator components.
6. Describe how the type of excitation used impacts generator construction.
© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 12/14/2010
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
TABLE OF CONTENTS
. 1.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 3
2.0 STATOR ASSEMBLY ........................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Stator Frame ................................................................................................................................ 6
2.2 Stator Core .................................................................................................................................. 10
2.3 Stator Windings ......................................................................................................................... 14
2.4 End Shield! Bearing Bracket ..................................................................................................... 23
2.5 Hydrogen Seals .......................................................................................................................... 24
2.6 Bearings ..................................................................................................................................... 26
2.7 Grounding Brush ....................................................................................................................... 28
3.0 ROTOR ASSEMBLY ........................................................................................................................... 28
3.1 Rotor Body ................................................................................................................................ 29
3.2 Field Windings .......................... : ............................................................................................... 30
3.3 Retaining Rings ......................................................................................................................... 33
4.0 COOLING ............................................................................................................................................. 34
5.0 GENERATOR COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE EXCITER ........................................... 35
_1.1 -8-2
T. HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This section of the text covers the basic construction of the typical utility AC generator. Different
manufacturers may have different names for the same component, and we will deal with these as they occur. All ·
units have similar construction for the major sub-assemblies and the components, which they contain.
The major sub-assemblies of the generator are the stator and rotor. The stator contains all the stationary
parts while the rotor carries the field windings, which make the electro-magnetic field. Each of the assemblies has
their own components whiCh we will look at in this section. .
2.0 STATOR ASSEMBLY
The stator is the stationary portion of the generator and. contains the stator windings, stator core and the end
shields. Figure 8-01 shows a cross section view of the generator rotor and stator components. Each of the
sections will be discussed separately. Major stator components include:
Retaining
Rings





Frame
Core
Armature Windings
End Shield
HVBushmgs
Coolers
Stator Core
Collector
Rings
____ -High Voltage Bushings
Figure 8-01 Generator Components (GE Hydrogen Cooled Generator)
8-3-1.1 -
"PC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
Figure 8-02 represents a cross-sectional drawing of a Westinghouse manufactured generator. The reader
should locate those major components identified in the previous schematic.
u:
UJ
...J
g
CJ
Figure 8-02 Cross-Sectional Drawing of a Westinghouse Manufactured Generator
.M -8-4
~ HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Figure 8-03 represents a large ABB manufactured generator. As we proceed through the materials it will
be useful for the reader to draw comparisons of the different units. Again, the reader should carefully note that all
the generator stators have the same components: frame, stator core, armature windings, end-windings, cooler, and
some form of an end shield. All the rotors are manufactured from a forging (although you may find some where. the
rotor is bolted and welded disks) with the field windings wrapped around the forging to create a North and South-
pole.
Figure 8-03 Large ABB Manufactured Generator
8-5-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
Figure 8-04 is a cross-section, for educational purposes of an air-cooled Siemens 4-pole generator. You
should immediately notice that all the same components are found within this generator. The component design
may be different, but the functions are the same. It is the function of these components that we will be studying.
Cooler
Stator core
C __
Graphic compliments Siemens Power Generation
Figure 8-04 Siemens 4-Pole, Air Cooled Generator
2.1 STATOR FRAME
The stator frame (wrapper or casing) functions to carry the weight of the stator core, windings, and the
rotor. In some larger units, this may be a total weight of several hundred tons. It must also be able to withstand the
mechanical shocks caused by electrical faults in the power system and withstand the force of an internal hydrogen
explosion. In order to meet these functions, the stator frame is cylindrically shaped and fabricated of steel plates,
which are welded together. On the inner periphery of the stator frame (Figure 8-05), key bars are located which
serve to position the stator core. On some 2-pole units the key bars are attached at the midpoint of the spring bar
(see Figure 8-06). The spring bars are attached to the section plates within the frame. This design (typically used
only on 2-pole generators) isolates any core vibration from the frame and therefore, the foundation.
_1.1 -8-6
HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Figure 8-05 Frame for 2-Pole Generators
Key
SpQng Bar
Photograph compliments of Generator Consulting Services, Inc.
Figure 8-06 Core Assembly on Key Bar
8-7-
Y
-
"PC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 .
The stator frame rests on feet, as shown in Figure 8-07. These feet are bolted at the horizontal centerline of
the stator. For those of you interested in mechanical alignment, shims are typically placed under these feet to
achieve the desired vertical elevation. The vertical bolting circle seen, is for the attachment of a "trunnion" to use a
hydraulic jack or crane for positioning the frame.
Bolting
circle for
trunnion
Figure 8-07 Generator Feet
Located just inside the stator frame are baffle (section) plates and piping which form the gas passages. The
hydrogen (or air) coolers are located in the gas passage. The coolers can either be oriented vertically or horizontally.
The gas is circulated around the finned tubes in the coolers and the heat is carried away by the cooling water system.
Seals are incorporated where the water connections are made to keep hydrogen from leaking out of the frame. See
Figure 8-08 for gas passages.
WRAPPER OR CASING
Figure 8-08 Generator Stator Cooling Passages
_v -8-8 .
T. HPC Technical Services

GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Many machines are hydrogen cooled. These coolers are either assembled in the four corners or in the dome
over the top of the frame. In Figure 8-09 we see a vertical cooler being assembled into the corner of one such
generator stator frame.
Figure 8-09 Hydrogen Coolers
Some hydrogen coolers are mounted in the dome, that is the cooler is horizontiilly positioned at the top of
the generator frame. Another hydrogen cooler, referred to as an "omega" cooler is in the shape of the greek letter
'omega', Q. The water connection is on one side of the omega (see Figure 8-10), with the exit at the other end.
Graphic compliments of Siemens Power Generation
Figure 8-10 Q SIUlpedCooler
8-9-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
The power produced in the stator is carried out through the high voltage bushings. These are located on the
bottom ofthe stator frame and are connected to the bus ducts, which carry the power to the system. (See Figure
2-11). The high voltage bushings are large porcelain insulators. The insulation is required to prevent the high
voltage from jumping to the stator frame . . The high voltage bushings are cooled, usually by both hydrogen and
water.
Figure 8-11 High Voltage Bushings
2.2 STATOR CORE
Connection to
bus ductwork
N::5I!;"'-- Current Transformers
The stator core is mounted along the inner diameter of the generator frame. The core is constructed to
provide a low resistance path for the magnetic field and to carry the weight of the stator windings. See Figure 8-01
to locate the stator core inside the frame. The iron used to make the core is a silicon steel with about 90% of the
grains lined up along the preferred path for the magnetic field. This makes the resistance of the steel very low and
minimizes the losses (and heat generation) in the core metal.
The core is made from thin laminations (about 0.015-inch thick) of the special steel. (See Figure 8-12).
Each lamination is insulated with an enamel coatingofvamish. On typical units, the laminations are fitted over the
key bars one layer at a time. The layers ate staggered so the butt joints of the punchings do not line up from one
layer to the next. The layers are periodically compressed (or shook on a shaker table) to squeeze any air pockets out
from between the laminations. (See Figure 8-l3). Spacers are also placed in between some layers to form gas
passages in the core that help cool the stator windings and rotor.
SLOTS FOR ASSEMBLV
AND LOCKING
SLOTS FOR STAlUR BARS
Figure 8-12 Typical Stator Core Punching
.1.1 . 8-10
~ HPC Technical Services
Stator Frame
Figure 8-13 Core Assembly
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Figure 8-14 illustrates some core laminations with these inside spacers that will, when assembled, create
this gap for coolant passage.
Figure 8-14 Laminations w/Spacers
Figure 8-15 shows a small stator core removed from the stator frame. In this view you can see the section
plates that support the core, within the frame, at the core outer diameter.
Section Plate
Photograph compliments of Aistom Power, Richmond VA
Figure 8-15 Stator Core OD.
· ~
8-11
HPC Technical Services ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
A picture of the core on a small unit (being repaired in a service shop) is seen in Figure 8-16. On the left
you see a core assembled. The inner diameter of the core is viewed on the right. The inside spacer block creates a
gap between the layered core assembly. This gap allows cooling gases to flow from/to the air gap through the core.
Photograph oompliments of Aision Powe<. Rittlmond. VA Photograph oompliments of Alsion Power.Richmond. VA
Figure 8-16 Small Stator Core
A regular core lamination is seen in Figure 8-17. Each one of the laminations, once punched, is coated in a
varnish such that each lamination is electrically insulated from each adjacent lamination. This is to prevent the
existence of eddy currents due to passing rotor magnetic field.
Photograph compliments of Aistom Power. Richmond VA
Figure 8-17 Laminations
_1.1 -8-12
~ HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Figure 8-18 illustrates a generator positioned vertically in the factory to facilitate the stacking of the core.
Notice the punchings, the key slots on the outer diameter of the punchings, and the key bars along the inside
diameter of the frame. Figure 8-19 illustrates the use of outside spacer blocks. These outside spacer blocks help to
. keep the core compressed along the fIngers ofthe slots.
Figure 8-18 Core Being Stacked . Figure 8-19 Outside Spacer Blocks
Westinghouse generator cores are mounted on a 'building bolt' then tightened together using "through bolts".
Figure 8-20 below illustrates a single Westinghouse core punching. Notice the "J" hook at the outer diameter where
the punching assembles onto the 'building bolt'. The hole through the center is where the "through bolts" tighten the
core axially.
Photograph compliments of AGTServices. Amsterdam. NY
Figure 8-20 W Through Bolt Core Punching
8-13-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Once the core stacking is completed, a clamping ring is bolted on the ends ofthe key bars. This ring helps
keep the core compressed. A photograph of the clamping ring and key bar nut is seen in Figure 8-21 below.
Figure 8-21 Clamping Ring
2.3 STATOR WINDINGS
The stator winding (Figure 8-22) is where the AC power is produced in the generator by moving the
magnetic field through the conductors, which make up the windings. Recall from the previous section that there are
three sets of stator windings, one for each of the three phases. In this figure you also see the liquid connections
carrying stator cooling water to/from these windings.
Figure 8-22 Stator Windings
_1.1 -8-14 .
~ HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Each phase of the stator winding is made up of a set number of stator bars, which are connected in series.
See Figure 8-23 for a drawing of the stator-winding diagram. The inner section of this drawing diagrams the
collector end of the machine, including connection rings (in the very middle) to the High Voltage Bushings.
The outer section of this drawing diagrams the turbine end of the generator stator windings. At the center
is the stator bar located within its slot along the length of the core. Notice there is an upper and a lower bar.
The colors in the figure highlight each of the three phases to aid your reading this schematic. Examine this
figure closely and locate T-2 at the end of the red phase. Follow these connections:
1. On the collector end (CE) this red phase becomes the bottom bar of slot 1.
2. On the turbine end (TE) of slot 1, the red phase is brazed to the top bar of slot 16.
3. On the CE this bar is brazed to the bottom bar of slot 2.
4. On the TE this bar (from slot 2) is brazed to the top bar of slot 17 ...... and so on.
Figure 8-23 (GE) Stator Winding Diagram
· ~
8-15
HPC Technical Services 'm
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS- TG201
Figure 8-24 shows the collector end of a stator core removed from the frame. Notice the end windings,
especially where the connection rings (in this case - upward) route current from the windings toward the
connections to external bus duct work.
Figure 8.;.24 CE Connection Rings
---
Photog!Olph oompllmenb of Aislom Power. Richmond VA
Here (Figure 8-25) we see the stator windings contained with the slot of the core. Notice there are two bars
per slot (as we seen in the stator winding diagram). The top bar is identified as that bar closest to the air gap. We' ll
look at some of the detail later. For now, notice there are multiple strands of copper that make up the bar; i.e., the
stator bar is not solid.
Figure 8-25 Slot Assembly
.Y . 8-16
T HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
The conductors within the bar are not straight, but twisted as shown in Figure 8-26. This "Roebel
Transposition" has each conductor occupying all available positions for an equal distance along the bar. With this
twisting, every bar is cut by an equal amount of magnetic flux, generates the same current (and, therefore heat) and
no single bar is hotte.r than any of the others. The bars are insulated after the twisting occurs and then baked to
harden the insulation.
Simple Roebel Bar Showing Transposition of Strands
Photogltlph oompllments of Natlonat Electric Coit, Columbus OH
Figure 8-26 Stator Conductors
Figure 8-27 below is a mock-up of these conductors changing positions within the stator bar as the
conductors (strands) extend the length of the bar.
Figure 8-27 Roebel
Transposition Mock-Up
8-17-1.·{ -
HPC Technical Services T-
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
The conductors may be hollow, or cooling tubes may be incorporated into the bar between solid
conductors. These features are used for internal cooling of the bars. Heat generated within the bar must be removed
before it damages the insulation. On larger units the insulation prevents this from being effective from outside the
bar. Some GE units use hollow conductors and pump water through the inside of the conductor. Westfughouse will
use cooling tubes and direct hydrogen through the tubes.
Figure 8-28 illustrates three different stator armature bars. On the left we see a solid strand bar that might
be found on an older or smaller unit. In the middle we have a hydrogen cooled bar, a type used often by .
Westinghouse. On the right, you will notice the hollow strands that permit water (at 0.2 flMho/cm) to cool the bar.
The internal voltage of any of these bars could be 20-kV or higher. Some bars are constructed where every strand is
hollow.
Photograph compliments of Natlonat Electric Coli . Columbus OH
Figure 8-28 Water Cooled Stator Bar
Once the bars are formed, they are. placed in the slots formed by the fingers of the core laminations, as
shown in Figure 8-29. A Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) is often placed in the slot, usually between the
upper and lower bars. Not all slots will have a RTD.
Figure 8-29 Slot
Assembly
_v -8-18
T. HPC Technical Services
WEDGE
SIDE· RIPPLE OR
"S"SPRING
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Side to side movement of the bars in the slot is often prevented by driving a "S" shaped spring into the slot
between the bars and the side wall. This "S" shaped spring is a molded glass type conductive material (carbon is
imbedded in this material) as seen in Figure 8-30 below.
Figure 8-30 "S" Spring
Insulation is also laid on top of the bar. The bars are pressed into the slot and the use of another "S" spring
and wedges keep the bars tight within that slot. The wedges extend full length of the slot: The stator bars extend
beyond the end ofthe slot and become end-windings. Examples of these stator wedges are shown in Figure 8-31
and 2-32. A 2° tapered wedge was chosen as an example for no particular reason. The taper, however, helps
achieve the desired downward forces acting on the bars within the slot.
Photograph compliments of AGT Services, Amsterdam, NY
Figure 8-31 2° Tapered Stator Wedge
8-19-1.1 -
HPC Technical Sel'vices T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
Figure 8-32 illustrates a top ripple spring and wedge with gage holes. The gage holes allows the
compression of the spring to be measured.
Photograph compliments of AGT Services, Amsterdam, NY
Figure 8-32 Ripple Spring & Wedge w/Gage Holes
In Figure 8-33 one can see the top bars in position, tied together with the glass roving tie. Some of the bars
have been brazed and taped (in the center) and others have brazing in progress.
Figure 8-33 Winding Assembly
_1.1 -8-20 '
~ HPe Tecbnical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
The overhanging bars (the end-windings) are connected together to join our 2-phases. The end windings
are brazed together and then wrapped with insulation. Figure 8-34 illustrates an end clip for a GE water cooled
stator bar. On the left you see the copper strands within the end clip. On the right you see an end clip (without the
bar assembled yet) being bolted to the laminate piece that will be brazed to the end of the series bar.
Photographs provided by AGT Services, Amsterdam NY
Figure 8-34 Emf Clip for GE Water Cooled Stator Bar
Figure 8-35 shows a generator stator in the process of being rewound. Notice how the laminations are laid
in place and are brazed to the in-series bar.
Figure 8-35 Brazed Emf Windings
8-21-
M
-
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
The end windings are supported by fastening them to the clamping ring as shown in Figure 8-36. Due to the
large mechanical forces applied to this area by the rotating magnetic field, the assembly in this area of the generator
is critical. The end windings must be able to withstand the vibration caused by the magnetic field during operation
and the mechanical forces involved when a fault occurs during operation. This area is .also subjected to the
differential expansion between the core metal and the copper conductors. As before, the end winding support system
will vary with different manufacturers, and from unit to unit.
CORE
CLAMPING
OUTER WRAPPER PLATE]
II II
SPRING AND
____ ...... BAR ASSY.
Figure 8-36 End Winding Support
Figure 8-37 illustrates an ASB stator bar assembled in the core slot. Notice the spacer, packing and wedge.
The intention of these components is to keep the bar tightly positioned in the core slot. Alstomnow constructs a
stator bar, such as the one shown here, only the hollow conductors are made of stainless steel.
DIVIDED CONDUCTOR
'W.-..---- PACKING
INTERMEDIATE PACKING
HOLLOW CONDUCTOR
'W.-.£---- CORONA PROTECTION
INTERMEDIATE STRIP
FILLER -
SPACER
Figure 8-37 ABB Stator Bar
MICADUR WV"K'N', __
FILLER STRIP
__ SLOTWEDGE
_1.1 -8-22
HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
2.4 END SHIELD/ BEARING BRACKET
The end of the stator frame is closed by the end shields (GE term) or the bearing bracket (W term). They
are similar in construction. This end shield is seen in Figure 8-38. Notice the vertical and horizontal bolting
surfaces. The horizontal joint is where the upper half will assemble to the lower half. The vertical joint is where
both halves will assemble to the end of the generator frame. This end shield contains the journal bearing to support
the generator rotor. On a hydrogen cooled generator, the end shield must also contain the hydrogen seals, whose
purpose is to keep the hydrogen gas inside the generator frame. Notice the heavy ribbing that appears on the outside
of this generator end shield. These stiffening ribs are welded in place and will support the rotor and is capable of
withstanding the force of an internal hydrogen explosion.
Journal Bearing -' __ .-:0

Horizontal
End Shield
(or Bearing Bracket)
Figure 8-38 Eml Shield
Here (in Figure 8·39) we see an upper half end shield sitting on the floor. Notice the ribbing, vertical and
horizontal bolting surfaces.
Figure 8-39 GE Upper
Half End Shiehl
8-23·1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
2.5 H YDROGEN SEALS
The horizontal joint of the lower half of a GE end shield is illustrated in Figure 8-40. Notice the location of
the journal bearings, hydrogen seals, and the oil deflectors. The bearing supports the generator rotor. Hydrogen
seals, shown here, are gapped to the rotor. Oil is routed between the two seals such that it flows along the rotor
surface toward the inside and outside seal areas. This oil flow inhibits any oil leakage. The inner oil deflector is .
intended to prevent the oil from getting into the generator casing. Look carefully at this figure and you should see
grooving along both the horizontal and vertical joint surfaces. This grooving is also to prevent hydrogen leakage.
Photograph compliments of Turbine Services, Inc. , Monaca PA
Figure 8-40 GE End Shields
A closer view of the GE Hydrogen sealrings is illustrated in Figure 8-41 , below. Seal oil passes between
the rings to seal against H2 leakage along the rotor surface.
Photograph compliments of Turbine Services. Inc., Monaca PA
Figure 8-41 GE Hydrogen Seal Ring
_1.1 -8-24
T. HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
A cross section of a GE hydrogen seal ring is seen in Figure 8-42. Oil enters from the top middle, flows
down between the air side and gas side seal rings. This oil then flows in both directions along the surface of the
rotor, affecting a seal against hydrogen leakage.
INNER OIL
DEFLECTOR
Figure 8-42 GE Hydroge/1 Seal Rillg
A cross section ofa Westinghouse hydrogen seal ring is seen in Figure 8c43.Westinghouse utilizes a
hydrogen side and an air-side oil. . The hydrogen-side oil (shown blue) flows out to the right along the shaft surface.
The air-side oil (shown reddish) flows out to the left along the shaft surfaces. If these two oil pressures are the same
(and they are supposed to be), then there is no oil mixing that occurs. This ring is contained inside the end bearing
bracket.
AIR SIDE GLAND SEAL OIL
MAINTAINED AT 12 psi
ABOVE MACHINE GAS PRESSURE
G.. SHAFT.
HYDROGEN SIDE GLAND SEAL
OIL MAINTAINED AT SAME
PRESSURE AS AIR SIDE OIL
Figure 8-43 W Hydrogen Seal Rillgs
8-25-1.1 -
HPC Technical Set'vices ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
2.6 BEARINGS
A generator bearing is shown in Figure 8-44. These generator bearings are typically either elliptical or
cylindrical, depending upon the OEM. These type bearings are very stable under high load conditions. For those of
you familiar with turbine bearings, the major difference is that the generator bearings may be insulated. This
insulation is used to prevent any high voltages on the generator shaft from seeking ground potential through the
bearings. This action would result in arcing and pitting as the potential arcs across an oil film. By insulating the
bearing it is neutral (not grounded), therefore there is no attraction of the rotor high voltage.
BEARING INSULATION
Figure 8-44 W Generator Bearing
BEARING
INSULATION
Often, only one of the generator bearings is insulated, usually the collector end. This creates some
difficulties in checking the integrity of the insulation. If the rotor in place, the rotor provides a ground path, meaning
the rotor needs to be isolated from the bearing when meggering the insulation. This can be a big task.
_1J -8-26
T. HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
On the modern GE units they make use of a double insulated bearing ring on the collector end only. This
double insulation is illustrated in Figure 8-45 below. This design allows for meggaring of the insulation without
having to account for ground paths through the rotor. Notice the center ring in insulated from both the rotor surface
and the ground potential of the generator frame . .
Figure 8-45 Double Bearing
Insulation
Figure 8-46 shows an exploded view of one of these bearings. Notice the bearing feed near the horizontal
joint, in this case the supply pressure is 25-psig through a strainer and an orifice. The orifice meters the oil flow so
the volume of oil carefully matches the bearing requirements (on some other designs the pipe size from the header
supply to the bearing is determined based upon the oil flow requirements). Drain passage is out the right side of the
figure through a sight box. This particular bearing utilizes a lift pump arrangement - notice the life pump supply
holes at the bottom centerline of the lower half bearing ring. This is a high pressure oil supply intended to float the
rotor during turning gear operation.
1
011 Feed
25 PSIG
CE
/7
:0(
/
c\.c--;?,
... Orlftce
Coll ector End
Outer Ring
(Insulated)
Collector End
Inner Ring
Generator Bearing
Rotation
'\
TE


7tf
Sight Box
From LO
Header
Cuno

1501 VLV
ft
ReliefVLV
LI Pump
Figure 8-46 Exploded View ojGEGenerator Bearing
8-27-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
2.7 GROUNDING BRUSH
On these double insulated units a ground strap
rides the turbines end of the generator rotor. See Figure 8-
47 for an illustration of one such ground strap. It is a
braided copper strap riding the rotor surface and bolted to
the bearing cap.
Figure 8-47 Braided Copper Ground Strap
3.0 ROTOR ASSEMBLY
. Photograph compliments of Alstom Power, Richmond VA
The rotQr serves as a rotating electro-magnetic field whose strength can be varied to control the output of
the generator stator windings. In Figure 8-48, you see conductor bars bringing excitation current along the bore of
the rotor to the inside of the machine. Connections are then made to the rotor windings. As with the stator, we will
discuss the major components that make up the rotor assembly.
LOAD COUPLING
_v .8-28
T HPC Technical Services
ROTOR
IIIIINDINGS
Figure 8-48 Rotor Assembly
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
3.1 ROTOR BODY
The rotor body is machined from a solid steel forging, similar to· that of the turbine rotors. The couplings,
bearing journals, hydrogen seal areas; collector rings and fan mounting area all machined into the surface of the
rotor. The center bore of the rotor will also be machined, as with the turbine rotor. Some foreign manufacturers will
use built up rotor bodies made from individual forgings which are then welded together. The couplings and
collector rings can be shrunk fit on the rotor but an area must still be machined to accept them.
The rotor body will be machined with
longitudinal slots which will carry the field
windings. The machining of the slots is carefully
controlled to minimize the possibility of
mechanical unbalance' in the rotor due to the
machining. Slots are machined on opposing sides
of the rotor at the same time and, when the slots
are completed, the rotor is tun led 180 degrees and
the next set of slots are machined. This process
evens out the differences between the slots caused
by the tool bits. A picture of a rotor body is seen
in Figure 8-49.
Figure 8-49 Machi11ed Rotor Forging
The center bore of the rotor is machined to accept the electrical connection between the exciter and the
, field windings. (See Figure 8-50). The field windings are connected to the collector rings through terminal studs
and copper conductors, which run through the bore (bore copper). The copper conductors are then connected to the
field windings with more terminal studs. The terminal studs are sealed where they penetrate the rotor to prevent
hydrogen from leaking from the generator out to the collector.
The collector rings are shown in the picture to the right. Notice there are two rings; one to bring current in
and the other to direct it outward to the excitation system. The rings are labeled as ' +' and' -', you should be aware
that the orientation is a function of how the circuits are wired. On some plants the polarity is reversed regularly as it
is understood the rate of ware on the collector rings is a function of the direction of the current. To the left of the
left ring you should notice the terminal stud that connects from the collector ring to the bore copper.
Figure 8-50 Collector
End Connectiol1s
TERMINAL STUDS
GENERATOR ROTOR
WINDINGS
BORE COPPER
" - " ' ~ ' - " . ' ~
8-29
"PC Technical Sel'vices ~
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
In Figure 8-51, we can see the bore copper inside the bore of the rotor. Notice the plus/minus connections,
the two pieces of bore copper are insulated from each other and from the forging itself.
Figure 8-51 Bore Copper
3.2 FIELD WINDINGS
The conductors are connected in loops, which are called turns. Each turn is made of flat copper bars which
are around 14" thick and, after being laid in the slot, brazed to the others. In the photograph (Figure 8-52) we see
pre-manufactured flat copper bars (turns) suspended above the forging. These turns of copper will be laid into the
forging slot.
Photograph compliments of National Electric Coil, Columbus OH
Figure 8-52 Rotor Windings being Installed into Forging
_1J -8-30
~ HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
In Figure 8-53 we see a rotor being wound. We start by insulating the slot with "slot armor (insulation)".
This prevents the turns of copper from going to ground with the forging. Next we lay in the first turn of copper.
The collector end of this turn is brazed to the terminal stud, connecting back to the excitation supply. Now we lay in
a "turn separator", a piece of insulation that prevents the copper· turns from shorting out with each other. A new turn
of copper can now be positioned on top of the turn separator. The beginning of this new turn of copper will be
brazed to the end of the turn previously installed. We continue until the slot is filled.
Once this slot is filled, we start on the next slot out from the pole. The beginning ofthis 2hd slot is brazed
to the end of the 1 st slot.
Figure 8-53 Coil Stacks
Photogl1lph compliments of AGTServloes. Amsterdam NY
In this Figure 8-54 we see a rotor completely wound. Notice, that the radial lead makes connection to the
terminal stud along the rotor surface. The lead travels along the surface of the rotor, and will be brazed to the
bottom turn of the I st slot. The turns of copper then make their way to the top of the slot, and in the picture you can
see where the top turn of the first slot is brazed to the top turn of the 2nd slot. At the end of the pole, the bottom tum
of the last slot is brazed to the bottom turn of the last slot of the opposite pole.
Figure 8-54 End Windings
8-31-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
The coil to coil connection seen here (Figure 8-55 is what is used to braze the two coils together. The pole
to pole connection is made out of sight, under the end windings, buy you should be able to visualize the connection.
The loops allow for relative movement due to mechanical forces and expansion.
Figure 8-55 Pole to Pole and Coil to Coil Connections
The next issue of concern is the containment ofthe rotor end windings. In service, the centrifugal forces .
acting on these windings is significant. Notice in the photo (Figure 8-56, how exposed these windings are to
centrifugal forces (you may also notice that a couple slots remain to be filled). These windings must be held in
position, but in such a manner that expansion is permitted. A wedge is inserted along the rotor slot. An insulator is
laid between the wedge and the copper turn. The wedge may be made of steel, but is often aluminum.
Figure8-56 Field Windings Set into the Forging
_1.1 -8-32
T. HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Figure 8-57 illustrates a wedge which will be installed in the slots of the rotor forging to hold the generator
windings (turns) within their slots.
Photograph compliments of Aistom Power, Richmond VA
Figure 8-57 Rotor Wilulillg Wedge
3.3 RETAINING RINGS
The retaining rings prevent the field winding end turns from flying out during rotation due to centrifugal
force. Blocking pieces (also known as spacers) placed between the end turns and the retaining ring hold the turns in
place. The retaining ring is made of non-magnetic steel and is shrunk fit onto the rotor body or a special collar
machined onto the rotor. Since the retaining rings experiences force from the inside, it is usually the most highly
stressed component in the unit. The two separate designs are shown in Figure 8-58.
FIELD COIL
AMORT DISTANCE BLOCK
DISTANCE

BODY MOUNTED RING MO,uNTEO RETAINING RING
Figure 8-58 Retaillillg Rillgs
8-33-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
4.0 COOLING
Sometimes we' re asked, "Why is the generator hydrogen cooled?" The answer is illustrated in Table 2-01.
L Hydrogen has the least speCific gravity, i.e., it is the least dense, therefore requires less energy to
circulate within the machine. This means circulating hydrogen inside the machine requires less loss.
2. Hydrogen has the best specific heat, meaning it is more capable to carry heat away with it, 17 times
more capable than air, and 3 times better than helium.
3. Finally, hydrogen hasthe best thermal conductivity, meaning it is more capallie to pick up heat off of
an object.
Air Hvdroe:en Helium
Speci./k Gravity 1.0 0.07 0.14
Spec!ficHeat 0.24 3.42 1.25
Thermal Conductivil:J' 0.014 0.097 0.082
Table 2-01 Advantages of Hydrogen
The single disadvantage, of course, is the explosiveness of hydrogen.
Mixtures of hydrogen in air between 4.1 % and 74.2% are explosive. One
point worthwhile making at this point is that anyone working around a
hydrogen cooled generator should always (always!) respect the environment
in which you are working.
WEDGE
CREEPAGE
.BLOCK
...._.:::.....TURN
The rrianner in which the rotor windings are cooled varies by OEM,
size, and age. Here (Figure 8-59) we see a radial cooled coil slot. It is found
on smaller 2-pole and many of the 4-pole units. The hydrogen is blown under
the retaining rings from both sides and flows toward the middle in the sub slot
shown in the drawing. Hydrogen flows from the sub slot, radially upward
toward the air gap, through the rotor turns and wedge. This design has the
advantage that it brings the windings in direct contact with the hydrogen. It
has a disadvantage in that the machine will be warmer toward the middle.
INSULATION
SLOT
INSULATION
COPPER
DINGS
_1.1 -8-34
T. HPe Technical Services
SUB SLOT
Figure 8-59 Radial Cooled Coil Slot
. In this drawing (Figure 8-60) we see an Indirect
Cooling system, often referred to as "conventional", and is
found on smaller units. There is no flow through the rotor
windings, there is flow, however, through a ventilating duct
located adjacent to the rotor winding slot. This method cools
the surrounding area, cannot cool the rotor windings as well,
and also results in a warmer center.
. Figure 8-60 Indirect Cooling System
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
The diagonal cooling system, shown in Figure 8-61, is the most efficient. In this design the wedge
"scoops" hydrogen out of the air gap. The cooling gas then flows radially downward in the slot and, at the same
time, flows axially downstream. After it gets to the bottom of the slot it comes back out to the air gap in the outlet
section. At the outlet section,tbe wedge has a raised leading edge so a negative back pressure (relatively speaking)
is developed, pulling the hydrogen back into the air gap. ·
5.0
INLET REGION
INSULATION
_---R.;.;;O""TA-T;.;:IO;.:.N__
FLUSH INLET SCOOP
I - - ~ _ SUBDIVIDED
--JA
FIELD WINDING
TURNS
OUTLET REGION
COPPER CHANNEL
SECTION A· A FROM ABOVE
Figure 8-61 Diagonal FlolV Cooling System
GENERATOR COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE EXCITER
On many units the excitation current is from a stationary source. This means we need to transfer the
excitation CUlTent from a stationary source to the rotating windings. Collector rings are used for this purpose. The
collector rings seen in Figure 8-62 are fit onto the forging and are wired to the bore copper through terminal studs,
shown. Notice the collector ring grooves are machined in a helical fashion. Also a fan ring pulls air across the
surface of the rings when the unit is rotating. The combination of these rings and the moving air, keeps the rings
clean. You would also notice a slight discoloration on the rings, where the brushes ride. This is an oxide film and is
good, in the sense that it improves electrical conductivity between the ring surface and the carbon brushes.
Figure 8-62 Collector Rings
8-35-1.1 -
Photograph compliments of Aistom Power, Richmond VA
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
The brushes are made of carbon and are contained in magazines like that shown in Figure 8-63. A number
of these magazines fit into the brush holder rigging that surrounds the collector rings. This magazine uses a coil
type spring to hold the brushes in contact with the collector rings. These springs are a significant improvement over
the more conventional helical springs which are used in older GE and Westinghouse brush holder designs like that
shown in Figure 8-64. This is because the coil type spring produces a constant pressure on the brushes regardless of
brush wear.
Figure 8-63 Brush Magazine
Figure 8-64 Collector Brush Holder Rigging (GE)
r
_1.1 ~ 8-36
~ HPC Technical Services
CARBON S ~ U S f - ! E S
o
o
GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
In Figure 8-65 we see the complete circuit.
1. Current enters from the + excitation source via the outboard brush rigging onto the collector ring
surfa,ce. . ' . ' . .
2. .This current then goes onto the axial lead (or bore copper) and passes inside the machine to an internal
terminal stud.
3. The current now goes through the rotor windings.
4. Current exits on the other side through a rotor lead, terminal stud, axial lead (bore copper), terminal
stud, to the other collector ring.
5. ' The excitation culJ'ent then returns via the other set of carbon brushes to the - excitation source.
Figure 8-65 Collector Rings ami Brushes
The force developed by the helical spring is dependent upon the spring compression which in turn depends
upon the length of the individual brushes. Thus, as the brush wears and becomes shorter and the force developed by
the spring is reduced. The helical spring tension must be adjusted to restore the proper spring tension as the brush
wears. If the spring tension is allowed to deteriorate below the minimum acceptable, the brushes begin to loose
contact with the collector and arcing between the brushes and collector results. This roughens the surface of the
collector and results in more loss of contact, more arcing and further deterioration.
Another means of getting DC power to the rotor windings is from an rotating exciter as shown in Figure 8-
66. Notice the exciter rotor, it is a rotating armature winding. It rotates inside the path of a stationary field, created
by the exciter stator. The AC output is directed to the rotating rectifier wheel shown to the outboard. Once
rectified, the DC power is transferred along the rotor bore to the generator, where it connects to the main generator
rotor windings.
Figure 8-66 Rotating
Rectifier
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
The rotating rectifier wheel (on the brushless exciter) is shown in Figure 8-67 below.
.v .8-38
T. HPC Technical Services
Figure 8-67 Rotating Rectifier Wheel used on a Brushless Exciter
HPC Technical Services
500 Tallevast Road· Suite 101
Sarasota, FL 34243 USA
(941) 747-7733 • FAX (941) 746-5374
www.hpcnet.com
GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEM
Chapter 9
TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:
To familiarize the reader with generator auxiliary systems, their components and functions.·
ENABLING OBJECTIVE:
At the completion of this section, the student should be able to:
1. Given the identity of a generator auxiliary system, describe the system function.
2. Identify the three functions of the gas control system.
3. Identify the reasons why hydrogen is used as a cooling medium in large AC generators.
4. Identify how stator cooling water is treated to maintain good insulating properties.
© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: l2/14/2010
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................................... 3
2.0 SYSTEMS ............................................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Gas Control System ..................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Generator Shaft Seal System ....................................................................................................... 6
2.2.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 6
2.2.2 Basic Principles ...................................................................................................................... 6
2.2.3 GE System .............................................................................................................................. 7
2.2.4 Westinghouse System ............................................................................................................. 8
2.3 Stator Water Cooling System .................................................................................................... 10
2.4 Stator Oil Cooling System ......................................................................................................... 11
.1.1 . 9-2
T. HPC Technical Services
GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
1.0 INTRODUCTION
In this section we will study four "auxiliary systems" needed for main generator operation. They are the gas
control, generator shaft seal, stator oil cooling and stator water cooling systems. Two other systems are also needed;
they will be mentioned but not studied here.
2.0 SYSTEMS
One system not studied here is the lube oil system. It also supplies the turbine and is studied in that part of
the book.
The lube oil system supplies the generator and exciter bearings and the exciter reduction gear ifthere is
one. It also supplies oil to the generator shaft seal system.
The other system we will not study is the cooling water system. This system is not usually considered part
of the turbine-generator unit for maintenance purposes. The cooling water system supplies the hydrogen coolers, the
Alterrex generator air coolers (if any) and heat exchangers used to cool generator shaft seal oil and stator water
cooling system water.
2.1 GAS CONTROL SYSTEM
As we have already learned, large modem generators are sealed up and filled with hydrogen gas, which is
circulated by fans to cool the insides of the machine. The warm hydrogen is cooled by water-filled heat exchangers
built inside the generator frame.
The purposes of the gas control system are to keep the hydrogen in the generator at the proper pressure, to
keep it pure, and to permit removing the hydrogen and replacing it when needed. Hydrogen will bum and is very
explosive when mixed with air, so the gas control system must be built to keep hydrogen and air from mixing
together at any time.
There are three main reasons for using hydrogen for generator cooling:
1. It has better cooling properties than air or any other gas.
2. Windage losses are greatly reduced, compared to air cooling.
3. Maintenance costs are reduced.
To point # 1. Hydrogen picks up and carries away heat much better than air or any other gas. A pound of
hydrogen will carry fourteen times as much heat as a pound of air for the same temperature change. It also picks up
heat from a solid surface 50 percent better than air. The ability of hydrogen to remove heat is also proportional to its
density, therefore, the higher the pressure - the more the heat can be removed.
To point #2. The density of hydrogen is 1I14th that of air at a given pressure and temperature. Thus, the
windage losses ofthe generator rotor are greatly reduced with the use of hydrogen. Also, the power needed to drive
the fans on the rotor is greatly reduced.
To point #3. Maintenance costs are reduced because the inside of a hydrogen cooled generator stays clean
and dry compared to an air cooled unit.
The drawback of course is that hydrogen is explosive when mixed with air in the range of 4.1 % through
74.2% hydrogen in air, by volume. Approximately 30% hydrogen in air is the most explosive mixture.
9_3-1.1 -
HPC Technical Services T.
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The generator casing is built strong enough to limit (not eliminate) the destructive effects of an explosion in
the generator enclosure. However, with the proper precautions, hydrogen explosions will not occur. The obvious
safeguards to the prevention of a hydrogen explosion are:
l. - Never permit an explosive mixture to exist, and
2. any possible source of ignition.
Item 2, the elimination of sources of ignition, should always be stressed and all corresponding rules should -
be followed at all times.
The part about never permitting an explosive mixture to exist leads us directly to the subject of the Gas
Control System.
When a new generator comes from the factory or wheri an older one is reassembled after an outage, it is of
course filled with air. In order to operate, the air must be replaced with hydrogen. Since air and hydrogen cannot be
mixed without danger, we will have to first remove the air and replace it with a gas that is not combustible with air
or hydrogen, and do it in such a way that we do not mix the gases as we are replacing them.
The gas used is carbon dioxide (C0
2
). The process is relatively simple. We'll just replace all the air with the
CO
2
and then we'll replace all the CO
2
with hydrogen. To remove the hydrogen the order will be reversed: replace
all the hydrogen with CO
2
and then replace all the CO
2
with air. Of course, there are some important procedures that
must be followed and limits that must not be exceeded.
Figure 9-01 shows the basic idea of
changing from Air to CO
2
. As you can see,
there are two distribution pipes located inside
the generator casing: one on the bottom and one
on the top. Since CO
2
is about II times heavier
than air, we'll admit CO
2
very slowly in the
bottom distribution pipe while the top pipe is
connected to a vent to the atmosphere. We do
this slowly to reduce the mixing of gases. We
want a rising layer of CO
2
to force out the layer
of air. We will continue this until there is no
more air in the casing. Once all the air is gone,
and this has been confirmed without doubt, we
can begin to input hydrogen.
Changing From CO
2
to H
- - - - - - - - - - I ~
J •
CO2 "-
To ~ ....
Vent --7 --
...... -H
Figure 9-02 Changing From CO
2
to Hydrogen (H)
HPC Technical Services
Changing From Air to CO
2
-
- - ,--
'. :. • : .. ~ : •• t .. ·1 .: .. : .. 1 I ..
J ~
.. L-
...
~
Figure 9-01 Changing From Air to CO
2
Air
To
Vent
Hydrogen is much lighter than CO
2
, (only
about one twenty second as heavy) so to apply the
same principles we will admit hydrogen from the top
and allow the CO
2
to escape from the bottom. This, of
course, will require some valve adjustments. Figure
9-02 shows the basic idea of changing from CO
2
to
Hydrogen (H). With the necessary valving done, we
can begin to input hydrogen, again at a very slow
rate, allowing the upper layer of hydrogen to force
out the lower layer of CO
2
. Once we have practically
pure hydrogen in the generator we can close the vent
line and pressurize the generator casing. Hydrogen
pressure is always kept above atmospheric pressure
so air cannot leak in. The highest rated pressure
depends on the unit design but is usually at least 15
psig and may be as high as 75 psig.
GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
When the generator is full of hydrogen and we want to remove it, the process is reversed. The hydrogen is
released from the upper distribution pipe through the vent to the outside. When the pressure is down to near
atmospheric, CO
2
is put in through the lower pipe until all the hydrogen is forced out.
HYDROGEN
FEED
SAFETY
SPOOL
PIECE
HYDROGEN DISTRIBUTION PIPE
": ' ": ' ,,:_ ,,: . ,': ' ,' : ' ,': _ ,' :_ ,' :, ,0: -
GENERATOR
: .. : .. : .. : : .: .. : .. : .. : .. : .. : .
CO
2
DISTRIBUTION PIPE ·
81B
74
ANALYZER
VENT
Figure 9-02 shows the piping
and valve arrangement. Valve81B is a
plug valve that can have only two
positions; the one shown, or connecting
81 A and 82. With a little study you can
figure out how the valves would have to
be "lined up" for each step of the
operation.
People cannot breathe CO
2
; they
will suffocate. This means that CO
2
must
be removed from the generator and
replaced with air before anyone can work
inside. This is done by connecting a dlY
air supply to the CO
2
supply piping.
There is usually a connection already
there, used for leak testing. The gas
control system valves are set exactly as
they are for replacing air with CO
2
• Dry
CO
2
air is blown through the generator for
SUPPLY several hours with the vent valve (74)
wide open.
Figure 9-03 Valves ami Piping Arrangemel1t
The manhole covers in the generator end shields may then be taken off (taking care that there is no pressure
in the generator). Temporary fans are then set up to blow air in one end of the generator and out the other. The
atmosphere inside the generator should be tested before anyone enters, especially in the lower parts such as the high
voltage bushing enclosure (sometimes called the "bathtub"). CO
2
weighs about 50% more than air so it tends to
settle in the low spots.
You might ask - why not put the temporary air supply into the hydrogen distribution tube at the top of the
generator and vent the CO
2
out of the bottom, as is done when filling·with hydrogen? To avoid the possibility of an
explosion, air is never allowed to enter the generator through the hydrogen distribution tube.
The gas analyzer, more appropriat.ely called the thermal conductivity gas analyzer, is an i.nstrument which measures .
the amount of air in CO
2
or hydrogen in CO
2
• It is used to tell the operator what is happening while the gasses are
being changed. The scale reads in percent, 0-100% air in CO
2
, and 0-100% H2 in CO
2
. It works on the basis that
different gases have different thermal cbnductivities. The thermal conductivity of the mixture bftwo gases varies
from the conductivity of one gas to the conductivity of the other gas. The conductivity of the mixture at any moment
in time is dependent upon relative quantities of the two gases. Electrical current is simply introduced to a filament
that is exposed to the sampled gas. The temperature rise of the filament will be a function of the thermal
conductivity of the gas concentration. This sample, of course, is drawn off the vent pipe near the generator as shown
in Figure 9-02.
9 - 5 ~
HPC Technical Services 'm
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The Hydrogen Control Panel is usually located one or two floor levels below the generator. It looks much
like any electrical control panel, about three feet square and seven feet high. Tubing or small diameter pipe runs
from it to various parts ofthe gas control system.
The hydrogen control panel contains gauges and alarms as listed below.
• Machine Gas Pressure Gauges
• Machine Gas - Pressure (High & Low) AlarmPressure Switches
• Differential Fan Pressure
• Gauge Gas Analyzer
• Gas Analyzer Flowmeter
Gas Analyzer Filter Dryer
The hydrogen control cabinet also contains signal lamps and alarm horns which are used to indicate
trouble. Access to the gauges and the alarm system is through doors in the back of the control cabinet.
Pipes lead to and from a gas dryer outside the generator. Hydrogen continuously passes through a drying
agent which absorbs any water vapor that may be present.
Pipes lead from all the low points in the generator casing to a liquid detector on the floor level below.
Because of the sensing line location any liquid in the generator frame will flow to and collect in this detector. A
sight glass allows the operator to see anything in the detector. A float switch monitors the level of liquid within the
detector and will cause an alarm should liquid collect.
2.2 GENERATOR SHAFT SEAL SYSTEM
2.2.1 Introduction
The purpose of the generator shaft seal system is to seal the clearance space where the generator rotor
passes out through the end shields, so that hydrogen cannot leak out. The system is sometimes called the "seal oil
system."
There are some basic principles that are used on all systems. We will explain these first. Then we will study
the GE system and the Westinghouse systems in tum, pointing out how the basic principles are used but with
different construction details.
2.2.2 Basic Principles
• The seal itself is a film of oil that fills the clearance space between the moving rotor shaft and the
surrounding stationary part. If the clearance space is full of oil with a pressure greater than the
hydrogen pressure, the hydrogen cannot leak out.
• The clearance is actually between the rotor and stationary "seal rings" which fit accurately around the
shaft with an even clearance of several mils (thousandths of an inch) all around. The rings are of
various designs but all have a soft metal surface facing the shaft.
• The seals are a few inches inboard (toward the middle of the generator) from the generator rotor
bearings. The bearings are outside the hydrogen space.
Since hydrogen pressure can change, the oil pressure must also change, being automatically regulated
at a set pressure above hydrogen pressure.
• Oil flowing to the seals must be very clean because ofthe close clearances.
GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
• The oil temperature must be kept within limits so that the viscosity is correct.
• Most of the oil pumped into the clearance flows outward, toward the bearings. This oil has not been in
contact with hydrogen and is at atmospheric pressure, so it can mix with the bearing drain oil and drain
away with it.
• The rest of the seal oil flows inward, into the inside of the generator. It is exposed to hydrogen and is
under hydrogen pressure. Hydrogen easily dissolves in oil. This means that the "hydrogen side drain
oil" must pass out through a drain arrangement that will not allow hydrogen to come out with the oil,·
and it must be treated somehow to get most (ifnot all) of the dissolved hydrogen out of it.
• Air is also easily dissolved in oil, as is hydrogen, and it can also be entrained in oil as foam or bubbles.
Oil may also contain water droplets. Any air or water that flows to the gas-side of the seal will get into
the hydrogen inside the generator, so that over a long period of time the hydrogen will become
contaminated. All systems must have some way to overcome this problem.
• There must be backup equipment that will work automatically, because a failure of the seal system
would allow hydrogen to blowout through the clearance space. This might create a serious danger of
Are or explosion. Also, there must be instruments, alarms and controls so the operators will be warned
of trouble and can take care of various routine and emergency operating situations.
2.2.3 GE System
The GE system has a single oil supply; all the oil that goes to both sides (hydrogen and air) of both seals
(each end of the generator) comes from the same place.
On all but the smallest units the
seal oil is "vacuum treated" so air or water
will not be carried into the generator with
the gas-side oil flow. With this background,
we can trace through a simplified diagram
of the GE system, Figure 9-04.
Begin at the vacuum tank. The tank
is under vacuum drawn by the seal oil
vacuum pump. It is evacuated so there will
be no air or water vapor contained in the oil.
Oil enters the tank through spray nozzles so
the air and water can escape easily. Oil for
the sealing system is taken from the vacuum
tank.
Now, following the primary oil
path only, oil is pumped from' the vacuum
tank by the main seal oil pump. The oil
flows into a "differential pressure regulating
valve" where the oil pressure is regulated
automatically, and then through a cooler and
a filter. The oil pressure will be maintained
about 5 psig above the machine gas pressure
and will vary with the generator gas
pressure. Continuing on, the oil flows to the
shaft.
BEARING
011. DRAIN

SIDE
,..--'-----, HYDROGEN
DETRAINING
1----,----' SECTION
FLOAT
TRAP
VACUUM
VANK
VACUUM
PUMP
Figure 9-04 GE System Schematic
9-7
lIPC Technical Services ""
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
The shaft seals are stationary with a close clearance to the rotating shaft. The oil flows into the clearance
space between the seal rings and the shaft. Since the oil pressure is greater than the machine gas pressure it can flow
.through the clearance space toward the inside of the generator casing. As long as there is oil flowing in, the gas
cannot flow out. We, therefore, have a seal.
The oil flows in two directions along the shaft, toward the gas side and also toward the air side.
The gas side oil, after flowing through the seals, leaves the generator and is collected in the hydrogen
detraining section. This oil, remember, is under machine gas pressure. The oil then flows to the float trap which
allows oil to flow through, but not hydrogen.
The air side oil flows into an air detraining section along with the lube oil draining from the bearing which
is just outside the seal. This oil is under atmospheric pressiIre. Most of the oil from the air detraining section flows
back to the main lube oil tank, but there is also a connection to the float trap tank. Oil from the air detraining tank
combines with oil from the hydrogen detraining tank in the float trap tank. Together the two oils return to the
vacuum tank.
Now, going back to the seal oil pumps, you will see an emergency seal oil pump that will back up the main
seal oil pump. The emergency seal oil pump is driven by a DC motor. We can now ensure a seal even with a loss of
AC power. The emergency seal oil pump takes suction from the makeup to the vacuum tank.
As a further backup, if we should lose both pumps, bearing header oil would pass through check valves
permitting a hydrogen seal at low pressures. The operator would need to reduce hydrogen pressure to approximately
8 psig before a seal would be accomplished. .
2.2.4 Westinghouse System
The Westinghouse system has two separate
oil supplies, one for each "side" of the seal rings, as
shown in Figure 9-05. The hydrogen side oil is
recirculated so there is practically no "new" air or
water vapor to get inside the generator with the gas
side oil flow. For this reason, it is not necessary to
"vacuum-treat" any of the oil.
Begin with the air side supply at the air-side
seal oil pump. It takes its suction from the generator
bearing oil drain loop seal. The discharge flows
through a cooler and a filter, and then continues to the
air-side seal. Air-side drain oil flows from the seal ring
and into the drain line loop seal we have just
mentioned.
Now, following the hydrogen-side oil path
only, oil is pumped by the hydrogen-side seal .oil pump
through a cooler, a filter, and on to the hydrogen-seal
seal. Hydrogen-side oil drainage collects in the
hydrogen-side drain regulator. It is from this tank that
the hydrogenside seal oil pump takes its suction. The
hydrogen-side oil pressure will be maintained 12 psi
above the hydrogen pressure. .
The air-side oil pressure is held at 12 psig
above the hydrogen pressure by an automatic
9-8
HPC Technical Services
. E . ~ \ · ~ C
DRAIN
TOH2
SIDE
SEALS
TO AIR"
SIDE SEALS
COMBINED BEARING otL AND
AIR SIDE SEAL OIL DRAIN
~ - - ~ ~ - - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
SEAL
Figure 9-05 Westinghouse System Schematic
GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
regulating valve. Then "equalizing valves" (not shown) at each end of the generator automatically adjust the
hydrogen-side oil pressure to equal the air-side oil pressure, within a small fraction of one psi. In this way, there is
practically no mixing of the two oil supplies. The air-side system is the primary pressure seal. The hydrogen-side
system merely separates the air-side. oil from the hydrogen gas. The hydrogen-side oil is constantly recirculated so it
does not carry air into the seal.
As noted, air-side drain oil mixes with the bearing drain oil, but the hydrogen-side oil needs "special
handling."
It flows first into a "defoaming tank" just below each bearing, where hydrogen bubbles rise out of the oil
and the gas rises back up into the generator. Then the oil drains into a "drain regulator." Here there are two float
valves. One opens on rising oil level and lets oil flow to the air-side oil pump suction. The other float valve opens on
falling oil level and lets "new" oil in from the air-side pump discharge. In this way the oil level stays constant and
seals the drain from the drain regulator, so hydrogen cannot escape. The drain supplies the hydrogen-side oil pump
suction.
There is no backup for the hydrogen-side oil pump. If it should stop, oil from the air-side would flow to
both sides of the seal. In time, this would cause air and possibly water vapor to get into the generator, but this would
take quite a long time; it is not a serious emergency.
There is a DC backup for the air-side seal oil pump. It will start automatically if the regular pump stops.
Finally, there is a backup from the main oil tank of the lube oil system. The pressure available depends on
the lube oil system pump arrangement and operation. One some units it may be necessary at times to reduce
hydrogen pressure if operating on the lube oil system backup supply.
The seal rings (called "gland seals") are shown in Figure 9-06.
Figure 9-06 Westinghouse Gland Seal Assembly
9_9·
V
.
HPC Technical Services T
STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
2.3 STATOR WATER COOLING SYSTEM
As we have already learned, some large modem GE generators have water-cooled stator windings. That is,
water is pumped through the hollow stator-winding conductors to cool them. On some units the same water supply
cools the silicon diode rectifiers in the Alterrex exciter system. The purpose of the stator cooling water system is to
supply this water at the correct temperature, pressure, flow, etc. It is a self-contained system located in the basement
. below the generator.
The conductors may be carrying up to 20,000 volts, so something must be done to stop the water from
causing a short circuit. Most people are surprised to learn that water is a good insulator if it is very pure. In daily life
we seldom find water so pure, so we think of it as likely to cause electrical short circuits. The answer then, is to use
very pure water in the statOr water cooling system, and to carry it to and from the windings in hoses made of plastic
that is also a good insulator.
The water is cleaned and kept clean by a "deionizer" that is built into the system. There is a filter and also,
all piping, tanks, etc. outside the generator are made of stainless steel.
Besides keeping the water clean, the system must cool it to carry away the waste heat, and it must pump the
water through the system-at the correct flow and pressure. Also, backup equipment, alarms, instruments and controls
are needed.
INLeT HEADER
TE
STRAINER
MAKEUP
DElONIZER
OUTLET HEADER
GENERATOR
TEMPERATURE
REGULATOR
CE
VENT
STORAGE TANK
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
VENT
Figure 9-07 is a schematic
diagram of the system.
Figure 9-07 Water Cooling System
GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
One pump is normally running and the other is a backup that will start automatically if needed. The pump
draws water from the storage tank and sends it to a pressure control valve (we control flow by controlling inlet
pressure). Some water then flows into the coolers and some bypasses the coolers. The cooled water is then mixed
with the uncooled water to the correct inlet water temperature. A filter and a strainer clean the water before entering
the generator inlet header. Water enters the stator bars on the collector end, and exits via an outlet header also on the
collector end. The water then returns to the storage tank.
Not shown is a very small connection between the inlet and outlet headers of the generator. It prevents
siphoning action, and it equalizes the pressure between the headers when the pumps are off. The vent line, also very
small, helps the generator to self-vent. The storage tank vent line allows trapped gases to escape. Its loop seal
collects any condensation.
Beyond the cooler there is a loop allowing for continuous cleaning of the water. The water flows through a
check valve, through a filter, into a deionizer tank, and back to the storage tank. Make-up water may also be added
here.
There is a control cabinet near the pumping unit that has instruments, alarms and controls to show the
operators what is happening, to warn of trouble, and to allow them to control various normal and emergency
operations. Some problems cause the turbine governor to "run back" automatically, reducing generator load to a safe
value.
As noted, there is a backup pump that starts automatically if water flow is too low. If it should also fail the
generator load would be automatically cut back and if conditions did not soon return to normal, the turbine-
generator would be shut down.
2.4 STATOR OIL COOLING SYSTEM
Some older GE generators use oil instead of water for direct cooling of the hollow stator windings. The oil
used is the same as is often used in transformers and other electrical equipment. It is a good electrical insulator.
These systems are very much like the stator water cooling system just studied. The main differences are:
Water and foreign material must be kept out of the oil, but extreme high purity is not needed as in the stator
system. For this reason, there is no de ionizer and stainless steel piping is not needed. However, there are high-
quality filters.
If oil leaked into the generator it would be very hard to clean up. For this reason, the oil pressure is
automatically regulated to stay below the hydrogen pressure.
Ifthere is a leak, hydrogen will go into the oil storage tank. A pump, much like the one used in the
generator shaft seal system, draws a vacuum on the storage tank and exhausts any hydrogen to the outdoors. The
vacuum will also draw off water vapor.
9-11'Y ~ .
HPC Technical Services ~

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS
THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
Chapter 1

STEAM TURBINE THEORY
Chapter 2

STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
Chapter 3

STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
Chapter 4

STEAM TURBINE VALVES
Chapter 5

STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
Chapter 6

GENERATOR THEORY
Chapter 7

GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Chapter 8

GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEM
Chapter 9

© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 3/1/11

THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES
Chapter 1

TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:

The goal of this chapter is to provide an understanding of the Power Plant Thermodynamics Principles.

ENABLING OBJECTIVES:

At the completion of this section the participant should be able to: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. List the energy conversions which take place in the power plant cycle. Explain the First Law of Thermodynamics. Explain the Second Law of Thermodynamics. Describe the difference between an Open System and a Closed System. Explain the phases of water.

© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 12/1412010

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 3 1.1 1.1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 .1 1.4 2.0 Energy ......................................................................................................................................... Types of Energy ...................................................................................................................... Units of Energy and Work ........................................................................................................... Work and Power .......................................................................................................................... Work ....................................................................................................................................... Energy Conversion in a Power Plant.. ......................................................................................... 3 3 7 8 8 9

LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS ...................................................................................................... 10 2.1 2.2 2.3 The First Law of Thermodynamics ........................................................................................... 11 The Second Law of Thermodynamics ....................................................................................... 14 T-S Diagrams ............................................................................................................................ 15

3.0

WATER AND STEAM ......................................................................................................................... 16 3.1 3.2 Properties of Water ................................................................................................................... 17 Steam Tables and the Mollier Diagram ..................................................................................... 18

_v -1-2 ~

HPC Technical Services

There are many different types of energy. This chapter relates energy. kinetic energy in a substance is proportional to the square of its velocity. The higher the elevation of an object the more potential energy it has. which takes place in the turbine. The steam undergoes several changes in the conversion of energy. Potential energy is the energy an object has as a result of its distance from the center of the earth. its kinetic energy would increase by a factor of four. work. This law states that energy can be changed from one type to another. The higher the velocity of a substance the more kinetic energy it has. mechanical energy. When work is done. potential energy and kinetic energy. energy is frequently changed from one type to another in accordance with the Law of Conservation of Energy. the Law of Conservation of Energy. and electrical energy. or its elevation. Four types of energy used in the power plant cycle are chemical energy. The chemical structure of the fuel is changed and the combustion products that result are at a lower energy level. may have both potential and kinetic energy.1 ENERGY Energy is a fundamental aspect of all fonns of matter and all systems. The water and steam used in the conventional power plant is the working fluid of the thennodynamic cycle. In fact. which occurs during the combustion process. Mechanical Energy Mechanical energy is made up of two different components. Kinetic energy is the energy that a substance has as a result of its velocity. Each step in the conversion of energy is termed a "process" and several processes constitute a thermodynamic system or cycle. The thennodynamic cycle that is used in conventional power plants is used to produce work to turn a generator that make the final conversion of energy into electrical energy. This is true. and the transformation of thermal energy into mechanical energy. for instance for a bal1 that has been thrown into the air and is 20 feet above the ground and has a velocity of 40 feet per second. The chemical energy is released by a chemical reaction. The working fluid conveys energy between different components and is used in each process. heat energy.J HPC Technical Services T. 1. Energy can be thought of as the ability or capacity to do work. Thus.1 Types of Energy A power plant may be thought of as an "energy conversion factory" that converts one type of energy to another type.0 INTRODUCTION Thennodynamics is the science that describes and defines the conversion of one fonn of energy into another.1. . The sum of the potential and kinetic energy of the ball is its mechanical energy. One of the most important aspects of energy is expressed as a physical law. such as that which occurs when oxygen and heat are supplied to bum the fuel. and heat with the working fluid of a power plant. if one were to double the velocity of an object like a bal1. but it cannot be created or destroyed. An object. Chemical Energy Chemical energy is the energy locked in the molecular bonds of a chemical compound (fuel in the case of a power plant).THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES 1. such as a bal1. The difference in the chemical energy level of the fuel and the combustion products is converted to heat energy. The concepts presented in this module will provide a better understanding of power plant operation and efficiency. 1. 1_3-'t. Examples include the conversion of chemical energy into thennal energy.

Specific volume is also the inverse of density.5 BTU. The molecules of steam are in motion and freer to move than those of a liquid. Atmospheric pressure is defined as zero psig. Specific volume in the English system is expressed in terms of cubic feet per pound mass. A substance at a given pressure and temperature occupies a fixed volume that can be determined by the parameter-specific volume. The most common of these is expressed in pounds per square inch gauge (psig). The BTU is defmed as the amount of heat required to change the temperature of one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit. are made in psig (the pounds gauge scale). to increase the temperature of 1 pound of steel at 60°F by 1°F. and moving from place to place at high velocity. Internal energy in a substance depends upon its temperature. gases like air or steam are compressible. The higher the pressure of a fluid. The "zero point" for the Rankine temperature scale is "absolute zero. the greater the molecular motion and thus the greater its internal energy. Accordingly. In the English system. The internal energy of any substance at absolute zero would be zero since internal energy is determined by molecular motion. Different substances have different amounts of internal energy at the same temperature. For example. This means that their volume can be greatly reduced if put under pressure. in theory. There are two variations in pressure units. 1000°F is 1459.67°R. This P-v energy can be put to work by expanding the gas. including power plants. Increasing the temperature of a pound of water by 1°F. For instance.118 BTU. Since gases are compressible and can retain P-v energy. The molecules of a substance are constantly rotating. kinetic energy is usually the only type of energy considered in mechanical energy. Because the gas molecules are at a higher energy level and are free to separate and move. solid. the Fahrenheit scale is defmed with the freezing point for water at 32°F and the boiling point (at sea level) at 212°F. The role that potential energy plays in the overall energy conversion. all molecular motion stops (-459 .1 ~ 1-4 HPC Technical Services . Compression of a gas increases its internal energy. Temperature can be converted from degrees Fahrenheit to degrees Rankine by adding459. Specific volume is the volume occupied by one pound mass of a substance. Most pressure measurements in everyday situations. Temperature and Enthalpy Heat energy is the energy in a substance that is caused by temperature and pressure.67 to the temperature in Fahrenheit. The amount of motion is determined by the temperature of the substance. vibrating. The motion of molecules of a substance is internal energy. The product of the pressure and specific volume ofa substance is a measure of the P-v energy. for example. the greater its energy. Therefore. ~ _1. 1 pound of petroleum. As heat energy is added to ice and the ice changes state to water. water at the freezing point has much more heat energy than ice at the freezing point. also has considerable influence on its heat energy. Similarly. it takes 0. Pressure in the English system is measured in pounds per square inch. internal energy and pressure-volume (P-v) energy. In the English system internal energy is expressed in a unit called the British Thermal Unit (BTU). Another scale important in thermodynamics that is significant with regard to internal energy is called the Rankine scale. steam at the boiling temperature has more heat energy than water at the same temperature. Heat energy is actually made up of two different types of energy. The higher its temperature. however. One way of considering this change is to say that the ice molecules must fmd room to move. they also have a greater enthalpy (total energy) than a solid or liquid. Heat Energy. such as steam for instance. increases its internal energy by 1 BTU. The state of a substance. the molecular structure of the ice becomes more random. therefore. is relatively unimportant when compared to the other types of energy used in the power plant cycle. Temperature can be expressed in many different scales. P-v energy in a substance depends upon its pressure and specific volume.67°F). 1 pound of water has more internal energy than 1 pound of steel or petroleum at the same temperature.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 There are changes in both potential and kinetic energy in the power plant cycle. or gas. 0. The Rankine temperature scale must be used in some areas of thermodynamics that are described later in this module. Thus. liquid. " Absolute zero is the temperature at which.

A foot-pound (ft-Ib) is the unit of work. The candle converts energy from the combustion ofparaffm and air. because both heat and work are forms of energy. a conversion factor 778 ft-lb/BTU. The enthalpy ofa substance is the sum of its internal energy and its P-venergy. The amount of heat energy in a substance is usually measured as its enthalpy. Figure 1-01 illustrates the concept of heat energy. these two types of energy are closely related. The absolute pressure scale is much less common than the pounds gauge scale. This example illustrates that while heat energy is thought of as two different types of energy. To convelt from psia to psig. For psia zero is a perfect vacuum. however it is important because it is used for most thermodynamic calculations.THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES The other variation in pressure measurement is pounds per square inch absolute (psia). and (2) the pressure-volume energy increases because its pressure increases. atmospheric pressure (14. Energy from the burning candle is transferred to the air .1 HPC Technical Services ~ . can be used to convert the units.69 psia) is added to the reading in psia. The difference between psig and psia is the zero point of the scale. The air in the container absorbs this energy in two forms: (I) the internal energy of the air in the container increases as its temperature increases. THERMOMETER - AIR . atmospheric pressure (which is zero psig) is 14. The reason that the pressure of the air in the sealed container in the example increases is due to the increase in temperature. in the sealed container.69 psia./ CONTAINER Figure 1-01 Heat Energy HEAT TRANSFER 1_5-1. Thus. This is expressed by the equation: Equation 1-01 where h u Pv 778 = = = enthalpy (BTU/lb) internal energy (BTU/lb) the pressure-volume energy (pressure x specific volume) = conversion factor (778 ft-lb/BTU) The specific volume expression used in calculating the P-v energy above is defined as the volume per unit mass of a substance. However.

the direction of the flow of electron changes continuously. the volume of the steam increases as the pressure and heat energy decrease. nearly a vacuum. As the piston moves out. The temperature of the steam also falls considerably in expansion through the turbine. Pressure is produced by the steam's molecules colliding with the cylinder walls and piston. The amount of electrical energy flowing through a conductor is determined by the amount of electron flow. against which the electrons must flow. .STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 Heat energy is difficult to use to do work. The temperature of the steam also decreases. or current (measured in amps) and the "electrical pressure. Heat energy is usually converted to mechanical energy because mechanical energy can be used more easily. The difference in the heat energy of the steam before and after the expansion is the energy that was converted to mechanical energy. direct current (DC) and alternating current (AC). reversing itself 60 times per second for 60 HZ power. typically from lOOO°F to about 80°F to lOO°F. Figure 1-02 shows heat energy being converted to mechanical energy using steam in a piston and cylinder arrangement. the electrons always flow in the same direction. The steam does work by exerting a force on the piston. which causes the piston to move. In AC electricity. This process is called expansion. The steam is under pressure. Steam enters the turbine at high pressure (typically around 2400 psig) and is expanded to a very low pressure. . Expanding Steam Figure 1-02 Conversion of Heat Energy to Mechanical Energy Expansion of steam for energy coiwersion is used in power plant steam turbines. There is a relationship between the current and voltage in a conductor for DC electricity called Ohm 's Law. also causing a decrease in heat energy. In the steam turbine expansion process. In DC electricity. the heat energy in the steam is converted to mechanical energy to do the work of turning the generator rotor. There are two types of electricity used in power plants. Ohm's law may be written as: E=I X R Equation 1-02 Where: E = voltage in volts I = Current in amps R = Resistance in Ohms 1-6 HPC Technical Services . Electrical Energy Electrical energy is a result of electrons flowing through a conductor." or voltage.

Electrical power (for direct current circuits) can be detennined from the following circuits using the following equation p= E x I Equation 1-03 Where: P = Power in watts E = Voltage in volts I = Current in amps The two equations above apply only to DC electricity. Units of electrical energy are watts. The choice of units often depends on the discipline being considered. As the torque that is exerted on the generator rotor increases. 1. the greater the electrical energy. temperature can be expressed in degrees Fahrenheit or degrees Rankine. Electrical power can be produced using mechanical force through the use of magnetism.THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES The greater the current for a given voltage. Prefixes are also commonly used with units . Watt-hours are the product of power and the time for which it is generated. and BTUs. energy and properties of substances are expressed in many different units. Examples of common abbreviations are "O for degrees F" Fahrenheit. it is convenient to work in mechanical units such as pounds. When working with electrical equipment it is convenient to use electrical units such as volts. The conversion factor 459. For example one kilowatt is equal to 1. and "mega" which means million. A conversion factor is implied when these prefixes are used. 1_7HPC Technical Services T V- . The conversion factor in this instance is 1000 watts per kilowatt. In the discussion of temperature earlier in this Section.000 watts. This is true for both AC and DC electricity. When a magnetic field is moved near a conductor. Many quantities and properties can be expressed using more than one type of unit. Conversion factors are published in many different places. for example. voltage is induced in the conductor. Conversion tables usually provide these abbreviations as well as the conversion factors . "KW" for kilowatts and "BTU" for British Thermal Units. As an example. the greater the electrical energy flowing through an electrical conductor. it was explained that the unit degree Fahrenheit can be used to express the temperature of a substance. An example of a conversion factor is that used to convert temperature from degrees Fahrenheit to degrees Rankine .67 is added to degrees Fahrenheit to obtain degrees Rankine. footpounds. It is also common to use abbreviations with units. Electrical energy is usually expressed in terms of watt-hours. When working with mechanical components. In most power plant generators the rotor is a large electromagnet. Since the same parameter may be expressed in different units. Work. current increases and thus power electrical generation is increased. feet. it is often necessary to "conveli" the units through the use of conversion factors. the greater the voltage for a given current. In many cases conversion factors must be used by multiplying or dividing rather than adding or subtracting.2 UNITS OF ENERGY AND WORK Units are used to describe the size and magnitude of various properties of matter. Common examples of prefixes are "kilo." which means one thousand. Similar relationships exist for AC electricity and these are explained later in this course. The details of generators and how they work are covered in detail later in this course. amps and watts. It is rotated inside the stationary armature which has many conductors. This voltage results in current to the load. Similarly.

000 KW -hours (KWH) of electrical energy per hour. The weight has more potential energy after it has been lifted to a higher elevation through the work of the turbine. It produces 2. The turbine has converted heat energy to potential energy by working. work is often considered as energy in motion since moving an object increases its kinetic energy. STEAM IN l TURBINE STEAM OUT l WEIGHT Fi::ure 1-03 Wei::ht Lffted by Small Steam Turbine 1-8 HPC Technical Services . energy and entropy. In fact. Work in terms of mechanical energy is the action of a force moving an object over a distance.3 WORK AND POWER A full understanding of energy conversion in power plants requires that various concepts related to energy be understood as well. Figure 1-03 illustrates a small steam turbine that being used to lift a weight. Work can also be thought of as a way to convert one type of energy to another.BTU Eauation 1-04 1.000 pounds per hour and produces 250.86 billion BTU per hour through the conversion of chemical to heat energy. Another way to defme work is in terms of mechanical energy. for example does work on the generator by exerting a force (torque) on the generator as it moves (rotates).000 KW of electricity. the conversion factor 3413 BTUIKWH must be used as shown ill the following equation.J 4 1 ~ IHV I KWH E. 1.000 . 2jO.. The turbine..8% 2. The efficiency of the plant is defined as the ratio of the energy supplied to the plant to the useful energy produced...lJldem:v. The generator then converts the mechanical energy from this work to electrical energy..STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 Conversion factors are used in the following example in which the efficiency of a power plant is determined..3..:( ... The power plant also produces 250. Since the energy is expressed in BTUs and the energy produced is expressed in different units..x .. The steam turbine converts the heat energy of the steam into mechanical energy to lift the weight.OOOKWH .. It is necessary to express the energy supplied and the useful energy produced in the same units in order to make this calculation.Iom{' = 29..000.000 BTU/lb at a rate of220. Among these concepts are work. .860. A power plant bums coal that has a heating value of 13.1 Work Energy can be defined asthe capacity to do work.

In a combined cycle plant. is rejected to the circulating water through heat transfer in the condenser. The heat energy in the steam from the HRSG is converted to mechanical energy in the steam turbine. then twice as much power is being used. A prime mover. Some of the mechanical energy of the turbine is transferred through the shaft to the compressor to increase the pressure and temperature of the air used in the gas turbine. Power is the rate at which work is done. increasing the energy of the fluid. The process is then repeated. whereas. however. however.2 Power It is useful to know how much energy is necessary to make a process occur. The increase in velocity results in an increase the kinetic energy of the fluid. The heat transfer takes place in the tubes inside the HRSG. The rate at which the energy is delivered to or generated from a process is also important. The internal energy of the steam is increased through the absorption of heat. Regardless of the rate. in Figure 1-03. There may be other changes in energy as well. A small fraction of the steam condenses in the steam turbine and appears as small water droplets. which then converts the mechanical energy to electrical energy. 1. The rest of the mechanical energy is transmitted through the shaft to the generator where it is converted to electrical energy. The amount of energy alone is not enough to describe many processes. In a gas turbine. The heat energy of the gases is transfelTed to the water in the HRSG.3. usually refelTed to as condensate. The heat required to change state between steam and water. this temperature increase is very small. The turbine uses the mechanical energy from the steam to turn the generator. The pressure increases because the volume of the gaseous steam is limited. The condensate is then pumped back to the HRSG through heat exchangers designed to capture more heat through heat transfer. The steam expands and cools in the energy conversion in the steam turbine.~ . called the heat of vaporization. such as a motor or a turbine.4 ENERGY CONVERSION IN A POWER PLANT A power plant receives fuel and burns it to convert the chemical energy of the fuel into heat energy. Typically.hot gases from the gas turbine are exhausted to a heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) where additional energy conversion takes place. the increase in temperature results in an increase in the internal energy of the fluid. if the weight is lifted at a speed that is twice the original speed. steam is formed and then superheated. HPC Technical Services 1. 1. this energy is converted directly to mechanical energy as the hot gases expand to drive the turbine. the same amount of work is performed and the same amount of energy is used if the weight is lifted the same distance. For example. such as an increase in the velocity of the fluid or an increase in its temperature. The pump uses this mechanical energy to do work on the fluid. The result of the increase in the fluid's energy is generally seen as an increase in the pressure of the fluid. transforms energy (electrical or heat) to mechanical energy to rotate the pump. The mixture of steam and water exhausts from the steam turbine to the condenser where the remaining steam is condensed into water.9 .l1k .THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES Another example of work involved in conversion of energy occurs In a pump.

Mass In Energy In -. Energy is transferred into the system in the HRSG and out of the system in the turbine and condenser. the feedwater/steam piping in a power plant is the boundary of a closed system. The First Law is simply a restatement of the Law of Conservation of Energy that describes the relationship between heat and work. An example of an open system is a cogeneration power plant where some steam produces electrical power in a closed loop process. oundary Energy'n Energy Out Figure 1-04 Closed Svstem An open system. as shown in Figure 104. work. it is convenient to draw a boundary around the system.!ure 1-05 Open Svstem 1-10 HPC Technical Services . processes. Energy can be transferred across the system boundaries between a system and its surroundings. It is used to collect water (mass) and isolate it from the surroundings. The way in which these changes take place is referred to as the process. The mass of the working fluid in the system (steam/water) stores the energy.0 LAWS OF THERMODYNAMICS The conversion of heat to work is based on two fundamental principles generally referred to as the First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics. A closed system. There are two types of systems: closed systems and open systems. In the case of expansion work in a steam turbine. For example. but some steam is extracted from the turbine and used in some other process (say building heating) and is not returened. transfers both mass and energy to or from its surroundings. as shown in Figure 1-05.~ ~L • ¥ BOUndary Energy Out • Mass Out ~~ '-:==="~~~ I ~~ -~ L~ Fif. A cycle is a sequence of processes that produces net heat flow or work when placed between an energy source (fuel) and an energy sink (condenser). cycles and their surroundings. and everything outside of the boundaries is called the surroundings. The Second Law describes the availability of heat energy to do work. Regardless of the type of work or the type of energy under consideration. When dealing with energy and the means of converting energy from one form to another. temperature or chemical changes. the system is a fluid (water/steam) capable of expansion or contraction as a result of pressure.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 2. has no transfer of mass to or from its surroundings. and energy have practical significance when viewed in terms of systems. Everything within the system boundaries is part of the system. the terms heat.

whenever there is any net transfer of energy inward across . internal energy and P-v energy. and the system boundary consists of the boiler tubes. From this energy balance the following equation can be written: I where Q Q . This general "energy" equation is one form of the First Law of Thermodynamics. condenser tubes. turbine casing. The changes in potential and kinetic energy in 'most closed systems are very small compared to other changes and so to sirnplify the equation. An energy balance is written by evaluating the three terms of the general energy equation. Thus. Application of this equation to a system is called writing the energy balance for the system. they are assumed to be zero.W = Hr HI = DH Equation 1-06 Where: Q W = = = HJ H2 net heat transferred to the system net work done by the system enthalpy of the system at the start of a process = enthalpy ofthe system at the end of the process . In the case of a closed system. The mass of the system is water. This principle relates to the First Law of Thermodynamics which states that the sum of all energy entering a system must equal the sum of all energy exiting.1 THE FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS From the principle of conservation of energy. as well as change in total energy possessed by the system. kinetic energy.EI I w = = EJ E2 Equation 1-05 net heat transferred to the system net work done by the system = stored energy of the system at the stmi of a process = stored energy of the system at the end of the process Figure 1-06 Energy Balance (Closed System) Q -~ This equation states that the difference between the net heat energy added to a closed system and the net work done by the system is seen as a change in the amount of energy stored in the system. which equals the change in enthalpy. The energy in the system includes potential energy.W == E2 . the stored energy of the system increases by an amount equal to the net energy transferred. pump casings.the boundary ofa system. Conversely. the change in the total energy equals the sum of the changes in internal energy and pressure-volume (P-v) energy. the first law of thermodynamics can be applied by using an energy balance. recall that energy can neither be created nor destroyed. This can be represented by the following equation: I Q . as shown in Figure 1-06. the stored energy of the system decreases by an amount equal to the net energy removed. 2. and the interconnecting piping. These include the heat Q and work Wadded to or removed from the system.THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES The conventional power plant steam/water cycle (often called the Rankine cycle) is a closed system used to convert the heat of combustion into mechanical work. if there is a net transfer of energy out of the system during any process.

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 It is important in using this equation that the energy units used are the same. A simple turbine is a steady flow system in which. a positive value is used for W. The general equation for a simple turbine is written as follows: H. Thus. steam and gas turbines. the change in the total energy equals the sum of the changes in internal energy and P-v energy entering and leaving the system. boiler feed pumps and so on. The general energy equation also applies to open systems. a negative value (minus sign) is used. The general energy equation can be rewritten as follows: Q+Hi = W+Ho Equation 1-07 where Q W Hi Ho = = = = net heat transferred to the system net work done by the system enthalpy of the working fluid entering the system enthalpy of the working fluid leaving the system This equation can be applied to the entire power plant without examining the details of the process within the plant. a negative value is used. Figure 1-08 shows a simplified diagram of a turbine. The equation can also be applied to individual components and processes in the power plant such as the HRSG. The type of open system most frequently encountered in practical systems is called a steady flow system. In addition. = W + Ho Equation 1-08 Because the turbine in this example is a steady flow system. as shown in Figure 1-07. the mass flow into the system equals the mass flow out. m=mass. a positive value (plus sign) is used for Q. Thus. Ifheat is added to the system. no heat is transferred to or from the system (Q = 0). ideally. the energy equation must be written for some selected time interval. ifheat is removed from the system. as follows : (Note: the· above the letter is an engineering designation for a rate. no mass is collected by the system. the potential and kinetic energy changes of the working fluid can be eliminated since they are essentially the same at the inlet and outlet conditions. If work is done by the system. a turbine is designed to extract energy from the working fluid to do work in the form of turning a shaft. In other words. Energy Out In this case. This shaft work is converted to electrical energy by the generator. For example. This is accomplished by writing the equation in terms of rates of energy transfer. Usually the following sign convention is used. in BTU per unit time. This equals the change in enthalpy of the working fluid . where M is mass flow. if work is done on the system. Equation 1-09 1-12 HPC Technical Services . It is also important to adopt "sign conventions" for heat and work are used in applying these relationships. Energy ---1=~~-------1 In - Q --~: Figure 1-07 General Energy Equation in Open Systems .

BTU per pound. hi and ho. the equation can be simplified and written for a steady flow system: where Q is the rate of heat transferred to the working fluid . Thus. Figure 1-09 shows a simple boiler as open boundaries. Hln---. the work term W in the equation is zero. The other terms in this form of the equation.:=:::::=-_______. Figure 1-08 Simplified Turbine Diagram Wt Another example of a heat transfer system is a boiler (or HRSG) of a power plant which is used to take high pressure..THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES This form of the general energy equation is particularly impOitant because the rate of work done by the system w is the power output of the system.. HIGH PRESSURE _HIGH TEMPERATURE STEAM mho Q = m(ho -hJ • • Qb (FUEL) EXIT GAS Figure 1-09 Simple Boiler COMBUSTION L. - .. high temperature steam. namely the mass flow M rate and the enthalpies. low temperature water and generate high pressure. are measured quantities. Since the boiler does not do work. Applying the general energy equation to the boiler.:::::::::si=" HIGH PRESSURE LOW TEMPERATURE WATER mhj 1-13-V HPC Technical Services T. the following equation can be written: Q+H. is used rather than the "gross" enthalpy..=W+Ho Q is the amount of heat transferred through the boiler tubes and absorbed by the water and steam. The lower case "h" is used rather than the upper case "H" as in the previous equation because the specific enthalpy.

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 2. The Second Law concentrates on the feasibility of energy conversion processes. there are very few ways in which it is practical to use the heat rejected in the condenser. The temperature of the bearing rises . the heat rejected from the condenser is at a relatively low temperature. not all ofthe energy is removed from the steam in the turbine.. Can the flywheel start rotating as the bearing cools down until the bearing temperature is restored to its original value and the flywheel once again has its original kinetic energy? There is nothing in the First Law that helps to answer this question. The Second Law of Thermodynamics is not restricted to interchanges of heat and work. Consider a power plant cycle as shown in Figure 1-10 which consists of the boiler. typically around 100°F. and feedwater systems. This rejected heat is more than half of the total heat added to the cycle in the steam generator. such as generating steam in the HRSG. 1-14 HPC Technical Services . It 'is evident that there must be some natural principle. however. Energy leaves the system in the form of work done by the turbine. In order to condense the steam in the condenser. turbine. consider a rotating flywheel which is brought to rest by friction in its bearing. in addition to the First Law of Thermodynamics. It would seem that the cycle could be made more efficient by using the heat rejected in the condenser rather than "throwing it away. the heat rejected from the condenser is said to have low availability. require much higher temperatures. condenser. The increase in the internal energy is equal to the original energy of the rotating flywheel. However. the condenser pressure and temperature would begin to increase lowering the work output of the turbine. which determines the direction of a process. energy and work. but rather is a broad philosophy on the behavior of energy and energy transformations. Most thermodynamic processes used in power generation." Unfortunately.. apart from using warm circulating water from the condenser for heating greenhouses and melting snow from sidewalks. none the less. Q rejected This cycle appears to be very inefficient. and the steam that enters the condenser must be condensed. the latent heat of vaporization of the steam must be rejected from the system. For example. it is not sufficient by itself to describe all aspects of conversion of energy. it gives no indication of whether or not difficulties will be encountered in making the conversion from one energy form to another. The First Law is a statement of the equivalence of various forms of energy and says that energy must be conserved in a process.t. Heat is added to this cycle in the boiler. Q added SECONDARY FLANT CYCLE SYSTEM w Figure 1-10 Power Plant Cycle . This is where the Second Law of Thermodynamics applies. While the First Law is useful in describing. for example. how much heat is required to produce a given amount of work.2 THE SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS The First Law of Thermodynamics describes the relationship between he(1. If this heat were not rejected. In fact. the answer is no . In thermodynamics.

1-15-1. The example of the power plant cycle in Figure 1-10 also demonstrates that. If this process is carried out at a constant temperature. it is not enough to know the amount of heat transferred to describe a thermodynamic process.3 T-S DIAGRAMS The definition of the change in entropy can be visualized by considering a process in which heat is added to a substance. . represented by S is defined as the ratio of heat transfelTed to the absolute temperature at which it is transferred. the steam tables include values of specific entropy as part of the information tabulated. The temperature at which heat is transferred is also impOitant because the availability if heat energy in a substance depends upon its temperature. The more energy that can be converted to useful work. 2. the less the availability of its heat energy to do work. It is impossible to convert all ofthe energy supplied to a thermodynamic system to useful work. the opposite view is often taken. the change in entropy(DS) equals the heat added (Q) divided by the absolute temperature (Tabs) . the more efficient the system. Because entropy tells so much about the usefulness of an amount of heat transferred in performing work. temperature. volume or enthalpy. Some of the energy is lost or rejected. The following equation can be written by rearranging the equation that defines entropy: Q =Tx~S where ~S Q T = change in entropy of a system during some process (BTU/o R) = amount of heat added to the system during the process (BTU) = absolute temperature (O R) The amount of heat required for a thermodynamic process can be thought of as the area under a curve plotted on a T-S diagram. That area can be determined through a mathematical process called integration. The lower the temperature of a substance.1 HPC Technical Services T. entropy. This concept is so important that another property is defined to describe both the amount of heat transferred and the temperature at which it is transferred. This property. when dealing with energy conversion.THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES The example of the power plant cycle in Figure 1-10 illustrates a fundamental consequence of the Second Law of Thermodynamics. This can be written in the following equation: where ~S Q T == change in entropy of a system during some process (BTU/oR) amount of heat added to the syStem during the process (BTU) = absolute temperature (O R) Entropy is a property as is pressure. a thermodynamic cycle can be made more efficient by minimizing the heat rejected. In thermodynamics. The usefulness of entropy can be illustrated by describing thermodynamic processes on a diagram called a T-S diagram and using the defmitionof entropy.

The properties discussed in this section are: • • • • • • • States or phases Heat capacity (specific heat) Heat of fusion Heat of vaporization Saturation temperature Saturation pressure Superheat 1-16 HPC Technical Services . Thus. nontoxic nature.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 Figure 1-11 shows a T-S diagram for two different thermodynamic processes in which the temperature T and the entropy S of a substance both change as heat is added. 3. the area under curve B is less than that under curve A and so the heat required for the process represented by curve B is less than that for the process represented by curve A. The second thermodynamic process. The work done by or on a thermodynamic system and the heat added to or removed from the system can be easily visualized on the T-S diagram. represented by path B has the same endpoints but is different from path A. and favorable properties. In the following Chapter. it is not enough to know the endpoints of a process in order to determine the . are depicted on a T-S diagram to determine efficiency. The Brayton and Rankine Cycles thermodynamically represent the gas turbine and water/steam cycle of a combined cycle power plant. the path must also be known. PATH · B ENTHROPY Figure 1-11 T-S Diagram The heat required for the process represented by path A can be found by determiriing the area under the 'curve A between the limits of SI and S2. Water is a key resource because of its wide availability.amount of heat required for that process. therefore. frequently used to analyze energy transfer cycles. as this example demonstrates. because all of the points on curve B are lower than those on curve A. T-S diagrams are.0 WATER AND STEAM Water is the primary substance used to transfer energy in a power plant. two cycles that are used in power plants. the Brayton and Rankine Cycles. Accordingly. The steam is used to drive the steam turbine-generator which produces electrical power.

500·_------------------------. water as a liquid and a gas exist together. Heat must be transferred to or from water to change both its temperature and state. The heat required for the change of state from water to steam is called the heat of vaporization. Additional heat energy instead melts the ice.!lot of heat required to change the temperature of ice is determined by a parameter called specific heat. When heat is transferred to ice. is called the saturation temperature. F The increase in temperature occurs at a rate of about I O rise for each BTU added. Figure 1-12 shows the amount of heat at atmospheric pressure needed to change OaF ice to 212°F steam and beyond. The temperature at which water boils. Water at the saturation temperature is called saturated liquid. The heat of fusion is the difference in internal energy of ice and water. however. The heat required for the change of state from ice to water is called the heat of fusion or latent heat. since the heat addition can be "sensed" as a temperature change. the water starts to boil. water below 32°F is solid (ice). the temperature of the water increases. 180 BTU of heat are required..3 BTU. is exactly 1 BTU/lb-oF when the temperature of the water is at 60°F. The amount of heat needed to change I pound of water at 212°F to steam at 212°F is 970.. To increase the temperature of 1 pound of water from 32° to 212°F.. OaF ice is heated to 32°F by adding approximately 16 BTU of energy. The heat of vaporization is the difference in internal energy of water and steam. since the specific heat of water is about 1 BTU/lb. as more heat is added. If more heat is added.. The specific heat F. HEAT OF VAPORIZATION 'SATURATION POINT/ 16 -144. The specific heat of ice is 0. At atmospheric pressure.1 HPC Technical Services T .1 3 8 - BTU Figure 1-12 Water Phase Diagram When more heat is added beyond this point. The state or phase of water depends on its temperature and pressure.THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES 3.505 BTU of heat to raise its temperature by 1°F..O In fact.1 PROPERTIES OF WATER Water can exist in any of the three states: solid. This heat addition is called sensible heat. These three states are also called phases. In Figure 1-12.... and water above 212°F is gaseous (steam).1- 18o- J. for a given pressure. 1-17-1. The amount of heat needed to change 1 pound of ice at 32°F to water at 32°F is 144 BTU. another phase transformation begins. and gas. its temperature increases until the ice reaches the freezing point of 32°F. liquid. water above 32°F and below 212°F is liquid.9 7 0 .-. the temperature of the ice does not change. Boiling is the change of state from water to steam...505 BTU/lboF and so one pound of ice must absorb 0. The amo. At saturation temperature.. At 212°F.. Once all of the ice changes state to water.. The process of melting ice to water is called a phase transformation or change of state. and steam at the saturation temperature is called saturated steam. the specific heat of water changes slightly as its temperature changes.

At atmospheric pressure. The specific heat of steam changes as its pressure and temperarure change. If the pressure is increased to 100 psia. further addition of heat to the steam increases its temperature above the saturation temperature.490 BTU/lb-oP at saturation at atmospheric pressure and so 0. if the pressure is lowered to 1 psi a (compared to atmospheric pressure of 14. a mixture of steam and water at the same temperature exists. the saturation temperature of water is 327.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 The saturation temperature (boiling point) of water depends on its pressure. there is one and only one saturation temperature. steam quality (often referred to simply as quality). for any given saturation pressure. The saturated steam tables provide the values of properties of steam and water at saturation conditions while the superheated steam tables provide the values of properties of steam above saturation temperature. for example. Thus. There is a unique relationship between pressure and temperature of water at saturation conditions. The specific heat of steam is 0. If. Once all of the water changes state to steam. The difference in the temperature of superheated steam and the saturation temperature for its pressure is called the superheat or degrees of superheat of the steam. the temperature is also known and vice versa. steam at atmospheric pressure that has been heated to 222°P has 10 degrees of superheat. 1-18 HPe Technical Services . Steam that is above saturation temperatUre is called superheated steam.08865 to 3208.47°P and 3208. At the critical point there is no difference in the density or other properties of water and steam and thus saturation no longer has meaning.490 BTU is needed for each degree of superheat for 1 pound of steam.8°P. P or example.47°P and for the corresponding pressures from 0. 90% of the water in a mixture of steam and water were steam. is necessary to describe the mixture of steam and water. A new parameter. Some steam tables also provide the values of properties of water below saturation temperature (called subcooled water). The saturated steam tables give the values of properties of saturated water and saturated steam for temperatures from 32°P to 705.2 psia is at the critical point. That is. Quality is only useful in saturation. Steam quality is defmed as the mass percentage of steam present in the steam-water mixture at saturated conditions. the saturation temperature is 212°P. the quality of this mixture would be 90%. Tables have been developed listing the changes of each property with changes in pressure and temperature. These tables are commonly published as a book.69 psia) the saturation temperature of water is 10 l.2 STEAM TABLES AND THE MOLLIER DIAGRAM The properties of water have been studied more than those of any other substance. The saturation temperature of water decreases as its pressure decreases and increases as its pressure increases. Por example.08865 psia is ice rather than saturated steam or water. The two tables most used in power plant work are the saturated steam tables and superheated steam tables. Water below 32°P and 0. at saturation if the pressure is known. As water boils and changes to steam. referred to as steam tables.2 psia. enthalpy and entropy. All of these tables of properties are. together. This is because water that is below the saturation pressure (and thus has no steam) has zero quality and superheated steam has a quality of 100%. The properties of water that are most useful in thermodynamics of power plants are specific volume. 3. Water at 705. 7°P.

0 558.40903 0. of hr 562.0 554.0 554.8 h'g hg 8.7353 0.39479 0.40256 0. two sets of saturated steam tables are provided.THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES Normally.6132 0.44367 0. Table 1-02 shows a portion of a saturated steam pressure table.0 552.2 554.3856 1.2 1191.0 542. temperature tables and pressure tables.37966 0. Press. ISteam Water I Evap. of I psia Enthalpy.36 1097.43217 0.41855 0.6222 0.8 645.7600 0.17 915.6 552.7501 0. 8'g 8g 560.3 1194.55 1079.7329 0.1 651.38 1115.47947 0.02134 0.0 538.6 666.6665 0.47377 0.02151 0.46513 0.4 1189.6 1191.6311 0.2 1189.46123 0.3817 1.0 544.66 900.38715 0.43514 0.3 536.0 536.0 556.0 542.2 531.41660 0.4032 560.6267 0.0 544.02207 0.0 548. The temperature tables are easiest to use when the temperature is known.8 539.3915 1. Temperature tables list values of properties according to saturation temperature in even increments of temperature.96 1062. Btunbm x R Water I Evap.22 978. ft3nbm Entropy.38714 0.7625 0.42432 0.7304 0.7402 0.6 1187.6621 0.3797 1.02146 0.44834 0.6752 1.39431 0.49155 0.48275 0.79 946.4012 1.0 549. and the pressure tables are easiest to use when the pressure is known.6577 0.37230 0.2 526.3757 1.6177 0.6400 0.0 648.0 558.6708 0.0 546.3 628.02182 V'g Vg Temp.6 663.1 1193.0 0. Pressure tables list values of properties according to saturation pressure in even increments of pressure.3993 1.3935 1.7280 0. Temp.7525 0.3 638.9 1196. Table 1-01 shows a portion of a saturated steam temperature table.3896 1.47026 0.4 559.7 529.50070 625.02194 0.0 540.9 1192.7 1188.0 532.5 546. Btunbm Volume.7550 0.3 654.0 536.4 0.90 962.6489 0.45665 0.0 540.8 632.0 534.44018 0.8 534.0 635.0 546. however the information is organized differently for convenience.7575 0.3777 1.02123 Table 1-01 Saturated Steam Temperature Table 1-19HPC Technical Services ~ M- .9 544. 0.3954 1.0 552.3876 1.5 660.02201 0.5 1193.6533 0.8 1195.45237 0.40160 0.02140 0.0 1133.02157 0.42677 0.59 1045.0 534.7451 0.02163 0.49 1011.02169 0.4 657. ISteam v.0 556.8 557.36607 0. Both the temperature and pressure tables have the same information.4 541.02129 0.02176 0.3974 1.02188 0.41048 0.0 550.0 532.9 1190. ISteam Water I Evap.7 1194.3837 1.4 1195.5 641.0 548.75 995.0 538.6 669.7427 0.34 0.7476 0.6445 0.43 1028.88 931.0 550.7378 0.6356 0.

6 490.7 526.3 561 .76 515.7 640.0 52S.4070 1.1 625.5 513.43457 0.6190 0.2 0.0 1190.46 521.6165 0.8 667.7536 0.0 1190.26 531 .02174 0.9 570.3685.02134 0. 0.4 516.4 1196.1 691 .40476 0.41454 0.7 1199.39150 0.73 559.60657 0.3783 1.9699.2 1198.9 627.7076 0.57667 0.0 881 .1 535.0 860.50091 0.2 624.4045 1.3851 1.66 533.55408 0.02159 0.00 1070.1 Table 1-02 Saturated Steam Pressure Table Both variations ofthe saturated steam tables are tabulations of pressure P.02116 0.4 1201 .38285 0.38073 0.5 615.6 518.6687.7674 0.39694 0.3 1104.53302 0.4 1187.39648 0.59757 0.6 1107. The subscript "fg" is used to denote the difference between the same property for water and steam.34371 565.3693.0 1180.48324 0.51886 0.3 526.46130 0.2 1111.0 555.5 1111 .2 531 .0 960.6344 0.44596 0.6557 0.52592 0.1 1195.7507 0.6091 0. ft3nbm Enthalpy.82 560.7449 0.6959 0.54889 0.6396 0.9 544.84 509.8 616.7058 0.50522 0.50706 0.0 1115.42436 0.4083 1.3 639.36 548.5 564. Volume.40056 0.9 1116.4 1116.3982 1.7210 0.06 .2 1201.58025 0.7114 0.0 920.8476 0.56860 0.0 730.6 547.4122 1.51197 0.39244 0.02083 0.35478 561.2 658.6947 1100.7 1109.3727 1.7327 0.6 1106.45097 0.4 1108.7 1111 . specific enthalpy h.0 1010.7681.40047 0.4149 1.6966 0.5 1112.3714 1.9 1114.6 504.61822 0.36245 0.48nO 0.3874 1.5 543.6 530.02072 0. ISteam Iwater IEvap.8 563.40967 0.0 1191 .7311 0.6 1106.02170 0.8 523.1 551 .02195 0.6 h9 1184.4706.1 542.7020 0.02166 0.9 497.0 1190.3705 1.78 506.54809 0.4 611.8216 0.8 561 .51333 0.0 1170.64585 h.7309 0.5 635.7 550.7 500.5706. and hfg is the difference between hf and hg.9 1200.34734 563.0 710.44103 0.3 1116.7592 0.9 683.40902 0.1 m.0 930.8 1192.0 1160.0 850.36599 0.79 544.0 1112.0 830.7160 0.0 1140.46190 O .44518 0.0 539.2 548.35869 0.8889 0.6042 0.1 523.0 1198.5 .3 501 .3738 1.02228 0.56 543.02155 0.0 r F Iwater IEVap.2703.6753 0.3817 1.8 644.7634 0.6 508.9 495.4 1189.0 557.4 1113.60949 0.02152 0.62719 0.48901 0.41941 0.4019 1. Thus hfis the enthalpy of water at a given pressure/temperature. hg is the enthalpy of steam at the same temperature.7550 0.7146 0.6 541.0 910.6530 0.34 512.8 Ug 1104.4007 1.7183 0..1 1116.6423 0.7493 0.8 1188.6695.6318 0.563n 0. The subscript " f ' (for fluid) is used for water.5969 0. 1189.0 541 ." Subscripts are used to distinguish between water in different phases.7 1113.49490 0.0 538.3970 1.54052 0.6 509.021n 0.6370 0.3 1185.55894 0.7 1105.o 760.4109 1.42942 0.02112 0.95 530.02123 0.3 1105.0 840.02130 0.63 558.02076 0.7688 0.02094 0.65 538.42224 0.8 1199.7247 0.02069 0.6 544.8990 0.4032 1.5 650.4679.3749 1.7295 0. Btunbm Entropy. ream IWater IEvap.02141 0.9 1107.7358 0.7146 0. 551.0 550. V'g Vg 0.8 685.7 1112.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 Press.6 553.0 820.3 1106.02087 0.63639 0.56143 0.0 1150.7697.46882 0.0 no.3 1193.6920 0.4290 U.3 622.40 0.2 564.7129 0.7 1198.9 526.7263 0.0 880.7 557.45621 0.96 526.6017 0.0 1120.02210 0.0 1113.7647 0.7343 S9 1.7279 0.0 552.1 1190.41335 0.4 652.02163 0.6 611 .6724 0.0 1185.0 810.86 1060.02137 0.9 642.2 1107.6889.5 540.02058 0.6066 0.49883 0.4 1194.4204 1.0 528.5 586.6 550.6· 673.6 1191 .38457 0.4 1115.n01 0.02105 0.8 520.2 1115.47205 0.13 535.4 506.38847 0.2 521 .1 551 .7 671.4 119B.9 560.4183 1.4 1200.8 498.0 518.0 1196.48586 0.9 837.0 1187.02065 0.02101 0. 1-20 HPC Technical Services .1 545.0 780.0 900.36247 0.8696 0.39 537.3694 1.52631 0.18 546.4 492.43982 0.61581 0.43820 0. Btunbm x R Energy.9 1201 .0 532.60 525.59267 0.37041 0.7214 0.02199 0.5 506.7051 0.3 654.9 1193.3805 1.3663 1.0 556.7678 0.02254 0. 566.6985 0.7111 0.3760 L3nl 1.4232 1.6292 0.5 499.99 545.7094 0.2 1200.4218 1.4260 1.5993 0.36641 0.37695 0.7661 Sfg 0.4138 1.3995 1.7620 0.3 1189.6 1192.7242 0.30 527.8840 0.0 790.6 646.02119 0.6266 0.0 503.4 560.3946 1.0 1040.6 1116.0 .37324 0.9 1110. It should be evident that hfg is the heat of vaporization.3934 1.53 549.0 870.52 557. specific volume v.21 516.4094 1.7463 0.02148 0.02221 0.5 559.86 522.3 534. 0.1 633.02206 0.0 1020.63 529.7419 0.5 1115.7478 0.7 1198.7 1105.23 504.02080 0.32 507.7 1186.02054 950. Temp.02098 0.8 547.62530 0.47363 0.24 523.42681 0.5 537.1 548.0 1110.1 h'g 613.14 1080.1 658.6 675.7 533.1 1186.7022 0.02061 0.6115 0.47968 0.3 1114.0 1030.0 860.36 542.3910 1.3840 1. The subscript "g" (for gas) is used for steam.70 1050.4275 1.5 516.1701 .13 0. and specific entropy s.2 494.8 1108.7082 0.7 1200.0 740.60097 0.38714 0.6 566.1 508.0 1197.8503 0.7 1116.6 1187.3958 1.4176 1.41n5 0.0 1000.3886 1.7434 0.5 531.0 800.0 720.3922 1.8 499.7564 0.0 750.4190 1.7003 0.5 569.34013 566.02091 0.6449 0.8840 0.5 553.99 0.6 537.7606 0.7 669.3 6n.7 502.7 515.36958 0.0 554.7178 0.7373 0.19 0.0683.90 539.4 1199.02192 0.1 513.1 554.1 1108.06 519.53314 0.7 1197.45054 0.0 890.2 1188.58457 0.37863 0.2 562.7 505.6811 0.75".7389 0.8 1115.4 545.30 513.1 558.35103 562.02232 0.7197 0.5 1196.0 567.53988 0.43146 0.0 11£4.34 510.45609 0.0 1106.6869 0. 571.3828 1.6 618.3 524.1 1110.9 554.0 1111 .2 1192.0 1109.64 518.02217 0.0 1105.37449 0. ISteam Iwater Isteam V.3898 1.6140 0.7 S.0 0.6241 0.8 567.58896 0.6 1197.3 555.9 536.6 1109.02145 0.3683 1.0 614.0 970.02181 0.7 1194.0 496.0 940.6 520.7243 0.40507 0.85 534.02214 0.02127 0.3 1109.8812 0. temperature T.7406 0.9 565.0 493.2 1113.28 1090.6762 0. The term "specific" means that the value of the property is given as "per pound.14 · 540.67 631 .7230 0.02203 0.02188 0.5 1114.4057 1.6584 0.5 620.1 1114.8 610.4246 1.6 629.4n59 0.4 1191 .4 1110.3794 1.7 646.4 521.4 527.2 1112.7176 0.51975 0.02109 0.7040 0.57191 0.6688 0.91 0.6 534.49218 0.1 1199.o 980.Btullbm psia 1200.02184 0.7 1113.n14 O.

79 psia. referring to the saturated steam temperature table (Table 1-01). enthalpy and entropy for water and saturated steam at this temperature can be found. Understanding that the density and specific volume of water change with temperature and pressure is impOliant because some steam plant equipment takes advantage of this characteristic of water.Specific enthalpy of change ofvaporization (BTUllbm) hr ~ h htg S Sf Sg SCg Sh - Specific entropy (BTU/Ibm-OF) - Specific entropy of saturated liquid (BTUllbm-OR) Specific entropy of saturated vapor(BTU/Ibm-OR) Specific entropy of change of vaporization (BTU/Ibm-OR) Number of degrees of superheat (OF) - Table 1-03 Steam Table Notation Tables I-Oland 1-02 show values for three properties of steam. For example. They also list the change in each property between the liquid and vapor states. On the same line. this portion of the boiler is called the water walls because the boiler tubes make up the walls of the furnace. The values for enthalpy are given in units of BTU/Ibm' The values for entropy are given in units of BTU/oR-Ibm' The specific volume.Specific volume change of vaporization (cu ftllbm Specific enthalpy (BTU/Ibm) Specific enthalpy of saturated liquid (BTU/Ibm) Specific enthalpy of saturated vapor (BTUllbm) . Since this portion of the boiler (or HRSG) boils or evaporates water to form steam. In a conventional fired boiler. the saturation pressure for steam at 540°F is 962. "PC Technical Services 1-21~ om . usually expressed in Ib/f3. water tube.THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES Table 1-03 is a summary of the notation used in steam tables. Specific volume is the volume of a unit mass of a substance or ft3/1b. it is often referred to as the evaporator in HRSG's. the steam drum. T P v vf Vg Vfg - Temperature Pressure (psi) - Specific volume of saturated liquid (cu ftIlbm Specific volume of saturated liquid (cu ftIlbm - Specific volume of saturated vapor (cu ftIlb m . v. enthalpy. entropy and specific volume. For example. the specific volume. and downcomer arrangement shown in Figure 1-13 uses density changes in water for natural circulation. of steam is the inverse of its density p at a given temperature and pressure: Specific volume v = 1 - p Density is the amount of weight a substance has per unit of volume. Both saturated tables list the values of properties of water as a saturated liquid and a saturated vapor for the specified temperature/pressure condition.

upward through the evaporator tubes and back to the drum. As an example. From the saturated steam temperature table. steam quality x is the property used to express that amount of steam present in a steam-water mixture. the specific volume for saturated steam at 548°F is 0. then flows up the water wall tubes (4) located in the walls ofthe boiler.43217 x cu ft/lb m • The ratio of the specific volume of water to steam at this temperature is about 19. each pound of the steam-water mixture leaving the turbine contains 0. there is a mixture of steam bubbles and water in the evaporator tubes. OUTSIDE OF BOILER WALL (2) Figure 1-13 Boiler Water Circuit The water from the downcomer is distributed to the water wall tubes by the header (3). This phenomenon is called natural circulation. The water in the tubes absorbs heat from combustion in the boiler. saturated water at 548°F from the steam drum ( 1 ) flows through the downcomer (2). The saturated steam temperature table (only a portion was shown in Table 1) gives the specific volume for saturated water at 548°F as v = 0.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 In Figure 1-13.9. There is only water in the downcomer. Saturation pressure for this temperature is 1028. the water is about 19.13 pounds of water.9 times more dense that the steam. In other words. Mixtures of saturated water and steam like that in the waterwall or evaporator tubes occur often in a power plant. Another example is the steam leaving a turbine and entering a condenser. the heat added causes some of the water to boil. As a result of this difference in density. if the steam at the turbine exhaust has a quality of 87%. 1-22 HPC Technical Services . since the mixture of water and steam in the evaporator tubes is less dense that the water in the downcomer. making saturated steam. The pressure difference causes water to circulate from the drum to the downcomer. This steam is actually a mixture of water that has condensed in the turbine steam path. However. the steam bubbles rise in the tubes. there is greater pressure at the bottom of the downcomer than the bottom of the evaporator tubes. Thus.02169 x cu ft/lb m • ~:=-_~ STEAM 548° 1028 psia STEAM DRUM (1) t HEAT FROM COMBUSTION (Qb) HEADER l DOWNCOMER. since the water is already at saturation temperature.87 pounds of steam and 0. however.49 psia.

Abs.7507 0.5779 1.2 1.4460 1192.3 1. both the pressure and temperature of the steam are required to determine the values of properties of superheated steam.3910 1.47 0.61 0:8753 1507.02159 542.61 0.3 1.2 1.6469 433. 3 1. Also given is the saturation temperature for each incremerit of pressure and number of degrees of superheat.6530 449.74 0.6515 1387.7S78 s 0.4098 5..3 1.47 0. the saturation temperature T is subtracted from the temperature of the superheated steam.4222 1191.9 1.S977 305.1 1.47 0.6S33 s Sb 1100 y 0. shown as Sh.6449 1329.0 850 311.7 800 261.42 0.7656 1421.6875 1389.9 1.42 0.7S0S 1502.6489 1358.4921 105.4996 750 211.7 1.7245 1419. either the pressure or the temperature was sufficient to find the values of properties of water or steam.4358 43.4 1.6062 343.7656 1450.72 0.4557 55.27 0.15 0.5149 149.5826 1352.5137 1249.2 1.3973 61.0 1.S072 143. there is only one superheated steam table.47 0.7358 0.5354 193.02177 550.4535 1199.47 0.02141 534.6193 455.5485 1255.47 0.S440 1318. I Sh = T .6 1. To calculate this value.3794 141S.3970 11. Sat Water Sat Water Tcmperature .7 0.5 1.5993 1294.4457 49.5842 293. Table 1-04 is a pOition of a superheated steam table.61 0.S017 1281.6 1.S608 243.3 1.42 0.0 1.6080 1325.4006 1189.4 1.1 HPC Technical Services ~ .5745 1322.6872 1417.61 0.42 0.4721 1194. First.S426 199.S908 299.6142 1355. specific volume v.72 0. Second.61 0.5 1.4821 1243.61 0.4883 1207.DcgRCS Fahrenheit IbISq in.42 0. Pras. With saturated steam.T where Sh T Tsat = sat number of degrees of superheat eF) = temperature of superheated steam (OF) = temperature of saturated steam at the same pressure as the superheated steam.72 0.61 0:7272 1392.42 0.4 \.S748 255.8295 1505. 1444.61 0.J 1. 1-23-1.4259 111.7881 1403.4664 1.8 1. for each temperature and pressure.7603 1448. Not all tables give values for Sh.72 0.3851 1.6871 1361.53) b 0..4833 99.72 0.S677 249.7434 0.42 0.5228 155.5636 1290.5 900 361. and entropy s are tabulated in the superheated steam tables. (Sat TCql) 550 650 600 sb y .66 0.6188 1384.5284 1.6410 0.39)b s 700 161.1 1.4 1.4748 93.47 0. not two as with the saturated tables.42 0.72 0.SS 0.4 Sh 1000 y (514.61 0.6872 1417.58) b s Sb 1050 y (650.6595 465.4 1.9 1.THERMODYNAMIC PRINCIPLES Superheated steam tables give values of properties of superheated steam for a given pressure and temperature.5500 205.3 1.02195 (SS8. As with the saturated tables.3 1.9 1.5312 1285.7 1.S542 Table 1-04 Superheat Steam Table There are two differences between the saturated and superheated steam tables .7 1.72 0.8 1. 950 (538. enthalpy h.4531 1237.6865 .28) b SS7.6530 299.72 0.42 0. The superheated steam tables are organized as a grid with pressure along the vertical axis and temperature on the horizontal axis.6000 1000 461.

On this h-s diagram. The accuracy of steam properties from a Mollier diagram is not always as good as that from the steam tables. Figure 1-14 is a Mollier Diagram. In the superheated area. In the saturated area of the Mollier diagram.B 2. and lines of constant superheat. there are lines of constant temperature (called isotherms). Above this saturation dome. In many cases. there is a mixture of saturated steam and water.2 1.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 Another method of making the values of properties of steam available is the Mollier Diagram (also called the Mollier chart). ENTROPY (Btunb -OF) 1. It is a graph of specific enthalpy h versus specific entropy s. Below the saturation dome. there are lines of constant pressure and constant quality (moisture) percent. the diagram can be easier to use than the steam tables because the values can be read directly from it.4 1.B 2. the steam is superheated.6 1.hpcnet.2 1600 1500 1400 1300 I 1> ~1200 ifi ~ .i 1100 toOO 1000 900 BOO 1.6 1.4 1.0 2. as it is often called. rather than interpolated or calculated.0 1.0 1. HPC Technical Services 500 Tallevast Road· Suite 101 Sarasota. especially if small versions ofthe Mollier chart are used. FL 34243 USA (941) 747-7733 • FAX (94 1) 746-5374 www.2 ENTROPY (Btu/lb -O F) Figure 1-14 Mollier Diagram The values of properties of steam can be determined directly from the Mollier Diagram.com 1-24 HPC Technical Services . lines of constant pressure (called isobars). there is a line that curves downward like a hill or a dome.2 1. . The Mollier Diagram is a graphical presentation of the properties of saturated and superheated steam.0 2.

the student should be able to: 1. Describe the Reaction Principles. Describe the Curtis Stage of a Turbine. Describe the Impulse Principles. Printed: 12/1412010 .TG201J5. 3.0_June09. © 1999 .STEAM TURBINE THEORY Chapter 2 TERMINAL OBJECTIVE: To familiarize the student with the theory of Steam Turbine Operation. ENABLING OBJECTIVES: At the completion of this section. 2.

..................... 4 Impulse Turbine ......................................................................................2...1........................................0 INTRODUCTION ..........STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1...........................................................1 1............................. 7 _v ................................................................ 2-2 ~ HPC Technical Services ..........2 1..........1 1............................... 4 Basic Turbine Types and Their Principles .....................................2 Turbine Principles .....................................1 1...... 5 Reaction Turbines ........ 3 1.................................... 3 Nozzles and Their Principles ..................................................................................................................................................................2..........................

This is desirable because it allows the steam turbine-generator to have very good reliability. and values ofcritical parameters such as the lube oil header temperature and gland steam header pressure.STEAM TURBINE THEORY 1. requirements for generator synchronization. Ifthe steam turbine drives a generator. and then into electrical energy. On some equipment. the heat energy in the steam is converted into kinetic energy of a steam jet by nozzles. It is common to refer to the energy conversion that occurs in the turbine as happening in a single step. by itself.This Section describes both of these processes. Current practice in some areas calls for steam turbine to have major maintenance outages about once every five years. It is not unusual for a steam turbine to run for more than a year without shutdown. The function of the steam turbine is to convert the energy in the high pressure and temperature steam from the boiler or HRSG into mechanical energy. 2_3-1. While very reliable. then this mechanical energy will be further converted. a very simple machine with few moving parts. The steam turbine is. with the turbine-generator as one part of the power plant. The conversion of energy in the turbine actually occurs in two steps. the interval between major overhauls has been extended to more than ten years. This chapter covers the following: • • • • • • Turbine main steam valves Turning gear Turbine lube oil system Turbine EHC fluid system Turbine gland steam system Turbine controls Operation of the steam turbine requires consideration of many aspects including thermal stress. the centerline components and supporting systems of the turbine. • • First. Second.f HPC Technical Services ~ . the steam jets are used with buckets or blades mounted on a rotor to produce a mechanical force and torque.0 INTRODUCTION Steam turbines are used to convert the heat energy in the steam into mechanical energy. the large steam turbine-generator is a complex machine with many components and supporting systems.1 TURBINE PRINCIPLES The power plant is often described as an energy conversion factory in which the chemical energy in the fuel is transformed in a series of steps into electrical energy. 1. This chapter describes the principles used in the steam turbine. The turbine manufacturer provides detailed starting and loading instructions to provide the operator with guidance on all of these aspects of operation.

The higher the pressure and temperature.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 1. There are two basic turbine types: impulse and reaction. the design is upset and inefficiency results. inefficiency results. the more thermal energy is in the steam. This is because some of the heat energy in the steam has been converted into energy of motion.1 Nozzles and Their Principles A steam turbine nozzle is a device that converts heat energy of steam into kinetic energy (energy of motion) by expanding the steam. T z and P2 but at a higher velocity. Convergent Nozzle V1 Assume that steam at temperature T1 and pressure P1 enters a convergent nozzle. It is designed to operate with a constant pressure ratio for best efficiency in energy conversion. Common problems with nozzles which occur in operation are erosion from debris in the steam and deposits from contamination of the steam 1. If turbine conditions change the pressure ratio. as the velocity increases. The ratio of the pressure upstream and downstream of the nozzle is critical in the efficient operation of the nozzle. so does the kinetic energy. Also. if changes to the nozzle such as erosion occur. Kinetic energy is a function of the square of velocity. T1 Figure 2-01 Simplified. A simplified. called kinetic energy. V z. but in different ways. therefore. 2-4 HPC Technical Services .1.2 BASIC TURBINE TYPES AND THEIR PRINCIPLES The kinetic energy in a jet of steam is not useful as it is. The nozzle by itself cannot convert the energy in the steam to useful mechanical energy. convergent nozzle of the type most often used in steam turbines is shown in Figure 2-01 P1. The steam is moving at velocity Vlbefore entering the nozzle. The steam leaves the nozzle at a lower pressure and temperature. Both use nozzles and rotor buckets (also called blades).

however the term buckets is used most often for impulse turbines. forcing them to rotate and reducing the velocity of the jet of steam. In an ideal impulse turbine.::: V . Turning Ro~or (Mechanical Energy) Flowing Steam _ _ _-I Figure 2-02 Impulse Turbine Operating Principles H. . It is impractical and inefficient to build a single nozzle and rotor large enough to convert all the steams thermal energy into useful work. Note that the terms bucket and blade are synonymous. The expanded steam strikes the buckets. with each stage converting part of the steams thermal energy to mechanical energy. HPC Technical Services T. In a basic multi-staged steam turbine. however turbines that are nearly ideal impulse turbines are often used. which converts part of the thermal energy in the steam into kinetic energy. Nozzle Velocity and Pressure Relationships : i ~_~.. Buckets : s~~e ~'\: ~: ."t::o". . The steam jet strikes the rotor buckets. Equal/zing Hoie Figure 2-03 Ideal Impulse Stage In large modern power plants. . . ' :"-' . 2_S-V.1 Impulse Turbine Figure 2-02 illustrates the operating principles of an impulse turbine. t H. Steam enters an impulse turbine through a stationary nozzle that expands the steam and creates a steam jet. and the velocity and volume of the steam increase in the nozzles..STEAM TURBINE THEORY 1. large modern turbines are usually multi-staged. Each set of nozzles and rotor buckets is called a stage. This mechanical energy comes from the jet of steam which has its velocity reduced considerably. steam enters through the first-stage nozzle. The force of the steam on the buckets produces the mechanical energy needed to turn the generator. the steam expansion occurs through the stationary nozzle. Figure 2-03 shows axial and radial views of an ideal impulse turbine stage. Therefore. I .. The graph in Figure 2-03 shows that all the pressure drop in the stage occurs at the nozzles.. Steam Chest"-. Ideal impulse turbines do not exist in practice.2. the buckets change only steam velocity. . there is considerable thermal energy in each pound of steam delivered to the turbine. . : I Buckets " .

t I t Velocity and Pressure Relationships Steam Chest Equalizing Hole Nozzles Figure 2-05 Arrangement of Typical Rateau Stages 2-6 HPC Technical Services . on the other hand. Some of the remaining thermal energy is then converted to kinetic energy. to have a second Curtis stage behind the fust. The new steam direction is approximately parallel to the original steam direction leaving the nozzles. The second-stage rotor buckets are forced to rotate by the steam jet leaving the secondstage nozzles. t t l I ~I~ ~ ~I: ~ II:I~ li:~ JI:I~ ~ I ". I I I I I~' . as pointed out above. Impulse turbines can be multi-staged in two ways. no matter how many rows of moving buckets a Curtis stage has. I . however. It is possible. Absolute Pressure I I '~ ':':I:III:: I Itt Absolute Velocity . IN Absolute Velocity Nozzle Figure 2-04 also shows that in an ideal Curtis stage. impulse turbine. Each set of nozzles and buckets makes up a stage. The first is the Curtis (or velocity compounded) stage shown in Figure 2-04."=='"'. The steam then passes through a row of stationary buckets that change the direction of the steam without changing its pressure or speed.::::lo'j I I •'"'="".ntire pressure drop occurs through the nozzle. The steam pressure in a series of Rateau stages drops in steps through each set of nozzles. This is a characteristic of impulse turbines.I II I I I I t I I t I I I I t · I I t i if Ii.".:::10'. In passing from the nozzle exit through one set of buckets. Curtis staging is not multi-staging. Absolute Pressure LB. This process may be repeated through as many as four rows of moving buckets in one stage.'<:. the velocity of the steam decreases because of the work it does on the buckets.=""" I t t I I' It I'"'=""• . Figure 2-04 Ideal Curtis Stage Steam Chest In a sense. A Rateau turbine consists of a series of nozzles and buckets.="". t I t t . This is because. After leaving the first-stage rotor buckets. The steam then strikes a second row of buckets that are attached to the same wheel as the first row. I t t I . it is still only one stage.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 The steam jet from the first-stage nozzle strikes the first-stage rotor buckets. A velocity compounded stage has one set of nozzles with two or more rows of moving buckets. however. Figure 2-05 shows a four stage. and the pressure remains constant across the buckets. Each set of nozzles and buckets makes up one stage. are limited to two rows of moving buckets.'O!:. the steam passes through the second-stage nozzle. I SQ. drops in steps as it passes through the moving buckets. There are stationary buckets between each row of moving buckets. [ J The second way that impulse turbine stages may be arranged is the Rateau (or pressure compounded) stage. Most Curtis stages. "==""i t. the Equalizing Hole e. . The velocity. pressure compounded. .

impulse turbines consist of both Rateau (pressure compounded) and Curtis (velocity compounded) stages. multistage.== = = Nozzle Figure 2-06 Combination of Curtis and Rateau Staging 1.-.-.---.Al*\fp~ FIRE Figure 2-07 Reaction Turbine Operating Principles 2_7-V HPC Technical Services . In an ideal reaction turbine.STEAM TURBINE THEORY Abso lute """'.---:. . large turbines use fIxed nozzles to admit steam to moving nozzles. The turbine rotor is forced to turn by the active force of the steam jet leaving the nozzle. .~_ _ _---:._---.. however.: Many old.:--. Newer turbines seldom use Curtis . Usually. the fIrst stage (and sometimes the second stage) is a velocity compounded stage with two rows of moving buckets on its wheel. Therefore. HEAT HEAT HEAT '--HOT -~i ~ ~ 1~r------' &\. This is impractical in large turbines because it is diffIcult to admit steam to moving nozzles. otherwise the multi-staging is the same.----. It is not unusual to have as many as 20 stages in an impulse turbine.-----'-.. all the steam expansion would occur in the moving buckets.2 Reaction Turbines Figure 2-07 illustrates the basic operating principles of an ideal reaction turbine. Therefore. practical. Thus. staging. the moving buckets would be the only nozzles.2. pressure---. The remaining stages are then pressure compounded stages as shown in Figure 2-06.-c-:. T. large reaction turbines use a combination of impulse and reaction principles.

-J"""----". Seal Flow Rotating Blade Figure 2-08 Reaction Turbine Blading : STEAM INLET -++-+--I~ EXHAUST FI XED NOZZLES MOVING NOZZLES Figure 2-09 shows a series of reaction turbine stages.J """. Turbines which use a combination of impulse and reaction principles are often referred to simply as reaction turbines to distinguish them from the impulse turbines. """-~ NOZZLES MOVING .. __ j../0._. Reaction turbines are multistaged by alternating sets of fixed and moving nozzles and are basically pressure compounded turbines with reaction. turbines that are called reaction turbines have about 50% reaction and 50% impulse. Reaction turbines can be classified by the percentage ofthe energy conversion that occurs in the moving nozzles. ---. Thepressure drop occurs over both the fixed and moving nozzles... J -'"". Many times.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 The typical impulse-reaction turbine has stationary nozzles and moving nozzles. reaction turbines have one Curtis impulse stage as the first stage of the turbine.-J""...J """."V:r\ ~ . The moving nozzles are created by varying the cross section of the openings between adjacent buckets (usually called blades in such turbines) as shown in Figure 2-08 ./' J ."""-J"""-J .-J""'< -. FIXED NOZZLES ~. /r J Figure 2-09 Arrangement of Reaction Turbine Stages VELOCITY f\ iF\'v 'l\\'ir ~. : ..o ">--.' """- J """. Figure 2-10 shows a typical arrangement.Y '-""""-J"""-J"""-J"". /r J VOLUME . Typically.J""". -----"-' PRESSURE 2-8 HPC Technical Services . Each stage consists of a set of fixed nozzles and a set of moving nozzles.. Each pair of fixed and moving nozzles makes up one stage.J """.J ..-J"".

"""/ ---' /""----- VOLUME Figure 2-10 Combination of Curtis and Reaction Staging / "\ r-------4---------~ /' /-' . Describe the function of the components in a steam turbine stage.. 3.1 HPC Technical Services T.' I 11/ v' '-_--II V CHECK YOUR UNDERSTANDING Questions: 1..-.--' PRESSURE .STEAM TURBINE THEORY REACTION STAGES ___ 01_""_5_5T_AG£ _ _~/ ST£MJ INLET ~n~~~ ~~: ~bj ' EXHAUS' . . The three things that happen to steam as it flows through a turbine stage are: 2_9-1.. The two components that make up a turbine stage are: 2.--.

ENABLING OBJECTIVES: At the completion of this section. 2. 3.0_June09. Describe different ways of prewarming starting and loading steam turbines. Describe the various designs of steam turbines.STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION Chapter 3 TERMINAL OBJECTIVE: To familiarize the student with steam turbine unit description. Describe steam flow through various steam turbines. © 1999 . the student should be able to: 1.TG201J5. Printed: 12/14/10 .

........................................1 1..................................................................... 5 Exhaust Flows . Partial Arc Operation ........................................................................................ 4 Single pressure versus mUltiple pressure ................0 CLASSIFICATION OF STEAM TURBINES .......................................................................................................................................................1 4................................................5 4..........4 1......................................................................................................... Turbine Supervisory Instruments (TSI) . 6 2............................................................................................. 3 Extraction versus Non-extraction ..... Full Arc Admission ....................................................3 4........................0 UNIT DESCRIPTIONS ................................................................................0 4................................................................................. 7 Number of Stages ..................................................................................... 8 TURBINE OPERATION ........................................................................................................................ 4 Reheat versus Non-reheat ...................................... 5 Single Casing versus Compound .............................5 1..................2 4.............................3 Aerodynamic Efficiency ............... 3 1.6 Prewarming ............................STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.................................................................................. 7 2............................... Starting and Loading ...........................................................1 2....................................2 1.....................................3 1..................................................................................4 4................................................................................................................................. Overspeed Protection ...6 Condensing versus Non-condensing ....... ................... 15 4..................................................................................0 COMPARISON OF TURBINE TYPES AND MANUFACTURERS ................................ 7 Stage Design ..................................................... 15 15 16 16 17 17 ~ 3-2 ~ HPe Technical Services ..........................2 2.................................. 7 3......................................................................................

. turbine theory. LEGEND CONTROL VALVE BEARING COUPUNG SHAFT PACKING STEAM FLOW . Impulse and reaction turbines can be further divided into a large variety of types using important characteristics. The steam may simply be allowed to blow into the atmosphere or (more often) it may be used for some useful purpose such as heating buildings. compound Exhaust flows 1. \ . the steam is exhausted into a condenser. This type of turbine is most often seen in process plants such as steel mills. Low exhaust pressure allows the turbine to make maximum use of the thermal energy in the steam and makes the power plant more efficient.0 CLASSIFICATION OF STEAM TURBINES In the previous section. electricity may be produced as a by-product. non-reheat Single casing vs. the two basic turbine types were described... refmeries and paper mills. the turbine exhaust pressure and temperatures can be very low. If a noncondensing turbine exhausts to a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure. In the process.- -*-H. Nearly all large steam turbines are of this type. Condensing vs. non-extraction Single pressure vs. In non-condensing turbines. Sometimes the non-condensing turbine is referred to as a "topper". Figure 3-01 illustrates a comparison of these two classifications .1 CONDENSING VERSUS NON. it is called a backpressure ·unit.1- STEAI~ EXHAUST TO CONDENSER • .CONDENSING One characteristic for classifying steam turbines is whether they are condensing or non-condensing. the exhaust steam is not condensed. These characteristics are: • • • • • • . Each of the six characteristics discussed below is applicable to both impulse and reaction turbines. EXHAUST STEAM TO PROCESS Figure 3-01 Condensing versus Non-Condensing . By condensing the steam.STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION 1. multiple pressure Reheat vs. It reduces the pressure from a high pressure boiler output to a lower usable value. non-condensing Extraction vs. 3-3 ~ ~ HPC Technical Services . In a condensing turbine.

.. ..'\. t I I I .. See Figure 3-02 for the differences. In industrial applications the extracted steam may be controlled (this difference will be highlighted later). _ _ . EXTRACTION TO FEEDWATER HEATER EXHAUST EXHAUST Figure 3-02 Extraction versus Non-Extraction 1. or bled. \ .". This pressure variation has a direct impact upon construction technique... from between turbine stages at extraction points.3 SINGLE PRESSURE VERSUS MULTIPLE PRESSURE Most turbines have a significant variation of steam pressure in the steam path. \ tI To Condenser Figure 3-03 Single Pressure versus Multiple Pressure -Y · ~ 3-4 T.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 1.-~ Section LowPressureSection '\ . This extraction steam may be used for regenerative feedwater heating or other purposes..'bleeder"tui-bines. __ 1I .'. In most power plant applications the extraction steam is uncontrolled. .. mc Technical Services .. - High ..2 EXTRACTION VERSUS NON-EXTRACTION A second way turbines Can be classified is by extraction or non-extraction. An extraction turbine is a multi-stage turbine where some of the steam is exhausted. Extraction turbines are sometimes called .. .Pressure Section High-Pr~ssure_ . . 1 .-. _ _ .. . The result is separately defmed sections as illustrated in Figure 3-03.'... ------I -.

they are divided into two or more casings. See Figure 3-04 for a figure highlighting the differences. STEAM FLOW TO IIAIN CONDENSER LEGEND ~ . Figure 3-04 Reheat versus NOll-Reheat 1. As turbines become larger. 3_S-1. Second. These machines are known as compound turbines.L BEARING COUPLING SHAFT PACIIING STEAM FLOW BOILER REHEATER EXHAUST STEAM . " '. tandem-compound and crosscompound. -if~ . IP EXHAUST OR CROSSOVER STEAM ..{ HPC Technical Services T. In the boiler. . This is called a double reheat turbine.. STEAM FROliIlAIN BOItB! ----+--. it delays the start of steam condensation in the turbine.STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION 1. There are two advantages to reheating steam. A tandem-compound turbine is shown in Figure 3-05(b). A reheat turbine is a multistage turbine in which the steam is directed from some intermediate stage of the turbine back to the boiler. First it makes the power plant more efficientthermodynamically. A third way that turbines can be classified is reheat or non-reheat.. The turbine sections are in line with one another and the sections are on the same shaft. A single casing turbine has all the stages of the turbine in one casing as shown schematically in Figure 3-05(a). . . Therefore. Large . Some large turbines return the steam to the boiler to be reheated a second time. Nearly all modem power plant large steam turbines use reheat. '. '. it is not practical to have all the stages in one casing. the steam is reheated and then piped back to the turbine.5 SINGLE CASING VERSUS COMPOUND Another way to classify turbines is as single casing or compound turbines.4 REHEAT VERSUS NON-REHEAT . The tandem compound turbine shown has two different sections. . There are two different types of compound turbines. modem units may have as many as five separate sections.

-+-+1+1-+. the low pressure sections of a large compound turbine become so large that they must be split up into more than one section because of design limitations. -y . . all of its exhaust steam to the condenser through one exhaust opening. I I \ . Turbines with as many as six flows are not uncommon.. and thus they are a combination of cross-compound and tandem"cOInpound . .COMPOUND STEAM EXHAUST STEAM IN .. The tandem-compound arrangement is most common.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 A cross-compound turbine is shown in Figure 3-05 (c). this means that two separate generators are used.. 1 _ _ LOW-PRESSURE SECTION _ _ _ _ LOW-PRESSURE SECTION _ (TURBINE END) (GENERATOR END) f' ~"-' 1\ . See Figure 3-06 for an illustration of a fourflow unit.] Figure 3-05 Comparison of Turbine Arrangements (e) CROSS ..6 EXHAUST FLOWS Condensing turbines can be further classified by the exhaust flow. However. A single-flow condensing turbine passes . (a) SINGLE CASING STEAM EXHAUST STEAM IN (b) TANDEM . the different turbine sections are on different shafts. . Notice four (4) parallel paths to the condenser. \ .COMPOUND 1. In this case. Some large cross-compound units have two or more turbine sections on each shaft. For power plants.• Figure 3-06 Four (4) Exhaust Flows .<. Nearly all large steam turbines are multiple casing units... Cross-compound turbines are often designed for large units and in cases where the advantage in efficiency of a cross-compound unit over a tandemcompound cim be justified.3-6 ~ HPC Technical Services I I I I I -I?ZI. This can be an advantage for very large turbine generators since it may be easier to build and ship two half-size generators than one very large generator.

long since expired. all of the pressure drop in the impulse turbine is (ideally) across the stationary nozzles. and many manufacturers build different types of turbines as well. The fIrst stage turbine buckets (or blades) are the shortest in the turbine.G. both rated at about 300 MW and both operating with the same steam conditions. Curtis and Westinghouse bought rights to the reaction turbine from Sir Charles Parsons. In the Westinghouse design the stationary and rotating blades are of roughly equal strength.0 COMPARISON OF TURBINE TYPES AND MANUFACTURERS There are as many different variations in steam turbines as there are manufacturers.3 STAGE DESIGN As described earlier. that GE turbines are principally of the impulse design and most Westinghouse turbines are principally the reaction design. 2. The reason for this is historical. 2. There are some key differences in the design of impulse and reaction staging that are important in understanding other design features of the turbine. For units that have the same initial steam conditions more stages are required in a reaction turbine than a comparable impulse turbine. Both Westinghouse and GE now build turbines that incorporate both reaction and impulse features. however. most GE turbines have a signifIcant degree of reaction in the long buckets of the LP turbine. A comparison of the two designs is useful in understanding how steam turbines work. The stationary nozzles of the impulse design are in fact rather massive. that are principally reaction otherwise.1 AERODYNAMIC EFFICIENCY The fIrst difference between the two designs is in aerodynamic efficiency. The aerodynamic efficiency of the impulse stage is less than that of the reaction stage but the reaction stage efficiency falls off sharply when it is not in operation at its design point. when one looks down at the horizontal joint of the impulse turbine. The fIrst stage of the turbine is one in which the conditions under which the turbine conditions change considerable over the range of operation because the valves used to control the flow of steam to the turbine open just ahead of the fIrst stage nozzles. For example. Figure 3-07 (a) shows the reaction stage while Figure 3-07(b) shows the impulse stage. Accordingly it is common for Westinghouse turbines. the last stage buckets are as long as those in Westinghouse turbines. 2. for long buckets. This Section describes some of those differences with reference to the two large steam turbines manufacturers that have historically dominated the market in the United States. The impulse turbine is sometimes said to be "compartment design" as a result. a pure impulse design would have a performance penalty due to aerodynamic losses. General Electric (GE) turbines are mostly impulse turbines while Westinghouse turbines are principally reaction turbines. In GE turbines. GE bought rights to the patent for the impulse turbine from C. Westinghouse and General Electric. The consequence of this fact is that more stages are required in a reaction turbine as compared to the impulse design. the pressure drop is split between the stationary and moving nozzles. The consequence of this fact is the nozzles in the GE design are rather massive while the buckets are relatively less massive. It is still true. to have a Curtis stage (also sometimes referred to as the control stage) as the fIrst stage in the turbine. Aerodynamic effIciency becomes more important as a design consideration as the stage becomes longer (as is the case in the low pressure turbine). on the other hand. In the reaction design. 3_7-1. The impulse design can absorb more energy than the reaction stage. in a plant with two sister units. . A consequence ofthese differences in effIciency is seen in the fIrst stage of many Westinghouse turbines.STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION 2. of course. Those patents have. Since. one Westinghouse and the other GE. In the early history of the turbine-generator business in the United States. the buckets appear to be running in a compartment formed by adjacent nozzles. In fact. This is illustrated in Figure 307. the GE unit has 22 stages while the Westinghouse unit has 37 stages.2 NUMBER OF STAGES Another difference between the impulse and reaction designs is the amount of energy that can be absorbed in a single stage.{ HPC Technical Services T.

Also. A balance hole in the reaction stage would bypass steam from its normal flow path. The second difference in the two designs illustrated by Figure 3-07 is the balance hole in the wheel of the impulse turbine. BUCKET Figure 3-07 Comparison of Reaction and Impulse Stage Designs (a) Reaction Stage Design LABYRINTH PACKING (b) Impulse Stage Design 3. The steam would also tend to flow from the wheel space through the bucket at a right angle compared to the rest of the steam flow. thus disturbing the steam flow and reducing efficiency. There is no balance hole in the reaction stage. there is some leakage of steam into the wheel space. 3-8 HPC Technical Services . also. steam turbines are custom designed by the OEM to the meet the oWners' application. since there is a pressure difference across the moving blades by design. . This is consistent with the fact that there is little tendency for steam to leak past the tip of the bucket since there is little pressure drop there. The utility makes this decision based on projected power requirements into the future as well as many permitting and environmental . issues . Each plant is constructed to fit a particular need. note that the labyrinth seals for the impulse design are concentrated at the inside diameter of the nozzle with relatively little at the tips of the buckets. of course. that a power plant built in the 1960's may have been upgraded during the last decade to meet the increased demand..the nozzle and so seals with many teeth are required to seal the inside diameter of the nozzle.~ ~ . It is not unusual to [md a wide range of turbine designs within one utility or even one plant. the steam would build up pressure on the upstream side of the wheel.0 UNIT DESCRIPTIONS As stated earlier in this text. per hour) Steam Conditions (pressure-temperature) Environmental Conditions Turbine Efficiency Size Limitations It should be noted that size limitations can come about based upon unit length or area (square feet of foundation) as an example. it can only control and reduce leakage. If there were no balance hole. A utility may decide to upgrade an existing power plant or build a brand new one. Recognize. Thus. This would produce axial force on the wheel (discussed below). What follows in this section are illustrations and descriptions of steam turbine arrangements. there is some steam which leaks by the root of the bucket. The data given in the description on steam conditions and generator output are only examples . The balance hole prevents this flow from occurring.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 There are two other differences in design illustrated in Figure 3-07. The projected megawatt requirement will dictate what size generator(s) will be installed. The selection of the steam turbine to drive the generator will be based on: • • • • • Boiler Capacity (lbs. On the other hand there is a large pressure drop across . First. Labyrinth packing does not prevent all leakage.

Bearing #3 supports the aft end of the LP rotor. over and into the LP section and exhausts to the condenser. - HPC Technical Services . Steam inlet valves are mounted top and bottom of the turbine shell. The #3 bearing supports the attached generator. This is a nonreheat turbine. The bearing arrangement is unique. Figure 3-08 Tam/em Compound Double Flow Turbine 1 ~~~. The turbine rotors are supported on three journal bearings. The LP turbine section coupled to the HP turbine and generator does not require bearing Sl. Figure 3-09 Tandem Compound Double Flow Turbine • • • • • • • .COUPL1N" X 181 JOURNAL BEARING SCALE IN FEET • • • • • • The high pressure and low pressure rotors are coupled together and contained in a single shell arrangement. Typically these turbines would drive generators producing 55 MW. 3-9 ~. Bearing #1 and -II..ING single shell arrangement.. Typically this turbine would drive a generator producing 60 MW.lpport. . Three bearing locations to support ~ .. Figure 3-09 illustrates another non-reheat tandem compound double flow unit.top and bottom. _HIGH PRESSURE_ _ _ _ LOW PRESSURE _ __ SECTION SECTION TO CONDENSER LEGEND . Steam flows through the HP section. over and into the LP section and exhausts to the condenser. Steam flows through the HP section.~~~~:~s~O~:-N~~G the turbine shafts.STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION Figure 3-08 illustrates a tandem compound double flow turbine. This design has some unique characteristics. Typical rated operating steam conditions is 850 psi at 900°F. The # 1 and #2 bearings support the HP rotor. Steam inlet valves mounted. Note the differences between this design and the previous one.COUPLING #2 locations are similar to the Figure 3-08. 1 " 2. High pressure rotor coupled to a 15 2.J 1 LEGENO low pressure rotor contained in a SCALE IN FEET X JOURNAL BEAR. The fabricated internal crossover is a very common and fundamental feature of older units ofthis type . inboard of the generator coupling.~:~a~oBuE~NR~~O -i I. Typical rated operating steam conditions are 850 psi at 700°F.

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
Figure 3-10 illustrates another nonreheat tandem compound double flow unit similar to the previous two designs but with the following changes:

Figure 3-10 Tandem Compound Double Flow Turbine

,
To
Condenser

,
To
Condenser

10

15
I

20
I

legend

Scale In Feet

X
rgJ
~

Joumal Bearing
Combined Journal and Thrust Bearing

I-Coupllng

• • •

The first few stages of the HP section are enclosed in a separate inner shell. Higher rated operating steam conditions: 1450 psi at 1050°F. Driving higher output generators: 70 MW to 100 MW.

Figure 3-11 illustrates a tandem compound double flow condensing reheat turbine.

Intercept Valve

:
:
,

_____ _ _ . . .

~
~ -~

't·.. · · ·-~···-1

I"

l e~~;;;tl- se~~'on
.
IP

-

;.

LP

Sec~on

Rotor

!

~~m

r


~------~---,

.
:

To

To

Condenser
Legend

Condenser

Figure 3-11 Tandem Compound Double Flow Condensing Reheat Turbine

L:::,~---

x
~ -0-

Joumal Bearln;
Combined Joumal and Thrust Bearing Coupling Steam Path

3-10

HPe Technical Services

STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
Characteristics of this design are: • • • • • • Three separate turbine sections: the high pressure, intermediate or reheat section, and the low pressure section. Three bearings to supportthe rotors. Separate steam control and intercept valves. Inner and outer turbine shell arrangements for the HP turbine. HP and IP turbine rotors share a common shaft. Steam flow enters the HP turbine through the control valves. Steam exhausted from the HP section enters the reheater (located in the boiler) then flows through the intercept valves to the inlet of the . IP or reheat turbine section. Exhausted from this section, it flows over and into the double flow LP turbine section and exhausts to the condenser. Typical operating steam conditions are 1800 psi at 1000°F. Typically driving generators rated at 60 to 125 MW. Fabricated external crossover.

• • •

Figure 3-12 illustrates a tandem compound, triple flow, condensing, reheat design. The scale shows how much larger this design is as compared to the previous ones. The design characteristics of this unit are:

-

High Pressure Section -

Reheat Low Pressure Sectlon:....,·---- Section -

- - -+-

,
I

'-./\/VV'- - - - - - - -Reheater
Legend

x
~

Jouml!l Bearing Combined Joumal and Thrust Bearing Coupling

Bearings

o
I

S
I

10
I

15
I

20
I

-11-

Scale In Feet

Steam Path

Figure 3-12 Tandem Compound, Triple Flow, Condensing, Reheat Turbine

• • • • •

There are three separator rotors coupled together. There are two bearings per rotor making this a six bearing machine. The high pressure section has an inner and outer shell arrangement. The control valves are shell mounted. The intermediate pressure (reheat) section is enclosed in a shell separate from the HP section. The rotor is divided into two sections, an intermediate pressure and a low pressure section.

.

3-11

J.k
~

HPC Technical Services

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
• • The low pressure section contains a double flow low pressure rotor. Steam flow enters the HP section through the control valves and exhausts to the reheater located in the boiler. Reheated steam enters the IP section through the intercept valves. Some steam from the IP turbine flows directly into the LP turbine aft of the IP. The remaining steam flows through the crossover into the double flow turbine section. Steam from all LP sections exhausts into the condenser. Typical operating steam conditions are 2400 psi at 1000°F. Typically driving generators rated at 150 to 200 MW.

• •

Figure 3-13 illustrates a large complex design known as a tandem compound, four flow, condensing, reheat turbine. The scale shows how large this machine is. The characteristics of this design are:

.'\~~;'ro,r","" .'~m ·TJfl1~~~m
High Pressure -+\ : ve \

I

, ~ Reheat ~

_

Section

I
I

Low Pressure

~I

Section A

Low Pressure SectlonB

I

I I

•• • •• _ _ _ _ • • J _ o ·

rttt. .: : ::

·_ .".--------1

1
t
'...... ...... ...... .~ .

'
.........
-.•.. . . __. __.• . '.,- -_._ -_. _-- _. ! •. _-- -_._- _._-_._-

t

:· ·.... ·R~~~....

l1. ·..·.. .

,
··j
To Condenser

o
!

5 !
LEGEND

10 !

15 I

20 I

Scale in Feet ! .ntercept Valve

X

JOURNAL BEAR.ING

-il-

o

TliRUST DEARlNG
COUPUHG

STfAH PATH

Figure 3-13 Tandem-Compound, Four Flow, Condensing, Reheat Turbine
• • • • • • • • • Four separate rotors coupled together. There are two bearings per rotor making this an eight bearing machine. The high pressure section has an inner and outer shell arrangement. The control valves are mounted separately off the shell. The intermediate pressure (reheat) section has an inner and outer shell arrangement. The rotor is of the double flow design. There are two separate low pressure sections. Each LP section contains a double flow LP rotor. Steam flow enters the HP through the control valves and exhausts to the reheater located in the boiler. Reheated steam enters the IP section through the intercept valves. Steam exhausted from the IP section flows through the crossover into the two LP sections. Steam from the LP sections exhausts through two separate openings to the condenser. Typical operating steam conditions are 2400 psi at 1000°F. Typical application would be driving generators rated at 500 to 800 MW.

3-12

HPe Technical Services

STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION
Figure 3-14 illustrates a tandem compound, six flow, nuclear turbine design. The scale provided gives a reference on how large this machine is. Nuclear turbines operate at 1800 rpm driving four pole generators. Because of the way water is heated to produce steam in a nuclear plant, the steam is of a lower value than in a fossil fuel plant. The characteristics of this design are:

..

-~-

Steam

:~~~"'1- Main Stop . 0.. ': ci"':""b-': a ': Valve .

-..:.-- -' '-- -:.__ _~;I~:.~I
,
"

,',',!(
I

-(" .... f"'- .

r

p:~~re Section

l
.. ... _______ _______ ... _____ ... ~---------+----- --

-- ..

Intercept Valve

6

(- -- -'-~-": l, +
I I

i

. !
,...., ..... ,: '
I

" j'mo", \-- '-~-":
I

, ,

.
I

+

+

t
t

T LP~A +
',, ___

~

__ _

~ ________

_ ..

_~.;_

T LP~ B + A ___
..

I.. _____

+ __ _::.. .. __ ~ ___ ~,

T LP~C +

, I

. ____ ~-----"~--- . . --- -.. '

l

~

T

~----- -. . -------~-----~~~: - -~ - . Oo ....-.. j Moisture r
Separator(s)

I

:

I I

A

:

I I

+
I

...

I

:

i--.... --,
-

..

110--" ..

:

[

--.... -,

....... - .. "

;
To Condenser

, .

:

LEGEND

.... .. .. ............... . . ...... .... ,.. .. .. - . " " " ........ .. .... .. .......... . . ,

X
OJ
-I ...
-

JOURNAl BEARING THRUST BEARING COUPUNG STEAM PATH

o
I

5
I

10
!

15
I

20
I

Scale in Feet

Figure 3-14 Tandem Compound, Six Flow, Nuclear Turbine
• • • • • One high pressure section, three separate low pressure sections. No intermediate (reheat) section. Four separate rotors coupled together, two bearings per rotor making this an eight-bearing machine. The high pressure section has a single turbine shell arrangement. The high pressure rotor is a double flow
~~Q '
.

• •

Each low pressure section contains a double flow LP rotor. Each LP section is equipped with an opening into the condenser. Control and intercept valves are not shell mounted. The control valves are mounted on separate steam chests adjacent to the turbine. The reheat intercept valves are located in the piping from the reheater near the turbine. Steam flow enters the HP section through the control valves. Exhaust steam from the HP section enters a moisture separator(s). From the moisture separator(s) it flows through the intercept valves for each LP section. Steam exhausted from the LP sections flows into the condenser. Typical operating steam conditions are 800 psi at525°F. Typical application would be driving a generator rated at 800 to 1000 MW.

3-13-1.1 HPC Technical Services

T.

. -"NN#-.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 Figure 3-15 illustrates a cross-compound unit. The LP element operates at 1800 rpm and drives a four-pole generator... This arrangement is designed to drive two generators. ---- __ .._' Reheaters . Typical application would be drivrng generators rated at 200 MW total output. The IP section is equipped with separate mounted intercept and reheat stop valves.. 3-14 HPC Technical Services ...150_esnOl Figure 3-15 Tandem Compound. I HP/IP element operates at 3600 rpm and drives a two-pole generator t ~- ----. These two sections together create an opposed flow turbine... One side of the LP rotor is a mirror image of the other. The characteristics of this design are: I H~h"""~ : I I I I I I I Section- Intercept .1 Element 07_M. The lIP section is equipped with shell mounted control valves. Steam flow enters the HP section through the control valves and flows axially through the turbine.. IP exhaust steam exits through a single crossover which splits and flows the steam to opposite ends of the LP section. __ _ _ . Six Flow. i Inner Shell HP Section : 1 I I I I .. Nuclear Turbine • • • • • • • The lIP-IP rotor is a single rotor. Control Valve y. The LP section is equipped with a single opening to the condenser. The rotor is supported on two bearings with the forward journal bearing combined with the thrust bearing.Low Pressure _ _ _ _ _ _. Steam flows from the ends of the LP section to the center and exhaust to the condenser.-" 1 : - T I I I I LP element operates at 1800 rpm and drives a four-pole generator L.-. The lIP & IP sections are contained in separate inner shells... The lIP-IP element operates at 3600 rpm and drives a two-pole generator. The LP section or element is an opposed flow design..EGEND t + + + To Condenser COUPliNG I I -t ~ 1 .... __ _ _ ... Typical operating steam conditions are 2000 psi at 1000°F. . _~ Vallie ... top and bottom. Exhaust lIP steam flows through a reheater and enters the IP section through intercept and reheat stop valves.. Four bearings support this arrangement with the indicated middle journal bearing combined with a thrust bearing..

4. Main stop (GE) or throttle (W) bypass valves are throttled to control the flow of warming steam. During prewarming. This will insure a positive load on the turbine.1 PREWARMING Before a steam turbine is started (rolled on steam to a high speed) it is very important that the turbine rotor temperatures be some minimum value (often 300°F). Steam load increase is accomplished by the bypass valve disk opening a little further. Getting the rotor bore temperature up to this value may require rotor prewarming on turning gear. it will roll off turning gear and begin to accelerate. Excessive thermal stress can cause cracks. By following the "Starting and Loading" procedures. starting of the turbine can begin. either on the surface or the bore of the rotor. At each speed hold. The main control valves are fully opened to allow the steam flow into the HP section. speed and load holds (soaks) and load changing rates. The main control valves are still wide open allowing full arc (or single-valve) admission. Initially the steam flow is controlled by the main stop (GE) or throttle (W) valves. As steam flows through the entire turbine. Thermal stress occurs when an object is heated or cooled. A major concern during starting and loading is the level ofthermal stress imparted on the rotor. Rotor axial growth and vibration will be monitored. Steam flow through the turbine is still being controlled by the main stop or throttle bypass valves. Prewarming the rotor is accomplished by admitting main boiler steam into the HP section. No other valve settings change. the generator can now be synchronized. It must be at some minimum value before the turbine is brought to rated speed. A ductile rotor is more capable of withstanding temperature change and corresponding thermal stress. the thermal stresses endured by the rotor are controlled. 2. Prewarming can be accomplished by: I.STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION 4. Throughout this process the turbine will be operated under specific "Starting and Loading Procedures". The stop valve bypass valves are only allowing a small percentage of the main boiler steam to drive the turbine at full speed . Prewarming continues until the rotor bore temperature has achieved a preset minimum value. 300°F is typically the transition point where the turbine rotor metal changes from brittle to ductile. 3-15-1. adjusting throttle steam temperature according to turbine metal temperature.2 STARTING AND LOADING With the prewarming of the turbine complete. the heat transfer process should be complete before allowing the turbine to accelerate to the next speed hold. roll time. Shell expansion will be monitored. Just after generator synchronization the steam flow to the turbine should be slightly increased. 4. 3. The rotor speed will be held at specific values to allow temperature differentials to normalize. The greater the rate of heating (or cooling). 4. Different manufactures approach this need differently. Temperature increases are controlled against a time line as dictated by the operating instructions.no load. the rotor is spinning slowly (3 to 4 rpm) on turning gear.1 HPC Technical Services ~ . Another approachis to have a very slow roll up to turbine speed.0 TURBINE OPERATION The initial start-up and loading of a turbine involves many steps that must be performed in sequence. With the rotor spinning at 3600 rpm and the heat soak completed. The most important concern is the rotor bore temperature. the greater the thermal stress. On a reheat machine the intercept(or) and the reheat stop valves would be fully closed to prevent steam flow through the IP section.

the control valves begin to close sequentially. Full Arc Admission Throttled Bypass or Pilot Valves Wide Open F IIII~c AdmisSioll Valve Legend I-STOP '-----'  CONTROL VALVES VALVES Figure 3-16 Full Arc A dmission 4. Partial Arc Admission VALVES WlOE OPEN t:><:J ~ ~ Valve Open valve Oosed Valve Partlaly OpenJCIosed VALVES PARTIALLY OPEN V""'IIII V. the benefit to the nozzle and rotor is that they are evenly heated.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 4.4 PARTIAL ARC OPERATION As the generator approaches one third of its rated output. At .. Main steam to the turbine is now controlled by the control valves. thus reducing thermal and vibrating $tresses during this phase of operation. The main stop or throttle valve will then be allowed to open. main steam has been admitted into the turbine through all segments of the nozzle. At this transition point.1ve legend I-STOP '----~ I CONTROL VALVES VALVES Figure 3-17 Partial Arc Admission 3-16 HPC Technical Services . See Figure 3 -16 for an illustration of this full arc admission mode of operation. steam turbine valve settings begin to change. this point the bypass valve has nearly reached the full open position and cannot increase steam flow through the turbine. As they close they throttle the steam flow .3 F ULL ARC ADMISSION Throughout the prewarming and starting and loading phases of operation. Known as full arc admission.

5 TURBINE SUPERVISORY INSTRUMENTS (TSI) Thermocouples are assembled into the HP turbine shell or cylinder cover. The turbine-generator will overspeed whenever the electrical load on the generator disappears suddenly. and to close steam valves automatically when necessary during emergencies. Figure 3-18 illustrates approximately where these instruments will be found. Flowing steam through part of the nozzle only is called partial arc admission. This is just one of many locations where thermocouples are installed on the turbine. THRUST BEARING WEAR DETECTOR SHELL EXPANSION DETECTOR TO CONDENSER ROTOR EXPANSION DETECTOR Figure 3-18 Typical TSI Instrument Locations 4. A typical arrangement would include four valves each controlling steam flow to one of four sections of the nozzle. V .6 OVERSPEED PROTECTION Turbine overspeed protection is provided by the overspeed trip system. TSI readouts are found in the control room where the turbine operator uses the information throughout turbine operation. 4. Therefore the valve opening arrangement opens only the valves required to allow steam flow to meet turbine demand. Thermocouples. expansion and vibration detectors are part of the turbine supervisory instrumentation (TSI). During normal turbine operation steam flow to all four quadrants of the nozzle is not required. The functions of the overspeed and emergency trip system is to limit and control shaft rpm during conditions of potential overspeed.STEAM TURBINE UNIT DESCRIPTION The control valves are designed to open or close sequentially. The tendency to overspeed will be greater when there is more load on the generator. 3-17· HPC Technical Services T. Adjustments are made to the turbine control system by the operator as required based on information read through the TSI system. These thermocouples are used to detect and transmit the inner surface shell or cover temperature to the control room.

HPC Technical Services 500 Tallevast Road· Suite 101 Sarasota. closing all the steam valves through the trip system. overspeed" .hpcnet. These tests should be conducted routinely during unit operation (most units allow this test to be conducted without a unit trip).STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 The control system is built to take care of this situation. This test actually exercises components to help make it more like the device(s) will function properly. FL 34243 USA (941) 747-7733 • FAX (941) 746-5374 www. Then the overspeed trip will work. The system will need to be reset before normal operation can begin again. This kind of an event is called and "emergency . 3-18 HPC Technical Services . The overspeed trip system is often testable.com T _v . This kind of an event is called a "normal overspeed" . Ifthe control system does not work properly when the load is lost. When it works properly it will limit the overspeed to a safe value and when conditions have stabilized. the speed will approach a dangerously high level. leave the unit running with no load and in a condition where it could be synchronized and re-loaded quickly and easily if desired.

0_June09. Describe the steam flow through the turbine. Given the identity ofa steam turbine component. the student should be able to: 1. Printed: 6/23/2009 . describe the function of that component. Identify the four areas where steam is sealed and describe how each area functions. 4.STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS Chapter 4 TERMINAL OBJECTIVE: To familiarize the student with identifications and functions of steam turbine major components. 2.TG201J5. 3. Define the terms "opposed flow" and "double flow" in relation to steam turbine design. © 1999 . ENABLING OBJECTIVES: At the completion of this section.

.......................................0 5............................. 3 High Pressure .................................................0 6.TG201 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1..............................1...................................1....................0 3................................ 7 BLADE RINGS AND DIAPHRAGMS ....................................................................................1 1...............................2 Turbine Section Components .........................................STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS ...................................4-2 T HPC Technical Services .................................0 TURBINE SECTIONS .....M ...... .. 14 BEARINGS .................................................................................................... 5 2.........................................................1 1.............. :........................................0 TURBINE ROTORS .................................................. 3 1.....................................................................Intermediate Pressure Sections ......................................................................... 3 Low Pressure Section ...................... 13 STEAM SEALS ......................... 16 TURBINE THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION .............................................................................................0 7................ 11 STEAM EXTRACTIONS ..................... 23 ......................................0 ·4.

Figure 4-01 Three Pressure Section Steam Turbine 1. their function and how they mounted on or off the turbine will be discussed later in this chapter.0 TURBINE SECTIONS Large steam turbines are divided into pressure sections to take full advantage of the entire range of operating steam conditions. Steam flow is in opposite directions through each section giving the name of this design "opposed flow" . cross around pipe or casing.1 TURBINE SECTION COMPONENTS 1. Figure 4-01 illustrates a "tandem compound" arrangement. The low pressure section exhausts the steam down into the condenser. The steam flowing through this section is of a lower pressure but at a similar temperature to the steam in the high pressure section. The steam chest may be an integral pm1 of the HP turbine shell or a . . Typically. This section contains the stages that will see the highest pressure and temperature steam from the main boiler.STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS .1 High Pressure .g. 4_3HPC Technical SCI'vices ~ M- . the control valves are mounted on a steam chest. smaller units and nuclear units). Specific steam valve designs. The first section of the turbine is the high pressure (HP) section. Notice also that this turbine has an HP & IP section on the same rotor. Not all turbine designs have a reheat section (e. High Pressure HP Exhaust (Cold Reheat) Steam Flow to Main Cond enser Boil er Reheater Steam exhausted from the IP turbine flows to the LP section via a crossover pipe. The steam flowing 'through this section is lower in pressure and temperature than it is in the IP section. A turbine with three separate pressure sections is shown in Figure 4-01 . Crossover Steam low Steam from the main boiler enters and expands through the high pressure HP section.Intermediate Pressure Sections Steam from the main boiler enters the high pressure section through a set of control valves. This is accomplished by directing the steam exhausted from the HP section through a reheater in the main boiler. The last section of the turbine is the low pressure (LP) section. All of the turbine rotors are coupled together to drive one generator. Each section contains the turbine stages designed to operate under steam conditions unique to that section. The second section is known as the intermediate pressure (IP) or reheat section.. Turbines without an IP section are classified as non-reheat turbines. 1. Steam from the boiler reheater (called "hot reheat" steam) enters and expands through the IP turbine section.1. Turbines are also classified by section arrangement. separate forging. Exhausted steam from the HP section (called "cold reheat" steam) is returned to the boiler reheater section for additional heating. The steam path through the turbine shown in Figure 4-01 would be as follows : Intermediate Pressure IP Exhaust or Steam from Main Boiler ----~-__.

which directs the flow of high pressure steam into the first turbine stage. Wheel space seals are located between the turbine wheels to prevent steam leaks around the rotor body. General Electric and Westinghouse call these valves control valves. The nozzle box and partitions The shell is fitted with seals located over the rotating blades or buckets. to N2SEALS CROSSOVER BEARING from CONTROL VALVES Figure 4-02 HP-IP Section Components Figure 4-02 illustrates a typical opposed flow HP-IP turbine. The steam chest directs the flow of steam into the HP section nozzle box. The nozzle bog is an extremely rigid and durable assembly designed to withstand the high steam pressures and temperatures. As steam flows through the HP turbine. Steam flow to each segment is controlled by one or more control valves and steam chest arrangement. A typical HP tUrbine section will contain six or seven stages. The high pressure turbine section is enClosed in a shell. . These seals prevent steam · from escaping the steam path over the rotating parts. The nozzle box ring assembly is qivided into four to six segments. The shell is made in two halves. GE calls these parts shells. Refer to this figure and note: • Shell mounted control valves. Westinghouse calls these parts cylinder covers. The operiing and closing of these valves is a function of the turbine control system. The HP and IP sections are designed with inner shells. • • • 4-4 HPC Technical Services . held tightly together with bolts assembled through the horizontal bolting flanges . Refer to Figure 4-02. The stationary and rotating blades in the first stage of the HP section are smaller than the blading in the last stage. an upper and lower half and are.some HP shell designs include an inner and outer shell.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . The steam path through the HP section accommodates this expansion . In this figure the steam chest is an integral part of the outer turbine shell.TG201 The function of these valves is to control the flow of main boiler steam into the HP turbine. The valve components which control steam flow into the turbine are located in the steam chest. The nozzle box is a circular assembly made up of an inner and outer ring with the nozzle vanes supported between them. it expands and loses pressure.

GE and Westinghouse call these valves reheat and intercept stop valves. The forward bearing assembly is located and supported in the front bearing standard. One side of the turbine is a mirror image of the other. The steam path components grow progressively larger to accommodate the expanding steam. • . Actuation of these valves is through the turbine control system. 4_S·1. The rotor will be supported by two bearings located at each end of the HP-IP turbine shell. In some turbine designs the IP or reheat section will be contained in an entirely separate shell arrangement. The supports are designed to allow the shell assembly to grow along the turbine axial centerline during thermal expansion. and extraction steam ports. Seals are also installed over the turbine buckets or blades and between the wheel spaces to maintain the steam within the steam path. Steam enters at the center of the turbine and flows in equal proportions to both sides. The shell supports axe designed to maintain the turbine location and weight and also allow it to grow along the axial centerline during thermal expansion. the IP turbine section is coupled to the HP section and. The shell will be equipped with seals which prevent steam from escaping along the rotor shaft. admission of reheated steam into the IP section. The upper half shell is supported by two mid standards. Steam flow from the reheater to the IP section passes through a set of valves prior to entering the turbine. 1. the LP section. These seals prevent steam from escaping along the rotor shaft to the turbine room atmosphere. In a tandem compound turbine design. The lower half shell is bolted to and suspended by the upper half shell. The function of these valves is to cut off the steam flow to the lP section should there be a turbine trip. The upper outer shell is supported at the forward end by the front standard and at the aft end by the mid standard. The outer shell is designed with openings for steam admission into the turhine. • • • • • So far the components have been described as a combined HP~IP section contained in a single outer shell arrangement. The IP section components will be similar to what has been described thus far but are designed specifically for the steam conditions they must operate under. one at each end. The forward or # 1 bearing is a combined journal and thrust bearing arrangement. Standard is a GE term. The turbine shell may be a single or an inner and outer arrangement. The lower half of the outer shell is bolted to and suspended by the upper shell.STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS • There are steam seals located around the rotor shaft at each end where it exits the shell.i HPC Technical Services T' . The steam path components become progressively larger from inlet to exhaust to accommodate the expanding steam.to these supports as pedestals. Westinghouse refers .1. HP exhaust steam out to the reheater. The rotor journals and bearings are outside the turbine shell.2 Low Pressure Section Figure 4-03 is a cross sectional view ofa typical double flow low pressure section. The aft bearing assembly is located and supported in the mid standard. Refer to Figure 4-03 and note: • • The turbine rotor is supported by two bearings. IF exhaust steam to the crossover. • Where the first stage HP turbine buckets (or blades) may be 2 or 3 inches in height. the last stage LP buckets (blades) could be as large as 52 inches from root to tip.

Should the situation arise where condenser vacuum is lost and steam pressure builds in the LP section. cylinder cover by Westinghouse. They sit on sole plates which are grouted into the plant foundation. This device consists of a flexible material stretched under a knife edge around its circumference.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . casing or covers are made in upper and lower halves which bolt together at the horizontal joint.TG201 • • Steam exhausted from the LP section flows directly into the condenser. The steam path stationary components are located and supported by the inner casing (GE) or inner LP cover (Westinghouse). • • • The LP section is supported by pads which are an integral part of the lower exhaust hood (OE) or lower cylinder cover (Westinghouse). Flow to Condenser Flow to Condenser Fi~ure 4-03LP Section Components Atmosph ere Rel ief • Shown in Figure 4-04. or Rupture Diaphragm Figure 4-04 Rupture Diaphragm 4-6 HPC Technical Services . the upper exhaust hood · or cylinder cover is equipped with rupture or atmospheric relief diaphragms. The entire LP seCtion is contained in an outer casing called an exhaust hood by GE. The hood. The pads run the full length of both sides of the LP section. the flexible material is pushed up against the knife edge and ruptures. The steam is released into the turbine room.

4_7· "PC Technical Services MT . Figure 4-05 Seals & Tuming Gear 2. Compared to the other major components within a turbine.0 TURBINE ROTORS The rotor is one of the major components inside a steam turbine. GE refers to this component as a rotor. These seals prevent air from entering the turbine along the rotor shaft. The journal bearing surfaces. Seals are located over the top of the rotating blades or buckets to prevent steam from escaping the steam path. It is through the rotor that thermal energy is conve11ed to mychanical energy. Bearing Journal '"~ Wheel Sections / Bearing -l _ _ 1 _ Journal Figure 4-06 Steam Turbine Rotor This rotor has two journal surfaces. The LP rotor-to-generator coupling is the location for the turning gear drive mechanism. Westinghouse calls it a spindle. the journal surfaces are machined and ground to an extremely smooth surface finish . one at each end. Figure 4-06 illustrates an HP section turbine rotor assembly. the rotor is quite simple. This is necessary to eliminate as milch friction in the bearings as possible. A large gear sandwiched between the coupling face engages with a gear driven by the turning gear motor as can be seen in Figure 4-05.STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS • Steam seals are installed in the inner casing or cylinder cover where the rotor shaft exits. This rotor was machined from a single forging. Atmosphere Relief or Ruptu re Diaphragm • • Flow to Condenser ·Steam ' Seal Bearing . steam seal areas and wheel sections were all configured during the machining process. In a tandem compound turbine the LP rotor is coupled to the IP rotor and to the generator. During the machining process.

TG201 The area adjacent to the journal surface is of a slightly larger diameter. Other designs may have a combination of integral and shrunk on wheels.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . A dovetail profile is machined around the turbine wheel circumference and a "notch" is machined into the wheel fit to allow assembly of the buckets to the wheel. variety of methods for attaching buckets or blades to the rotor or spindle. Moving alongthe rotor body we come to the wheel sections. Turbine manufacturers use a. A corresponding dovetail profile is machined into the base of the bucket. shrunk on and keyed to the rotor shaft. Figure 4-08 GE Circumferential Entry Bucket Assembly 4-8 HPC Technical Services . This area has steps machined into it. ride on this surface. Some rotor designs will have the wheels machined as separate discs. These lands spin within the stationary steam seals assembled in the turbine casing or cylinder cover. Moving in from the journal surfaces is another larger diameter area on the rotor shaft. The wheels of the rotor shown in Figure 4-06 are an integral part of the rotor body. IP and the shorter stages of the LP rotors. This bucket assembly method is found on General Electric HP. Their function is to keep the lube oil in thejoumal bearing area. The name for these steps is lands. which are part of the bearing housing. Figure 4-07 Turbine Rotor Figure 4-08 illustrates the circumferential assembly method. The steam seal and lands work together to effectively eliminate steam leaks along the rotor shaft. The bearing oil seals. Attached to the circumference of the wheels are the turbine blades or buckets as shown in Figure 4-07.

" This dovetail is machined axially on the turbine wheel permitting side entry of the turbine blades to the wheel. Pins assembled through the dovetail area lock the buckets to the turbine wheel. This blade attachment method is found on Westinghouse HP and IP spindles and the last stage of the LP spindle.1· HPC Technical Services T . Figure.4-09 GEFillger Dovetail Bucket Assembly Wheel Dovetail Finger Figure 4-10 illustrates finger dovetail turbine buckets loaded on a turbine wheel Figure 4-10 GE Dovetail Buckets Assembled onto Wheel Figure 4-11 illustrates a dovetail commonly referred to as the "Christmas Tree. This fmger dovetail is the method used for attachment of the last stages of buckets and GE LP rotors. The bucket dovetail is really a row of fingers which fit into corresponding grooves machined circumferentially into the turbine wheel.STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS Figure 4-09 illustrates the . Figure 4-/1 W Axial Elltly Blade Assembly . 4_9-1. finger dovetail.

The bottom (root or dovetail) is secured by the rotor and the tip by the shrouding. The dovetail groove is machined circumferentially into the rotor body. and then welded or riveted in place.TG201 Figure 4-12 illustrates the blade assembly method found on Westinghouse "drum" type rotors. Figure 4-14 Shrouding & Tennons 4-10 HPC Technical Services . High steam velocity and pressure causes a great amount ofturbulence around the buckets. A corresponding dovetail patterIi on the turbine blade (called the blade root) locks the blade to the rotor. Figure 4-13 Shrouding Over Bucket Tips The shrouding is usually fitted over "tenons" (small raised knobs on the top of the bucket) as shown in Figure 414. The shrouding is a metal band that surrounds the bucket outer circumference. Shroud Strips L--~I I 0 Figure 4-12 W "T-Root" Blade Assembly Fastening Some rows of buckets or blades will have shrouds connecting their tips as shown in Figure 4-13 . Bucket vibration is decreased by tying each row together at their tip 'with shrouds. Turbine efficiency is maintained by keeping the moving buckets as rigid as possible. This turbulence causes the moving buckets to vibrate. Thus.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS. both ends of the buckets are secured.

with the nozzle partitions in between.STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS Not all bucket groups are shrouded. Outer Ring --~--. Lashing lugs are found on Westinghouse LP last stage blades. Figure 4-15 Tie Wires 3. .I.0 BLADE RINGS AND DIAPHRAGMS Shown in Figure 4-16. slot is machined on the inner ring 10 to accommodate a . The outer ring of the assembly is machined to fit a corresponding groove in the turbine shell or cylinder cover. The last stage in the LP sections is too large for shrouding to be effective. The stationary assemblies are split at the horizontal centerline. These steam path components are an assembly of an inner ring and an outer ring with blades or partitions supported between theni . Nozzles or partitions convert the thennal energy contained in the steam into kinetic energy in the form of steam at high velocity. With the blades assembled in the rotor. A "T". . Another method of making the large airfoil section of an LP blade more rigid is a lashing lug." · . the stationary steam path components in a GE turbine are called diaphragms. As shown in Figure 415. the lashing lugs contact each other and work to keep the large airfoil sections rigid. Each assembly is located and supported by the turbine shell or cylinder cover. The lashing lug is T. The wires are laced through holes machined into the airfoil section of the buckets and welded in place. tie wires (used on GE LP buckets) are fitted between each bucket to reduce vibration. spring-loaded seal ring or·"packing. welded on the airfoil section. They can either be of cast or welded construction.G.~ Horizontal Joint ---!==: Figure 4-16 Diaphragms The diaphragms are constructed of a strong inner and outer ring.

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201

Each diaphragm is mounted in a groove, and supported by its associated lower shell. The position can be individually adjusted to compensate for misalignment between the rotor and the diaphragm. The diaphragms are split in half at the horizontal joint and are either bolted or keyed together. This is illustrated in Figure 4-17 .

. Figure 4-17 Diaphragms In Shell

Westinghouse turbines have their nozzles or blades fitted into blade rings. The blade ring assembly consists of stationary, nozzle shaped blades fitted into grooves machined into the blade ring as shown in Figure 418. The stationary blades are locked in place in the grooves with "L" shaped caulking strips that are rolled into place. The tips of the stationary blades will have either integral shrouds or, in some cases, shroud strips similar to those used on the rotating blades.
Stationary Blades

Figure 4-18 Westinghouse Blade Rings

GENERATOR END

GOVERNOR END

As can be seen in Figure 419, there may be several rows of nozzles in each blade ring. In the LP turbine, the last couple of rows of stationary blading may be fixed in the inner casing instead of a blade · ring.

Figure 4-19 Rotor & Blade Rings

4-12
HPC Technical Services

STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
GENERATOR END GOVERNOR END

Sealing of the nozzles is accomplished by either "T" shaped seal rings inserted in the ends of the stationary blading or seal strips caulked into shallow grooves in the rotor. These strips ride in close proximity to the shrouds on the . stationary blades. These seal are illustrated in Figure4-20.

Retaining Screw at Horizontal Joint

(l- ll )

Rotating Bl ad e

Figure 4-20 Se{il Rings

4.0

STEAM EXTRACTIONS

In earlier discussions it is implied that all the boiler steam that enters the turbine at the HP inlet will eventually leave the turbine at the LP turbine exhaust. This is not actually the case. Steam is extracted at various locations along the turbine steam path. This extracted steam is put to work elsewhere within the plant and does not do any more work within the turbine.
Reheater

Superheater

The extraction steam is used mainly to heat the condensate/feedwater going to the boiler in closed type feedwater heaters. Although most of the extraction steam is used for closed feed water heating, extraction steam is also used in the plant deaerators. The steam is extracted from all three of the turbine sections (HP, reheat, and LP) described previously.

Figure 4-21 Steam Extraction Points

The extraction outlets are referred to as "uncontrolled" extraction points. By uncontrolled we mean that there is no pressure control. The extraction line pressure will be whatever the pressure is at the turbine stage where the steam was extracted. As the turbine load changes, the extraction pressure changes. These extractions take away from the mechanical energy being transmitted by the turbine. More · impOltantly, however, ·these extractions increase the overall efficiency of the power plant. Thus, while turbirie power is lost, moreBTUs are gained in the overall plant heat rate. This result is more efficient use of fuel.

4-13'
HPC Technical Services

T

V

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201
5.0
STEAM SEALS As stated earlier, the function of the stealll seals is to prevent steam from escaping the steam path. This is necessary for maintaining turbine efficiency. Figures 4-22and 4-23 illustrate steam path and wheel space seals. .

The seal strip mounted in the outer diaphragm ring blocks steam from escaping over . the top of the buckets. A seal tooth is located on the forward side of the inner diaphragm ring. It rides over a seal surface, which is an integral part of the bucket casting. This seal area prevents steam from escaping below the steam path.

Figure 4-22 Sieam Path Seals

Spring

Figure 4-23 Wheel Space Seals

Seal Teeth

The wheel space seals shown in Figure 4-23 provide an additional barrier against steam escaping the steam path. The seal teeth on the packing segments work with the lands machined on the rotor to effectively stop any steam flow through this area.

Shaft seals are located where the rotor exits the turbine shell or cylinder cover. The seals are part of the turbine steam sealing system. In the HP or IF section of the turbine, the steam sealing system prevents the high pressure steam from escaping into the atmosphere. In the low pressure section, the sealing system prevents air from entering the turbine.

4-14
"PC Technical Services

STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS
A typical arrangement for HP or IP shaft seals is shown in Figures 4-24 and 4-25. The arrangement for an LP section is shown in Figure 4-26.
Shaft Seal Castellations

Figure 4-24 HP Steam Paths
E

Steam from Seals at Higher Loads

E
A M

~

X H 1\ U

S T E R

Steam Seal Header

The systems works like this; the lands machined on the HP or IP rotor shaft ride adjacent to the steam packirig seal teeth. As the steam travels the difficult path between teeth and lands, it loses pressure. The more teeth and lands, the greater the pressure drop. With the pressure reduced to 1 psig, the steam encounters an opening in the packing where a constant flow of sealing steam is introduced at 3 psig. With the sealing steam present at a greater pressure, it has blocked the main steam from leaking. Just beyond the opening where the sealing steam is introduced is another opening. This second opening, very close to the end of the packing, has a negative pressure or vacuum on it. The sealing steam and any air that may have entered the seal area are drawn off here and vented to atmosphere.

Fif!ure 4-25 N-J Packinf!
This description of the HP-IP stearn seal operation is typical of start-up and low load turbine operation. At full load operation, the main steam that travels through the seals is drawn off at the first opening it encounters and is piped through the steam seal system to the LP shaft seals. In the LP section, slanted seal teeth and a smooth rotor surface, as shown in Figure 4-26, work with the steam seal system to prevent air from entering the turbine, which is under vacuum. The steam seal description here is very basic. The steam seal system in fact is rather complex. It is equipped with valves and controls for regulating steam seal header pressure throughout the turbine operating range. This system will be discussed in greater detail later in this text.

T

0
G L A N

5
T
E

0
E
X

A
M I
N

H A U

@

5
T
E

R

Figure 4-26 LP Steam Seals

lIPe T,,',k.1

s~;,~~~

the thickness of the oil wedge will be no more than .0 BEARINGS Each turbine rotor is supported at its journals by a set of bearings.005 Thick -----::---~~'t'"'t"1i' ! t Figure 4-29 High Speed/Pressure Oil Wedge 4-16 HPC Technical Services . Figure 4-27 Typical Journal Beating Installation Bear!ng Ring In Figure 4-28 we see the rotor at slow speed. The film thickness is typically about two-thousandths of an inch.005 thousandths of an inch. Figure 4-28 Slow Speed Oil Film 07J.002) oil film . and physically lifts the rotor so that it is no longer riding on a thin (. The rotor rides on a thin film of oil. operating conditions. and the weight the rotor exerts on the wedge.1I676l701 . Slight Negative Pressure . The journal bearings function to support and position the rotor in the radial direction. Journal bearings keep the rotor from moving excessively up or down (vertical movement) and from side to side (transverse movement). The rotor journal rides in the elliptical bearing on either a thin oil film or an oil wedge. the rotor will carry more oil into the converging area between the bearing surface and the journal. This converging area causes a highpressure oil wedge to fonn as shown in Figure 4-29. Under nonnal ..STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . As the speed of the rotor increases.TG201 6. w The thickness ofthe oil wedge will be determined by the amount of oil in the bearing. The bearings are positioned in the standards or pedestal or in a housing made integral to the turbine casing. depending on the speed of the rotor. A typical journal bearing is illustrated in Figure 4-27.. maybe on turning gear. the viscosity of the oil. This finely machined area rides within the bearings. The journal is a section of the rotor that is machined to very fme tolerance.

as seen in Figure 4-31 . This design surrounds and better controls radial movement of the turbine shaft and are usually found at the #1 and/or #2 bearing position(s). Babbitt lined Steel Pads Figure 4-30 Two (2) Bearing Types The tilt pad gets its name from the pads pivoting to create multiple oil wedges. the lowermost pad still carries the heaviest load as can be seen by the longer "force" arrows. Bearing Ring Dowel Pin j Bearing Support Ring Upper Half Bearing Ring Upper Half Babbitt Lined Steel Pads Figure 4-31 Multiple Pad (4). Tilt pad bearings consist of from 4 to 6 Babbitt lined steel pads.STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS Ring There are two primary types of journal bearings as illustrated in Figure 4-30. Figure 4-32 Multiple Oil Wedges (6) IIPCT«'.'''' s~:L~"'k: . Tilt Pad Bearing Bearing Support Ring Lower Half The RED shaded areas in Figure 4-32 show the oil wedges formed at each of the six (6) pad in this example.. Note that while all of the pads have oil wedges. depending on the manufacturer and application. One is the tilt pad bearing and the other is the plain or elliptical type.

Figure 4-34 Elliptical Journal Bearing Adjusting Pad Elliptical bearings are used in numerous turbine-generator applications. tilt pad bearing is illustrated in Figure 4-. the pads maintain parallelism with the rotor during transient operation. Figure 4-33 Tilt Pad Bearing Elliptical bearings (Figure4-34) split at the horizontal joint. Bearing liner to rotor journal clearance is greater in the horizontal position (HI & ill) then in the vertical (VI). Elliptical bearings are used at the remaining turbine-generator bearing positions. As a matter of fact. if a plain or elliptical bearing will do the job. By having a tilt-pad in this type application. like those found on HP and IP turbine rotors. The term elliptical applies to the bearing clearances in the assembled state.33. it is the preferred bearing as it is the simplest by design.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS .TG201 Tilt pad bearings are typicallY only used on rotors that are expected to experience a . A five pad. significant elevation change. Figure 4-34 Elliptical Bearing Half HPC Technical Services .

This type of thrust is usually found on units where the thrust is housed in the front standard or pedestal...J ~Housing I · Bearing R u Radial Journal Bearing Shaft R u The thrust bearing in Figure 4-36 consists of two thrust runners..". .IIiIII_ Axial Forces _ _ _ __ Cage Radial Journal Bearing Shaft Figure 4-35 Thrust Bearing Configurations R u n n e R u n n e -. .-.. · . Therefore..STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS All bearings must be continuously lubricated and cooled. inIi ill-_. and coolers to maintain the proper temperatme.Ii '~ Turbine Rotor Thrust Bearing . Figure 4-35 illustrates two different thrust bearing configurations as well as the axial thrust forces generated by the direction of steam flow through the turbine. oil deflectors are assembled to prevent the escape of oil on the rotor from the bearing housings. The thrust bearing absorbs axial forces and positions the rotor · axially in relation to the stationary components of the turbine.. n n e n n e Figure 4-36 Double Runnel' Thrust Copper Thru st Plates I Bearing ~H o u sing Figure 4-37 shows a typical single runner type thrust bearing.--=----. This is accomplished through the use of a thrust bearing..--..--. Pumps are used to maintain the flow of oil at a minimum pressure. Steam turbines require some way of controlling the axial forces that are applied to them by the flow of steam through the steam path.. This is a typical arrangement when the bearing is actually a combined journal-thrust bearing as shown in the figure. The oil cannot be allowed to leak out along the rotor surface. Figure 4-37 Single Runnel' Thrust .. in either the front Uournal bearing #1) or mid Uournal bearing #2) standard.. filters to keep the oil clean. flows through the small space between the bearing and the rotor journal surface..--..=---. This is done by the bearing oil that constantly . The thrust bearings consist of a rotating collar or collars on the rotor and stationary pads positioned in thethrust bearing housing . This oil is constantly recycled by the lube oil system.

The motion of the runner will wipe oil into the contracting wedge shaped area and build up load carrying oil pressures. Tapered Land Thrust Oil Groove - Land A -A R otation Figure 4-40 Tapered Land Thrust Bearing 4-20 HPC Technical Services . The stationary bearing surface is divided into an equal number of pads separated by oil feed grooves. regardless of the thrust collar configuration. These are "tapered land" and "tilt pad" or "Kingsbury" ® type bearings which are illustrated in Figure 4-39. the thrust bearing will have an "active" and "inactive" thrust face with Babbitted surfaces. Each pad is tapered in a circumferential and radial direction. there is more than one thrust bearing design to meet the needs of various turbine types.016 Typical axial thrust clearances might be about 16 thousandths (. n Shaft n n Copper Thrust Plates Thrust Spacer Plates Figure 4-38 Thrust Clearances As with the journal bearings. A -A Rotation -----Th ru~t Tapered Land Ring Tilt Pad Rotating View Figure 4-39 Thrust Bearing Types Ba bb i tt ~ Stationary View Figure 4-40 is and illustration of the "tapered land" thrust bearing. Also.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS .TG201 .016) of an inch.016 .

Between the thrust runner and the thrust bearing assembly. . This pivoting action allows the force transmitted by the runner to be applied equally to all of the pads. The casing is shimmed initially to position the rotor within the shell. By fIxed speed we mean turbines that drive generators. The individual pads are mounted on a series of blocks designed to permit the pads to pivot. The thrust pads are carried in a thrust casing. Another arrangement is to use two thrust runners several inches apmt with the bearings assembled between and facing each runner surface. T AU T 5 I T 0 B T S H A T R B B I 1 0 I l R 0 T A H R U T T F A C E 5 T R U ·N N E R Illustrated in Figure 4-41. thrust bearings are arranged to carry the axial load of the rotor in both directions. Both types are illustrated in Figure 4-43. on GE "fIxed speed" steam turbines. N A R Y P L A T E 1 T '--. which can be moved axially. This type of thrust bearing is quite common. ifnot exclusive.STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS . 5 T R U N N E Figure 4-43 Tilt Pad Bearing Types Double Runner R . The goal is to obtain correct clearances between moving and stationary parts during normal operation.- ! I N G Figure 4-41 Tapered Land Oil Wedge Formation Thrust Collar Figure 4-42 is an illustration of the tilt pad or "Kingsbury" thrust bearing. forces the oil into a "wedge" shape that separates the runner from the lands during normal operating conditions. the motion of the thrust runner and the shape of the thrust land. Babbitt ~ Ring Stationary View Rotating View hrust Colla~ Runne Figure 4-42 Tilt Pad Thrust Tilt Pad Thrust Single Runner T H R U As stated previously. The pivoting action also allows for some misalignment. One arrangement is to locate the thrust bearings on each side of the runner.

In addition. :. The pad itself is constructed from steel with the Babbitt material brazed to it as the bearing surface. Figure 4-45 Tapered Land Thrust Plate (Bearing) Figure 4-46 is one (1) pad of the many pads used in a tilt pad bearing.STEAM TURBINE~GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . Connections for Test Gages for Setting of Pressure Switches Handwheel ===il==~==::::S Test IjTLI Figure 4-44 Thrust Wear Detector I Follower Piston ~ « : .. Figure 4-46 Tilt Pad Bearing. Strainer Rotating Collar on . Pad 4-22 HPC Technical Services . The plate itself is constructed from copper with a Babbitt material (silver colored material) brazed to it as the bearing surface..TG201 The thrust bearing is flooded with bearing oil under pressure at all times with the turbine in service. ' .' Turbine Shaft _ _ _ ~ . Figure 4-44 illustrates a thrust bearing wear detector (trip device) that is installed to trip the turbine automatically if there is excessive rotor movement in either axial direction. Figure 4-45 is a tapered land thrust plate.

The larger turbine assemblies may expand as much as two inches. 4-23 "PC Technical Services T. This type of expansion explains why the running of hot water on ajar lid can help you get the jar open. The temperature is 1OOO°F at the HP turbine inlet (as well as the reheat turbine inlet).0 TURBINE THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION We have all seen examples ofmatetials. If not controlled. and shut downs. Crossover Pi ing LP Turbine exhaust temperature is 100 to 120 0 F Figure 4-48 Temperature Differences The turbine sees these extreme temperature differences during normal operation. _1. .1 -. load swings. especially metals that expand and contract when they are heated or cooled. turbine damage can occur from excessive stresses and contact of the moving and stationary parts. This can cause problems because of the thermal expansion and contraction of the various turbine components. aroundJ 00 -120°F. the temperature is a lot lower. Most of the axial growth occurs as shown by the green arrow on the lower turbine diagram in Figure 4-49.STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS 7. This is illustrated in Figure 4-47. / Crossover Piping Crossove r Piping Figure 4-49 Thermal Expansion . as shown in Figure 4-48. Way down on the other end (at the LP turbine exhaust). and also going through rapid temperature transitions during start ups. • Figure 4-47 Expalldillg Jar Lid A steam turbine is heated to temperatures up to the 1000°F range.

the moving rotor assembly (Figure 50) does not have as much mass and heats and cools more rapidly. keys. Thus the adjacent HP-IP shell with its components is free to slide away from the generator towards the front standard. As for turbine stationary components design. Figure 4-50 Different Expansion Rates Thus the two (stationary and moving) components will expand and contract at different rates. See Figure 4-51. and dowels at critical locations like the ones shown in Figure 452. and take a while to obtain a uniform metal temperature.TG201 Part of the problem is created by the different rate of thermal expansion between the stationary and moving components. A rotor short situation might be expected when the unit is being cooled. The stationary components (shells) are for the most part dense (thick). anchors. HP/IP Shell Rests at Centerline on Front and Mid Standards Crossover Pi ing Front Standard Sole Plate Axial Keys Hold LP Casings in Place Figure 4-52 Axial Keys 4-24 HPC Technical Services . Crossove r Pipin g Figure 4-51Rotor Long andlor Short Expansion and contraction movement problems are partially avoided by good turbine design. When the rotor is contracting at a more rapid rate than the shell we refer to it as going rotor short. side to side (transverse) and up and down (vertical) movements are maintained within acceptable limits by the use of bolts. A rotor long condition should then be expected when the unit is being loaded. The turbine LP casings are keyed to prevent back and forth (axial) movements. When the rotor is growing at a more rapid rate than the shell we refer to this condition as being rotor long.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . On the other hand.

slide freely on metal plates upon the turbine foundation as seen in Figure 4-53. The shell expands as it is heated and contracts when cooled. Heavy grease is used between a sliding standard and the metal plate that it slides . there are established rates at which the turbines can be heated and cooled. the turbine rotor expands and contracts at a different rate than the shellsicasings that surround it. on. The designers. This problem is avoided partly by design and partly by proper operation procedures. in consideration of these problems. will not contact stationary parts. since this type of control is not always possible. the turbine internal clearances would remain the same during all phases of operation. but what about the rotating assembly? The journal bearings maintain side to side and up and down rotor position in bearing housings. . However. These rates ensure that the internal clearances within the turbines are properly maintained." The HP-IP shell moves axially from the LP anchor.) and roll times. and thereby allow ample clearances between the rotating and stationary elements during normal conditions. These rates are both temperature limits (rate of rise. Figure 4-53 S(and(lI'(/ Slide That takes care of the stationary components. If it were possible to control expansion and contraction so that all parts of the turbine expanded and contracted at the same rate. The standards. which are attached to the shell for support. while spinning at high speeds. etc. However. especially during a unit startup or shutdown. Rotor axial expansion is away from the thrust bearing. What must be done is to manage the two rates of axial expansion so that the rotor. The thrust bearing is used to set the correct axial position of the rotor in the shell using thrust bearing shims.STEAM TURBINE MAJOR COMPONENTS . Notice the term "slide. allow the thrust bearing to locate the rotor at an optimum point. This arrangement allows the turbine to grow or shrink axially without restriction. .

Printed: 12/14/10 . Describe the operation of the various steam valves on a steam turbine.0_June09. 2. © 1999 .TG201J5. .STEAM TURBINE VALVES Chapter 5 TERMINAL OBJECTIVE: The goal ofthis section is to familiarize the participant with steam valve maintenance procedures and cautions. Describe the Auxiliary Valves on a steam turbine. Identify the various steam valves on a steam turbine . 3. ENABLING OBJECTIVES: At the successful completion ofthis section the participant should be able to: 1.

....................................... ...1..1 .........0 3.................... 3 GE TYPE VALVES ..........................................................0 INTRODUCTION ............... 19 AUXILIARY VALVES ...................... 25 ...........................STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS ....................................................0 4.............................................................................................5-2 T HPC Technical Services .TG201 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1............................0 2.................... 4 WESTINGHOUSE VALVES ................................................................................................. ..............

The function of these valves is to control the flow of steam from the chest into the HP nozzle assembly.. separate reheat stop and interceptor valves on a Westinghouse unit. the control and intercept valves have been called governor and interceptor respectively. Valve operation is through the turbine control system. Intermediate · Pressure Steam from M. Reheat steam enters the IP tw-bine section through combined reheat or separate reheat stop and intercept valves on a GE unit. Figw-e 5-01 is a simplified schematic diagram of the valve arrangement for a multisection reheat tw-bine.ain Boiler . The mechanical hydraulic or electro-hydraulic (MHC or EHC) control systems use hydraulic cylinders to operate the valves. for both GE and Westinghouse. ... Main boiler steam enters the steam chest through the main stop (GE) or throttle (W) valves. are described later in this text. These control systems. All steam turbines will be equipped with a valve arrangement for controlling steam .STEAM TURBINE VAL VES 1.. control the flow of steam into the chest and completely shut off the flow of steam during a turbine trip. 5_3HPC Technical Services T. These valves are grouped and opened sequentially to admit steam to certain sections of the nozzle. V. the steam chest may be an integral part of the HP turbine shell or separate castings mounted adjacent to the HP turbine.--~ IP Exhaust or Crossover Stea m Low Control High Pressure HP Exhaust Intercept Valve Steam Flow to Main Condenser Boiler Reheater Figure 5-01 Valve LOClltiOils Mounted on the steam chest are the main control valves. Depending on tw-bine design. These valves serve two functions..0 INTRODUCTION Controlling the flow of steam through the tw-bine is a function of the steam valves.flow into the HP section. Turbines with a reheat section will be equipped with an additional set of valves for controlling the reheat steam flow.-. GE and Westinghouse use different names for valves serving similar functions . As with other components studied thus far. NOTE: Through the production history of Westinghouse turbines. The following pages illustrate and describe steam valves found on steam turbines of General Electric and Westinghouse manufacture.

--------'~ 1/ ~/ \ \ . Refer to the figure and note: Val ve Seat Coupling Assembly Val ve stel J Stop Valve Bypass Disk . in an emergency. By being an unbalanced valve. Refer to internal detail in Figure 5-04. Steam Path 0 . ) Swing Check Valve Figure 5-02 Unbalanced Valve Cover Nut:==~~""".STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . is a swing-check valve as illustrated in Figure 5-02. being shut off by the main stop valve. will assist in the closure of the main stop valve.. the main disk is raised through the internal contact between the main disk and bypass valve. the Main Stop Valve is an unbalanced valve. Valve Ste Stop Valve Bypass Disk ~1'-'1ti:77iI Steam Path Figure 5-04 Bypass Valve Section A-A Main Valve Disk with Bypass Valve Open 5-4 HPC Technical Services .' Actuator Assembly .0 GE TYPE VALVES The purpose of the Main Stop Valve is to shut off steam flow.~~ Cover Spacer Cove r Steam Strainer Inlet Steam Dam (A~ti-Swirl Partition) Press ure Seal Head Stem Figure 5-03 illustrates a GE main stop valve assembly. to the turbine. The primary function of this valve is to quickly shut off main steam flow to the turbine under emergency conditions. The main disk remains seated at this time. An exceIJent example of an unbalanced valve. Steam Flow .. Figure 5-03 Main Stop & Bypass Valve Val ve Open A bypass valve within the main valve disk opens and controls steam flow during turbine start-up and loading.TG201 2.. the steam flow .~ Section A-A Main Va lve Di sk w ith Bypass . although not representative of most modern stop valves. To facilitate this positive closure. As more steam is required...

Stem Sea t Areas (Back Seat ) Bushings Pressure Sea l Head "'" Open Position Stem Against Backseat Figure 5-07 Stem & Seal Head Backseat Closed Position ". Oil pressW'e from the tW'bine control system works a hydraulic piston in the actuator against the valve closing spring. Coupling Assembly Actuator Assembly Figure 5-06 Actuator Assembly 07_ K_ I0'CeST20 2 Cap Bypass Disk Ca p bolt Ma in Disk As shown in FigW'e 5-07. Figure 5-05 Steam Strail1er Steam 'D am (Anti-Swirl Partition) Pressure Seal Head Valve action is through the actuator assembly coupled to the valve stem as shown in FigW'e 5-06. a backseat located in the pressure seal head prevents steam from escaping down the valve stem when the valve is in the full open position._~I~:~ _V HPC Technical Services .STEAM TURBINE VAL VES The steam strainer (Figure 5-05) is in place to remove palticles of boiler slag (114 inch and larger) from the steam . . T.

.TG201 This is a separately mounted valve. Figure 5-08 Main Stop Valve Set In-Place Cover Nut-_ Cover Steam Strainer Inlet _ _ spacer:::==~~~~~. Figure 5-08 shows a set of GE Main Stop Valves in place on a unit and concentrates on the right hand (RH) valve.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . It is welded into the main boiler steam pipe upstream and adjacent to the main control valves.~ Cover A steam dam or anti-swirl partition prevents the steam from circulating within the valve body as shown in Figure 5-09. The large steam lead in the upper right hand position is the main steam inlet to the valve. Steam Dam (Anti-Swirl Partition) Pressure Seal Head Stem Valve Seat Coupling Assembly Figure 5-09 Allti-Swirl Dam Actuato< Assembly 5-6 HPC Technical Services .

HPC Technical Services T. The purpose of the control valves is to regulate steam flow to the steam turbine. Their position in the steam path is shown in Figure 5-10.. Steam Inlet Steam Inlet Control Valves Plan View Figure 5-11 Separate Moul1ted COlltrol Valves 5_7-1) . The valves and their steam chest are located just below the turbine deck alongside of the HP turbine. IP Exhaust or Crossover Steam Stop Valve Control Valve Steam from Main Boiler Steam flow to Main Condenser Boiler Reheater Figure 5-10 Steam Path Location ojControl Valve(s) Tension Valve CloSi ng sp" " g -~-1ffi"4tIi Push Rod link (Com pression) Steam Actuator Valve Disc AS"m bl l' ~'" Assemblv Valve Seat -~~fJ Seat Pin - "m_-I<>'7.STEAM TURBINE VAL VES . . Steam enters at both ends of the steam chest after leaving the Main Stop valves. The plan view of a typical arrangement of separate mounted control valves illustrates how they are grouped and assembled to the steam chest. separate steam chest mounted control valve is shown in Figure 5-11.- A GE. .

With the pressure balanced. less force is required to lift the main disk off the seat. The crosshead connects the valve stem to the lower lever.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . The valve seat is pinned in place in the lower half of the valve chest. Valve operation is as follows: (Refer to Figure 5-12. Seals in the pressure head assembly prevent steam from escapmg up the valve stem.'iI The valve is opened by the hydraulic cylinder lifting the end of the lower lever. Opening of the pilot valve within the control valve main disk equalizes the steam pressure on both sides of the main disk. The upper lever is supported on the spring housing.e Head ~ Steam Chest Actuator Assembly Valve Disc Asse mblv-~V //. High pressure oil through the control system acts on the actuator assembly. The actuator assembly and hydraulic cylinder maintain valve opening allowing steam flow to meet turbine load demands. The other end of the lower lever is linked to the upper lever. The opposite end of the upper lever is held down by tension rods attached to the hydraulic cylinder. prmg -Crosshead Guide -f!f. Valve Closing :o.""'TH Tension Rod Push Rod link Pressur. Figure 5-12 Control Valve Assembly Some control valves are designed with an internal pilot valve as shown in Figure 5-13 . Steam Chest Figure 5-13 Piloted (Balanced Pressure) Control Valve Valve Open 5-8 HPC Technical Services . The valve disk is raised and lowered within the steam flow chamber of the valve chest.) The operating mechanism utilizes a spring assembly which acts directly on top of the valve crosshead assembly to keep the valve Closed.TG201 The function of these valves is to control steam to meet turbine load demands.

The intercept valve keeps the steam . These valves are located in the reheat steam piping leading to the lower half shell of the IPturbine.pressure off the top of the reheat stop valve disk. Intercept Valve Portion Cross head Steam I n Intercept Valve Actuator Assembly Reheat Stop Valve Disk Pressure Seal Head Figure 5-15 CRV. the intercept valve and the reheat stop valve. Springs in the actuator close the valve upon loss of hydraulic oil pressure due to a turbine trip. The reheat stop valve is an unbalanced valve. As the name implies. Reheat Valve Closed Reheat Valve Open Figure 5-16 Reheat Stop Valve Positions 5-9 . The primary function of this valve is to provide emergency trip protection to the turbine by shutting off the steam supply from the reheater. Reheat Stop Valve Portion Reheat Stop Valve Hydraulic Actuator Assembly Ba lance The reheat stop valve disk is lifted from the seat through the action of the hydraulic actuator coupled to the valve stem. Crosshead Steam In Intercept Valve Actuator . one per each side and very close to the turbine shell. Asa resu lt this reheat stop valve has to be opened before the intercept valve. there is two valves in one.STEAM TURBINE VAL VES A GE combined reheat (CRY) valve is shown in Figures 5-\4 and 5-\5 .V HPC Technical Services T . Assembly Figure 5-14 CRV.

TG201 During normal operation of the turbine-generator under load. seals in the lower pressure seal head prevent steam from escaping along the reheat stop valve stem.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS .119 e5rnl1 Upper Pressure Head Steam In Intercept Valve Actuator Assembly The intercept valve disk is lifted from the seat through the action of its hydraulic actuator connected by push rods with the upper lever as shown in FIgure 5-18. The upper lever lifts the disk through the' crosshead and valve stem assembly. . Springs in the actuator close the valve upon loss of hydraulic oil pressure due to a turbine trip. The reheat stop valve disk (Figure 5-17) is lifted from the seat through the action of its hydraulic actuator coupled to the valve stem. The same is true of the reheat stop portion of the valve. Steam In Stem Backseated Figure 5:'17 Open Valves CRV Closed Position Valves Open 01~l. As shown in Figure 5-17. The lower lever working with the upper lever eliminates high hydraulic cylinder forces to be transmitted to the valve casing or upper pressure head bolting. Figure 5-18 Intercept Valve Actuator Reheat Stop Valve Hydraulic Actuator Assembly ) 5-10 HPC Technical Services .. the intercept valve is wide open.

Ifit does not have a stem leakoffline it will be equipped with seals that prevent steam from leaking past the stem and into the turbine room . The steam strainer shown in Figure 5-19 eliminates any particles (114 inch or larger) of reheater tube or steam pipe slag from entering the turbine. Should they fail to shut off steam flow sufficiently to control the turbine in an overs peed. the Intercept valve stem mayor may not have a stem leakoff line. prior to the main control valve. is such that the intercept starts closing after the control valves have started to close (or are closed) as shown in Figure 520. . a backseat on the valve stem and a cOITesponding seating surface on the upper pressure head.STEAM TURBINE VAL VES . prevent steam from leaking out into the turbine room. Crosshead Steam I n Intercept Valve Pressure Seal Head Stem Leakoff ---~ -~'I:l1 Figure 5-19 Steam Strai11er & Upper Pressure Head . . Depending on the vintage of the unit. RHSV These intercept valves are pmt of what is known as the I st line of defense. to blow down the reheater before the control valves admit steam from the superheat section of the boiler. the intercept opens. 95 100 105 107 110 Turbine Speed (% Rated) Figure 5-20 Valve Operati0l1{l1 Graph 5-11'V HPC Technical Services T. If it has a stem leakoff line it directs any leakoff steam to a closed feedwater heater or the condenser . The setting. In a recovery from an overspeed (where a trip did not occur). Reheat Stop Valve Hydraul ic Actuator Assemb ly In either case once the valve is in the fully open position.. . Valve Position The intercept valves throttle close in an overspeed. then the reheat stop valve will close as pmt of turbine trip scheme. however.

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . The intercept valve is a balanced valve. This allows the intercept valve to be positioned accurately anywhere in its travel. regardless of the upstream pressure. Balance Chamber Reheat Stop Valve Disk Reheat S~eam Reheat Stop Valve . combined main stop and control valves that are a smaller version of the CRY valves described here and an example of these valves is shown in Figure 5-22. Hydraulic Actuator Assembly Figure 5-21 Intercept Valve Balance Chamber Intercept Valve Disk Detail View Reheat Steam Path Through Balance Chamber } Some of the newer GE units are equipped with .TG201 The intercept valve is equipped with a balance chamber as shown in Figure 5-21(see enlarged detail view) that has sealing rings and balance holes in the disk such that the pressure above the disk is always equal to the pressure below the disk (downstream from the valve seat). The reheat stop valve. Figure 5-22 New Design Main Stop & Control Valve Combination 5-12 HPC Technical Services . being unbalanced. must be opened before the intercept valve is opened.

:::::<~~ Pin Pressu re Head Stem Closed Figure 5-24 Closed and Opened Positions ojthe Valve Disk Hydraulic Actuator Opened HPC Technical Services 5-13~ ~ . Loss of hydraulic oil pressure to the actuator piston will allow the spring in the actuator to lower the valve stem and rotate the disk into the closed position..STEAM TURBINE VAL VES A GE separately mounted reheat stop valve is shown in Figure 5-23. This valve is located in the reheat steam pipe adjacent to and upstream of the intercept valve. This is shown in Figure 5-24 Valve Holder Pin Flange Link Clevis Nut ---fzt. Figure 5-23 Sepal'([te Mounted Reheat Stop Valve Hydraulic Actuator Cover Under normal operating conditions the disk is maintained open by the actuator coupled to the valve stem pushing up and rotating the disk around the valve holder pin. Pressure Head Stem Valve Casing . Refer to the figure and note: The view in the figure is looking downstream through the valve with the disk fully closed. The function of this valve is to shut off the steam flow to the IP turbine on a turbine trip..fzl:::::=~~ Pin . Cover Bushing Valve Holder Pin Flange Link Clevis Nut --. This valve is fully open during normal turbine operation.Disk Coupling Bolt Steam (Water) Shield Coupling .

) The valve is designed with a bypass valve identified as the middle sleeve. Leakoff As with the reheat stop valve associated with the CRY.TG201 Cover Bushing Valve Holder Pin Flange Link Clevis Nut ---fzt=~R Pin A backseat located in the pressure seal head and a corresponding one on the valve stem. prevent steam from escaping down the valve stem when the valve is in the fully open position. BaCkseat~~"'~~~~5< Pressure Head .. the valve begins to close. this valve has some throttling capability and is governor controlled. Unlike the open or shut reheat stop valve. Should an overspeed situation develop. a stem leakoff line directs any leakoff steam to a closed feedwater heater or the condenser.1'4--i---f:~F-+-. an unequal pressure is created on each side of the valve disk.Middle Sleeve Main Valve Disk Hydraulic Actuator Figure 5-26 Separate Mounted Intercept Valve 5-14 HPC Technical Services . Operation ofthis valve is as follows : (Refer to the figure . The valve will also trip closed on a turbine trip . this separate reheat stop valve cannot open against full reheat steam pressure.. The function of this valve is to control the flow of reheat steam to the IP turbine section in a pre-emergency overspeed condition.. While the valve is moving from the fully closed to the fully opened position.. Hydraulic Actuator Figure 5-25 Backseat & Stem Leakojj Figure 5-26 illustrates a GE separate mounted intercept valve assembly. With the main disk seated.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . During normal turbine operation the main valve is wide open. This valve is located in the reheat steam piping between the reheat stop valve and the turbine shell. Balance Chamber Piping .

. Oil pressure from the turbine control system works a hydraulic piston in the actuator. the middle sleeve pilot valve unseats first.STEAM TURBINE VAL VES Valve action is through the actuator assembly coupled to the valve stem. Loss of oil pressure allows the actuator valve closing spring to overcome the hydraulic piston and close the valve.M 'OOlle Sleeve - Steam Out Coupling Hydraulic Actuator Figure 5-27 Sepal'{lte Intercept Valve Balance Chamber Piping The balance chamber piping shown in Figure 5-27.. This allows immediate pressure equalization on both sides of the main valve disk.~~II----tAt_-. .. allows for smooth operation of the . Coupling Figure 5-28 Balallce Chamber Pipillg Hydraulic Actuator . As the actuator pushes up the valve stem. valve over the complete range of its travel once the main disk is off its seat.. Steam Inlet ~.Middle Sleeve Steam Out Main Valve 0 S t e r n ..-. .fH H---i'S-lftt-t-. Continued upward valve stem movement raises the main valve disk to the fully opened position Balance Chamber Piping Steam Inlet +.

~~~s=.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . The opposite end of the valve stem is connected to a crosshead arrangement. C.-~~ Control Valve Valve Seat Plan View Multiple Control Valve Arrangement ----. HP Turbine Shell and Steam Chest Disl.fti===:. Spring Val ve Closing Spring lift Pin Lifting Lever Pivot Pin Lever Support rO'SSheadl-->~~Ii~ . As shown. The valve disk is assembled to the end of the valve stem located within the steam chest.~~~ Pin Ever Support Bolts Valve Stand Pressure Head Valve Stem . One set of valves is located on the upper shell. Refer to the figure as the valve is described here.----rr.~I.~~'N Figure 5-30 Shell Mounted Control Valves 5-16 HPC Technical Services . prevent steam from escaping down the valve stem when the valve is in the fully open position. These items are shown in Figure 528. The function of these valves is to control the flow of the main boiler steam into the HP turbine. which is raised by the upward motion of the lifting lever. A steam strainer eliminates particles of reheater tube or steam pipe slag V-t" or larger from entering the turbine A backseat located in the pressure seal head and a corresponding one on the valve stem..om. the valves ·are mounted directly over the steam chest which is an integral part of the HP turbine shell.. another set on the lower shell.TG201 . - Steam Out Coupling Figure 5-29 Strainer & Backseat Figure 5-29 illustrates a GE shell mounted control valve and a valve arrangement.

Figure 5-32 Control Valve Operating Mechanism 5-17-V HPC Technical Services T . Located at the end of both rods is a rack gear that engages and turns a pinion gear attached to the outboard end of the valve camshafts. Rotation of the cam raises the lifting lever against spring pressure. a hydraulic cylinder located in the turbine front standard through a lever called the "D" rod rotates the camshaft and cams thus controlling valve position. Another lever called the "E" rod operates the valves located on the lower shell for those units so equipped. Li/ting Lever & Cam Upper Control Valve(s) As shown in Figure 5-31 . Thus the amount of valve opening is directly related to cam rotation. . 1 Va Ive Seat ----<i'7'7'7~'*'l Figure 5-3/ Valve Closing Springs. opening the valve. Crosshea Valve Stand Pressure Head Valve Stem ----#.~~~ 1I'~~l5f':l"" HPTurbine " Shell and Steam Chest Control Valve Disk ---I7~~.STEAM TURBINE VAL VES Spring Retainer Lifting Lever Pivot Pin Lever Support Pressure on the lifting lever to keep the valve closed is provided by the valve closing springs shown in Figure 30.

unit to unit with the configuration ofthe valves dependant on both the size and/or vintage of the unit. Many units also have an equal amount of valves on the bottom half of the turbine shell as indicated in Figure 5-25. The number of valves can vary from .TG201 The plan view in Figure 5-32 shows a threevalve arrangement on the top of the turbine shell. 2nd Leakoff High Pressure 1st Leakoff ---+!= Valve Figure 5-34 Stem Leakoff 5-18 HPC Technical Services . The high pressure stem leakoff may go to the steam seal system while the low pressure stem leakoff is directed to either the condenser or a Low Pressure feedwater heater. Figure 5-33 Control Valve Plan View Plan View Multiple Control Valve Arrangement As shown in Figure 5-33. . The valves control the flow of steam to each of their designated areas of the nozzle. Each valve opens over a steam path in the turbine shell that directs the flow of steam to a specific area of the nozzle.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . the valves pressure head is equipped with high and low pressure stem leakoff lines that direct steam leaking past the valve stem to different locations in the steam system depending on pressure.

. Each assembly is located along each side of the HP turbine cylindei·. Valve Stem Guide Throttle Valve Seat Operating Levers HPC Technical Services 5-19Ji: '" .0 WESTINGHOUSE VALVES For the initial admission of steam. The purpose of the throttle valve is to provide emergency shut down of the steam turbine in an overspeed or any threatening condition. The throttle valve is hydraulically opened and spring closed.':-::-3 . A typical steam chest has one throttle valve and three to four governor valves. The throttle and governor valves provide redundant protection at the high pressure steam inlet of the turbine. Four governor valves are shown in Figure 534.- Figure 5-35 Combined Throttle Valve & Governor Valve Steam Chest Arl'{lllgemellt Figure 5-35 illustrates a Westinghouse throttle valve.~ V~~I::~~~:~ Steam Chest . The valve is horizontally mounted at one end of the steam chest. Throttle -ValveActuator Throttle 1-.- Governor Valves (Control) .=_ --. Spring Housing Springs (4) J 'f' ~ "" Jil~~fjl~~~~P~ilotvalve Steam Outlet /. a typical Westinghouse turbine generator unit is provided with two throttle valve-steam chest assemblies.STEAM TURBINE VAL VES 3. Valve Stem Bushing Valve Stem Valve Bushing Valve (Main) operating' Stop Lever~ Figure 5-36 Throttle Valve B~r o (In Pairs) ===C:: _~_.

As shown in Figure 5-38.- -:. Link ~~ . meaning the steam flow it is shutting off will assist in the valve closure as shown in Figure 5-37. the pressure is equalized across the throttle valve disk and the throttle valve can then be opened.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . this pilot valve is also used for turbine start up. the throttle valve has an integral pilot valve that can open against full boiler pressure.:-=-_~ S tern Guide Valve Figure 5-37 Seal Rings & Stem Leakoff Stem Leak Off Lines V The throttle valve is an unbalanced steam valve.TG201 Spring Housing Springs (4) . Fif:ure 5-39 Pilot Valve 5-20 HPC Technical Services . By doing so. valve Bonnet Valve Guide Steam Chest Valve Stem Bushing Valve Stem Valve Bushing Valve (Main) Pilot Valve Seal Ring . the throttle valve main disk is designed with a sealing ring so that. Steam In Figure 5-38 Unbalanced Main Valve Disk Pilot Valve Spring On some machines. in the wideopen position. operating' Lever~ o Operating Stop B L r (In Pairs) ~=Le:e~s . the seal ring reduces steam leakage through the stem leakoff lines to a minimum when it enters the provided chamber in the valve bonnet. II Steam Outiet As shown in Figure 5-36.

Link Spring Housing Springs (4) "" ~ Steam Chest Valve Stem Bushing Valve Stem Valve Bushing Valve (Main) Pilot Valve Steam Strainer Steam Outlet Figure 5-40 Steam Strainer Figure 5-40 illustrates one type of a Westinghouse governor valve assembly. During initial operation or after boiler re-tubing.STEAM TURBINE VAL VES As can be seen in Figure 5-39. an additional "temporary" fine mesh strainer is added to the OD of the permanent strainer. Throttle -ValveActuator Throttle Valve- Steam Flow to Nozzles Figure 5-41 Single Actuator Valve Arrangement . a permanent steam strainer prevents foreign objects 14" or larger from entering the turbine. In this type of arrangement the valves are mounted on the steam chest in parallel sequence and are lifted or positioned by a single lift bar and a single servomotor (actuator) or hydraulic cylinder.

Valve _[ /.:. ctuator1servo Motor Valve Stem Bushing __-J / . Spring Housing Assembly Crosshead Pin Bracket Bonnet Leak Off Lines -~*~::lJ Valve {ctuatO~/servo Motor Figure 5-42 IndividualActuator Valve Arrangement Single . The lever is fulcrummed so that upward movement of the servomotor raises the lever opening the valve while downward movement of the servomotor lowers the lever closing the valve. This valve is of the single-seated plug type and is controlled by the servomotor that responds to oil pressure signals from the control system.seated plug I I LJJ Spring Housing Assembly Cross head Bushing Crosshead Pin Bracket Bonnet Leak Off Lines Steam Chest -. This can be seen in Figure 542.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . are provided to assist in the closing of the valve..~~~ The valve operating lever is connected through the crosshead and pin to the valve stem.. shown in Figure 5-43.• 5-22 HPC Technical Services . Bracket Figure 44 Governor Valve Closing Springs Ji: . . / Stem ---j~C:~rII~ I Valve Nut Disk --¥7'77>:J Figure 43 Governor Valve Operation Spring Housing Assembly Heavy springs.TG201 Figure 5-41 illustrates another type of governor valve that is lifted or positioned by an individual servomotor or hydraulic cylinder.

.ovy Springs Crosshead Bushing --~ __ 0 Bonnet Leak 'OFf Lines -¢~~~ Steam Chest Figure 45 Govel'1lor Valve Control Level' Spring Valve Stem Bushing Valve Nut Disk -.... _ .Switch Spring E:::':l_ ."" The function of the different types of Governor Valves is to precisely regulate the speed and load of the turbine by controlling the steam flow to the turbine.' _ . . The function of the interceptor valve is to limit the flow of steam to the reheat turbine in the event of a turbine overspeed...Stem Valve Valve Figure 5-46 Interceptor Valve (Closed) Figure 5-47 Interceptor Valve (Opened) 5-23 HPC Technica l SCl'Vices Jrk O m .. Figures 5-45 & 5-46 illustrate a Westinghouse interceptor valve..STEAM TURBINE VAL VES Another (smaller) spring (Figure 5-44) ensures the operating lever moves down as the hydraulic cylinder moves down.A c t u a t o r 1_ _.Actuator ........t++~~--If1I*1----Stem In'E''''''''''''- r -w --lf1I*1---.....'ine!r-++----+ll Steam inle... where the turbine has not tripped.Leakoff Pressure Pressure Seal Rings Seal Rings Steam Str.Switch Bonnet " = I~~~f~~ Stem Steam Str. and independent of the valve closing springs... Spring Housing Assembly __-m.'lne!r-++----+l1 Steam - Leakoff Stem I~~~~~~. These valves are located in the steam piping between the reheat stop valve and the reheat turbine.

:::.·t -l--I-- --=§f.the valve is wide open.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . _ ..Leakoff Pressure Seal Rings Steam Strainer-t-t-~----1'f1 Steam Inle.Switch Refer to Figures 5-47 & 5-48 while the valve operation is described here: During normal turbine-generator operations under load. Pressure Seal Rings Steam Strainer·--1H-. Each valve is operated by a separator actuator... .H+*..TG201 Spring Adjust Spring E:: !:I _----: . The valve is surrounded by a permanent steam strainer to keep foreign material from entering the turbine... .-+I Steam Tn l. The interceptor valve disk is a balanced design . =---- Actuator _ ..J . Springs in the housing above the valve bonnet close the valve upon loss of hydraulic oil pressure due to a turbine trip ~~~~~~.t++-'I-I~--- Stem Valve Ive 07_I'C1SLeSTl02 Figure 5-48 Interceptor Valve Operation I e..S t e m Figure 5-49 Interceptor Valve Operation IJ Valve Steam 5-24 HPC Technical Services .Switch Steam leakage up the valve stem is limited by a closing fitting stem bushing.. This valve is of the single seat plug-type design. Actuator . Pressure equalization holes in the valve disk ensure the pressure on top of the valve will be equal to the pressure downstream of the operating valve. The valve disk is lifted from the seat through the action of the hydraulic actuator coupled to the valve stem.

the steam will be trapped between the closed main control valves and intercept valves. the reheat steam that has been trapped between the intercept valve and reheat stop valve disk. the reheat stop valves are capable of reopening.STEAM TURBINE VAL VES 4. Upon generator load . direct to the condenser. this would allow the trapped HP steam to enter the reheat section and drive the turbine to overspeed. If the steam seal packing is worn.0 AUXILIARY VALVES The following valves discussed here function to protect the turbine from overspeed after a trip or to reestablish turbine operation after a trip. at which point the equalizer valve will close. the reheat stop valves will close. as shown in Figure 5~49 . Intercept Valve Reheat Stop Valve Figure 5-50 Equalizer Valve • . When reheat steam pressure has been reduced to approximately 15% of full load. The blowdown valve opens the steam sealleakoff annulus directly to the condenser so as to divert most of the steam leakage. rejection. The function of this valve is to release the steam that will be bottled up in the HP turbine section and reheater should a full load trip or load rejection occur. S-2S- HPC Technical Services T. Blowdown Valve The Slowdown Valve is shown in Figure 5-50. is mounted on one combined reheat stop valve on units equipped with the trip anticipator. The equalizer valve will automatically open and . Reopening the reheat stop valve against full reheater pressure would take some effOlt. In this situation. V. The vacuum existing in the IP and LP turbine sections will draw the bottled up steam through the steam seals between the HP-IP sections. . Though this description is specific to GE turbines. Figure 5-51 BloJlldoJIII1 Valve . similar valves are found on the Westinghouse units. thus stopping the flow of reheat steam into the reheat turbine section. The EqualizerValve. Not all GE turbines have all of the valves listed here.

.. When opened the ventilator valve will draw steam from the reheater backwards. Intermediate The Ventilator Valve shown in Figure 5-51 is provided to protect the HP turbine from overheating.hpcnet. Serious heating of the HP turbine would result from windage losses should it be allowed to spin in high pressure bottled up steam...-------I~ To Condenser Figure 5-52 Ventilator Valve HPC Technical Services 500 Tallevast Road· Suite 101 Sarasota... This reverse flow of ....-... through the HP turbine and to the condenser... ....--I HP Exhaust (Cold Reheat) Intercept .STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS ~ TG201 Steam from Main Boller .. steam keeps the HP turbine cooler and helps bleed down the reheat pressure....... Pressure IP Exhaust or Cross over Steam Ventilator Valve X lf ..-__... FL 34243 USA (941) 747-7733 • FAX (941) 746-5374 www.- ... This valve connects the main steam lead direCtly to the condenser and automatically opens when the main stop and control valves close in a turbine trip situation..com 5-26 HPC Technical Services .. Valve Steam Flow to Main Condenser Boil er Reheater ...

Identify the steam turbine auxiliary systems. © 1999 .STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Chapter 6 TERMINAL OBJECTIVE: To familiarize the reader with the steam turbine auxiliary systems and their operation. ENABLING OBJECTIVES: At the completion of this section the student should be able to: 1.TG201J5. Describe the function of the steam turbine auxiliary systems.0_June09. 2. Printed: 12/14/2010 .

..................................................................................4 2....................................................................................................................1 4..........................................................................5 3......................................................................................................... 7 Westinghouse MHC Lube Oil Systems ....................................................................................................... 3 GE MHC Systems ........ :....................................................2 3........................... 11 3.3 3.......0 2........................................................................................................ 10 TURBINE SHAFT SEAL SYSTEMS .................5 3..................1 3........................................................ 8 Westinghouse EH Lube Oil System ............................3 2.........................................................2 Introduction ....................................................... 21 Westinghouse System .............. Water Seals ..........0 Basic Principles ..............................f ...............................................................STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS ............................. ................. Steam Seal Systems .....................1 2........................................................... 21 Hydraulic Fluid ........ Basic Principles .6-2 HPC Technical Services ..... System Descriptions ............................ 11 11 12 15 16 16 19 4............................................................................ 5 GE Schenectady EHC Lube Oil System .............................................................. Steam Packing ........4 Introduction ............ 24 ~ _1.........................2 2........................................................................................................... 3 LUBE OIL SYSTEMS .........5............ .....0 EH FLUID SYSTEM .... Water Seal System ............................................................3 4............................... 3 2................................................................................................................................................................5..........................................................................2 4.............. 22 GE System ..........................................................................TG201 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1....................................................................................................................................................................4 3..............................1 3. 21 4.............................................................................0 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................

0 INTRODUCTION In this section we will study two "auxiliary systems" that are needed for every steam turbine generator. As we study each system. This is usually at least ten feet and often more than twenty feet below the turbine-generator centerline elevation. All modem turbine-generator lube oil systems have these main features: • The main oil tank is at or near the lowest level of the power plant. and even in different units built by the same manufacturer. cooling couplings on some units. The tank will be well away from and below hot steam pipes. we will start with the basic principles that apply to all units and then explain the main differences between manufacturers and units. The space close under the turbine is usually very crowded with steam pipes and valves. The largest oil pipes connect to the front and mid standards of the turbine. pumps. 6-3 HPC Technical Services ~ _1. and a third that is needed for some units. • • • Cooling and lubricating the thrust andjoumal bearings takes much more oil than all the other uses combined. The tank is at this location because:Oil will drain back to the tank easily. the turbine control and/or emergency trip system on some units. ejectors (Westinghouse). the generator shaft seal system.1 - . 2. pressure regulating devices. and test devices. instruments. if any. These are the lubrication or lube oil and the turbine shan't seal systems. so leaks are less likely to be a fire hazard. etc. The main parts of the system are a tank or reservoir. and the electro-hydraulic or "EH" fluid system. coolers. below the high pressure turbine section.STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 1. valves.1 The purpose ofthis system is to supply clean oil at the proper pressure and temperature for: • • lubricating and cooling the thrust andjoumal bearings. so the tank should be as close to that area as possible considering the other limits. We will study each of these in tum.0 LUBE OIL SYSTEMS BASIC PRINCWLES 2. connecting piping. and some principles and construction details that are not the same in GE and Westinghouse units. lubricating and cooling the turning gears and the exciter reduction and governor drive gears. which must be placed as close to the turbine as possible. In each ofthese systems there are some basic principles that apply to all units. etc.

• There would be very serious damage to the turbine generator if the bearing lube oil supply should fail when the shaft was turning. they really need a positive pressure at the suction to work well. operating range of the main shaft pump . control system actions. a centrifugal pump built to run at a set speed puts out very little pressure if its speed is much below normal. Therefore. there must be one or more back up supplies that would start automatically to guard against this danger. A centrifugal pump is simple. The primary function ofthe lube oil passing through the bearing is for heat removal and not for lubrication. easy to maintain and cheap to build. The oil pressure must be kept in a set range so the amount flowing to all parts of the system will be correct. This is good in a system where the flow can change due to leaks. This means there are important differences in the lube oil system ofMBC units compared to ERe. This is because: The main shaft is the most efficient and reliable drive there is. The main source of heat in the lubricating oil is heat from the shaft and friction. the unit could be destroyed if it should fail at full speed.TG201 • The main pump that supplies all the oil during normal operation is a centrifugal pump driven directly by the main turbine shaft. • • • With these principles in mind. • On the other hand. The discharge pressure of a centrifugal pump running at a set speed changes very little even if the flow changes quite a lot. The above means that on all turbine oil systems there must be: An auxiliary pump to supply oil at speeds below the. _1J ~ T 6-4 HPC Technical Services . In fact. they are not very good at lifting liquid to their suction. Also. Older turbine control systems ("MBC" or mechanical hydraulic controls) use lube oil at a pressure much higher than the pressure needed for lubrication.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . Modem "ERC" (electrohydraulic) controls use a separate high-pressure fluid system. let us study some actual lube oil systems. etc. • A way to pump oil up from the tank to the main pump so its suction will be at a positive pressure. etc.usually about 90% of rated speed.

.D"" ~ . old units use a small steam turbine to drive the auxiliary pump. The lower branch of the T divides. the branch is closed off by a closed check valve in the main shaft pump discharge.. ?!i=====r-===4=:::::!~====F- OIL COOLER OIL PUMP AH. . The auxiliary oil pump is normally driven by an AC motor of75 to 200 horsepower depending on unit size.TOP_""_TAM!. The driving motor or turbine is on top of the tank.. Some large units use two AC motor driven pumps in parallel and some small.PUMP SUCTlON B. the pump itself is inside the tank below the oil level. The upper branch of the T goes to the control system hydraulic header. The other branch goes through the "booster baffler" valve into the "submerged oil driven booster" pump.. Figure 6-01 shows part of the system during a start up.__ B. The turbine/pump assembly is often called the "turbo pump". because the control system uses it to open the steam valves. Beyond that.RINGS AUK._ _ . 6-5 HPC Technical Services ~ _M - .RING REUEFVALVE ... The transfer valve sends oil to one of the two oil coolers (the other being in reserve) and on to the bearings. As shown... This oil comes from the auxiliary oil pump which also supplies the oil needed by all other parts of the system whenever it is in operation. High pressure oil is needed from the lube oil system in order to start the turbine-generator. DISCHARGE 10 fROM MAIN 011.. One branch goes through the "bypass baffler" valve.. past the bearing relief valve and to the transfer valve./ Figure 6-01 GE Auxiliary Oil and Booster Pumps The auxiliary pump draws oil from the tank and pumps it at about 200 psi into a "T" connection. .STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 2..2 GE MHC SYSTEMS This description is typical of GE MHC systems and uses regular lube oil for its working fluid. PUMP 10 MAIN OIt.

This pump is used when the unit is on turning gear and high pressure oil is not needed.6-6 HPC Technical Services .. Figure 6-02 shows more details of the system.TG201 The "booster" is a centrifugal pump driven by an oil-powered turbine. two more motor-driven pumps.... . Figure 6-02 GE Oil System It shows everything that was on Figure 6-01 plus the main shaft pump itself. ~ _1..G. pumps it directly into the bearing header upstream of the transfer valve._ _ _ _ :. needs only about one-tenth the power of the auxiliary pump. so it will force open the check valve in its discharge and force the check valve in the auxiliary oil pump discharge closed. plus the much lower discharge pressure.. The high pressure oil drives the turbine and in so doing. One of the "new" pumps is the "AC T. It draws oil directly from the tank and as shown.. There is no way to adjust the oil pressure in the control system. draws oil out of the tank and pumps it up to the suction of the main shaft pump in the turbine front standard. is not needed. It is set by the pump construction.. means that the AC T.G. When the AC T. At this point the main pump has "taken over" and the system is in the normal on-line running condition. The centrifugal pump that is driven by the oil turbine.. The "used" oil goes into the bearing header. loses much of its pressure. joining the other oil that came through the bypass baffler. ready to start automatically if the high pressure oil supply should fall below normal. The bearings take less oil on turning gear than they do while running. this... The auxiliary pump is then shut down but put in standby.G. and the electrical controls for all three motor driven pumps... The bypass baffler and the booster baffler are adjusted to drive the oil turbine at the correct speed while also supplying more than enough oil for the bearings.. Its full output pressure is about 50 psi higher than the auxiliary pumps'.! . it will begin to pump.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . When the shaft pump speed gets high enough (about 90% of normal)." or AC turning gear pump.. it is put in standby as an automatic back up to the auxiliary pump. The bearing relief valve discharges oil as needed to keep the correct bearing header pressure. L-..

3 GE SCHENECtADY EHC LUBE OIL SYSTEM The lube oil system for GE units with an EHC control system is the same as it is for MHC units except for one substitution of pumps. .G. OIL RETURN OIL GUARD PIPING Figure 6-03 Bearing Header The lube oil system supplies oil for other purposes. depending on the unit. which monitors bearing metal temperature. where the turbine-generator shafts pass out of . The telltale draws off part of the drain oil as visible evidence that there is flow to the bearing. At the bearing itself. Refer to Figure 6-03. There is a "new" pump." It is driven by an AC motor and is physically much like the AC turning gear pump but about 50% larger. the "motor suction pump. • The motor suction pump is turned on when the unit is being started up. generator shaft seal system. their housings and into the turbine room. the turning gear.STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The other "new" pump in Figure 6-02 is the DC pump. The slight vacuum drawn by the vapor extractor goes up all the bearing drain pipes and draws in air through all the oil deflectors. It starts out at the oil tank quite large in size and narrows as it precedes the length of the unit: A branch leads off to the header to each bearing or other device that uses oil. there is often a thermocouple. It is like the AC T. located on the bearing drain side are a thermometer and a telltale. since high pressure oil is not needed to start the unit. It backs up all the other pumps in case the AC electric power supply fails . On the drain side of the bearing there is an oil drain line that feeds back into the bearing drain system. Not shown on Figure 6-02 is a "vapor extractor. Also. The motor suction pump draws oil directly from the tank and pumps it into the pipe that connects the booster pump and the main shaft pump suction. This keeps oil vapor from coming out Qfthese clearance spaces. All of the drained oil returns hack to the Tube oil tank. pump except driven by a DC motor. etc.l fan qr blower mounted on top . This draws off water vapor and oil fumes. There is an orifice in each of the individual bearing feed lines that control the rate of flow to the individual bearing. When the turbine-generator speed is 6-7 HPC Technical Services ~ _1. The bearing drain system is an even larger pipe thatfully encloses the oil feed line inside it. as follows: • • There is no auxiliary oil pump.1 - . The thermometer shows the oil drain temperature. These may include the governor drive and exciter reduction gears. of the oil tank. This is protection against fire should the feed line break or leak. The orifice is sized based on the oil requirement of that bearing. 2." It is a small motor-drivel. coupling cooling sprays. BEARING METAL THERMOCOUPLE I The bearing header itself is simply a long feed pipe that runs the length of the turbine-generator. It constantly draws air out of the tank from above the oil surface and discharges it out a vent pipe to the outdoors.

• • • • • • '!"•• ••• t t . one or more "eductors" are used.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS .- .. The booster pump discharge check valve opens. The motor suction pump is then shut down and put in automatic standby.. These work on the same principle as a steam jet air ejector. . the motor suction pump pressure closes the check valve on the booster pump discharge and supplies oil to the main shaft pump suction.. . the booster pump will be driven by its oil turbine and begin to build up discharge pressure. Instead.• ... • EHC system piping that is NOT in MHC systems is shown as a heavy RED line. Figure 6-04 shows the system. BEARINGS 10 OIL COOLER •• •• ~ ~ • . That is.• . and the unit is in normal operation. • There is no oil driven booster pump as in the GE system. .. . ~t :'-~lSYSTEII Figure 6-04 GE Oil Systems Figure 6-05 shows a simplified Westinghouse system. . the motor suction pump discharge check valve is forced closed. At about 90% speed.." MHC system piping that does not exist in EHC units is shown like this +++++. . ~ ~ • • . .-i .TG201 low. the booster pump discharge pressure overcomes that of the motor suction pump. ajet of high pressure oil passes ~ _1. As the main shaft pump comes up to speed and begins to pump. except that: • • The auxiliary oil pump is now titled "motor suction pump.. Note. the "eductor" and the three motor driven oil pumps are in the main oil tank and draw oil from it.6-8 HPC Technical Services .. It is the same as Figure 6-02.

as the figure shows.1 - . The eductor uses a small quantity ofHP oil to move a large quantity of LP oil required for the shaft pump suction and LO header. coordinated adjustments are needed in the GE system. to supply lube oil and high pressure oil during start up.STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS through a carefully shaped passage (called a 'Venturi section") which creates a vacuum. the oil from the eductor supplies both lubricating oil and main shaft pump suction. You will recall. The vacuum draws in oil from the tank which mixes with the high pressure jet oil. The Westinghouse auxiliary oil pump is really two pumps on one shaft driven by the same motor. Also. Neither system has any adjustment for the high oil pressure. The combined flow then passes on down a pipe at a pressure much below the original jet pressure but still high enough to do the job. • As the figure shows. the high pressure oil is needed for the control system. The AC auxiliary oil pump has exactly the same purposes as in the GE system. In both systems. the high pressure oil drives the booster pump in the GE system and the eductor in the Westinghouse system. The eductor has no moving parts. Bearing header pressure is adjusted with the relief valve in the Westinghouse system. • • • OIL COOLERS Figure 6-05 Westinghouse Oil System 6-9 HPC Technical Services ~ _1.

This oil comes from the "seal oil back up pump." The flow needed is not very large. like the GE EHC units. other motor driven pumps. Figure 6-06 is a schematic diagram. it is in the same place... have a separate high pressure fluid system for working the steam valves.EH Units L. the seal oil back up pump is a positive displacement pump much smaller than the . However. oil at about 100 psi is needed for the emergency trip system and as back up for the generator shaft seal system.. CONTROL DEVICES 1--.5 WESTINGHOUSE EH LUBE OIL SYSTEM Westinghouse units with the EH turbine control system.. ~ _M . The rest ofthe system is very much like the Westinghouse system for MH units already explained.6-10 HPC Technical Services . on the oil tank top.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . They do not need high pressure oil from the lube oil system for start up so there is no auxiliary oil pump. However.TG201 2. SEALOIL BEARING OIL HEADER SEAL OIL BACK UP PUMP OIL RETURN SCREEN HP OIL t Figure 6-06 Westinghouse Oil System . during start up.

The system must keep steam from leaking out when the pressure inside the casing is above atmospheric. there are two main types of turbine shaft seal systems. but both have the same purpose and most of the basic principles are the same. It is called the "steam gland sealing" system on the W units and the "steam seal" system on GE units. Older Westinghouse units also used combination steam and water seal systems.1_ . but they are not practical in all locations. • The principles of operation and the main features of the system will be explained in the following pages. Escaping steam is a waste of energy and demineralized water. When the unit is being prepared for start up and running below rated speed. air is always trying to leak ill.STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 3. It is used on all Westinghouse turbines and the newer GE turbines. The inside of the turbine low pressure sections is always under vacuum when the unit is running. 3. Air entering the turbine could cause harmful cooling of hot turbine ports. It is actually a combination of a steam seal system and a "water seal". One type uses only steam for sealing. The best that can be done is to make a seal that will greatly restrict or reduce the flow. The purpose of the system is to seal the clearance space between the turbine shaft and casings where the shaft passes through the outer walls of the casing. Older GE units use a system called the "water seal" system. "Water" seals can completely stop the flow of air or steam. and it must keep air from leaking in when the internal pressure is below atmospheric. the clearance space between the stem and the body of some of the main steam valves must be sealed. Also. These clearance spaces must be sealed because: Steam escaping out into the room is unpleasant ifnot dangerous. The pressure inside the HP and IP turbine sections and the main steam valves changes with operating conditions. • • Escaping steam can cut or erode the shaft or valve stem and other parts. Air entering the turbine will increase the exhaust pressure (lower the vacuum) thus hurting efficiency.2 BASIC PRINCIPLES The following principles are basic to all turbine shaft sealing systems: • There is no practical way to make a "steam" seal that will completely stop the flow of steam or air through the clearance space between the turbine shaft and casing outer walls. • • • 6-11 HPC Technical Services ~ _1.1 INTRODUCTION As we will explain.0 TURBINE SHAFT SEAL SYSTEMS 3. it might get into nearby bearing housings thus getting water into the lube oil system. Also. which works on an entirely different principle. and then to capture and control this flow in a way that will suit our purposes.

6-12 ~ HPC Technical Services . As power output (load) increases. In order to explain why this is true we will look at a different type of a restriction to flow.8 An Orifice V0 2 P2 . Also. only those packings in the outer casing walls are part of the seal system. . However. Therefore. 3. the internal pressures always rise as load increases.TG201 the pressure inside is below atmospheric and air tries to leak in." This is simply a hole through which a fluid (liquid or gas) will flow if there is a pressure difference across the hole.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS .3 STEAM PACKING Steam "packings" are used to reduce or restrict the flow of steam through the clearance spaces of the turbine. the orifIce will cause the pressure to decrease as the fluid flows through the orifIce. P1 ------------------' Figure 6-0. the steam pressure inside each seal rises. (2) the size of the orifIce and (3) the shape of the orifIce. • There is always a waste of energy whenever steam leaks or flows from a higher to a lower pressure without doing useful work. n :-I EDDIES AND TURBULENCE FLOW / \(. · .) r-----~ ( . an "orifIce. we should try to keep the waste as low as possible by reducing the amount of flow and/or the pressure drop. This is true in those places where the shaft passes through the outer casing walls and also. Figure 6~07 shows a typical packing. many other places inside the turbine where the shaft passes through a dividing wall that has a pressure difference from one side to the other (such as diaphragms). Note how the steam must zigzag around the teeth to work its way downstream. simplifIed. For the time being we will assume all three to be fIxed. the load where each seal "goes through zero" pressure and the highest internal pressure that is reached. whenever this happens in the steam sealing system. Figure 6-08 shows a pipe with an orifIce in it. However. -----t~ STEAM FLOW Figure 6-07 Steam Packing Across each tooth there is a pressure drop. The pressure drop from PI to P2 depends on three things: (1) the rate of fluid flow. ) VELOCITY DISSIPATED I PRESSURE TO VELOCITY CONVERSION -y . may be different for each point. If fluid flows in the pipe. fIrst becoming equal to atmospheric and then going above it so steam will try to leak out. In this fIgure the pressure at P2 is less than the pressure at Pl.

Also." 6-13 HPe Technical Services ~ _\J - . That is a great pressure drop! The fmal pressure is only 0.STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Just suppose. each orifice causes a pressure drop of 50%. there was still some pressure at the end of the last orifice. but it cannot stop it completely. if P 1 was measured to be 800-psig then P2 will be 400-psig. Of course. there will still be flow through the pipe. We noted earlier. Let us see what the fmal pressure will be (note the rounding to simplifY the numbers). one right after the other as shown in Figure 6-09. There are eight orifices in a row. In other words. though it will be much less because of the orifices.25% of the original pressure. We could add many more orifices and there would still be a positive pressure at the end. there is a practical limit to the number of "orifices" (or packing teeth) we can put into real machines. we will continue to assume a 50% pressure drop across each orifice. We have just explained the principle of steam packing. It can greatly reduce the flow through the space where a shaft passes through a stationary part. The pressure at P2 is 50% of the pressure measured at PI. Our pressure begins after the previously assumed 800-psig. Now consider a series of orifices. the flow through an orifice (or a set of packings) depends on three things (1) the pressure drop across the packing (2) "the size ofthe orifice" (the clearance) and (3) "the shape of the orifice. However. for example. Orifice Number 1 2 3 3 5 6 7 8 Pressure Before 400 psig 200 psig 100 psig 50 psig 25 psig 12 psig 6 psig 3 psig Table 6-01 Pressure After 200 psig 100 psig 50 psig 25 psig 12 psig 6 psig 3 psig 1 psig PRESSURE PRESSURE TO VELOCITY Figure 6-09 Multiple Orifices The pressure of the fluid was decreased from 400 psig to 1 prig by passing through eight orifices in series. In other words.

6-14 HPC Technical Services . but they will "give" in case the rotor should rub the packing. ORIFICE NOZZLE (A' (8' In (A) the orifice has a well-rounded opening so the fluid flows smoothly and the water jet has the same diameter as the orifice or hole. The shaft usually has grooves in it as shown in the detail. even jfthe clearances are not reduced and may even be increased very slightly. Figure 6-11 shows a typical shaft packing assembly and the nearby parts. .TG201 Figure 6-10 shows how the flow through an orifice depends on its shape.. an orifice like (B) will pass less than 2/3 as much flow (theoretically. This causes the flow to "neck down" as shown so the water jet is smaller than the hole and flow will be less than in (A). ~ _1. ." The packing rings are usually made of a rather soft bronze alloy that will wear away without damaging the shaft in case there is rubbing. full flow orifice like (A). In fact.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . The figure shows water flow but the principle is the same for steam or any liquid or gas. This forms a more zigzag path for the steam flow. 61 % as much) as one like (A).. Figure 6-10 Nozzle and Orifice ~or--~ ~~ -~ SHARP EDGED. During maintenance outages all the teeth should be sharpened. You can see why it is important for turbine efficiency to keep all the packing clearances as small as possible and to keep the teeth sharp. with matching high and low teeth on the packing rings. The springs shown in the figure are flat leaf-type springs that press the segments radially inward. In (B) the orifice has sharp edges. increasing the restriction. They are made in segments. OIL DEFLECTOR BEARING ROTOR Figure 6-11 Shaft Packing ~ ROTOR · .1. This construction is called "labyrinth" ("lab-ee-rinth") which means "an intricate structure of passages through which it is difficult to fmd one's way.JPA~~GL. two. Orifices can have edges rounded by any amount so the flow can vary from 61 % to 100% of the amount that would go through a well rounded. . three or more in both the upper and lower half of the packing casing.

L L SHAFT r. As the unit speeds up the impeller begins to work better. The water that leaks out goes into a drain and is lost from the system. The water that leaks in simply joins the rest of the condensate inside the exhaust hood. the flow into the exhaust hood is greatly reduced because the "pump" pressure is high enough to overcome the pressure difference between the outside air and the condenser vacuum. because the water will boil and spoil the sealing action. A somewhat different style. EXHAUST HOOO CONOENSA110111 ~ Condensate is piped into the casing. Water seals.just like a centrifugal pump.1 - . When the shaft is stopped or turning slowly. which the operator uses to regulate the inlet and discharge valves. ' . Finally. water will no longer leak outward to drain. called the "circulating" water seal is used instead. made of bronze: It turns inside the casing much like a centrifugal pump impeller turns inside a pump casing and it works something like a pump with the discharge shut off. The flow must also be regulated to keep the pressure inside the casing high enough for the pumping action to work. work on an entirely different principle than steam seals. they are very simple. However." Also. like the one shown in Figure 6-12. in both directions.---~~--. this is expensive to repair. the pressure is great enough to "seal. throwing the water outward against the impeller casing and building up a pressure .~~~------~ E R OIWN Figure 6-12 Water Seal Water seals work very well when they are "sealed. The circulating seal has a discharge pipe coming out of the casing. filling the space around the impeller. Also. unlike the non-circulating seals. There is a sight glass and a thermometer in the discharge pipe and a casing pressure gauge. the drain on circulating seals has a sight glass in it. making it harder to pull vacuum on start up. Also. I ~----~~~ ' M ~~~~------~ P TURBINE ~----~~.4 WATER SEALS Many GE turbines built before the early 1960s had water seals as part of their shaft sealing system. / . The inlet and discharge valves are regulated to keep water flowing through the seal fast enough so it will not boil. water seals do not seal well until the shaft is up to about half speed." That is. usually the #3 and #4 seals. Temperature differences are not a problem in the low-pressure parts ofthe turbine. The "impeller" is simply a ring on the shaft. This type is called a "non-circulating" water seal and is used in the turbine exhaust hood. in addition to the steam seal packings we have studied so far. 6-15 HPC Technical Services ~ _1.STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 3. Also. and do not take up much space (keeping the turbine shaft short). and also keep the flow low enough to keep the assembly from running too cool. the outward flow of water at low speeds may erode the shaft. with a hand-operated valve in it. The non-circulating water seal just explained will not work where the surrounding temperatures are too high. inexpensive. . the water leaks through the clearances between the teeth and the shaft.

we are going to draw a slight vacuum on this particular annulus. This would take care of one main task of the system . Refer to Figure 6"14. We will point out important terminology and hardware differences as we come to them.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . Steam from the steam seal header now escapes via the exhaust. Recall how a set of steam packings breaks down the pressure and reduces the amount of the steam flowing through the clearance space between the shaft and the turbine casings. there will be no steam flowing out of the turbine. 3. and the three main types of seals (steam. We have added an exhaust outlet between the steam seal header and the atmosphere. Figure 6-13 Sealing Steam Supply 1 FROM STEAM SEAL SUPPLY Of course.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS Now that we have studied the purpose of the turbine shaft sealing systems. The main differences are in the terminology and in some mechanical parts.1 SteaJIl Seal Systems The steam seal system description that follows is typical of both GE and Westinghouse units. A mixture of steam from the left and air from the right is being drawn out of the exhaust. Suppose there were enough packing teeth on the left so that at a certain pressure inside the casing. Refer to Figure 6-13. the problem is not really solved.6-16 HPC Technical Services .stopping steam from leaking out of the turbine. In other words.5. It can no longer enter the atmosphere."steam seal" and "water seal" systems. now it is coming from the steam seal supply instead of the turbine. The pressure in this outlet will be slightly less than atmospheric. In this section we will use GE terminology and a typical GE system for a model. If we then pipe steam from the steam seal supply into the space "X" at 4 psig. we will study how they are used in the two types of systems named in the Introduction. We still have steam leaking from the turbine. the pressure was reduced to 4 psig at the point shown. Only. Air is also being pulled in to the exhaust. the basic principles. .TG201 3. SEALING t STEAM EXHAUST l Figure 6-14 Steam Supply & Exhaust ~ _1J. Air flow inward guarantees against any possible steam flow outward. non circulating water and circulating water). This does not yet eliminate any of those problems that we were discussing earlier.

. Figure 6-16 illustrates the system at low load operation only.::::jl ~ ~ F~ . So we need a device that will actually remove steam from the header. Look at what we really have in a typical turbine.. EXTRACTION TOLP. OLANO l ... _. Since the steam pressure inside the turbine varies with turbine load we must be able to adjust the system accordingly... They not only control the pressure but they also direct the steam as the pressure varies.. Figure 6-16 illustrates some of these devices we just referred to. On the low pressure turbine we will have to add steam at the header at all times."... ..P. These are the devices that control the steam seal header pressure... On this drawing you should also locate the steam seal header and the exhaust. The steam seal header pressure. .STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Enough on the orifices. ". Those packing teeth between the inside of the turbine and the inlet of the sealing steam are designed such that the header pressure of 4 psig can. about 114 of rated.. through the steam seal regulator live steam valve. . Steam enters the header from two different sources... . Figure 6-15 shows the shaft packings that were mentioned in earlier paragraphs. During low load operation the live steam valve regulates steam flow into the header. 'f .. During low load operation steam is directed into the steam seal header from the main boiler. These other devices that we are about to begin studying will not only remove steam from that high pressure element but they will also redirect some of it to the low pressure elements... In order for the boiler to be used it must have enough pressure to supply the required steam. At higher loads this high pressure steam is great enough to cause the pressure at the steam seal header to increase above the 4 psig.. On more modem units this valve is simply called the steam seal feed valve.. . The other source is used at high load operation and is coming directly from the high pressure turbine.1 - ..... .. ".. however.. . The above statement about the excess steam holds true only on the high pressure and I... One source is used during low load operation and is external to the turbine... The steam seal header pressure is controlled at 4 psig... indeed.. STEAM FLOW @LOWLOAD STEAM FLOW @HIGHLOAD EXHAUST HEADER SEAL STEAM HEADER INLET REGULATOR EXHAUST REGULATOR Figure 6-15 Gland Seals CONDENSATE .. In effect.... The pressure must not over-pressure the exhaust header.. seal the turbine against leakage. .. turbine sections. EXHAUSTERS ill ¥:"~" . ~. should not be allowed to exceed 4 psig by much. . they will make the turbine self -sealing at the higher loads. FWHEAOER STEAM SEAL HEADER LIVE STEAM VALVE UNLOADER VALVE STEAM SEAL REGULATOR Figure 6-16 SSH Low Load Operation 6-17 HPC Technical Services ~ _1.

as mentioned previously. There is so much steam flowing into the header that the steam seal header pressure will begin to raise. This is needed because the steam temperature at the glands can go higher than in the GE system because of (a) the higher header pressure and (b) the GE sealing steam is cooled by running the uninsulated steam piping inside the cool exhaust hood for some distance before it connects to the seal.6-18 HPC Technical Services . FWHEAOER STEAM SEAL HEADER Figure 6-17 SSH at High Load UNLOADER VALVE STEAM SEAL REGULATOR STEAM SUPPLY This unloader valve directs the steam to a. Most Westinghouse units have a "desuperheater" in the gland steam feed to the LP turbine glands.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . 2. due to low boiler pressure). S2 on the diagram is the manual bypass valve. let us point out two main differences between the typical GE system we have been explaining and a typical Westinghouse system. 2. EXTRACTION TOLP. The normal Westinghouse steam seal header pressure is about 18 psig rather than 4 psig. It is used if 1. thereby reducing the pressure back to 4 psig. By doing this the steam will continue to do useful work as far as the plant heat rate is concerned. The gland exhauster is a blower fan and condenser arrangement as shown in Figure 6-17. At high loads there is an excess amount of steam in the high pressure and IP sections. This fan. 1. or if additional flow were required to maintain steam seal header pressure (i. this valve is known as the steam packing unloading valve. In Figure 6-17 the live steam valve closes to try to control pressure but it cannot. the live steam valve should fail closed. Some turbines can get steam from an auxiliary boiler and/or from the HP turbine exhaust (cold reheat) as well as from the main steam supply. low pressure feedwater heater and to the condenser.e. It winds up being full closed and the header pressure is still rising. On newer units. ~ _1.lt . This is simply a temperature-controlled valve that sprays cool condensate into the gland sealing steam if its temperature goes above a set limit.. Before going further. The exhaust header vacuum we were discussing earlier is created by a steam packing or gland exhauster. pulls a mixture of air and steam from the steam packings. This valve will dump the excess steam from the header. The unloader valve will begin to open as a result of the rising pressure. The live steam valve regulates pressure (flow to the header). Valve B is a manual bypass valve used to increase flow from the header to the LP extraction. This steam finds its way into the steam seal header. if necessary.TG201 Steam flow is from the source through S3 and Sl to the live steam valve.

~..' I Y I I I I r------c:-~-I .2 Water Seal System As already noted.-.STEAM TURBINE A UXILIARY SYSTEMS The steam is condensed across the condenser tubes.5. This means the pressure across the #2 seal assembly is always atmospheric on the bearing side.. The amount of vacuum can be adjusted by the repositioning of the butterfly valves found before and around the fans. inside the exhaust hood structure. Non-circulating seals are used in the turbine exhaust hood.\ .r=t" I . Whenever the steam pressure inside the seal goes above atmospheric during operation.---->-. In this condition.. so air tries to leak in. These two combined assemblies are numbered #1 and #2. I REHEATER V TO CONDENSER V TO CONDENSER I 0". These are all of the primary components that make up the steam seal system. . the seal assembly consists of a steam seal on the inside and a circulating water seal on the outside. For the most part. The steam seal breaks down the pressure of the steam trying to leak out (to about 1 or 2 psig) and this leakage steam is then piped away.: ~----->2-~ INTERCEPT VALVE Figure 6-18 GE Steam Turbine Design Code D2 6-19 HPC Technical Services _1. the #2 bearing is vented to the outside and sealed off from the turbine steam path even though it is inside the exhaust hood structure. and the water seal works (more or less) nor These combination seals are used at each end of the HP turbine casing. The other combined seal is between the crossover and the #2 turbine bearing. one seals the place where the shaft comes out of the front of the casing and goes into the front standard. where the pressure inside the seal varies between atmospheric and full condenser vacuum. the GE units use a combination of steam seals. Note. I I IPROTOR INTERNAL FABRICATED CROSSOVER I I . These are the #4 and #5 packings.1 T... Figure 6-18 shows these locations. . circulating water seals and non circulating water seals to make up their turbine shaft seal system.' . the operation is automatic once placed into service.. That is.. 3.-: . The circulating water seal keeps the 1 or 2 psig steam from coming out of the seal. The pressure inside the combined steam and circulating water seal assembly goes below atmospheric during start up and low load operation. steam is piped into the space between the steam and the water seal... Air is vented.. and varies during operation from full condenser vacuum up to full crossover steam pressure. I STEAM_ : MAIN STOP I VALVE I -5P> -' r r.--.: : _.

is piped outside the turbine. to an extraction. One comes from the main steam supply just ahead of the main stop valve.T019lt1STAGE UNLOADING HEATER VALVES As we have explained.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . the #3 seal sees the same conditions as the #4 in the turning gear end of the exhaust hood. and all the steam that passes through the #2 steam packing.TG201 The pressure across the #3 seal (non-circulating) is always atmospheric on the side towards #2 bearing.VENT DEAERATOR Figure 6-19 Steam Seal System PRESS GAUGE I?==<I:::I~==. it only opens after the first unloading valve is wide open and still not able to keep the pressure below 2 psig. HP LEAKOFF 10 . The figure shows two other connections to the manifold. A manual valve in this line is opened to pressurize the manifold during start up and low load operation. These unloading valves are simply spring loaded valves something like a relief valve. 6-20 ~ HPC Technical Services . It discharges directly into the exhaust space at condenser pressure. and varies from atmospheric to full condenser vacuum on the other side. Not shown in the figure are connections to the manifold from the valve steam leakoffs of the main stop and control valves . The steam that passes through the lower-pressure teeth of the #1 steam packing. This improves efficiency by putting this steam to use rather than making it "leak through" all the way.\it . Thus. Some useful energy is recovered from this steam. the steam packing teeth break down the pressure and greatly reduce the flow of the steam leaking through. Figure 6-19 is a schematic ofthe"steam seal" part of the combined system. One unloading valve is set to hold 1 to 2 psig upstream pressure. The # 1 steam packing has an "HP leakoff" which takes the steam that has passed through the highest-pressure sets of teeth. . that open as much as they have to in order to maintain a set upstream pressure. Since it is set higher. The two leakoffs are joined in a manifold. It discharges into a low pressure heater. The other unloading valve is set to hold 2 to 3 psig upstream pressure. The other manifold connection goes to two unloading valves in parallel.

All the systems must have the features listed below in order to maximize the system reliability: • • • Temperature and cleanliness is continuously controlled. A ruptured pipe near the turbine could be very hazardous. This brings some very high-pressure fluid very close to some very hot turbine components. pumps. Two independent pumping systems allow the turbine to operate while maintenance work is being performed on the system. 6-21 HPC Technical Services ~ _M - . This high pressure hydraulic fluid is used to position the steam valves. This fluid is harmful if swallowed. As already noted. the modem GE and W turbines have an "EHe" (electro-hydraulic control) system. 4. a typical Westinghouse system. The normal fluid working pressure is about 1800 psig. There are a few facts that you should understand before working on these systems: 1. Its chemical name is phosphate ester. or simply provide you the necessary feedback on the system's safe operation. This synthetic fluid has good lubricating properties and good stability. you will not find it in a natural state like you would a normal oil. Smoking or eating should not be allowed in work areas where this fluid is in use. This fluid has to be routed to all of the turbine steam valves in order to operate those valves. The main differences are in some of the hardware. Rather. Various alarms and pressure switches are built into the system which will auto-start the standby pumping system.2 HYDRAULIC FLUID The fluid is synthetic. filters.0 EH FLUID SYSTEM 4. trip the turbine should a major loss of pressure occur.1 INTRODUCTION The purpose of the EH Fluid System is to supply high pressure fluid directly to the turbine main steam valves. • • The pages that follow will cover the EH fluid itself. The fluid chemical properties are maintained by active filters. This synthetic fluid has the advantage of having a very high flash point. The system has a reservoir or tank. and piping connecting all parts of the system. The flash point is so high that one could say that the fluid is fire resistant. In addition to the positioning of these valves. The system allows for both steady-state and transient flow requirements.STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 4. and a very brieflook at the GE system compared to the Westinghouse system. The normal operating pressure of the system varies between 1600 and 1900 psig. the hydraulic fluid relays trip signals to the valves from the devices in the turbine trip and overspeed protection system. oil coolers and heaters. Most of the main parts are on or in the tank which is usually one or two levels below the HP turbine section. All the systems are basically the same. pressure regulating devices. servo and dump valves. These systems do not use lube oil as the working fluid as the older units do. they use a special hydraulic fluid that comes from a separate auxiliary system.

TG201 2. Fumes. Finally.irritation may occur as a result of contact with this fluid. The bottom line is that the hydraulic fluid. Skin. This is done by two heat exchangers that are located on the drain return. -y . We must keep the hydraulic fluid at the proper temperature. Contact with the eye is dangerous. The fluid is fITst strained and then pumped to its high operating pressure. one to the turbine valves hydraulic cylinders and the other to a polishing filter. Any contact should be flushed with water. 4. a _________________ _ D ACCUMULATOR U. Be aware of the fluid that you are dealing with and respect it. deserves its own special consideration. Each pump is capable of meeting 100% of the system requirements. like any fluid that you may work with. a check valve and on to the main header. This polishing filter provides for the proper cleanliness of the fluid. are irritating and mildly toxic. The temperature in the tank is held between 110 and 130 degrees.-------8---------i><l---t1!R • .-• • . The hydraulic fluid then passes through a 10 micron filter. 5.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . The fluid pumps take their suction from this reservoir. The fluid will attack and soften ordinary rubber material. We will be discussing the normal operation of the EH Fluid System DRAIN RETURN sTRAINER SUC""'" Res R 1 ---. 4. A manually operated control valve regulates the cooling water flow through the coolers in order to meet this temperature requirement. to an unloading valve. Workers should be aware that this fluid may destroy their rubber soled shoes. produced when fluid is in contact with hot surfaces. The hydraulic header at this point branches off in two directions. this fluid seems to take a great dislike to rubber. Eye protection should be worn as a means of preventing eye injuries. Any contact area should be washed with water. Combustion products from a fITe can cause lung damage after prolonged exposure.6-22 ~ HPC Technical Services . The fluid is pumped from the reservoir through one of two AC motor driven constant displacement pumps.lGa1_OS_H Figure 6-20 Westinghouse EH System The EH reservoir contains all the hydraulic fluid. 3.3 WESTINGHOUSE SYSTEM Refer to Figure 6-20 as you read the following thumbnail sketch.

Instead of a piston. the pump will stay in service until you turn it off. Another component of the EH Fluid System is the accumulators. In this way. 10 POftT 1 COtMCT PORT .. forcing fluid back out into the pipe. The pump that is not in service is in standby. Each of the steam valves has on it.."'. """""c_ _ ____-8-----. The dump valves are "on-off" type valves and are in the turbine control system. Variations in system demand are handled by the unloading valve which directs pump discharge back to the ERC reservoir when system pressure rises to about 1950 psi and directs pump discharge to the HP ERC header when pressure falls to about 1600 psi. The cylinder is connected to the high pressure fluid pipe on one side of the piston...... the accumulator dampens pressure surges and also acts as a reserve supply of fluid.. When off.STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS One pump is in service at a time. compressing the gas. Once started.. . 10 PORt " r-- ==g~§i_'AS SlAAttR . they "dump" fluid from the system. ::. The fmal output of the parts we have explained so far..a flexible diaphragm in the piston. is a supply of high pressure hydraulic fluid to the valve actuators and trip or dump valve.. They provide an immediate available reserve of fluid if there should be a sudden flow requirement. it forces the piston to the nitrogen side. but they work in the fluid drain piping at a pressure of about 30 psi. The high pressure accumulators are the piston type. These pumps should be alternated on a once per week schedule.. When "on" (closed) they allow fluid pressure to build up in the system.::===:: Figure 6-21 GE EHe System 6-23 HPC Technical Services ~ _1J - .. Drain side accumulators maintain a positive drain pressure to push the drain return fluid through the coolers and back to the reservoir... •• 1I: l • AU. It should be ready to operate if the running pump fails to maintain pressure.. having a free piston in a closed cylinder.. The low pressure accumulators have the same purpose as the high pressure ones. There is also a pressure switch that monitors the header pressure and will start the standby pump if the pressure falls below 1350 psig. PORtS CLOSfD 8 8 STMlER C<lt*t£CT PORT' 10 PORT 2: CCHHECT PORT . No pressure can build up and the steam valves cannot open ... As fluid pressure rises. The discharge pressure of each pump is monitored by a pressure gage. the nitrogen pushes the piston back.. an actuator that controls its position basically a hydraulic cylinder and pilot valve assembly. As fluid pressure falls.8~8 . The pressure side accumulators are connected to the RP fluid header. the other side is full of nitrogen gas under a pressure near the fluid pressure. there is a "bladder" .

~ _1. pressure regulating devices. On some type units the pressure is regulated by a pressure compensator internal to the variable displacement pump. The pumps are a variable displacement type that have an internal pressure compensator. the turbine shaft D. These accumulators may be of the piston or bladder type and are pre-charged with nitrogen to a pressure approximately 60% hydraulic pressure. • The system has a small reservoir (tank). On the discharge side of the pump there is another high pressure (usually non-collapsible) strainer that protects the system from pump failure. AC motor driven pumps. an air motor In some power station arrangements.4 GE SYSTEM The GE system is very much like the Westinghouse system just explained.1 . Some units regulate this pressure constantly while others make use ofunloader valves which allows this pressure to cycle. Temperature and cleanliness is continuously controlled and monitored. generator hydrogen seals E. An accumulator is required for thIS purpose (the number and size of accumulators is a function of the hydraulic system demand). the generator shaft C. See Figure 6-21 as we proceed (or examine your own system drawing). there are two independent pumping systems providing redundancy. filters. There are no low pressure accumulators. MIlC system 2. In either case the pump typically cannot meet short term transient demands generated by large valve movements.TG201 4. generator bearings B. There is no unloading valve. an electric motor B. There is a relief valve in the line to the cooler to relieve excess pressure should there be resistance to the flow to drain. On other units an unloading valve in the pump discharge regulates downstream pressure. gland seal system C. Typically.6-24 IIPC Technical Services . Normal fluid working pressure is in the order of 1600-psig (110 mpa). Each pump is driven by an AC motor with auto start pressure switches starting the standby pump with a loss of pressure. The main differences are: • • The GE system operates at 1600 psi.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . the turbine lube oil system will also serve the: A. The turbine-generator main lube oil pump is driven by_ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ A. Fluid chemical properties are maintained by active filters. boiler feed pump turbine D. coolers and piping. Return flow from the turbine valves is through a cooler to the reservoir. On the suction side of the pump there is a strainer to protect the pump. CHECK YOUR UNDERSTANDING Questions 1. Often times there is differential pressure switch across this discharge strainer to alarm should it plug.

the ERC system uses _ _ _ _ _ _as the hydraulic system fluid. The normal operating fluid pressure in the EHC system is maintained at_ _ _ _ _ _ psig. trip the turbine B. sealing steam B.STEAM TURBINE AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 3. condensate 8. turbine lube oil D. 5. a vacuum seal 6. The flow of escaping turbine steam is completely stopped in the seals by the introduction of A. prevent steam from escaping The combination of rotor lands and seal packing teeth work together effectively in _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of the escaping steam. 1600 C.1 T . position the steam control valves 7. completely stopping the flow D. A. A. The primary function of the ERC system is to_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ A. prevent air from entering B. maintain vacuum in C.500 Unlike the MHC system. 6-25 HPC Technical Services _1.700 D. 1000 B. water C. back up the MRC system D. lowering the temperature B. synchronize the generator C. A. sealing air C. The function of the shaft steam seals on the HP or IP turbine is to_______ the turbine. A. reversing the direction 4. a synthetic fluid B. reducing the pressure C.

Describe how armature reaction is derived. 9. 4. the reader should be able to: 1. Describe inputs/outputs of an operating generator. the student will be able to discuss the principles and fundamentals associated with the generation of AC power. Define the term power factor and describe its components. Given the # of poles ofa generator. 3. Of those three (3) variables listed in objective #3 above. © 1999 . 8. Describe how the magnetic fields interact in the air gap.TG201J5. state which is controllable by an operator. state the speed this generator operates at to generate a 6O-Hertz output. 11. ENABLING OBJECTIVES:· At the completion of this section. Describe how a 3-phase generator is typically wound.0_June09.GENERATOR THEORY Chapter 7 TERMINAL OBJECTIVE: Upon completion ofthis chapter. 5. 6. State the difference between induced voltage and generator terminal voltage. List three (3) variables that determine the voltage in a conductor as it passes through a magnetic field. State the purpose of a generator. 10. 2. given a change in load. Printed: 12/14/10 . Describe how an alternating current is derived as a 2-pole magnetic field rotates. 7.

.. ......... :.............. ... ..................Frequency Relationship .......... .........3 1............................. Capaciti ve Loads . ..... :.8 1.... ..... ......... 3 1... ......... .... ........ .......... ....... ................ ............. :....... ................. ....0 POWER FACTOR ... ....... ..................... ...... ....... .............................. .............. ................ Magnetic Field ............... ...... ..... .............. .....0 SYNCHRONISM (OR.........STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS ....2 2..... ...... ... .............. .. 6 'Speed ................. ....... .... .... ............... ............................. ...........3 2... 9 ....................... Inductive Loads ................. .......... ....... .......3....... ........1 2..... 4 ............. .. ....... ....... ........................................ . ...... ........ ....... .. ................. ..... ..... .......... ........TG201 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. .................. .... ..................................... .... ................ 12 2.... .......... ............................. ...... ..................................................................... . ..........................9 Purpose of the Generator ................ :....... 21 ~ _1............ .....0 FUNDAMENTALS OF GENERATOR DESIGN ..............6 1............2 2.. ......' ...... 13 2. ......... ......:............ ........................... ... ..........1 2... HPC Technical Services ..... .......... .... ........... :........4 Air Gap Magnetic Fields ..... ...............3. .. ....... ..2 1. .................. 7 1................................ 3 . 13 15 16 16 17 18 19 3....................................... ........ Reactive Power (VARs) ....3...................................................... ..... .......................... ........ .......................1 ... .7-2 ......... ....... .. ............................... ........ . ....... ......... ..................................... 7 Stator Winding ...... Active Power (Watts) .... WHAT IS HAPPENING IN THE AIR GAP) .................... .......... .... 5 Rotor Electromagnet .....5 1......................................... ...............4 1..... ........................ . ............... ................3 2.... ..... Induced Generator Voltage ........................... ...... ........ ............ ... Active / Reactive Power Flow .............................................. Mechanical Analogy ............ .. ............... ...........1 1..... ...3............ ".... ........................... :.. .. ...... .................. 8 Three-Phase Generator ......... 11 Armature Reaction .. Air Gap ..................... ........................ ....... .................................. .............................. ....... ....... ............. ... ... .. ... . ...........................

Figure 7-01 Generator Power Conversion Look at the nameplate of your generator. In this particular situation the unit is rated at 204.500-kV A is the design output ofthe generator.GENERATOR THEORY 1. Inputs to the generator. are: • Speed • Torque Mechanical energy is the product of speed times torque as illustrated in Figure 7-01. The generator transforms mechanical energy to electrical energy. Outputs from the generator are: • • Volts Amperes Electrical energy is the product of volts times amperes. Figure 7-02 Generator Nameplate 7-3 HPC Technical Services ~ _M - . as in Figure 7-02.1 PURPOSE OF THE GENERATOR The purpose of your generator set is to take mechanical energy input from the prime mover and produce electrical energy for consumers' use. 204. the output of the generator is rated in volt-amperes (kVA or MVA on larger units).0 FUNDAMENTALS OF GENERATOR DESIGN 1.500kV A. from the prime mover. You will see.

.nl Stator Fuol · Air Furnace Cooling Water Cond.----...Q . This "tie" is magnetism. ~' 0 North. '00 " : - \ \ \ \ \ 011 Station o ': : Hydro Station I' -I I -• f -- " I' ':..' -- ':.1 .: ::::. We'd like to take exception to that answer. ~. L--...::.~.·.'-. :: :: " :: Southeast Substation Southern 11e _ _ 500-kV •••••• 230-kV • • ••••• 138-kV Figure 7-03 Generator Air Gap ~ _1. something in between that "ties" the speed/torque of the turbine (or prime mover) to the Voltage/current of the generator.~~ •• : Feedwlter Pump . ' .:. ':: .. is hardwired and/or magnetically connected to the load. ':::.:1 -..·~·~~~~-:. . '" ~.. I . water.'-- • Coal : ::: Station . We need a magnetic field so we can transform speed/torque from the prime mover to voltage/current on the generator.'-.:. prime mover) and the generator stator. one thinks about your generator "connected" to and being part of that grid. The generator stator. is coupled to the prime mover that is driven by the fuel...7-4 HPe Technical Services ...2 AIR GAP The author has often asked: "Where does your power plant connect to the grid?" Almost 100% of the time.c======::::::l~ ' . . on the other hand..... The generator rotor.. I I :: jf :: I' I' .':..!::::.111 Substation ": ..TG201 1.~ O : :::: . . When one thinks of the grid. : . or steam thatis an integral part of the power plant.Magnetism: ~ Transforms Rotor SpHdlTorquo Into FOSSil VoltagolCur"......... ..D.'-. This magnetism is located between the generator rotor driven by the turbine (or . or armature. even though it is most certainly understandable.... This argument is illustrated in Figure 7-03 ...nuta Pump QQQOOOOO -r . Reheater Generator r-+-t--. . That something is magnetic energy..= .... " ." Think about the argumept that follows.'-. So the argument is that the power plant connects to the grid at the generator air-gap. Consider this answer to the question asked: "Your power plant connects to the grid in the air-gap of the generator.... :: .•• ':. In order to accomplish this energy transforrilation we are going to need a medium. .STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS .. the answer is in the switchyard orat the generator breaker. -. I :: :: ~.... ..'-- ··· ..'-..:.

It will be noted that magnetism appears to leave at one end and enter at the other end. . In some materials. the rotor windings (in the partially removed rotor). These ends are called poles. It is in this air gap where the magnetic fields interact and energy is transformed. The magnitude of the induced voltage within that conductor will be a function of these variables: Direction of Motion • Fixed Conductor Figure 7-05 Generation of Electricity • • • Strength of the magnetic field. See Figure 70S . Speed of the magnetic field over the conductor (or conductor through the magnetic field). north and south poles. The atoms that make up all matter can be considered tiny magnets. Notice the stationary windings (stator). and the bar is considered to be "magnetized. such as iron.GENERATOR THEORY Figure 7-04 provides us a more pictorial view of this transformation of energy. and the air gap. This is a picture of a large turbine driven generator. VOLTAGE CURRENT (Output) Figure 7-04 Generator Major Components 1.1 T. Now. When this is done. and the Length ofthe fixed conductor. We will be discussing all these components in detaila$ we proceed through the materials." The region within the influence of the magnet is called a magnetic field.3 MAGNETIC FIELD We are all well acquainted with what we can do with the horseshoe magnet. if we were to move a conductor through the magnetic field we would induce a voltage in that conductor. the magnetic strengths are added to one another. 7-5 HPC Technical Services _1. these tiny magnets can easily be made to align themselves all in the same direction.

We will use an electromagnet. for a four-pole rotor. this speed will be 3600 RPM.. it is required that this electromagnetic field be rotating at some speed such that the North and South Poles pass the same point every 1/60th of a second. The strength of this electromagnet is a function of two things: Figure 7-06 Rotor Electromagnet 1. The resultant magnetic field is measured as ampere-turns. In the path of the magnetic field we place a conductor (the conductor is the darker rectangle above the North-Pole).STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . whereas. The result of this current is that the rotor becomes an electromagnet. This was to simplify the drawing for educational purposes. The strength of the magnetic field is described as the amount of current.4 ROTOR ELECTROMAGNET SLOTS (WHERE THE COPPER WINDINGS GO) POLAR AXIS Earlier it was mentioned that we needed magnetism to "tie" the turbine speed/torque input to the generator voltage/current output. except in this drawing we see only one winding (coil) per slot. rotor speed is dependent upon the number of poles within the rotor. To meet this requirement. the speed will be 1800 RPM.TG201 1. we need (l rotor that can support copper windings (see the top drawing of Figure 7-06). times the number of turns of copper windings wrapped around the generator rotor.7-6 T HPC Technical Services . Number of turns within the windings (in other words. field flow from the North-Pole to the South-Pole. This single point on our drawing is represented by the dark dot (conductor) above the N-Pole. In a 6O-Hertz system. and The amount of current within these windings. how many times the copper is wrapped around the forging). Notice how these slots are machined into the rotor surface longitudinally. use of a permanent magnet). That conductor is contained inside the core. For a two. First. CORE Figure 7-07 Path of Magnetic Field -y . The core provides an efficient ~eturn path for the magnetic. The copper windings are laid into these slots and connected in series so that we have one continuous winding that wraps around the generator rotor. This continuous winding is represented in the lower drawing. we need to create a magnetic field. (Only very small generators make. To do this. 2. pole rotor. This rotor magnetic field flows from the North-pole to the South-pole as seen in Figure 707. Current is passed through these copper windings (in the slots).

. . Because of this synchronous link. relationship between rotor speed and the frequency of induced electromotive force (voltage) in the stator. f = frequency of induced emf in the stator in Hz. .FREQUENCY RELATIONSHIP The essential feature that makes a generator different from other electrical machines is the synchronous link that exists between the stator and rotor magnetic fieldS. . . . there is a fixed . . . . . . . . . . .5 SPEED . .1 T. . 4·POLE 1800. . . and P = number of poles 4-. . . . . . . and 24-pole machines are illustrated in Figure I-OS. . . . . . . . .GENERATOR THEORY 1. . They can be related by this equation (as we seen before): N = (120* IX . N = speed of the rotor in rpm. . . .01 where. .rpm 1500'rpm 60·Hertz 50·Hertz gOO·rpm 750·rpm a·POLE 60·Hertz 50·Hertz 24·POLE Figure 7-08 Multiple Pole Units 7-7 HPC Technical Services _1. . . . . . S-. . . . . . . Equation 1. . . .

If you take two 12VDC batteries and connect the (-) terminal of one to the (+) terminal of the other.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . at the terminals. we will assume a single phase of out generator stator armature winding has 24 conductors brazed together to form a coil. Eg • Figure 7-09 Sum of Induced Voltages Compare this to a set of DC batteries (Figure 7-10).7-8 T. 1 kV per conductor Figure 7-10 Voltages in Series _1. for the sake of our education. We will also assume that as the rotating electromagnetic field passes through one of these conductors we induce l-kV. We have 24-kV. we have induced 24-kV in our generator windings. you would see (maybe) lO-kV. Every loop in the shown coil represents one pass of an armature bar. you will have 24VDC across the remaining two terminals. If you were to put an instrument at the end ofconductor-lO. as seen in Figure 7-09. HPC Technical Services . however.TG201 1.1 . Since these conductors are all in series with one another.6 STATOR WINDING Now. Figure 7-10 also illustrates why you cannot measure the induced voltage. This is our generator voltage.

Figure 7-11 illustrates a simple 3-phase generator winding.7 THREE-PHASE GENERATOR In the actual generator the voltage generated is built up to a practical amount by connecting a number of conductors in series. a voltage is induced in each of the three-stator windings. the three waveforms also are 120° apart.GENERATOR THEORY 1. ~ HPC Technical Services . "three-phase" generator. In the modem generator. Because the windings are 120° apart.120o~ 120o~ Figure 7-12 Three-Phase Generator Voltage Wave Forms . It has been found most economical to generate and distribute large blocks of electric power with three phase circuits. there are usually three such groups of conductors spaced symmetrically in the slots of the stationary core. (See Figure 7-12). 7-9 ~. Note that the voltage maximums in the three waveforms are 120° apart. PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C I I :-120°-:. The poWer output of each winding consists of two pulses of power each cycle as the current and voltage reach their two maximums and minimums. and all three voltages are equal. Figure 7-11 Three-Phase Winding As the rotor revolves through 360°. from which the generator gets its name. The combined three-phase power output consists of six pulses and is much smoother and more efficient than a single-phase generator. The conductors are so joined together to make up what is called a phase winding.

The sum of all the voltages (or currents) is zero in a balanced three-phase circuit. Large three-phase motors and inductive devices." (b) Figure 7-14 Balanced Three-Phase Generator Voltages A three-phase system requires much less wire than a single-phase system.C I and are 120° apart...14b). Three phase systems permit large amounts of power to be transmitted at lower cost than single-phase systems. it is available from a three-phase system. The generator is "Wye" connected (the windings are shaped like the letter "Y"). B-Bb and C. but no voltage between AI. NEUTRAL B Figure 7-13 Three-Phase Generator wlLoads The voltages in a three-phase generator are 120° apart..J.. . No current exists in the neutral unless something happens to disturb the balance.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . The windings are labeled A -AI.7-10 T.TG201 Figure 7-13 shows the three stator (armature) windings and the six leads from the armature. such as transformers. . Band C coil ends. . Bb and C I are connected together to form the "neutral"... _1. The three-phase waveforms show that Phase Band C voltages exactly balance Phase A voltage (Figure 7-14a and Figure 7. are more efficient and less costly than single-phase equipment with the same power ratings. I " . AI. HPC Technical Services . It is customary to connect the neutral to a "ground" such as the earth.. B I and C I coil ends. The net effect is a large voltage between A. This results in higher voltage (less current) for a given kVA rating . All large power systems are designed as three-phase systems with customer loads balanced across the phase systems as closely as possible. I . .. + o~~ lt (a) A ..1 . When single-phase power is required.

In the figure shown.GENERATOR THEORY 1. 120' Fi/. meaning we are inducing the maximum voltage in that phase... therefore the voltage will be on the rise in phase-B.lure 7-15 Rotatill/. E t • Control room instrumentation does not indicate Eg .. but we will demonstrate that the induced and terminal voltages are NOT the same as we continue through the materials. 7-11 ~ ~ HPC Technical Services . we see the north pole directly underneath phase-A... Not Measurable Et Terminal Voltage . and be decreasing in phase-C. Examine this figure and it would appear that the induced and terminal voltages are equal... It is also worth noting that we cannot measure the generator voltage E g .. Voltage is a function of the speed that the rotor magnetic field cuts through the stationary armature windings (we discussed this earlier).8 INDUCED GENERATOR VOLTAGE In Figure 7-15 we combine our rotating 2-pole electromagnetic field with our 3-phase generator windings. It is still simplified but far more representative of what these two devices actually look like.. The rotor is turning clockwise.. Monitored in Control Room GENERATOR Figure 7-16 Induced versus Terminal Voltage .. Any physical measurements we take are what we see at the terminals... E t ! Eg ..l Maj(lletic Field thru 3-Plwse WilUlb'j(S We will refer to the voltage we induced within the generator windings as the Generator Voltage and will label the generator voltage as Eg • We will refer to the voltage measured at the generator terminals as the "Terminal Voltage" and will label this terminal voltage as E t • See Figure 7-16. they indicate the terminal voltage only.

\ ' JJ.. therefore....--.. If there is load current going through the g~nerator windings there will be a voltage drop (will be ... ..5 .TG201 1... ........ Ie . '......1 .... 3-phase. N = number of turns.. ... and I = current The load current will be 3-phase as is the generator voltage............ '....5 ........ -.... The strength of this Armature Reaction is a function of the number of turns within the coil and the amount of current through the coil... -1 .. .......... Often it is said that "cUrrent comes from the generator" .02 where.. Armature Re action = NxI ......'. t •• .' .............. the current in each of the three phases. .. Figure 7... The generator stator windings are part of the circuit.-.looked in more detail in later paragraphs).... . The current in each phase coil will........ in fact. This stator magnetic field (magnetomotive force) is referred to as the "Armature Reaction" as the magnetic field is in reaction to the armature current in the windings..9 ARMATURE REACTION The next step in our study is to connect the 3-phase generator winding to a load.. Ib 6~... The s magnetomotive force is a property that gives rise to magnetic fields.. 270' O ~~--~~~---r--~--~------~--~--~----~ .. ? ... .. . goes through the generator._--... but is very important to recognize that this load current... .. The standard unit of mea" urement is the ampere-turn (AT) . Current in any conductor will produce a magnetomotive force (MMF) about that conductor... . With a load being applied there will be current.. . .... peaks 120 0 apart from each of the other phases.. Equation 1.. +1 +. produce a time varying magnetomotive force (MMF) within that coil... This is true....17 Three-Phase Generator Sine Waves ~ _1..7-12 HPC Technical Services . .......STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . alternating current is shown in Figure 7 -17.

Figure 7-19 illustrates this rotor magnetic field being driven by a small steam turbine. 2. WHAT IS HAPPENING IN THE AIR GAP) AIR GAP MAGNETIC FIELDS We now have two rotating fields in our air gap.0 2. When we close the circuit breaker we have current to the load. This current results in a rotating magnetic field. Let's freeze the rotation of our two magnetic fields. When these two forces are equal (they are always opposite) the generator speed will be constant. Your understanding of the interaction of these magnetic fields and prime mover torque is critical to understanding how a generator functions. The strength and orientation of this rotating stator magnetic field (Armature Reaction) is a result of the type of load applied (we will study this a little later). MASS FLOW INTO TURBINE Figure 7-19 Turbine Driven Magnetic Heltl We have seen that this magnetic field induces a voltage on the stationary windings. 7-13 HPC Technical Services T. operators of our power plant.GENERATOR THEORY Armature In Figure 7-18 we see the 2-Pole rotor with the rotor magnetic field extending from the North-Pole. One component is tangent to the rotor surface and at a right angle to the rotor magnetic field. Look closely in the air-gap and there is an Armature Reaction operating at some angle. this rotating torque is the output of the power plant. The first is generated by us. _M - . Then we drive that rotor by what we refer to as a prime mover. The Armature Reaction is a reaction to current being pulled off of the generator stator due to the load applied. The rotor is driven by the prime-mover. We provide current through the rotor windings to generate a magnetic field. This Armature Reaction is broken into its components (making a right triangle).1 CORE Figure 7-181nteraction of Mflgnetic Fieltls III tfle Air Gap SYNCHRONISM (OR. Superimposed on this image is the magnetic force (Armature Reaction) that exists in the air gap as aresult of the load current. Now we can examine a little better exactly what is happening. in the air gap (this has been the subject of discussion for the last few pages). The other component is vertical (downward) in the direction opposite that ofthe rotor magnetic field coming out of the North-Pole.

HPC Technical Services . then the speed . SYNCHRONIZING TORQUE TURBINE TORQUE LOAD ANGLE Figure 7-21 Mechanical Analogy of Synchronous Forces in Air Gap _1. . a stopped motion. This distorted rotor magnetic field is forced to run "out-of' its preferred . The AR is actually the some of the .STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS .TG201 The horizontal component of the Armature Reaction (that opposes rotation of the rotor) distorts the magnetic field . Armature Reaction and torque.emanating from the rotor windings. in Figure 7-20. A mechanical analogy of these air gap forces is illustrated in Figure 7-21. the speed of the rotating rotor is constant. We show the AR at the air gap as this is where it is forcing the rotor magnetic field out of its desired magnetic center. again. This tangential force trying to backup the rotor is opposed by the torque delivered by the prime mover. So. The distorted magnetic field will.1 . when the forces in the air gap are equal. TANGENTIAL ORCEOUETO AR ATURE REACTION (ARJ TORQUE FROM · PRIME MOVER TORQUE FROM PRIME MOVER - ) SUM OF TANGENnAl FORCES FROM STATOR THUS SPEED IS CONSTANT Figure 7-20 Air Gap Forces on Rotor Recognize that. forces Armature Reactions from each of the three phases. Torque applied on the rotor via the prime mover. trying to get the rotor to backup. we are looking at a snapshot in time. in this figure. So. to return to a load angle of zero.magnetic center.ofthe rotor is constant. we have shown the Armature Reaction (AR) as if it is from a single stator bar. See Figure 7-20.7-14 T. opposes this synchronizing force. therefore. If these two forces are equal. In this figure the Armature Reaction analogy is a spring that is exerting a synchronizing torque. exert a force on the conductor (the rotor forging) to try to back the rotor up (this force is much like the force exerted on a conductor by a horseshoe magnet that is in the path ofthe magnetic field). This "Armature Reaction" is rotating at the same speed as the rotor.

This in-phase current results in the Armature Reaction being at a right angle to the magnetic field emanating from the rotor North-Pole. turned on a light). If the load were to be increased (someone. This armature current is in-phase with the generator terminal voltage. It is up to the governor of the prime mover to adjust mass flow through the prime mover to halt the speed decay. V Figure 7-22 Resistive Load Characteristics TORQUE ~1IIl---AR Figure 7-23 Armature Reaction Jill Active Load 7-15 HPC Technical Services ~ _M - . Looking at the figure one should recognize that if the prime mover torque and the generator armature reaction were to be equal. Active power is the result of current through the resistive component of the load applied (copper in the motor copper windings).GENERATOR THEORY 2. as seen in Figure 7-22. This is energy that is transformed into light. somewhere. Torque from the prime mover is driving the rotor. heat. or motion. We have seen that the current to the load results in an Armature Reaction (AR) within the generator windings. These forces are all illustrated in Figure 7-23. The generator speed would slow. then the armature reaction would increase.2 ACTIVE POWER (WATTS) Active power is that generator output that does work. I RESISTIVE CIRCUIT . then the speed of the prime mover and generator will be constant.

stated differently. Copper has resistance. It will be the role of the voltage regulator to detect and compensate for this voltage decrease.3 REACTIVE POWER (V ARS) There are two types of reactive power that need to be studied. 2.7-16 . Here. must also shift by 90°. AR is the result of current. AR. for example. V ~L-~ _ __. 1 INDUCTIVE CIRCUIT Figure 7-24 Phase CurreIU wi Pure Inductive Load ""-'-" TORQUE AR Figure 7. the load causes the phase current to lag behind the voltage by 90°. We can represent this effect in a model by merely rotating the AR 90° back from the position shown for an active load. A magnetic field is created within these windings and it takes current out-of-phase with the voltage to create this magnetic field. __ ---'1 X. so for these purposes it can be considered to be pure. the induced generator voltage will decrease.1 . are made of copper. This means that the current is 90° out of phase from where it was when a resistive load was applied! See Figure 7-24 for the orientation ofthe load current and terminal voltage. meaning the terminal voltage will decrease as well. HPC Technical Services . Notice that the Armature Reaction (AR) directly opposes the rotor MMF. then the angle of the armature reaction. As a result the "Net Air Gap" magnetic field strength will decrease. All coils found in motor windings.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . ~ _1. Figure 7-25 shows the relative positions ofthe rotor MMF and armature reaction for the case of the generator loaded with pure inductance. One is due to the application of inductive loads (motors and transformers) and the other is due to the application of capaCitive loads (transmission lines). we are examining. or. This copper results in a resistive load. The reader should recognize that there is no pure inductive load.25 A R wi Pure Inductive Load This current is 90° out of phase with the terminal voltage because of the inductive element of the load windings. Because of the effect of the inductive load.TG201 2. the current lags the voltage by 90°. If the current phase changes by 90°.1 Inductive Loads when a pure inductive load is connected to the armature windings. only the inductance aspects of this load. the phase voltages is 90° ahead.3. discussed in the previous paragraphs on active loads.

See Figure 7-27. inductive V ARs are assigned a · positive (+) sign. the phase current is made to lead the phase voltage. Positive V ARs are referred to as flowing "Out" of the generator to the system. motors and transmission lines.3. VARs flow to them. V)\ - I '-(''. they would not work. These are VARs that must be supplied by the generators to meet the system demand. or an electric fieldin a capacitive device. _1. Without these Lagging/ Inductive/Positive VARs.2 Capacitive Loads When a pure capacitive load is connected to the stator windings. that is 90° out of phase with the terminal voltage.GENERATOR THEORY The term "VAR" (seen in a meter shown in Figure 7-26) is used to describe the "reactive power" flow to create this magnetic field in the winding. Inductive elements in a power system are usually referred to as "sinks" of VARs. VARs are used to excite the magnetic fields of transformers. These inductive. By convention. times the voltage. This is illustrated in Figure 7-28 . With a pure capacitive load. Sometimes we referred to this as over-excitation. VAR is the current.1 - . A V AR is a unit of myasure of "reactive power". or lagging._ _ _ _ _ _ _ --1T Xc 1 CAPACITIVE CIRCUIT Figure 7-28 Capacitive Circuits 7-17 HPC Technical Services T. . in other words. a . such that the stated device can perform useful work! . these magnetic devices would not function as designed. This current is 90° out of phase with the voltage as it must "create and sustain" this magnetic field within the inductive device (motor or transformer) so that device can do work . the current leads the voltage by 90°. The function of REACTIVE POWER is to establish mid sustain a magnetic field in (lit inductive device. Figure 7-26 VARs (+) ·VAR • VAR's "Out" Lagging Power Factor Figure 7-27 Inductive VARs 2.

. one can feel the energy in one's arms and shoulders. Figure 7-31 Wheel Barrel ~ _1. only in the other direction from the inductive loading. must also shift by 90° as AR is the result of current. however. _ . To do work with a wheel barrel one first puts a load into a wheel barrel.7-18 . there was energy exerted. Workhas been accomplished. AR. (-) VAR .3. Figure 7-29 shows the relative positions ofthe rotor MMF and armature MMF for the case of the generator loaded with pure capacitance. no work was done. This may also be referred to as under-excitation. Torque eG20'_004 . HPC Technical Services . capacitive V ARs are assigned a negative (-) sign. the purpose of a motor is to do work more efficiently. It will be the role of the voltage regulator to detect and compensate for this voltage increase. the angle of the armature reaction. the operator can move the load to its destination. Negative V ARs are referred to as flowing "In" toward the generator.. Figure 1-29 Capacitive Loading By convention. Again.-11- VAR's "IN" Leading Power Factor Figure 7-30 Capacitive VARs Transmission Lines 2. then lifts up on the handles to acquire a comfortable leverage. As a result the "Net Air Gap" magnetic field strength will increase.. This means that the current is 90° out of phase from where it was when a resistive load was applied. Lifting up on the wheel barrel puts "potential energy" into the wheel barrel. the induced generator voltage will increase. See Figure 7-30 for an illustration. meaning the terminal voltage will increase as well. In comparison. but no work was done by our defmition of wanting to move a load across the room.. Notice that the Armature Reaction (AR) "adds-to" the rotor MMF. Capacitive loads. . such as capacitive banks and lightly loaded transmission lines. The purpose of a wheel barrel is to do work more efficiently. the load was not moved toward its destination. As we have seen. the current leads the voltage by 90°. are referred to as sources of V ARs.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . As the operator of the wheel barrel.1 . stated differently.3 Mechanical Analogy The mechanical analogy to a VAR would be a "wheel barrel". See Figure 7-31. Now that a comfortable leverage has been achieved. or. the phase voltages is 90° behind.TG201 Because of the effect of the capacitive load. . but in the casual defmition of wanting to do work.

2. that current to create a magnetic field is 90° out-of-phase with the voltage supply. Zero reactive power flow is illustrated in Figure 7-32. If there were exactly the same amount of inductive and capacitive loads. then the capacitive load would meet the inductive load requirement. We require reactive power to the motor to create and sustain the magnetic field in the motor air gap. Reactive current to the motor winding results in the creation of a magnetic field within the motor . and they usually do. t Figure 7-32 Zero Reactive Power We will now consider a situation where there is. Then we require active power to the motor to do the work. the capacitive V ARs compensate for the inductive VAR loading. Now that a magnetic field exists within the motor.4 Active / Reactive Power Flow When both inductance and capacitance exist in a circuit. Generator VAR (+) MW~ VAR=Q . and the inductive load would meet the capacitive load requirement. work is being performed. the magnetic field requires current to be created. This magnetic fielq is necessary for the motor to function. active current (current that is in-phase with the voltage -watts) can exist to cause the rotor to rotate. In other words. Active power now to motor results In torque ouiput of motor rotor.3. _M - . Figure 7-33 Motor Load 7-19 HPC Technical Services T.GENERATOR THEORY We would argue that the lifting ofthe wheel barrel to a comfortable leverage is analogous to a VAR flowing to a motor winding. The generator reactive power flow would be zero. This is illustrated in Figure 7-33. in fact. No work has been done. a combination of active and reactive loads. Once the rotor turns. some or all the VARs required by the inductive elements will be supplied by the capacitive elements.air gap. A simple example would be a motor.

the rotor frequency will be constant · . The vertical component or amiature reaction (AR) opposes the rotor field strength (MFR). when the horizontal component ofthe armature reaction is exactly equal to the torque applied. It is configured to be slightly higher on the right hand side of the drawing. This configuration of the armature reaction (or AR) means there is a horizontal and a vertical component. Again. The horizontal component is pushing from right to left. the difference would be that the vertical component of armature reaction would add to the rotor magnetic field strength. OPPOSES MOTION of ROTOR ~"'U'I Figure 7-35 Active/Reactive Capacitive Loading ~ _M .TG201 Figure 7-34 represents the MFR and AR in this active/reactive loading demonstration. The horizontal component of armature reaction (AR) opposes the motion of the rotor . Notice that.meaning prime mover torque is required to maintain stability. the AR is no longer on the horizontal axis. causing a rise in generator terminal voltage.7-20 HPC Technical Services ENHANCES MFR (increasing net air gap magnetic field strength) . The vertical component is pushing from top down. This will result in a lesser voltage being induced in the generator A lesser voltage will be realized at the generator terminals as a result OPPOSESMFR (decreasing net air gap magnetic field strength) / \ OPPOSES MOTION of ROTOR (Torque) Figure 7-34 Active/Reactive Induction Loading Ifwe were to examine a case where there is a capacitive load (see Figure 7-35).STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS .

The load could be capacitive. labeled "Reactive Power" with units in Kilo VARs.. Figure 7-36 illustrates all the components of the power triangle for your inspection. We have seen that the load could be resistive. •. _1. depends upon the load applied. motor and transformer windings are an example. like the copper in the wire. 7-21 HPC Technical Services T. Now lets proceed at understanding this power triangle. "Voltage" is induced by the rotating magnet.1. This rotating magnet "cuts" through the stationary armature bars and "induces" a voltage in these armature bars (Figure 7-37). and "Current" is passes through the applied load. there will be current passing through that load. Figure 7-37 Gellerator Load We have stated it before. how much out-of-phase and in which direction. - . Now.. and will state it again: "Voltage" and "Current" is what is the output of the generator. • • • Kilo Watts REAL POWER Figure 7-36 Power Trifmg/e We have seen that inside the generator we have a rotating magnet that is created by current passing through the field windings. The load could be inductive.0 POWER FACTOR . there is the vertical.GENERATOR THEORY 3. The current through that load may be "out-of~phase" with the voltage. The hypotenuse is the "Apparent Power" and its measurement is in Kilo-VoltAmperes. . Finally. when a load is applied across the armature bars. transmission lines capacitance to Earth is an example. The horizontal is the "Real Power" and its units are Kilo Watts. Take note of the following items as you proceed.

Now that we've broke this down into an algebraic statement let's apply another law of algebra. The expression reads: "Current" times the voltage is equal to "Horizontal Component of Current times the voltage" plus the "Vertical Component of Current times the voltage". we're going to mUltiply both sides of the equation by "V". assumirig the voltage output of our 'generator is fixed (a valid assumption for our purposes). "V" for voltage. Study this triangle to satisfy yourself that this is true. Let's take our "Current" vector and move it over so we can analyze it a bit. if we desire.1. Figure 7-39 Current Vector •. Now this other algebraic law is that you can multiply one side of the equation by anything. The vector relationship of the voltage applied across the motor windings and the current through the motor windings is illustrated in this figure on the screen. Notice the "horizontal vector" plus the "vertical vector" equal the "original current vector". Since this is true we can relate this . statement algebraically. or eighteen. Notice we did not change direction or magnitude. times the voltage" is parallel to the original voltage vector outputting our generator. This means the current will "lag" the voltage as illustrated in Figure 7-38.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . The fmal expression is shown on Figure 7-41. Iv Figure 7-40 Current Vector Components ~ _1. that the "horizontal component of the current. Notice.TG201 N • Let's just say that the load applied is some large motor through some transformers.I" is equal to the sum of the "horizontal current vector .7-22 HPC Technical Services Figure 7-41 Current times Voltage Vectors . ' Also. "providing" you mUltiply the other side of the equation by the same thing. no laws of vectors were violated. Notice the current and voltage are not in-phase. The "current vector . In our case.IH" plus the "vertical current vector . times the voltage" is perpendicular to the voltage vector outputting our generator.Iv". S ~I I P I E I VOLTAGE V 10&3014 Figure 7-38 Voltage and Current Load Vectors We want to study this current in more detail.~. o T CURRENT I I I H I A . . For example we could multiply both sides by two._ _ In Figure 7-40 we see the "Current" vector reduced to its components. The current is now standing alone for our analysis. the "vertical component of the current vector. See Figure 7-39.

GENERATOR THEORY

This is pretty meaningful. If you' 11 recall from your study of alternating current circuits, in a purely inductive circuit, the current lags the voltage by 90 degrees. In a purely resistive circuit, the current is exactly in phase with the voltage. Why is this important? Think about it. There is no device in the control room that directly controls generator kVA output. Instead, we control the vectorial components that make up the generator output. We have one controller that "controls the horizontal component of the current, times the voltage", this is the prime-mover "Governor". We have another controller that controls the "vertical component of the current, times the voltage", this is the Automatic Voltage Regulator (A VR). So lets give the horizontal and vertical components a name. See Figure 7-42. The horizontal component we will call "real power" and its units is kiloWatts. One kiloWatt (kW) is of course 1,000 watts. A Watt, is the "voltage" TIMES the "current that is in-phase with the voltage". This output is controlled by the governor. This "real power" component represents that portion of the generat<.>r output that is doing "real work". The output is being transformed into heat, light, or motion. Output is adjusted in response to frequency deviation.

APPARENT POWER .

REACTIVE POWER
KVAR

IV V
REAL POWER
KW

Automatic Voltage Regu lator (AVR)

(

Governor)

~

IV
Figure 7-42 Power Triangle

The vertical component we will call "reactive power" and its units is kiloV ARs (kV ARs). A V AR is an acronym for Volts-Ampere-Reactive, and is the "Voltage" TIMES the "Current that is 90 degrees out-of-phase with the voltage". This output is controlled by the voltage regulator. This "reactive power" component represents that portion of the generator output that is required to magnetize inductive circuits or to generate an electric field in capacitive circuits. By controlling the components of the generator output, we, in-effect, control the generator output. Before we conclude, lets do a little housekeeping regarding our explanation of the power triangle. We use the term "power factor" quite regularly. Let's define it in our schematic on the screen. "Power Factor." What does this term mean? Well, in the electric power industry, what we are often most concerned about, is the generation of "real power", kiloWatts. Yet the generator output is "apparent power", or Kilo-Volt-Amperes. It might be useful to know what is the relationship between this "real power" and "apparent power". It might be useful, and it is! We call this relationship the "Power Factor".

POWER FACTOR

PF

-

KW

The "Power Factor" describes the ratio between Kilo Watts and KilO-Volt-Amperes. See Figure 7-43.

KVA

Kilo Watts
Figure 7-43 Power Factor

7-23
HPC Technical Services

T.

_1.1. -

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS - TG201

A more mathematical term used for "Power Factor" is that it is the cosine of the angle between the "adjacent side" and the "hypotenuse" ofthe "Power Triangle" . For those with trigonometric backgrounds you will recall that the cosine of an angle is the "adjacent side" divided by the "hypotenuse". It is . the "Power Factor" . See Figure 7-44. . As we have seen in our studies, the "Power Factor" may be lagging or it may be leading, usually it lags. A lagging power factor means that the current lags the voltage in order tomeet the requirement of inductive loading. A leading "Power Factor" means the current leads the voltage in order to meet the demand of a capacitive circuit. A unity "Power Factor" means the current is in-phase with the voltage, reactive power output is zero.

Kilo Watts
cos (angle) =KVA = Power Factor
KW

Figure 7-44 PF Derivation

HPC Technical Services
500 Tallevast Road· Suite 101 Sarasota, FL 34243 USA (941) 747-7733 • FAX (941) 746-5374 www.hpcnet.com

~

_1.l - 7-24
HPe Technical Services

GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Chapter 8

TERMINAL OBJECTIVE:
To better acquaint the participant wIth how a generator is constructed so that we develop a better understanding of how components are placed at risk during normal/abnormal operations.

ENABLING OBJECTIVES:
At the completion of this section, the student should be able to:
l. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Given a cross sectional drawing of the generator, be able to identity the major components. Describe the primary function of each major component of the stator assembly. Describe the primary function of each major rotor assembly component. Provide a basic description of the material that is used for the construction of each major component. Describe how heat is removed from the generator components. Describe how the type of excitation used impacts generator construction.

© 1999 - TG201J5.0_June09, Printed: 12/14/2010

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201
TABLE OF CONTENTS
. 1.0 2.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 3 STATOR ASSEMBLY ........................................................................................................................... 3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 3.0 Stator Frame ................................................................................................................................ 6 Stator Core .................................................................................................................................. 10 Stator Windings ......................................................................................................................... 14 End Shield! Bearing Bracket ..................................................................................................... 23 Hydrogen Seals .......................................................................................................................... 24 Bearings ..................................................................................................................................... 26 Grounding Brush ....................................................................................................................... 28

ROTOR ASSEMBLY ........................................................................................................................... 28 3.1 3.2 3.3 Rotor Body ................................................................................................................................ 29 Field Windings .......................... :............................................................................................... 30 Retaining Rings ......................................................................................................................... 33

4.0 5.0

COOLING ............................................................................................................................................. 34 GENERATOR COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE EXCITER ........................................... 35

_1.1 - 8-2 T.

HPC Technical Services

GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION

1.0

INTRODUCTION

This section of the text covers the basic construction of the typical utility AC generator. Different manufacturers may have different names for the same component, and we will deal with these as they occur. All · units have similar construction for the major sub-assemblies and the components, which they contain. The major sub-assemblies of the generator are the stator and rotor. The stator contains all the stationary parts while the rotor carries the field windings, which make the electro-magnetic field . Each of the assemblies has their own components whiCh we will look at in this section. .

2.0

STATOR ASSEMBLY

The stator is the stationary portion of the generator and.contains the stator windings, stator core and the end shields. Figure 8-01 shows a cross section view ofthe generator rotor and stator components. Each of the m~or sections will be discussed separately. Major stator components include:

• •
• •

Frame Core Armature Windings End Shield HVBushmgs

Stator Core

Retaining Rings

Coolers T-~~_~

~~~~-...;L Collector Rings

~

_ _ _ _-High Voltage Bushings

Figure 8-01 Generator Components (GE Hydrogen Cooled Generator)

8-3-1.1 "PC Technical Services

T.

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201

Figure 8-02 represents a cross-sectional drawing of a Westinghouse manufactured generator. The reader should locate those major components identified in the previous schematic.

UJ

u:
...J

g
CJ

Figure 8-02 Cross-Sectional Drawing of a Westinghouse Manufactured Generator

.M - 8-4

~ HPC Technical Services

GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Figure 8-03 represents a large ABB manufactured generator. As we proceed through the materials it will be useful for the reader to draw comparisons of the different units. Again, the reader should carefully note that all the generator stators have the same components: frame, stator core, armature windings, end-windings, cooler, and some form of an end shield. All the rotors are manufactured from a forging (although you may find some where. the rotor is bolted and welded disks) with the field windings wrapped around the forging to create a North and Southpole.

Figure 8-03 Large ABB Manufactured Generator

8-5-1.1 HPC Technical Services

~

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201

Figure 8-04 is a cross-section, for educational purposes of an air-cooled Siemens 4-pole generator. You should immediately notice that all the same components are found within this generator. The component design may be different, but the functions are the same. It is the function of these components that we will be studying.

Cooler

Stator core

C__;;".--~:::J~Winding
Figure 8-04 Siemens 4-Pole, Air Cooled Generator

Graphic compliments Siemens Power Generation

2.1

STATOR FRAME

The stator frame (wrapper or casing) functions to carry the weight of the stator core, windings, and the rotor. In some larger units, this may be a total weight of several hundred tons. It must also be able to withstand the mechanical shocks caused by electrical faults in the power system and withstand the force of an internal hydrogen explosion. In order to meet these functions, the stator frame is cylindrically shaped and fabricated of steel plates, which are welded together. On the inner periphery of the stator frame (Figure 8-05), key bars are located which serve to position the stator core. On some 2-pole units the key bars are attached at the midpoint of the spring bar (see Figure 8-06). The spring bars are attached to the section plates within the frame. This design (typically used only on 2-pole generators) isolates any core vibration from the frame and therefore, the foundation.

~ HPC Technical Services

_1.1 - 8-6

Inc. ...~ SpQng Bar Photograph compliments of Generator Consulting Services.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION Figure 8-05 Frame for 2-Pole Generators Key Bar o...-... Figure 8-06 Core Assembly on Key Bar 8-7-Y "PC Technical Services T..

The vertical bolting circle seen. shims are typically placed under these feet to achieve the desired vertical elevation. The hydrogen (or air) coolers are located in the gas passage. The stator frame rests on feet. as shown in Figure 8-07. • Bolting circle for trunnion Figure 8-07 Generator Feet Located just inside the stator frame are baffle (section) plates and piping which form the gas passages. The coolers can either be oriented vertically or horizontally. HPC Technical Services . These feet are bolted at the horizontal centerline of the stator.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 . The gas is circulated around the finned tubes in the coolers and the heat is carried away by the cooling water system. For those of you interested in mechanical alignment. _v -8-8 . See Figure 8-08 for gas passages. WRAPPER OR CASING Figure 8-08 Generator Stator Cooling Passages T. is for the attachment of a "trunnion" to use a hydraulic jack or crane for positioning the frame. Seals are incorporated where the water connections are made to keep hydrogen from leaking out of the frame.

Q. In Figure 8-09 we see a vertical cooler being assembled into the corner of one such generator stator frame. Figure 8-09 Hydrogen Coolers Some hydrogen coolers are mounted in the dome. referred to as an "omega" cooler is in the shape of the greek letter 'omega'. .GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION Many machines are hydrogen cooled.1 HPC Technical Services T. with the exit at the other end. Graphic compliments of Siemens Power Generation Figure 8-10 Q SIUlpedCooler 8-9-1. The water connection is on one side of the omega (see Figure 8-10). These coolers are either assembled in the four corners or in the dome over the top of the frame. Another hydrogen cooler. that is the cooler is horizontiilly positioned at the top of the generator frame.

See Figure 8-01 to locate the stator core inside the frame. The layers ate staggered so the butt joints of the punchings do not line up from one layer to the next. The high voltage bushings are large porcelain insulators. (See Figure 2-11). 8-10 ~ HPC Technical Services . Spacers are also placed in between some layers to form gas passages in the core that help cool the stator windings and rotor. These are located on the bottom ofthe stator frame and are connected to the bus ducts. (See Figure 8-l3). The core is constructed to provide a low resistance path for the magnetic field and to carry the weight of the stator windings. . The layers are periodically compressed (or shook on a shaker table) to squeeze any air pockets out from between the laminations.1. On typical units.- Current Transformers Connection to bus ductwork 2.1 . (See Figure 8-12). " ' . The insulation is required to prevent the high voltage from jumping to the stator frame . which carry the power to the system.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 The power produced in the stator is carried out through the high voltage bushings. SLOTS FOR ASSEMBLV AND LOCKING SLOTS FOR STAlUR BARS Stator Frame Figure 8-12 Typical Stator Core Punching Figure 8-13 Core Assembly . The core is made from thin laminations (about 0. Figure 8-11 High Voltage Bushings N::5I! . The iron used to make the core is a silicon steel with about 90% of the grains lined up along the preferred path for the magnetic field.015-inch thick) of the special steel. The high voltage bushings are cooled. This makes the resistance of the steel very low and minimizes the losses (and heat generation) in the core metal. usually by both hydrogen and water. Each lamination is insulated with an enamel coatingofvamish. the laminations are fitted over the key bars one layer at a time.2 STATOR CORE The stator core is mounted along the inner diameter of the generator frame.

Figure 8-14 Laminations w/Spacers Figure 8-15 shows a small stator core removed from the stator frame . within the frame.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION Figure 8-14 illustrates some core laminations with these inside spacers that will. at the core outer diameter. create this gap for coolant passage. · 8-11 ~ HPC Technical Services ~ . In this view you can see the section plates that support the core. Richmond VA Figure 8-15 Stator Core OD. when assembled. Section Plate Photograph compliments of Aistom Power.

The inside spacer block creates a gap between the layered core assembly.1 . Photograph compliments of Aistom Power.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 A picture of the core on a small unit (being repaired in a service shop) is seen in Figure 8-16. Richmond VA Figure 8-17 Laminations ~ HPC Technical Services _1. Each one of the laminations.8-12 . VA Figure 8-16 Small Stator Core A regular core lamination is seen in Figure 8-17. This gap allows cooling gases to flow from/to the air gap through the core. Rittlmond. On the left you see a core assembled.Richmond. The inner diameter of the core is viewed on the right.VA Photograph oompliments of Alsion Power. Photograph oompliments of Aision Powe<. is coated in a varnish such that each lamination is electrically insulated from each adjacent lamination. once punched. This is to prevent the existence of eddy currents due to passing rotor magnetic field.

Figure 8-18 Core Being Stacked . Figure 8-19 illustrates the use of outside spacer blocks. the key slots on the outer diameter of the punchings.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION Figure 8-18 illustrates a generator positioned vertically in the factory to facilitate the stacking of the core. keep the core compressed along the fIngers ofthe slots. and the key bars along the inside diameter of the frame . . Amsterdam. The hole through the center is where the "through bolts" tighten the core axially. Photograph compliments of AGTServices.1 HPC Technical Services T. Notice the punchings. These outside spacer blocks help to . Figure 8-20 below illustrates a single Westinghouse core punching. NY Figure 8-20 W Through Bolt Core Punching 8-13-1. Notice the "J" hook at the outer diameter where the punching assembles onto the 'building bolt'. Figure 8-19 Outside Spacer Blocks Westinghouse generator cores are mounted on a 'building bolt' then tightened together using "through bolts" .

Recall from the previous section that there are three sets of stator windings. one for each of the three phases. Figure 8-22 Stator Windings ~ HPC Technical Services _1. Figure 8-21 Clamping Ring 2. which make up the windings.1 .3 STATOR WINDINGS The stator winding (Figure 8-22) is where the AC power is produced in the generator by moving the magnetic field through the conductors. . In this figure you also see the liquid connections carrying stator cooling water to/from these windings. a clamping ring is bolted on the ends ofthe key bars.TG201 Once the core stacking is completed.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS .8-14 . This ring helps keep the core compressed. A photograph of the clamping ring and key bar nut is seen in Figure 8-21 below.

TE this bar (from slot 2) is brazed to the top bar of slot 17 . 2. At the center is the stator bar located within its slot along the length of the core. See Figure 8-23 for a drawing of the stator-winding diagram. On On On On the the the the collector end (CE) this red phase becomes the bottom bar of slot 1. 4. Notice there is an upper and a lower bar. CE this bar is brazed to the bottom bar of slot 2.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION Each phase of the stator winding is made up of a set number of stator bars.. the red phase is brazed to the top bar of slot 16. Follow these connections: 1.. 3.. turbine end (TE) of slot 1. which are connected in series. including connection rings (in the very middle) to the High Voltage Bushings. The inner section of this drawing diagrams the collector end of the machine. The outer section of this drawing diagrams the turbine end of the generator stator windings. Figure 8-23 (GE) Stator Winding Diagram · 8-15 ~ 'm HPC Technical Services . and so on. Examine this figure closely and locate T-2 at the end of the red phase. The colors in the figure highlight each of the three phases to aid your reading this schematic...

especially where the connection rings (in this case . Notice the end windings.TG201 Figure 8-24 shows the collector end of a stator core removed from the frame .upward) route current from the windings toward the connections to external bus duct work. Figure 8.. We ' ll look at some of the detail later. Notice there are two bars per slot (as we seen in the stator winding diagram). i. The top bar is identified as that bar closest to the air gap.Y . Figure 8-25 Slot Assembly .e. notice there are multiple strands of copper that make up the bar. the stator bar is not solid. 8-16 T HPC Technical Services . Richmond VA --- Here (Figure 8-25) we see the stator windings contained with the slot of the core. For now.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS...24 CE Connection Rings Photog!Olph oompllmenb of Aislom Power.

Columbus OH Figure 8-26 Stator Conductors Figure 8-27 below is a mock-up of these conductors changing positions within the stator bar as the conductors (strands) extend the length of the bar.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION The conductors within the bar are not straight.r than any of the others. therefore heat) and no single bar is hotte. This "Roebel Transposition" has each conductor occupying all available positions for an equal distance along the bar. The bars are insulated after the twisting occurs and then baked to harden the insulation.·{ HPC Technical Services T- . Simple Roebel Bar Showing Transposition of Strands Photogltlph oompllments of Natlonat Electric Coit. but twisted as shown in Figure 8-26. every bar is cut by an equal amount of magnetic flux. generates the same current (and. With this twisting. Figure 8-27 Roebel Transposition Mock-Up 8-17-1.

On larger units the insulation prevents this from being effective from outside the bar. Photograph compliments of Natlonat Electric Coli. you will notice the hollow strands that permit water (at 0. In the middle we have a hydrogen cooled bar. WEDGE HPC Technical Services . Figure 8-29 Slot Assembly SIDE·RIPPLE OR "S"SPRING _v -8-18 T.2 flMho/cm) to cool the bar. or cooling tubes may be incorporated into the bar between solid conductors. Some GE units use hollow conductors and pump water through the inside of the conductor. A Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD) is often placed in the slot. placed in the slots formed by the fingers of the core laminations. usually between the upper and lower bars. Not all slots will have a RTD.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 The conductors may be hollow. On the right. Columbus OH Figure 8-28 Water Cooled Stator Bar Once the bars are formed. they are. On the left we see a solid strand bar that might . The internal voltage of any of these bars could be 20-kV or higher. be found on an older or smaller unit. Figure 8-28 illustrates three different stator armature bars. These features are used for internal cooling of the bars. a type used often by Westinghouse. Westfughouse will use cooling tubes and direct hydrogen through the tubes. Some bars are constructed where every strand is hollow. Heat generated within the bar must be removed before it damages the insulation. as shown in Figure 8-29.

This "S" shaped spring is a molded glass type conductive material (carbon is imbedded in this material) as seen in Figure 8-30 below.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION Side to side movement of the bars in the slot is often prevented by driving a "S" shaped spring into the slot between the bars and the side wall. helps achieve the desired downward forces acting on the bars within the slot. The taper. The bars are pressed into the slot and the use of another "S" spring and wedges keep the bars tight within that slot. Amsterdam. NY Figure 8-31 2° Tapered Stator Wedge 8-19-1. . Figure 8-30 "S" Spring Insulation is also laid on top of the bar. Examples of these stator wedges are shown in Figure 8-31 and 2-32. The wedges extend full length of the slot: The stator bars extend beyond the end ofthe slot and become end-windings.1 HPC Technical Sel'vices T. Photograph compliments of AGT Services. however. A 2° tapered wedge was chosen as an example for no particular reason.

Amsterdam. tied together with the glass roving tie. The gage holes allows the compression of the spring to be measured. NY Figure 8-32 Ripple Spring & Wedge w/Gage Holes In Figure 8-33 one can see the top bars in position.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . Some of the bars have been brazed and taped (in the center) and others have brazing in progress. Photograph compliments of AGT Services. Figure 8-33 Winding Assembly ~ HPe Tecbnical Services _1.TG201 Figure 8-32 illustrates a top ripple spring and wedge with gage holes.1 .8-20 ' .

Amsterdam NY Figure 8-34 Emf Clip for GE Water Cooled Stator Bar Figure 8-35 shows a generator stator in the process of being rewound. Notice how the laminations are laid in place and are brazed to the in-series bar. On the right you see an end clip (without the bar assembled yet) being bolted to the laminate piece that will be brazed to the end of the series bar. Photographs provided by AGT Services. The end windings are brazed together and then wrapped with insulation.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION The overhanging bars (the end-windings) are connected together to join our 2-phases. On the left you see the copper strands within the end clip. Figure 8-34 illustrates an end clip for a GE water cooled stator bar. Figure 8-35 Brazed Emf Windings 8-21-M HPC Technical Services T. .

and from unit to unit..-.. As before.. the assembly in this area of the generator is critical..STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 The end windings are supported by fastening them to the clamping ring as shown in Figure 8-36..L~KEY SPRING AND BAR ASSY. Due to the large mechanical forces applied to this area by the rotating magnetic field..8-22 ...1 . OUTER WRAPPER PLATE] II CORE CLAMPING II d::=l~~~~~ ____.. Notice the spacer. Figure 8-36 End Winding Support Figure 8-37 illustrates an ASB stator bar assembled in the core slot.. The intention of these components is to keep the bar tightly positioned in the core slot. such as the one shown here. The end windings must be able to withstand the vibration caused by the magnetic field during operation and the mechanical forces involved when a fault occurs during operation.also subjected to the differential expansion between the core metal and the copper conductors... DIVIDED CONDUCTOR 'W.---- PACKING INTERMEDIATE PACKING HOLLOW CONDUCTOR 'W.-. _ _ FILLER STRIP ~~"--7' _ _ SLOTWEDGE ~ HPC Technical Services _1.£---.CORONA PROTECTION INTERMEDIATE STRIP -=:~~III~ SPACER FILLER - Figure 8-37 ABB Stator Bar MICADUR WV"K'N'.~~.J::::.. packing and wedge. This area is .. only the hollow conductors are made of stainless steel.-. the end winding support system will vary with different manufacturers. Alstomnow constructs a stator bar.

Notice the ribbing. This end shield is seen in Figure 8-38. whose purpose is to keep the hydrogen gas inside the generator frame. On a hydrogen cooled generator. vertical and horizontal bolting surfaces. Figure 8-39 GE Upper Half End Shiehl 8-23·1. The vertical joint is where both halves will assemble to the end of the generator frame .~"~ Horizontal JOlnt~:::'1~~IJ~ End Shield (or Bearing Bracket) Figure 8-38 Eml Shield Here (in Figure 8·39) we see an upper half end shield sitting on the floor.'__ .GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION 2. Notice the heavy ribbing that appears on the outside of this generator end shield. The horizontal joint is where the upper half will assemble to the lower half. This end shield contains the journal bearing to support the generator rotor.1 HPC Technical Services T. the end shield must also contain the hydrogen seals. They are similar in construction. Journal Bearing . Notice the vertical and horizontal bolting surfaces. . These stiffening ribs are welded in place and will support the rotor and is capable of withstanding the force of an internal hydrogen explosion.-:0 _ J_.4 END SHIELD/ BEARING BRACKET The end of the stator frame is closed by the end shields (GE term) or the bearing bracket (W term).

below.8-24 T.1 .STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 2. Monaca PA Figure 8-40 GE End Shields A closer view of the GE Hydrogen sealrings is illustrated in Figure 8-41 . Hydrogen seals. This grooving is also to prevent hydrogen leakage.. Inc. and the oil deflectors. Photograph compliments of Turbine Services. The inner oil deflector is . Photograph compliments of Turbine Services. . Monaca PA Figure 8-41 GE Hydrogen Seal Ring _1. Notice the location of the journal bearings. Inc. This oil flow inhibits any oil leakage. intended to prevent the oil from getting into the generator casing. shown here. hydrogen seals. The bearing supports the generator rotor. are gapped to the rotor.5 H YDROGEN SEALS The horizontal joint of the lower half of a GE end shield is illustrated in Figure 8-40. HPC Technical Services . Look carefully at this figure and you should see grooving along both the horizontal and vertical joint surfaces. Oil is routed between the two seals such that it flows along the rotor surface toward the inside and outside seal areas. Seal oil passes between the rings to seal against H2 leakage along the rotor surface.

GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION A cross section of a GE hydrogen seal ring is seen in Figure 8-42. AIR SIDE GLAND SEAL OIL MAINTAINED AT 12 psi ABOVE MACHINE GAS PRESSURE HYDROGEN SIDE GLAND SEAL OIL MAINTAINED AT SAME PRESSURE AS AIR SIDE OIL G. This oil then flows in both directions along the surface of the rotor. The air-side oil (shown reddish) flows out to the left along the shaft surfaces. SHAFT . then there is no oil mixing that occurs. Oil enters from the top middle. If these two oil pressures are the same (and they are supposed to be). flows down between the air side and gas side seal rings. The hydrogen-side oil (shown blue) flows out to the right along the shaft surface.1 HPC Technical Set'vices ~ . INNER OIL DEFLECTOR Figure 8-42 GE Hydroge/1 Seal Rillg A cross section ofa Westinghouse hydrogen seal ring is seen in Figure 8c43..Westinghouse utilizes a hydrogen side and an air-side oil. . Figure 8-43 W Hydrogen Seal Rillgs 8-25-1. affecting a seal against hydrogen leakage. This ring is contained inside the end bearing bracket.

6 BEARINGS A generator bearing is shown in Figure 8-44. For those of you familiar with turbine bearings. only one of the generator bearings is insulated. _1J -8-26 T. These type bearings are very stable under high load conditions. This creates some difficulties in checking the integrity of the insulation. These generator bearings are typically either elliptical or cylindrical. usually the collector end. the major difference is that the generator bearings may be insulated. By insulating the bearing it is neutral (not grounded). BEARING INSULATION BEARING INSULATION Figure 8-44 W Generator Bearing Often. If the rotor in place. therefore there is no attraction of the rotor high voltage.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 2. This can be a big task. meaning the rotor needs to be isolated from the bearing when meggering the insulation. HPC Technical Services . This action would result in arcing and pitting as the potential arcs across an oil film. depending upon the OEM. This insulation is used to prevent any high voltages on the generator shaft from seeking ground potential through the bearings. the rotor provides a ground path.

----------4-t-' ~ ~ Or. Drain passage is out the right side of the figure through a sight box. This is a high pressure oil supply intended to float the rotor during turning gear operation. . This particular bearing utilizes a lift pump arrangement . Figure 8-45 Double Bearing Insulation Figure 8-46 shows an exploded view of one of these bearings. This double insulation is illustrated in Figure 8-45 below.?. The orifice meters the oil flow so the volume of oil carefully matches the bearing requirements (on some other designs the pipe size from the header supply to the bearing is determined based upon the oil flow requirements). Notice the center ring in insulated from both the rotor surface and the ground potential of the generator frame .ln CE From LO Header ~ \H~ Cuno LI ft Pump ReliefVLV 1501 VLV Figure 8-46 Exploded View ojGEGenerator Bearing 8-27-1. in this case the supply pressure is 25-psig through a strainer and an orifice.c--. .. Notice the bearing feed near the horizontal joint. This design allows for meggaring of the insulation without having to account for ground paths through the rotor. 011 Feed 25 PSIG ~\~ s~\) :0( / 1 ... Collector End Outer Ring (Insu lated) Collector End Inner Ring Generator Bearing Rotation '\ /7 TE c\. ~ Orlftce ~ 7tf Sight Box }.notice the life pump supply holes at the bottom centerline of the lower half bearing ring.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION On the modern GE units they make use of a double insulated bearing ring on the collector end only.1 HPC Technical Services T.

It is a braided copper strap riding the rotor surface and bolted to the bearing cap.7 GROUNDING BRUSH On these double insulated units a ground strap rides the turbines end of the generator rotor. we will discuss the major components that make up the rotor assembly.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 2.8-28 T HPC Technical Services .Photograph compliments of Alstom Power. LOAD COUPLING ROTOR IIIIINDINGS Figure 8-48 Rotor Assembly _v . Connections are then made to the rotor windings. you see conductor bars bringing excitation current along the bore of the rotor to the inside of the machine.0 ROTOR ASSEMBLY The rotQr serves as a rotating electro-magnetic field whose strength can be varied to control the output of the generator stator windings. As with the stator. Figure 8-47 Braided Copper Ground Strap . In Figure 8-48. See Figure 847 for an illustration of one such ground strap. Richmond VA 3.

On some plants the polarity is reversed regularly as it is understood the rate of ware on the collector rings is a function of the direction of the current. you should be aware that the orientation is a function of how the circuits are wired. To the left of the left ring you should notice the terminal stud that connects from the collector ring to the bore copper. bearing journals. Figure 8-50 Collector End Connectiol1s GENERATOR ROTOR WINDINGS TERMINAL STUDS BORE COPPER "-"'~'-". as with the turbine rotor. The field windings are connected to the collector rings through terminal studs and copper conductors.1 ROTOR BODY The rotor body is machined from a solid steel forging. (See Figure 8-50). The collector rings are shown in the picture to the right. Notice there are two rings. when the slots are completed. The terminal studs are sealed where they penetrate the rotor to prevent hydrogen from leaking from the generator out to the collector. ' ~ ~ 8-29 "PC Technical Sel'vices . The copper conductors are then connected to the field windings with more terminal studs. Slots are machined on opposing sides of the rotor at the same time and. similar to·that of the turbine rotors. The rotor body will be machined with longitudinal slots which will carry the field windings. This process evens out the differences between the slots caused by the tool bits. hydrogen seal areas. field windings. which run through the bore (bore copper). The rings are labeled as '+' and' -'. the rotor is tunled 180 degrees and the next set of slots are machined. A picture of a rotor body is seen in Figure 8-49. The machining of the slots is carefully controlled to minimize the possibility of mechanical unbalance 'in the rotor due to the machining. collector rings and fan mounting area all machined into the surface of the rotor. The couplings and collector rings can be shrunk fit on the rotor but an area must still be machined to accept them. Some foreign manufacturers will use built up rotor bodies made from individual forgings which are then welded together.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION 3. one to bring current in and the other to direct it outward to the excitation system. The center bore of the rotor will also be machined. Figure 8-49 Machi11ed Rotor Forging The center bore of the rotor is machined to accept the electrical connection between the exciter and the . The couplings.

Columbus OH Figure 8-52 Rotor Windings being Installed into Forging ~ HPC Technical Services _1J -8-30 . These turns of copper will be laid into the forging slot. Figure 8-51 Bore Copper 3.2 FIELD WINDINGS The conductors are connected in loops.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 In Figure 8-51. we can see the bore copper inside the bore of the rotor. after being laid in the slot. brazed to the others. In the photograph (Figure 8-52) we see pre-manufactured flat copper bars (turns) suspended above the forging. Each turn is made of flat copper bars which are around 14" thick and. Photograph compliments of National Electric Coil. Notice the plus/minus connections. the two pieces of bore copper are insulated from each other and from the forging itself. which are called turns.

we start on the next slot out from the pole. This prevents the turns of copper from going to ground with the forging. The lead travels along the surface of the rotor. connecting back to the excitation supply.1 HPC Technical Services T. The beginning of this new turn of copper will be brazed to the end of the turn previously installed. At the end of the pole. Amsterdam NY In this Figure 8-54 we see a rotor completely wound. The turns of copper then make their way to the top of the slot. We continue until the slot is filled. Figure 8-53 Coil Stacks Photogl1lph compliments of AGTServloes. that the radial lead makes connection to the terminal stud along the rotor surface. and will be brazed to the bottom turn of the I st slot. the bottom tum of the last slot is brazed to the bottom turn of the last slot of the opposite pole. We start by insulating the slot with "slot armor (insulation)". The collector end of this turn is brazed to the terminal stud. The beginning ofthis 2hd slot is brazed to the end of the 1st slot. Notice. Now we lay in a "turn separator". Figure 8-54 End Windings 8-31-1.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION In Figure 8-53 we see a rotor being wound. . Once this slot is filled. a piece of insulation that prevents the copper·turns from shorting out with each other. A new turn of copper can now be positioned on top of the turn separator. Next we lay in the first turn of copper. and in the picture you can see where the top turn of the first slot is brazed to the top turn of the 2nd slot.

These windings must be held in position. but is often aluminum. A wedge is inserted along the rotor slot.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 The coil to coil connection seen here (Figure 8-55 is what is used to braze the two coils together. Figure8-56 Field Windings Set into the Forging _1. but in such a manner that expansion is permitted.8-32 T. Figure 8-55 Pole to Pole and Coil to Coil Connections The next issue of concern is the containment ofthe rotor end windings. In service. The wedge may be made of steel. the centrifugal forces . how exposed these windings are to centrifugal forces (you may also notice that a couple slots remain to be filled). buy you should be able to visualize the connection. acting on these windings is significant. Notice in the photo (Figure 8-56. The loops allow for relative movement due to mechanical forces and expansion. HPC Technical Services . An insulator is laid between the wedge and the copper turn. under the end windings.1 . The pole to pole connection is made out of sight.

The retaining ring is made of non-magnetic steel and is shrunk fit onto the rotor body or a special collar machined onto the rotor.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION Figure 8-57 illustrates a wedge which will be installed in the slots of the rotor forging to hold the generator windings (turns) within their slots. it is usually the most highly stressed component in the unit.1 HPC Technical Services T. Since the retaining rings experiences force from the inside. The two separate designs are shown in Figure 8-58.uNTEO RETAINING RING Figure 8-58 Retaillillg Rillgs 8-33-1. Richmond VA Figure 8-57 Rotor Wilulillg Wedge 3. Photograph compliments of Aistom Power. .3 RETAINING RINGS The retaining rings prevent the field winding end turns from flying out during rotation due to centrifugal force. Blocking pieces (also known as spacers) placed between the end turns and the retaining ring hold the turns in place. FIELD COIL AMORT DISTANCE BLOCK DISTANCE BlOCK ra~~~ BODY MOUNTED ~ETAINING RING ~ PINDLE MO.

STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 4. Here (Figure 8-59) we see a radial cooled coil slot. there is flow. i.:::. Figure 8-60 Indirect Cooling System _1. hydrogen hasthe best thermal conductivity. cannot cool the rotor windings as well..07 3. radially upward toward the air gap. it is the least dense.014 Hvdroe:en 0._. It is found on smaller 2-pole and many of the 4-pole units./k Gravity Spec!ficHeat Thermal Conductivil:J' Air 1. This design has the advantage that it brings the windings in direct contact with the hydrogen.. HPe Technical Services . WEDGE CREEPAGE .TURN INSULATION SLOT INSULATION ~f-""=---WIN DINGS COPPER SUB SLOT Figure 8-59 Radial Cooled Coil Slot . through a ventilating duct located adjacent to the rotor winding slot. Hydrogen has the best specific heat. The rrianner in which the rotor windings are cooled varies by OEM. This means circulating hydrogen inside the machine requires less loss. however. therefore requires less energy to circulate within the machine.BLOCK .42 0.14 1.. size. L 2. meaning it is more capable to carry heat away with it. 3.0 COOLING Sometimes we're asked. through the rotor turns and wedge. This method cools the surrounding area..0 0. One point worthwhile making at this point is that anyone working around a hydrogen cooled generator should always (always!) respect the environment in which you are working. .1 . and age. "Why is the generator hydrogen cooled?" The answer is illustrated in Table 2-01. Hydrogen has the least speCific gravity.. The hydrogen is blown under the retaining rings from both sides and flows toward the middle in the sub slot shown in the drawing.. and 3 times better than helium. often referred to as "conventional".8-34 T. meaning it is more capallie to pick up heat off of an object.24 0.097 Helium 0. and is found on smaller units. Finally. There is no flow through the rotor windings.082 Table 2-01 Advantages of Hydrogen The single disadvantage. Hydrogen flows from the sub slot.. It has a disadvantage in that the machine will be warmer toward the middle.25 0.e. 17 times more capable than air.1 % and 74.2% are explosive.. Mixtures of hydrogen in air between 4. Speci. is the explosiveness of hydrogen. of course. In this drawing (Figure 8-60) we see an Indirect Cooling system. and also results in a warmer center.

At the outlet section. The collector rings seen in Figure 8-62 are fit onto the forging and are wired to the bore copper through terminal studs. in the sense that it improves electrical conductivity between the ring surface and the carbon brushes.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION The diagonal cooling system. at the same time. Richmond VA 8-35-1. shown. This is an oxide film and is good.O""TA -T. Collector rings are used for this purpose. pulling the hydrogen back into the air gap. flows axially downstream. The combination of these rings and the moving air. Figure 8-62 Collector Rings Photograph compliments of Aistom Power.· _---R. This means we need to transfer the excitation CUlTent from a stationary source to the rotating windings.0 GENERATOR COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE EXCITER On many units the excitation current is from a stationary source. The cooling gas then flows radially downward in the slot and... After it gets to the bottom of the slot it comes back out to the air gap in the outlet section. Notice the collector ring grooves are machined in a helical fashion . shown in Figure 8-61..N_ _ FLUSH INLET SCOOP INLET REGION I--~_ SUBDIVIDED FIELD WINDING TURNS OUTLET REGION SECTION A · A FROM ABOVE COPPER CHANNEL INSULATION --JA Figure 8-61 Diagonal FlolV Cooling System 5..tbe wedge has a raised leading edge so a negative back pressure (relatively speaking) is developed. where the brushes ride.:. keeps the rings clean. Also a fan ring pulls air across the surface of the rings when the unit is rotating.... In this design the wedge "scoops" hydrogen out of the air gap.:IO. is the most efficient. .1 HPC Technical Services T. You would also notice a slight discoloration on the rings.

CARBON S~USf-!ES Figure 8-63 Brush Magazine o o Figure 8-64 Collector Brush Holder Rigging (GE) r ~ HPC Technical Services _1.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 The brushes are made of carbon and are contained in magazines like that shown in Figure 8-63. This magazine uses a coil type spring to hold the brushes in contact with the collector rings. This is because the coil type spring produces a constant pressure on the brushes regardless of brush wear. These springs are a significant improvement over the more conventional helical springs which are used in older GE and Westinghouse brush holder designs like that shown in Figure 8-64. A number of these magazines fit into the brush holder rigging that surrounds the collector rings.1 ~ 8-36 .

Figure 8-66 Rotating Rectifier . . the DC power is transferred along the rotor bore to the generator. terminal stud. Thus. Notice the exciter rotor. The excitation culJ'ent then returns via the other set of carbon brushes to the .This current then goes onto the axial lead (or bore copper) and passes inside the machine to an internal terminal stud. The current now goes through the rotor windings. The helical spring tension must be adjusted to restore the proper spring tension as the brush wears. created by the exciter stator. ' . ' . it is a rotating armature winding. If the spring tension is allowed to deteriorate below the minimum acceptable. 4. to the other collector ring. . It rotates inside the path of a stationary field. Current exits on the other side through a rotor lead.GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION In Figure 8-65 we see the complete circuit. 3. the brushes begin to loose contact with the collector and arcing between the brushes and collector results . Another means of getting DC power to the rotor windings is from an rotating exciter as shown in Figure 866. ' Current enters from the + excitation source via the outboard brush rigging onto the collector ring surfa. as the brush wears and becomes shorter and the force developed by the spring is reduced. axial lead (bore copper).excitation source. terminal stud. more arcing and further deterioration. 5. 1. 2. where it connects to the main generator rotor windings. Once rectified. Figure 8-65 Collector Rings ami Brushes The force developed by the helical spring is dependent upon the spring compression which in turn depends upon the length of the individual brushes. The AC output is directed to the rotating rectifier wheel shown to the outboard. This roughens the surface of the collector and results in more loss of contact. .ce.

8-38 T. HPC Technical Services .v . FL 34243 USA (941) 747-7733 • FAX (941) 746-5374 www.com .STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS -TG201 The rotating rectifier wheel (on the brushless exciter) is shown in Figure 8-67 below. Figure 8-67 Rotating Rectifier Wheel used on a Brushless Exciter HPC Technical Services 500 Tallevast Road· Suite 101 Sarasota.hpcnet.

Identify how stator cooling water is treated to maintain good insulating properties. the student should be able to: 1. Printed: l2/14/2010 . Identify the three functions of the gas control system. 2.TG201J5. describe the system function. Given the identity of a generator auxiliary system.GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEM Chapter 9 TERMINAL OBJECTIVE: To familiarize the reader with generator auxiliary systems. 4. their components and functions. Identify the reasons why hydrogen is used as a cooling medium in large AC generators. © 1999 . 3.0_June09.· ENABLING OBJECTIVE: At the completion of this section.

................ 10 Stator Oil Cooling System ................... 8 Stator Water Cooling System ........................................................................................TG201 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.........4 Gas Control System .........1 2................STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS ........ 3 2...................4 2................................................................................................2..............................................................................................................2 2................... 6 Introduction ....... 6 Basic Principles ............................2.......................................3 2....................................................................................3 2............................................................................2........................ 9-2 T....... HPC Technical Services ............................0 2.......0 INTRODUCTION .......1 ..............................................................................................................1.................................................................................. 7 Westinghouse System ............ 6 GE System ...................................................... 11 .............................................. 3 Generator Shaft Seal System .................................... 3 SYSTEMS .......................1 2......................................................................2..............................2 2...................

The purposes of the gas control system are to keep the hydrogen in the generator at the proper pressure. stator oil cooling and stator water cooling systems. It also picks up heat from a solid surface 50 percent better than air. Hydrogen picks up and carries away heat much better than air or any other gas. Windage losses are greatly reduced. Thus.1 % through 74. The density of hydrogen is 1I14th that of air at a given pressure and temperature.the more the heat can be removed. Maintenance costs are reduced because the inside of a hydrogen cooled generator stays clean and dry compared to an air cooled unit. It also supplies the turbine and is studied in that part of the book. compared to air cooling. 2.GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 1. To point # 1. The warm hydrogen is cooled by water-filled heat exchangers built inside the generator frame. so the gas control system must be built to keep hydrogen and air from mixing together at any time. The ability of hydrogen to remove heat is also proportional to its density. 2.2% hydrogen in air. The drawback of course is that hydrogen is explosive when mixed with air in the range of 4. Also. . large modem generators are sealed up and filled with hydrogen gas. The cooling water system supplies the hydrogen coolers. the windage losses ofthe generator rotor are greatly reduced with the use of hydrogen. therefore. Two other systems are also needed. To point #2.1 HPC Technical Services T. 9_3-1. they will be mentioned but not studied here. They are the gas control. and to permit removing the hydrogen and replacing it when needed. To point #3. The lube oil system supplies the generator and exciter bearings and the exciter reduction gear ifthere is one. by volume.1 GAS CONTROL SYSTEM As we have already learned. It also supplies oil to the generator shaft seal system. Maintenance costs are reduced. Approximately 30% hydrogen in air is the most explosive mixture. There are three main reasons for using hydrogen for generator cooling: 1. Hydrogen will bum and is very explosive when mixed with air. which is circulated by fans to cool the insides of the machine. 2. It has better cooling properties than air or any other gas. A pound of hydrogen will carry fourteen times as much heat as a pound of air for the same temperature change. the power needed to drive the fans on the rotor is greatly reduced.0 SYSTEMS One system not studied here is the lube oil system. to keep it pure. The other system we will not study is the cooling water system. 3. This system is not usually considered part of the turbine-generator unit for maintenance purposes. generator shaft seal. the higher the pressure . the Alterrex generator air coolers (if any) and heat exchangers used to cool generator shaft seal oil and stator water cooling system water.0 INTRODUCTION In this section we will study four "auxiliary systems" needed for main generator operation.

. This.H Vent --7 -- Figure 9-02 Changing From CO2 to Hydrogen (H) Hydrogen is much lighter than CO 2 . ·1 . we'll admit CO 2 very slowly in the bottom distribution pipe while the top pipe is connected to a vent to the atmosphere. We'll just replace all the air with the CO2 and then we'll replace all the CO 2 with hydrogen. there are two distribution pipes located inside the generator casing: one on the bottom and one on the top. . Once we have practically pure hydrogen in the generator we can close the vent line and pressurize the generator casing..: .I ~ J • CO 2 To ~ .. and this has been confirmed without doubt. However. Of course. We will continue this until there is no more air in the casing... hydrogen explosions will not occur. The part about never permitting an explosive mixture to exist leads us directly to the subject of the Gas Control System. L~ Air To Vent Figure 9-01 Changing From Air to CO2 Changing From CO 2 to H ---------. The highest rated pressure depends on the unit design but is usually at least 15 psig and may be as high as 75 psig. Item 2. should always be stressed and all corresponding rules should be followed at all times. HPC Technical Services . J~ . As you can see... The gas used is carbon dioxide (C0 2 ). the elimination ofsources of ignition. With the necessary valving done. We want a rising layer of CO 2 to force out the layer of air.I.. We do this slowly to reduce the mixing of gases. Since air and hydrogen cannot be mixed without danger. (only about one twenty second as heavy) so to apply the same principles we will admit hydrogen from the top and allow the CO 2 to escape from the bottom. :. 1 .. we can begin to input hydrogen.. In order to operate... again at a very slow rate. of course. and do it in such a way that we do not mix the gases as we are replacing them. "- . the air must be replaced with hydrogen. The process is relatively simple. we can begin to input hydrogen... :.. To remove the hydrogen the order will be reversed: replace all the hydrogen with CO 2 and then replace all the CO 2 with air. Once all the air is gone. Hydrogen pressure is always kept above atmospheric pressure so air cannot leak in. will require some valve adjustments. there are some important procedures that must be followed and limits that must not be exceeded. . allowing the upper layer of hydrogen to force out the lower layer of CO 2 . Changing From Air to CO2 - '.. When a new generator comes from the factory or wheri an older one is reassembled after an outage.. ~: •• t . it is of course filled with air. Figure 9-01 shows the basic idea of changing from Air to CO 2 .STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . The obvious safeguards to the prevention of a hydrogen explosion are: l.Never permit an explosive mixture to exist. • : .TG201 The generator casing is built strong enough to limit (not eliminate) the destructive effects of an explosion in the generator enclosure. we will have to first remove the air and replace it with a gas that is not combustible with air or hydrogen. with the proper precautions.. Since CO 2 is about II times heavier than air. and 2. any possible source of ignition. Figure 9-02 shows the basic idea of changing from CO 2 to Hydrogen (H).

they will suffocate. : : . You might ask . the process is reversed.why not put the temporary air supply into the hydrogen distribution tube at the top of the generator and vent the CO 2 out of the bottom. The conductivity of the mixture at any moment in time is dependent upon relative quantities of the two gases. The gas control system valves are set exactly as they are for replacing air with CO 2 • Dry CO 2 air is blown through the generator for SUPPLY several hours with the vent valve (74) wide open..: .': _ . . The scale reads in percent.. This is done by connecting a dlY air supply to the CO 2 supply piping.':' . : . : . HYDROGEN DISTRIBUTION PIPE ": ' ": ' . ANALYZER Figure 9-03 Valves ami Piping Arrangemel1t The manhole covers in the generator end shields may then be taken off (taking care that there is no pressure in the generator). When the pressure is down to near atmospheric. This means that CO 2 must be removed from the generator and replaced with air before anyone can work inside.. especially in the lower parts such as the high voltage bushing enclosure (sometimes called the "bathtub"). CO 2 is put in through the lower pipe until all the hydrogen is forced out. HPC Technical Services 9-5~ 'm . Valve81B is a plug valve that can have only two positions. : . 81B SAFETY SPOOL PIECE 74 HYDROGEN FEED People cannot breathe CO 2 . The temperature rise of the filament will be a function of the thermal conductivity of the gas concentration.: . the amount of air in CO 2 or hydrogen in CO 2 • It is used to tell the operator what is happening while the gasses are being changed. The thermal conductivity of the mixture bftwo gases varies from the conductivity of one gas to the conductivity of the other gas.ely called the thermal conductivity gas analyzer. Temporary fans are then set up to blow air in one end of the generator and out the other.':_ . Electrical current is simply introduced to a filament that is exposed to the sampled gas...GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS When the generator is full of hydrogen and we want to remove it.. or connecting 81 A and 82. and 0-100% H2 in CO 2 .:_ .': ' . : . as is done when filling ·with hydrogen? To avoid the possibility of an explosion. CO 2 weighs about 50% more than air so it tends to settle in the low spots. of course. It works on the basis that different gases have different thermal cbnductivities.' :. The atmosphere inside the generator should be tested before anyone enters. This sample. With a little study you can figure out how the valves would have to be "lined up" for each step of the operation. is an i. . : .. 0-100% air in CO 2 . CO2 DISTRIBUTION PIPE · VENT Figure 9-02 shows the piping and valve arrangement.. : . The hydrogen is released from the upper distribution pipe through the vent to the outside.. more appropriat. used for leak testing. The gas analyzer.0 : : GENERATOR . : . There is usually a connection already there. air is never allowed to enter the generator through the hydrogen distribution tube.. is drawn off the vent pipe near the generator as shown in Figure 9-02.nstrument which measures . the one shown.

Because of the sensing line location any liquid in the generator frame will flow to and collect in this detector. The bearings are outside the hydrogen space. Then we will study the GE system and the Westinghouse systems in tum.2 Basic Principles • The seal itself is a film of oil that fills the clearance space between the moving rotor shaft and the surrounding stationary part.2. A sight glass allows the operator to see anything in the detector." There are some basic principles that are used on all systems. Pipes lead to and from a gas dryer outside the generator. We will explain these first. • • • Oil flowing to the seals must be very clean because ofthe close clearances. The rings are of various designs but all have a soft metal surface facing the shaft. being automatically regulated at a set pressure above hydrogen pressure. Since hydrogen pressure can change.Pressure (High & Low) AlarmPressure Switches Differential Fan Pressure Gauge Gas Analyzer Gas Analyzer Flowmeter Gas Analyzer Filter Dryer The hydrogen control cabinet also contains signal lamps and alarm horns which are used to indicate trouble. about three feet square and seven feet high. Hydrogen continuously passes through a drying agent which absorbs any water vapor that may be present.1 GENERATOR SHAFT SEAL SYSTEM Introduction The purpose of the generator shaft seal system is to seal the clearance space where the generator rotor passes out through the end shields. the hydrogen cannot leak out. so that hydrogen cannot leak out. Pipes lead from all the low points in the generator casing to a liquid detector on the floor level below.TG201 The Hydrogen Control Panel is usually located one or two floor levels below the generator.2. . It looks much like any electrical control panel. The clearance is actually between the rotor and stationary "seal rings" which fit accurately around the shaft with an even clearance of several mils (thousandths of an inch) all around. The hydrogen control panel contains gauges and alarms as listed below. The system is sometimes called the "seal oil system. If the clearance space is full of oil with a pressure greater than the hydrogen pressure. Tubing or small diameter pipe runs from it to various parts ofthe gas control system. The seals are a few inches inboard (toward the middle of the generator) from the generator rotor bearings. Access to the gauges and the alarm system is through doors in the back of the control cabinet.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . • • • • • Machine Gas Pressure Gauges Machine Gas . 2.2 2. the oil pressure must also change. 2. pointing out how the basic principles are used but with different construction details. A float switch monitors the level of liquid within the detector and will cause an alarm should liquid collect.

so that over a long period of time the hydrogen will become contaminated. With this background. as is hydrogen. the oil flows to the shaft.2. This means that the "hydrogen side drain oil" must pass out through a drain arrangement that will not allow hydrogen to come out with the oil. This oil has not been in contact with hydrogen and is at atmospheric pressure. Oil enters the tank through spray nozzles so the air and water can escape easily. so it can mix with the bearing drain oil and drain away with it. following the primary oil path only. .--->~S""HA". all the oil that goes to both sides (hydrogen and air) of both seals (each end of the generator) comes from the same place. Now. Oil for the sealing system is taken from the vacuum tank.. DRAIN . • • • 2. Also. Any air or water that flows to the gas-side of the seal will get into the hydrogen inside the generator.3 GE System The GE system has a single oil supply.. It is exposed to hydrogen and is under hydrogen pressure. On all but the smallest units the seal oil is "vacuum treated" so air or water will not be carried into the generator with the gas-side oil flow. . Begin at the vacuum tank. oil is pumped from' the vacuum tank by the main seal oil pump. Air is also easily dissolved in oil. and it can also be entrained in oil as foam or bubbles. into the inside of the generator. The tank is under vacuum drawn by the seal oil vacuum pump. HYDROGEN DETRAINING SECTION FLOAT TRAP VACUUM VANK VACUUM PUMP Figure 9-04 GE System Schematic 9-7 ~ "" lIPC Technical Services . Hydrogen easily dissolves in oil. Continuing on.L ~~~. The rest of the seal oil flows inward. Figure 9-04. It is evacuated so there will be no air or water vapor contained in the oil. All systems must have some way to overcome this problem. alarms and controls so the operators will be warned of trouble and can take care of various routine and emergency operating situations. _~. This might create a serious danger of Are or explosion. There must be backup equipment that will work automatically.. there must be instruments.----' BEARING 011. Most of the oil pumped into the clearance flows outward. toward the bearings. The oil flows into a "differential pressure regulating valve" where the oil pressure is regulated automatically.... and then through a cooler and a filter. The oil pressure will be maintained about 5 psig above the machine gas pressure and will vary with the generator gas pressure.' . we can trace through a simplified diagram of the GE system.~~:: SIDE 1----. because a failure of the seal system would allow hydrogen to blowout through the clearance space. Oil may also contain water droplets.GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS • • The oil temperature must be kept within limits so that the viscosity is correct.· and it must be treated somehow to get most (ifnot all) of the dissolved hydrogen out of it. .

The operator would need to reduce hydrogen pressure to approximately 8 psig before a seal would be accomplished. The emergency seal oil pump takes suction from the makeup to the vacuum tank.through the clearance space toward the inside of the generator casing. The discharge flows through a cooler and a filter. This oil. Together the two oils return to the vacuum tank. The hydrogen side oil is recirculated so there is practically no "new" air or water vapor to get inside the generator with the gas side oil flow. We can now ensure a seal even with a loss of AC power. 2. il pump o through a cooler.E. it is not necessary to "vacuum-treat" any of the oil. toward the gas side and also toward the air side. you will see an emergency seal oil pump that will back up the main seal oil pump. Now. oil is pumped by the hydrogen-side seal . The emergency seal oil pump is driven by a DC motor.2. one for each "side" of the seal rings. As a further backup. following the hydrogen-side oil path only.TG201 The shaft seals are stationary with a close clearance to the rotating shaft.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . The oil then flows to the float trap which allows oil to flow through. The air-side oil pressure is held at 12 psig above the hydrogen pressure by an automatic TO AIR" SIDE SEALS COMBINED BEARING otL AND AIR SIDE SEAL OIL DRAIN . . therefore. Now. We. the gas cannot flow out. as shown in Figure 9-05. Most of the oil from the air detraining section flows back to the main lube oil tank. bearing header oil would pass through check valves permitting a hydrogen seal at low pressures. have a seal. The hydrogen-side oil pressure will be maintained 12 psi above the hydrogen pressure. is under machine gas pressure. but not hydrogen. The oil flows in two directions along the shaft.4 Westinghouse System TOH2 SIDE SEALS The Westinghouse system has two separate oil supplies. Air-side drain oil flows from the seal ring and into the drain line loop seal we have just mentioned. It takes its suction from the generator bearing oil drain loop seal. after flowing through the seals. and then continues to the air-side seal. As long as there is oil flowing in. The gas side oil. if we should lose both pumps. Begin with the air side supply at the air-side seal oil pump. Oil from the air detraining tank combines with oil from the hydrogen detraining tank in the float trap tank. Since the oil pressure is greater than the machine gas pressure it can flow . but there is also a connection to the float trap tank. Hydrogen-side oil drainage collects in the hydrogen-side drain regulator. The oil flows into the clearance space between the seal rings and the shaft. For this reason. and on to the hydrogen-seal seal. leaves the generator and is collected in the hydrogen detraining section. remember. This oil is under atmospheric pressiIre. . a filter. It is from this tank that the hydrogenside seal oil pump takes its suction. going back to the seal oil pumps.~\·~C DRAIN ~--~~--~~~~~~ SEAL Figure 9-05 Westinghouse System Schematic 9-8 HPC Technical Services . The air side oil flows into an air detraining section along with the lube oil draining from the bearing which is just outside the seal.

so hydrogen cannot escape.GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS regulating valve. The other float valve opens on falling oil level and lets "new" oil in from the air-side pump discharge. As noted. . It will start automatically if the regular pump stops. The hydrogen-side system merely separates the air-side. The seal rings (called "gland seals") are shown in Figure 9-06. Then the oil drains into a "drain regulator. In this way. Then "equalizing valves" (not shown) at each end of the generator automatically adjust the hydrogen-side oil pressure to equal the air-side oil pressure. The drain supplies the hydrogen-side oil pump suction. One opens on rising oil level and lets oil flow to the air-side oil pump suction. air-side drain oil mixes with the bearing drain oil. there is a backup from the main oil tank of the lube oil system. One some units it may be necessary at times to reduce hydrogen pressure if operating on the lube oil system backup supply. oil from the hydrogen gas. this would cause air and possibly water vapor to get into the generator. In this way the oil level stays constant and seals the drain from the drain regulator. Finally." Here there are two float valves. The hydrogen-side oil is constantly recirculated so it does not carry air into the seal. The air-side system is the primary pressure seal. there is practically no mixing of the two oil supplies. where hydrogen bubbles rise out of the oil and the gas rises back up into the generator. There is no backup for the hydrogen-side oil pump. but this would take quite a long time. Figure 9-06 Westinghouse Gland Seal Assembly 9_9· HPC Technical Services T V . oil from the air-side would flow to both sides of the seal. There is a DC backup for the air-side seal oil pump. within a small fraction of one psi." It flows first into a "defoaming tank" just below each bearing. In time. but the hydrogen-side oil needs "special handling. If it should stop. it is not a serious emergency. The pressure available depends on the lube oil system pump arrangement and operation.

so we think of it as likely to cause electrical short circuits. so something must be done to stop the water from causing a short circuit. The conductors may be carrying up to 20. water is pumped through the hollow stator-winding conductors to cool them. The purpose of the stator cooling water system is to supply this water at the correct temperature. VENT INLeT HEADER OUTLET HEADER Figure 9-07 is a schematic diagram of the system. and to carry it to and from the windings in hoses made of plastic that is also a good insulator. etc. alarms. Also. all piping. tanks. the system must cool it to carry away the waste heat.TG201 2. The water is cleaned and kept clean by a "deionizer" that is built into the system. On some units the same water supply cools the silicon diode rectifiers in the Alterrex exciter system. and it must pump the water through the system-at the correct flow and pressure. The answer then.3 STATOR WATER COOLING SYSTEM As we have already learned.below the generator. It is a self-contained system located in the basement . There is a filter and also. pressure. Most people are surprised to learn that water is a good insulator if it is very pure. is to use very pure water in the statOr water cooling system. That is. some large modem GE generators have water-cooled stator windings. outside the generator are made of stainless steel.000 volts. backup equipment.STEAM TURBINE-GENERATOR FUNDAMENTALS . TE GENERATOR CE VENT STRAINER STORAGE TANK TEMPERATURE REGULATOR MAKEUP PRESSURE REGULATOR DElONIZER Figure 9-07 Water Cooling System . instruments and controls are needed. In daily life we seldom find water so pure. Besides keeping the water clean. etc. flow.

These systems are very much like the stator water cooling system just studied. also very small. Ifthere is a leak. ~. the turbinegenerator would be shut down. HPC Technical Services ~ 9-11'Y . The water then returns to the storage tank. There is a control cabinet near the pumping unit that has instruments. helps the generator to self-vent.GENERATOR AUXILIARY SYSTEMS One pump is normally running and the other is a backup that will start automatically if needed. Beyond the cooler there is a loop allowing for continuous cleaning of the water. The pump draws water from the storage tank and sends it to a pressure control valve (we control flow by controlling inlet pressure). However. Some problems cause the turbine governor to "run back" automatically. Water enters the stator bars on the collector end. there is a backup pump that starts automatically if water flow is too low. reducing generator load to a safe value. to warn of trouble. The vacuum will also draw off water vapor. The main differences are: Water and foreign material must be kept out of the oil. A pump. and to allow them to control various normal and emergency operations. into a deionizer tank. A filter and a strainer clean the water before entering the generator inlet header. The cooled water is then mixed with the uncooled water to the correct inlet water temperature. Some water then flows into the coolers and some bypasses the coolers. If it should also fail the generator load would be automatically cut back and if conditions did not soon return to normal. the oil pressure is automatically regulated to stay below the hydrogen pressure. there are highquality filters. alarms and controls to show the operators what is happening. much like the one used in the generator shaft seal system. The oil used is the same as is often used in transformers and other electrical equipment. and back to the storage tank. Its loop seal collects any condensation. Make-up water may also be added here. For this reason. but extreme high purity is not needed as in the stator system. It is a good electrical insulator. 2. It prevents siphoning action. The storage tank vent line allows trapped gases to escape. If oil leaked into the generator it would be very hard to clean up. Not shown is a very small connection between the inlet and outlet headers of the generator. there is no de ionizer and stainless steel piping is not needed. draws a vacuum on the storage tank and exhausts any hydrogen to the outdoors. The water flows through a check valve. and exits via an outlet header also on the collector end. hydrogen will go into the oil storage tank. For this reason. As noted. The vent line. and it equalizes the pressure between the headers when the pumps are off.4 STATOR OIL COOLING SYSTEM Some older GE generators use oil instead of water for direct cooling of the hollow stator windings. through a filter.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful